Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1965 ■ CITY OF DrNTON, TFYAS SrSCIFICAT'IONS AND DUCU,4ENTS c~ FOR n MECHANICAL CCINSTRUCTION UNIT 4 - 60,000 KW ADDITION MUNICIPAL ELL43WIC GFJYEIT2ATING STATION J SPECIFICATION 3725 - M-8A PROJDCT 3T25 E~ Cont-act Issue - March 23, 1905 BLACK VEATCH Consulting Engineers Kansas City, Missouri 965 C- Contractor - AUSTIN BUILDI14G COMPASY 1000 Singleton Boulevard I P. 0. Box 1590, Dallas, Texas TABLE OF CONTENTS Page thru Page ADVEf-11j, ; :1fTI' A-1 A-3 INSTHUCTIONZ 7'0 BIliJ i~.~ IB-1 IB-5 PROPG,:AL PF-1 PF-2 SPECIFICATION DATA SD--l SD-13 CONTW,C'2 AGREEMZIf'T CA-1 CA-2. FERFORMANCE BOND PB-1 FB-:2 GENERAL CONDITIONS GC-1 GC-22 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-1 SC-11 DRAWING SCHEDULE DS-1 DS-4 SPECIFICATIONS Section 1 - GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1-1 1-6 General 1-1 Scole 1-1 Equipment Provisions 1-2 • (;c, z e order Allowance 1-2 Construction Schedule 1-2 1-3 Construction Electric Power and Lighting 1-3 1-4 Construction Heating 1-4 Protective Enclosure of Existing Building 1-4 R-2ceiving Owner-Furnishel Equipment and Material 1-4 1-C Storage and Handling of Equipment and Materials 1-5 1-6 Section 2 - E;UIPMENT ERECTION 2-1 2-21 General 2-1 Code Requirements 2-1 Miscellaneous Materials 2-1 Location Tolerances 2-2 Equipment with Piping Connections 2-2 Shaft Alignment and Balance 2-2 Equipment Bases 2-2 2-3 Grouting 2-3 2-4 { DENTON, TMS - 3725 {MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A; TC-1 Pai,e t.hru Pace Fur..pin,- S.,tior. S'.ruric•rs 2-', Equipt:e:it Pip=:' 2-~ D,Dwe.I i n~ 2 - ~ Ine'~ru.:c:.ts 2-t 1~ Clea; i i nr, , 2-t Equipra~n', Elec; ;c~1 Curu ectio•is 2-~ ope:atiun 2-6 Welding 2-6 ?-lainLenance `1'ouis 2-6 Installation of t:isceilaneous Equipment 2-6 Manufacturers' lnstectors 2-6 2-7 Equipment Protection 2-7 2-8 Touch-up Painting-, 2-8 Installation of Tl;en7al Elements 2-8 Relocation and Removal of Existing Equipment 2-9 Equipment Flunished and Installed by the Amer 2-10 Equipment Furnished by the Owner and Installed by the Contractor 2-11 2-21 Section 3 - PIP:NG 3-1 3-57 General 3-1 Code Requirements 3-2 Diners '.ons 3-2 Appearance 3-2 PipinC Isolation 3-2 PipiriC in. ExistinG Plant Areas 3-2 Freeze Protection 3-2 3-3 Pipe Line Identification 3-3 Pipe Line ListinG 3-3 3-31a Pipini, t•L:tcrials 3-32 3-37 PipinC Fabr•icat ian 3-33 3-46 Pipinj; Erec', ion ; -47 3-57 Butt Weld End Preparation - Detail A iutt Weld End Preparation - Detail B (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-SA) TC-2 page thru Faege °CtlOR - Yltl rl'... 4-1 '1-13 inn" ra1 4-1 lrawir:g 4-1 N3terialc 4-3 1__;, ;lc,`. r.E'.,, an9 Check Valves 4-4 Lt.ibricaLc~i II w, V„Ives 4-8 Ball Valves 4-8 Butterfly Valvos 4-8 Folyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Valves 4-8 Air Check Valve 4-8 BF Pump Check Valves 4-9 Nonslam Check Valves 4-9 Solenoid Valves 4-9 Instrument Valves 4-9 Special Features 4-9 Electric Valve Motor Operators 4-10 Extrc.ction Check Valves 4-11 Relief Valves 4-12 Control Valves 4-13 Safety Relief Valves, Sheets 1 and 2 Control Valve Specification Sheets 1 thru y Section 5 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMF14T 5-1 5-28 General 5-1 Draw i rigs 5-1 Identification 5-1 5-2 Instruction Manuals 5-2 Electrical Contacts 5-3 ind Preparation 5-3 Shop Painting 5-3 Tools 5-3 Motors 5-3 5-5 Air Compressor 5-6 5-9 Lube Oil Purifier 5-10 Miscellaneous Tanks 5-11 5-12 Boiler Chemical Feed Tank, Fumps,and Accessories 5-13 5-16 Circulating Water Polyphosphate Feed Tank, Pump, and Accessories 5-17 5-18 Circulating Water Acid Feed Tank, Pump, and Accessories 5-19 Sample Table 5-20 Bottle Rack 5-20 Acid Trough 5-20 (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) TC-3 Pa gF , r Li Pie Fire Protection Equipment 5_21 Sict Flow Indicators 5-~l Fu-1 Oil Strainer 5_1--)1 hie Metal 11,:-- 5-2" t Di;,ronne(`T, , 'Flings 5_ R :c: wr Tank Vf-rat Silencers 5-22 GnuGe Panels 5-23 Instrument Encl.oaures 5-;?!; Equipment in the Accessory Equipment Schedules 5-25 5-27 F-frced Air Degasifier 5-23 K owdown Tank 4, Drawing M3725-102664-1 L?:be Oil Dump Trnk 4, Drawing M3725-102664-? C--)ntrol Air Receiver 4, Drawing M3725-102664-3 Miscellaneous Drain Receiver, Drawing M3725-102664-4 LDw Pressure Expansion Joint, Drawing M3725-102664-5 Air C,mpressor Soleplate Detail, Drawing M37 2 5-1 02661_ Accessory Equipment Schedules Gauge Glas,.es, Shect 1 Traps, Sheet 1 Pressure Gauges, Sheets 11 2, and 3 Thermometers, Sheets 1 and 2 Expansion joints, She-t 1 • Strainers, "beet 1 Pressure Switches, Sheets 1, 2, 3, anc 4 Temperature Switches, Sheet 1 Level Switches, She^t 1 Solenoid Valves, Siv- is 1, 2, and 3 Gauge Panel Instrumrn s, Sheets 2, and 3 Section 6 1?':AT L.c,.`hATION 6-1- 6-10 ~ Gcr:era1 6 Ir.c.,Iati~n 1"atcrials 6-' In:-:,lation Clas yes 6-2 Pip'_n;~ Insulation 6-3 6-5 Auxiliary Equipment Insulation 6-6 6-7 Ja-lets 6-8 6-9 E%trn:tion Piping Laggin-; 6-10 Protection from Insulation Materials 6-ic (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-SA) TC-4 Page thru Page Section - 1'If ING 111 1 G?rL~ 7-1 G~•:~ral 7-1 C+ris 3e iuirements 7-1 ;:hop F'ebrica-icn 7-1 r ErjZ i T.~?Ar e s Approve ! 7-2 fi-uigei ;-'cneJuL_ 7-2 7-4 Hanger De+Ails 7-4 i---sign Requirements 7-4 -6 Appearance 7-6 Materials 7-6 7-8 Grinding 7-8 -nubbers and ,way Bracing 7-8 Ad, ustm=rit 7-8 Miscellaneous :structural Steel 7-8 Painting 7-8 Insulated Piping ;supports 7-9 Identifiration 7-9 (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A, TC-5 ADVERTISEMENT ! cCFANICAL CONSTRUCTION ui= 4 - 00, 000 htiJ ADD TT IOIJ M17-.;iCiPAL EL,,'07RIC (2NERALT11C TIAI'1011 FOR Clii O DEiT20, 'LEXl , Sealed b:ds will be received by the City of Denton, 'T'exas, at the office of the Director of Utilities, prior to 10:00 a.M., Central Standard Time, 1,1arch 14, 1, ' )GS,then publicly opened for performing mechanical construction in connection with the Unit 4 addition to the municipal electric generating station for the City of Dentoi Texas, Prospective bidders may examine copies of thn specifications and draw- ings at the office of Black & Veatch, Consulting Er4;ineers, 1500 Meadow Lake Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri. Drawings and specifications will be issued only to those bidders who have been determined by the City of Denton, Texas, to be qualified to bid. Determination of a prospective bidder's qualifications will be based entirety on written evidence submitted by the bidder in duplicate to the City and the Engineer not later than twenty-one (21) days before the time set for opening the bids. Each prospective bidder shall submit evidence that he: Maintains a permanent place of business. • Has adequate plant equipment available to do the work rroperly and expeditiously. Has adequate financial status to meet financial obligations incident to this work. Has adequate technical knowledge and practical experience. Has no just or proper claims pending against h un on other similar work. Has constructed at least three (3) other central power generating station facilities of similar type and of equal or greater size and complexity. The evidence shall consist of a listing of the facilities indicating the owner's name, location, approximate dollar value, type of facilities, date of completion, size and operating; cond{tions of maJor equipment. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) A-1 Frospec tive b141,? 1- 2 beer. deter:innd to be q,laIified by the City may obtain ccpi.r, of ",e specifications and r1rawi:.;;:1 from the Consult.in;_ Zngine-rs (r.•:i;ing aiiress - Black & Neaten, f'. 0. Box 8405, Kansas City, Xissol.iri >)+1V;) sub'ect to the following er:rirges: D~ J:;: t, Refund v ~ One (1) Big et (includ0s three (3) copies of Specifications and Documents for Mechanical Construction and one(1) complete set of Plan-, for Mechanical Construction) 116.')rJ 58.00 Specifications and Documents for Mechanical Construction, each copy 12.rfj 6.00 Plans for Mechanical Construction, each complete set 80.(K) 40.00 Individual Drawings 30 inches by 42 inches, each sheet 2.O0 18 inches by 24 inches, each sheet 0.75 11 inches by 17 inches, each sheet 0.50 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches, each sheet 0.25 The "Deposit" or "Pefund" amounts will be returned to the bidders when the specifications or drawings are returned to the Consulting Engineers in good condition within thirty (30) days after the date set for open- s ing the bids subject to the following: To each bidder who subnits a direct bid to the City of Denton, Texas - The "D=posit" amount will be allowed for one (1) complete bid set. The two copies of specifications and documents submi ed with the bid will be considered as having been returned. For each additional complete set of drawings or copy of the specifications, the "Refund" amount only will be allowed. To each subcontract bidder or prospective bidder who did not submit a direct bid to the City of Denton, Texas, the "Refund" amount only will be allowed. Duplicate copies of the proposal will be required, each copy prepared on the printed bidding forms provided and bound with a complete copy • of the specifications and documents. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) A-2 ~L When filed with the Lirector of Utilit'^s, each b:d shall be accom- panied either by an acceptable bidder's bond, a certified check, or a cashier's check on any solvent bank, the amount ;f wh''h shall be not less than five per cent (5%) of the total amount ;f he bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the City Treasurer of the City of Denton, Texas. Bid security of the successful h:;v:re. will be returned when their contracts have been signed, filed wit:., and approved by the City. Bid security of unsuccessful bidders will he returned on award of con, ract or of 'old No bid may be altered, withdrawn or resubmitted within sixty (60) days from and after the date set for the opening of bid:. The City of Denton, Texas', reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive defects in bids. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-BA) A-3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROPOSALS. P.oi;o~als .;h ll be submitted in duplicr,, 'r, c,~-Ir cuntain- irlg a bound Cuiy J1 1_~.!t.;C :;pc(' i(28tic) 11G arid doC~IfLOf.','. Wit:. '7. pI'oi'GGel rind data forms properly filled in. Prul,u;:als aub;ai',.1 'c.o~ a bound ropy of these apecif: cr,t ir;rr., Jr.; ducum.-,uts or r, it reouested data and infr)rmation will imi>ly tha, the bidder does tern: tom, ^;mI wits, all Uf cUrltI'LjCL Urdl 111UI1:i an'! sucll prupUtials w: 1 be considered irregular. The bound cc,py of these specifications an~r documents submitted with the proposal shall include all contract documen'.r; contained therein when received by the bidder. Entries on the bidding form:; shall be boldly wriTtrr, with black ink or shall be typed with dark black ribbon so that suita},!, reproduction of the farms may be made by direct diazo printing. All !:ricer shell be :;tested in words and figures, except where forms i,ruvlir fol prices to be stated in figures only. Conflicts between the contract documents and the bidd-r's proposal including contract terms, scope of the work, details of design, materials, performance guarantees, tuts, conditions of service end methods of work shall be marked in ink and signed or initialed by the uidder on the bound copy of these specifications and documents Oubmitted with the proposal. Conflicts shall be marked directly on the pages where they occur by making reference to a particular page or i,s,ragraph n;unber of the bidder's descriptive information, or by insert,inY notations describing the conflict. Conflict notations which make reference to the bidder's descriptive information as a whole will not be acceptable. In case of conflicts between the contract documents and any attached proposal information not marked as directed, the contract dcc,u^.ents shall govorn. If the bidder alters any part of the contract document, by erasure:,, deletions, interpolations, or by any other way, ea_h s:ch al?eratir,rl shall be signed or initialed by the bidder. Proposals shall be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the CITE OF DENTON, TEXAS, hereinafter referred to as "Owner", and to tr.e W t,ention of the Director of Utilities. The envelope shall be endorsed or. th- outside with the hidder's name and the name of the wort, bid 1XDc . A single prop:ietar; interest shall not submit multiple proposals for the same work even though the individual proposals may be submitted unler different names. The Owner reserves the right to re,;;act all pr-,eisals so submitted. Proposals may be witl,drawn, altered, and resubmitted t rn;, time before the time set for opening the bids. Proposals may not be withdrawn, altered or resubmitted within 60 days thereafter. (DENTDN, MCAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION } 081064 IB-1 PROPOSAL GUARANI-LE. - ' rIa ti I,.r,: of j:ood faits. o:. part a i t h } it r' r c'r. or Cali 1 S ~ rlr t `w:. t I I! lr C r-~' r - 'a C~mGn ll j' alltl,r I ~ dl the 5tatr~ iI, amo...- c f rl - Lhtl`. rr t y , feA.~ iin:i thG hr•,i ly, r Lhc fleck ur bend ;slily br T,tttalf'. l ry aL' Iut,'] ttr rr,,_. Eli (I Ci1.y 'ot: Te}.a:; a5 ligUida r1C lid Ji~_,. if pr'oiosnl is ;:CCepted arUi '!r ^r~ntract is awrird o(l anc! !Ltdd''r fails tl~ erlLrr into a cor,Lra`' in the form rre- scriIt"',1, with l_g!Illy resz:onsibie UI tics, wittlEn (10) rays after :>uch rtwar(i it 7~,`i_'. i1 1'l r. I'C't U1 .r Dlddcr. L''_l dL: ]',I ~l( CUntr'ncr_ Or' wr:,r; tlllllr litl I a".ri i a2'P nC't Elj a;;'1 to the succcJsPU_ :lido or bidder., after they tr.)rily execute file with the Own t}le Co'I *FIct At- ree~;rnt ar,d required tone,. SIGNATURES OF BIDDERS. Eacla Lidder, shall sign thy' pr is al, t,Iir;g his usual signaturr_', and p,!ving his full business a,LLirc a+ ~ r.r_ ..3.= by I'ar to ships shall be sigr,-d with the partncrship name by one cf t„e members zf' the partnership or t,y an autlior'ized ropreseritativc, :"o;lowed 1,y tl:- designation a" t::e pcrsorl signing. Bide by a corporator, shall Le signed with the -`f t.hc• r xporotion, Collowed by ti)(,. ~:igrlature and rir'siF;- nat.iorl of the I r,_rl',dC'r:t, aecre'61-y, or lithe: per,S~CI authori7.•_~d tV eg(~r••~tc. such doc=:ontr.• Tne name:, of all leer r_~r,s signing should a1rr, lie tyi,e•d or printed bet,-,w the iAgnature. A bid by a persur, w;,] aff'izr to rsi` signature .h:l ward r'iire3identrr7 11 secretaryn rrageritOr gttior '3CSi1;I~h- ticn, wit',llut di(-,"lusing his i,rincilcl, will be re,jectei. Wl,~r. requrr;,tc by tflC' owlior, :,at1:'l'If C'LOI'y' ('Vrdellce of t}iC' authority 'if r: r, ('f _r•r?I- signing it', Lchra:f -1f tric corporliticn :-'uial l b' furnisi.t'i. (.4UALIFICATIOIVS _F PROPOSED S_UBC_OndTPACTORS . Wi t,il r, t,; - , : •-a bi c, ;r s1,t,11 311bmi ---a:inr,„ ~fur _'acii _ IIU: • to perfru'm fl• ' r t - r r r,.:,'t iun her:~. undo r thr r- rl i 1 r ~ . .r•, . 7*.,.. gualificaticii GI !r~ldt101] aLmtl tc'rl for' l'ar li i ['il+r ;''/l' I,C C; r ^tGr shali incllilt r ;id ee that he - Maint-arnr, a l 'r~an'nt pinl._ of oli le --J s. Has ndequ;:te },iant equipment av'-iiirable to do t}.c' work and t;{pr•Cllt.lr'.51y. Hac adequa:c financial stratus to meet financial cbllgctirr.s insider .r wor'r, which }:e propest l; t,u p^rform. Nas ale la • 'q]a'- ,f is 1 kl,)w1c'd6e and .,ructirel cr1..I':'~nc~., Has r.r, J'1'„1- sr prop"r 21aim,: pending r]grainc', him cri other similar work. (DENTON) TEAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) o81064 IB-?_ L Ilea pcri'on~:cd wor;, ~-)f si:..,lar ty7)~• and of equr~l size an on:Tle.._t`,. The ?•'1Unce hall conoiso '__.,._m- of at least Uree f!11ties irriicating t,rn log'. tio%, ;gpruziontc dollar .al'„q, typa of I' Wtr, of omploticn, .,lzn Nnd oi".c'rr:i.ln(; UnAltiarK 'A' n rivipnont. .'AXE:;, I'M?J.11TS AND LICEN,;EG. Th^ I)PI I-V AMOK, _IMAQ 'L'. previsions Get fnr•Lh in the Genera QnQLlon:, 0.'f;•,Vjjn;, It shall be ca^h bidder's responsibility to determine ti;_ pplicuLP-2 taxes, pensits and licenses. If the bidder is in doubt in to wh^_ther or not a Kr , poirdt or l i :cnsc is appl i,.ablc, he ;tute in his proposal wacLher or noL this itmi has Von included in r._s bid price and the amount of Chi: applicable L,-Lc, pcr:-,It, or IIl'I'F,RPRETATION OF :3PECIFICATIONS. If any person who :or,'erli later submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt ns to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications, or other proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by addendum duly insucd, nn. a copy w! such addendum will be mniled or delivered to each person rc 2e ving a set of such do::urments. The City of Denton, Texas, will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposei do-L,acnLs. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to adviso the Engineer of conflicting requirements or emissions of infon;ition wh.'ch r:rc necessary to a clear understanding of the wore: before the date set for opening bide. Those questions not resolved by addenda shall be listed in the bidder's proposal, together with statements of the basis upon wY.i_h the proposal is made is affected by each question. T11,1E OF COMPLETION. The time of compleLicn of the win: is bnsl consideration of the contract and shall be in acsordzn _ •r: Ch th,. completion dates set forth in SecAon l - GencraJ 1 will be nencssary that the bidder satisfy t: n Owner ~ +.c: complete the wort: within the stipulated time. Each bidder shall sins:a't as a part of his proposal, his ;rc>;,os^d -:on- struction schedule to meet the specified operation and .orp:etion Was. The bidder's proposed schedule will be subject to the O'wner's approval and modification as required to establish a detailed ccr.5trn2tinn s0u0s le in accordance with Section 1 - General Specifications. In this connection, attention is called to the provisions of the cttacned General Con "',ions relative to delays and extensions of lime. ACCEPTANCE Nj REJEMON OF BIDS. The 0wncr rescrvcs the right to accei,t the bid which, in its ,judgment, is the lowest and best 'Lid; tD rcja.t any and all Lids; and to waive irregularities and inforrmaMi^_s 1" my bid that is subrutted. Bids received after GpQaificd time of :Lusir,U will Q. returned unopened. (DFIMN, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 081061+ 1B-3 BOND. The , u!L!r:_LOr to Whor:: worl: is awarded will be rcqui:•cd to furnish tl pond Lu City of Denton, Tr'~;[LS, ir: %n r:rs0ant equal to one n;ndrs~i I,cr ::cn~ {10G'~~} Of the ~,ontrnw1 :ost of the burlcl :;!,ul1 be ilu.ludcd 'L:; the bid pr.i c. Th bon Q;; r_ 'lltcd Gn ills t' :1:i ll'OYIdCd ~ l v• -i n r t or I , ~u1 i_~ o. .rici!•ll i ~ tLr ~1 ' ~r~ ,o, sil;ncd by crcty ccunl,rrny nuLi:c ii:.rd to rlo :.i: :SLuL~: of Te:;r:❑ ar:~l cptublc ri:; 1r~~L; L: Lh,-l Cww-r•. Wi,tli Lhc uo!,d sn::il be filed i,opics of "Power of AtLcrncy" _(-A!1'ied tr) il;!iudc ti,o dr,te IIIz'ORt.1ATI0I'1 TO 13E SU131411'TED WM! PROPOSAL. Faci, bidder shril submit with :.*n proposal the name of r.•lanufr:cLure r and the tips or r.odcI oi' each principal item of equipment or material thrt he proposes uo furnish. Ho shall also submit therewith ur,awings and des.!riptive inatter whi.h show general dimensions, prfneiplcn of operation and LLc materials fr%,11 which the part; are made. Any bid not having nufficient descriptive matter to describe accurately the equirn•!ent or matcrials bid upon will be rejected as irregular. The above drawings submitted by the successful bidder will be rataincd by the Uwner. Any material departure from these drawings as submitted trill not be permitted without written pernlonion from the Owner. Verbal stateme,*,s made by the bidder AL any time regarding quality, quantity or arrangement of equipment will not be considered. If alternate equipment or materials are indicated In the proposal, it shall be understood that the Owner will have the option of selecting any one of the alternates so indicated and such selection shall no. be a cause for extra compensation or extension of time. LOCAL CONDITIONS. Each bidder shall visit the site of the worst and thoroughly inform himself relative to construction hazards and procedure, labor, and all other conditions and factors, local and otherwi3c, which would affect the prosecution and completion of the wor'.: and t,e ::ost thereof, including the arrangement and condition-. of cxistir:S or Prorosed structures affecting cr which Arc r,ffccted by the pr•opoccd ;%~r;:, tlla procedure necessary for mnintenancc of uninterrupted operatic::, the availability and cost of labor, arn: facilities for tranmportr.t_cn, handling and storage of matcrials and :quipment. It must be under tood and agreed that all such factor., have berm properly investigated and considered ir the preparation of ever;, i,ro_,>,sr~Ll sub- mitted, as there will. be no sub equenL financial adju.Llient, to any contract awarded thereunder, which is based on the lacL of euc;i prior inforr:ration or its effect on the cost of the work. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS. The determination of the character of subsurface materials which will be encountered shall be each bidd.r's responsibility. No borings have been made on the site of the Unit 4 addition; however, borings were made on the Unit 3 site in 1960 and the Legs of such borings may be examined at the office of the Consulting Engineero. Such informa- tion shall not be a part of the contract docwnents and there is no expressed or implied guarantee of the data given nor of the interpretation thereof. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 081064 III-4 CONTR%CTOR'S ORGANIZATION. Each bidder shell submit with his proposal an organization chart showing the names of management, supcrvioory and technical personnel and the details of the management, supcrvi;;ory and technical organization which he proposes to use for this project. The successful bidder's organization shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 081064 IB-5 PROPOSAL TO THE CITY OF DEN70, TEXAS • Gentlemen: The undersigned hereby proposes to gcrfor, *L'- mechanical construction for the Unit 4 - 60,000 K4 Addition to the municij,'11 electric genera- ting station of the City of Denton, Texas, in accordance with the con- tract documents and for the total lump sun price of: Price in Words Addition M2ZC= (cross out one) to the above total lump sum price for furnishing and installing a centrifugal type air compressor and accessories as specified herein in lieu of the base bid reciprocating type air compressor and accessories: 450.00-~ i Price in Words The above price includes Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax and all other taxes and fees which might be lawfully assessed against or imposed upon the Contractor or the City of Denton, Texas, in connec- tion with the work covered by this Proposal. The undersigned proposes that he will perform the m-ajority'of the work with his own forces and that specific portions of sa,jor construction work not performed by the undersigned will be subcontracted by the following subcontractors: Work Subcontracted Name of Subcontractor rcr'nr Pi2irn ? ;It o'- 1 Vn1„^ f:. . Co. A complete list of proposed subcontractors, and proposed materials and equipment suppliers, is included under Specification Data. The undersigned hereby certificz he has visited t:,e site of the pro- posed work and has with conditions affecting the work. The undersigned herehy certifies t,'hat all conflicts and exceptions have been noted or listed as directed in the Instructions to Bidders. (DEJTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MCBANICAL CONSM0 ION - N.-8A) PF-1 The undersigned hereby agrees to enter into c:)ntract on the attached Contract Agreement form and to furnish acceptable Performance Bond within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the acceptance of this Proposal by the City of Denton, Texas. The undersigned further agrees that the work will be prosecuted in accordance with the proposed con- ctruction schedule attached to this Proposal, and that all work will be completed before the completion date specified in Section 1 - General Specifications. If this Proposal is accepted and should the under3lE;rcd for any reason fail to sign the Contract Agreement and provide acceptable surety with- in ten (10) days, as above stipulated, the proposal guarantee which has been this day deposited with the City of Denton, Texas,shall be forfeited to and may be retained by the City of Denton, Texas, at said City's option, but otherwise the proposal guarantee shall be returned to the undersigned when the signed contracts, complete with surety bonds, have been delivered to the City of Denton, Texas. Dated at Da n4- Tp+rna thislpt-h day of 14,zCi, , 1g~• Bidder x " Tel - r-L, v ..;;r .r"A m Robert A. lcrntndoz Title.__ --~a t Business Address of Bidder tnrn nin,jcr.-n ri State of LicorporAtion and Address of Principal Office - + Texan t(DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 1 .-2 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) Lu. ryu,%IWILL.•. I,aiD[N I •L.ILC IOM, .IC. L.a4.M1 I., N.BO.., VICE,... 'I., L I. WLON■, .[CRR.,.I I..I.u.RR AUSFri.o' Coll G1:NE'HAL (70, T[t.1Lc!TORS .IRCILLIZINO IN INDUSTRIAL CONE TRUCTION 1000 SIN41.TO" [LVD T[LRINON[ R o NOR logo Illv[Rn D[ 2.0401 l).~L~.A~ J1• r~,E?x.15 March 17,1965 P20POPA,L of Dentou, enton, T a x a a Attn: Mr. Frank Drummond Res Hachanical Construction Director of Public Utilities. Unit 4 60 000 KW Addition Gentlemem We are pleased to forward herewith our Proposal for Ycchanieal Construction • on the above project, We attach hereto our Oro-:.:.ization Chcrt and would plan to handle this kork .:ittL. xjr normal suporvialati, r:, .::.Ial L:;?arianced in poser plant construction. We have prepared a schadula for this work and would expoct to moat the compla- tion dates tot forth in the Swci41Qationa. We alco offer for your conoidera..oa our 1:-,:2 arse bid for all work covered by Vol. III - "Mechanical Construction" and all work covered by Vol. IV - "Electri- cal Construction". We will perform this werk_q =plate in ccco:danco with tt:o contract documents for tho lump sum of / 120 600, o0 Electrical construction would be subcontracted to Shiner Electric Company, We appreciate tho opportunity to sub Wit our Proposal for your cocsideration. Very truly yours, Robort A. Fernando, Vice-kresidont. RA /x 1 s ~ 'T t ort yv U 2 ] 9 L i 4 F- U n r • u [i n I W U 1] t ~ r 77 ,a J ~?v g k bty 8 y Y R T- ?W M r ~ ~ ~D lY ~ i lg;,j be Ll to n to N u r ~7 uy 7 p a ~ c- 06 rr 3 ' o T s > r i CS fy ' ~~I ~ ly I u u W I H SYECtFICATION DATA GE NE HlL. Eacrs tiIaurr:' SI.u11 ftirrn.:;I, 1r,formutlon ui,,j'1'. l,r i'quii, RWnt and materials 1.,, proloses to furllirh for rpocific r/f 'he work Foy 1'illinf; in tlr Bats r.te(I :ern ',iJ, fo'.1 ~w'.nr, 1 Unless otherwise stated i1. the i'rui,rlsai, i~. will 1.11: ;,:,;,UmF:rj that the . rr,rlil.t s t:dde r .1.. i t ..f. ',t isfid l and that to i,is test know:ed~,e rind belief the materials and equipment described in this S;e,ificatlo,l Dutn will meet all sl,ccifications and job requirew nts. In the event that any materials ynd equipment listed by the successf,il bidder are later found, either before or after contract award, to be unsuitable, materials and equipment which are suitable shall be sub- stituted. Substitutions shall be made only with th! approval of the Owner and the Engineer, and such substitutions shall not be cause for additional financial compensation nor shall they invalidate the con- tract in any way. Materials and equipment described herein which meet ail specificati-ins and Job requirements shall be furnished exactly as described. Bidders shall write all entries boldly with black ink, or tyke entries using carbon back or new black ribbon. Ball point pens shall not be used. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 J (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) SD-1 i MECHAIlICAL COIISTRU.':IO,r' AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY Bidders Name Section - PIPING Name of piping fabricator Iik`i'IU iAL VALVE & MFG. CO. Name of manufacturer Chromium alloy pipe CIpitol Carbon steel pipe Phoenix, U.~-.;,teel, or equal Saran lined pipe AS specified Wrought iron pipe As specified PVC pipe As specified Copper tubing Anaconda or equal Stainless steel tubing A.s specified Tu`uing rabic CrcF^^nt or s--)a? Butt welding fittings Taylor Forge or equal Socket welding fittings Vatson Stillman Cast iron fittings Grinnell or equal PVC fittings As specified Tubing fittings Crawford "Swagelo%" i Solder point fittings M'aeller Tubing and tubiA*Z F-W-Tube Raceway or equal caule supports a (DENTON, TMAS - 3725 ) (rECSANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) SD-2 AUSTIN ~ J Bidder's Name Section 4 - VALVES I Steel body valves - 2 inches and smaller 600 lb 1500 :b Manufacturer As spccified As specified Figure numbers Gate Globe Check • ' r Bonnet type Steel body valves - 2-1/2 inches and larger 150 lb 300 lb Manufacturer As specified As specified Figure numbers Gate Globe , Check , Bonnet type 600 lb 00 lb 1500 lb Manufacturer s specified As specified Figure numbers Gate Globe _ I ~ Check r Bonnet type (DOMN, TEXAS - 3725 (MDCEANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-SA) SD-3 • L';~'Itr 1 UI1.DItiC CO:L'A2rY • Bidder s Name Brass and bronze body valves 150 lb 200 lb Manufacturer As specified k Figure numbers , Gate Globe Check • Manufacturer Figure No. Iron body valves As specified Lubricated plug valves Walworth or eoual Fuel gas ba11 valves • Jarreshur~ Acid be1.1 valves Chemtrol Butterfly valves Henry Pratt PVC valves • As specified Air check valve Pa. Pnnp Pr Compr.Co. BF PUV check valves • Atwood Morrill Noaalsm check valves Aux cooling xater pump At,o•w.od Morrill Condensate pump Atwood Morrill Instrument valves Hancock or Edwards Electric valve motor operators MOO .Z 2-:CV-2 t 2.° Mo d MOV-8 Manufacturer (Po,xIl or Chapman) Pratt Model number As specified As specified Size, hp a. ".s snecif~ied A cified Operator, lb As specifics _ As specified Operating time (DFMON, TEAS - 3725 ) ( CONICAL CCMnUCTION - M-8A) $D-4 Cildder s Name Manufapt. urr:r Figure No. Extraction check valves , ESV-1 Ai wood Mo,ril l ESV-2 Atwood Merrill Atwood Morrill M-3 E_4 Atwood Morrill Manufacturer Orifice Seat 1 & Figure No. Size Area Material Relief valves SRV_4 Crosby SRV-13 Crosby i SRV-14 & 15 Crosby ! _ - j SFV-16, 17, 18, 19; 20, Crosby j & 21 , SHV-24 Crosby SRV-29 Crosby SRy-31 Crosby CRV-29 CRV-30 MV-34 Control valves Manufacturer Fisher Fisher Fisher Model number Body size, in. Port area, per rent of maximum Travel, per cent predicted; at design flow Inner valve type 14. E-4 Valve sizing coefficient Maximum Design requirement (DENTONp TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-UA SD-5 j Section 5 - MISCELLIU~EGUS V rvp rim, ;21G •~i + f MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Bidder a Name I Air compressor Base Bid Alternate Bid • E?ortl:in~ton j Manufacturer and model No. • a~~~ s-130DZ Guaranteed caps^ity, standard free air, scfm* Cylinder bores and strokes 9 1 PI :~•7 i rower required at design discharge pressure, hp* 44,6 71- grill, Rotation speed, rpm 51h itFg Number of intercoolers 1 { Aftercooler Vorthln.-ton Parfex I-bdel Manufacturer and model No. m t,?1 L.1, 55.192 Wfor . T'oatinrhousa Manufacturer and model No. I n n~ - I^-~ ! Al ha-f'[+ete+e.rw Size, hp __M Speed, rpm ia'u1 rJJI ` Air filter silencer manufac- Air 2'.aza VIDA105USCS turer, type and model No. n-~-lOS !'S Air; N.nse Dry Type Discharge snubber manufacturer and model No. 14" , trot Acquired. Oil removal filter manufac- turer and model No. Air Vm-a 11, 51-2 ( 99.97!• oil Prco) Manufacturer Model No. or Type Lube oil purifier D^T: •,t• ox Co. C.,:-2-3 Miscellaneous tanks ^r-•~~ ^n~1•r Inn Boiler chemical feed tank 'a• r~--•r s~,~irt;~ CC r1 Boiler chemical feed pumps. LL;.p lPS.~'iy Polyphosphate feed tank Tojnr ` = - t•i :ft- M1 *At design inlet conditions (rENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } MECHANICAL CONWHUCTION - M-8A sD-6 i AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY 'oLidder's . lgame I ~ • Manufactui3r Model No. or TjTe Polyphosphate feed pump Lapp CPS 1APR Acid feed tank Power Specialty Co. NA Acid feed pump Lapp CPS - lAP Sample table Republic shoAt Metal b Mfg. Co. Fire protection equipment Cabinets Allen or equal Hose racks Allen or equal Hose Allen or equal Hose valves Allen or equal Nozzles Allen or equal Sight floe indicators Evgene Ernst EEP-100-S Fuel oil strainer Schutte A Koerting Flexible metal hose Flexonics Quick disconnect couplings Hansen Slowdown tank -.rent silencers AMF Maxim BR-30 Gauge panels per Dwg. Instrument enclosures Per Dwg. Gauge glasses Ref)cx type Ashcroft Tubular type Ashcroft Traps a , Armstrong a' Pressure gauges a• Panel mounted. Ashcroft v Direct mounted Ashcroft DIImN, TEDW - 3725 ) IECCBARICAL CWTFt 3CTION - M-8A) 8D-7 ~~dder's Name Ninnufacturer Model No. or Tyre Thermometers , Panel mounted • A~aricen Direct mounted ;irr.n Expansion joints ~~~C2Rtc4 or Strainers , Condensate pump auction . rr.')rica1cd Y type . Ar.-nuono , -Static Pressure switches -O-Rink • Dh,yer 2if. Co_ Level switches Vr- .n, trot Temperature switches • Unitel T?tectric Solenoid valves J.cco Forced air degasifier Section 6 - HEAT INSULATION Classes A through G , Manufacturer Run ,croid ^.,'/er 0•,Cr.; Ccrnis~~ Carp. Material type Calci+~., Siltcnto Conductivity, Btu/F/sq ft/hr 300 F 0.~+3 500 F . 800 F 0.G^ 1000 F COW071;J ; lOS - M-8A) SD-8 Class H 4anuf6';,urer (•,p~n-^, T'I-, nnr. ':iterial type _ ri- -11,tll - n ^1~~•t~ Condretivity, Btu/F/nq ft/hr at 60 F 15 - Claoe I Nruiufacturer Kiterial type Conductivity, Btu/F/aq ft/hr at 60 F • _ Q,~1 Aluminum packet materials Alumin ..q il,^et Manufacturer rr ;ztr, . C,,, Type ~,£~'7 & 0,02rCr~o4h 1.?lr.'.ci E10ox jackets NJU1UfllCturcr ! ' - r..... -t_- ro.. Type Core S^ction - PIPING 5,1Si t Otii'o Manufacturer CO. Carbon steel S'trur; steal - ;.;l;S ll-;r Eot rclleu Dart 1S'i.t A-107-53T, C-141. to Material, AS'.i•S numbcr Ultimate tensile strength, pai to S4,C0 • i.. ,..r •'r l.ru. lr,.i rig 1. 1'. f SD -9 i Chromium alloy steel Bidder's Name Vaterial, ASTM number _ASTM A-397 Gr, Ultimate tensile strength, psi •_600000 to 85.000 pa! Creep strength, psi at 1015 F, one per cent elonga- tion in 100,000 hours Pipe clamps Manufacturer Model No. Low temperature 13nsi.c Enaineera _HE-120 Lru 124 High temperature • !,uric Enr rsAre A11nv 4806,61.l~ Constant support spring hanger assemblies Navco Bullotin 164 Variable support spring hanger assemblies Bnsic E .^ir_e xs 8E-6 l~ 4 2 . L 3 . a a. DE=N, TDCAS - 3725 ) MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) SD-10 CONTRACT AGREEMENT THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 1965 by and between the CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS, Party of the First Part and hereinafter called the "Owner", and AUSTIN BUILDING ffJMPANY, a Texas corpora- tion with its principal office in Dallas, Texas, Party of the Seiond Part and hereinafter called the "Contractor", WITNESSETH: THAT WHEREAS, the Owner has caused to be prepared, in accordance with law, specifications, plans and other contract documents for the work as herein specified; and WHEREAS, the sa:d Contractor has submitted to the Owner a proposal in accord- ance with the terms of this Contract Agreement; and WHEREAS, the Owner, in the manner prescribed by law, has determined and declared the aforesaid Contractor to be the lowest and best bidder for the said work and has duly awarded to the said Contractor a contract therefor, for the sum or sums named in the Contractor's proposal, a copy thereof being attached to and made a part of this Contract Agreement; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid to the Contractor and of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties to these presents have agreed and hereby agree, the Owner for itself and its successors, and the Contractor for itself, himself, or themselves, or its, his or their successors and assigns, or its, his or their executors and administrators, as follows. ARTICLE I. That the Contractor shall perform the mechanical construction for the Unit 4 - 609000 kw addition to the Owner's municipal electric generating station as specified and required in accordance with the provi- sions of the contract documents, which are attached and made a past hereof, and shall execute and complete all work included in and covered by the Owner's official award of this Contract Agreement to the said Contractor. ARTICLE II. That the Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the work and materials embraced in this Contract Agreement, and the Contractor will accept as full compensation therefor, the sum (subject to adjustments as provided by the contract) of EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTEEN THOUSAED NINE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($815,900.00) for all work covered by and included in the contract award, designated in the foregoing Article I; payment to be made in cash or its equivalent in the manner provided in the specifications attached hereto; and That the said sum shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the change order allowance set forth in Section 1 - General Specifications. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-SA) CA-1 ARTICLE III. That time of completion is of the essenra of thi3 Contract Agreement and thV the Contractor shall proceed with th- specified work and shall confor7 to the construction schedule set forth in Section 1 - General Specifications. Ih WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have execu+cd this Contract Agreement as of the day and year first above written. CITY OF DENT^N, TEXAS By 'S ead Attest fy AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY BY (Seal) vice- Attest as x. nt tReontari Yr aF ~F i! 3F N k If N 1F # * * * ■ The Contract is in correct form according to law and is hereby apprrjvod. f Attorney fo Owner (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) CA-2 PERFORMANCE BOND Y.I0W ALL I-EN BY THESE PRESE14TS that we, the undersigJ:cd iereinafter refcrrc to, ac "C^ntra~tor", 1' f i x.11' 1~ CC!,:NtNY , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ~X_ a. ;,nd uuchorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as "surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, Texas hereinafter referred to as "Owner" ~i~n the penal sum of C! C U.3', l 1"_11Zb14_ 4- - "_-J ~i~a arO a . c T~ rC~ 1e .L o e V Dollars ($91a 906, oc lawful money of the United States of America, f,)r the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made to the Owner; we bird ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: 'MREAS, on the day of , 19 , the Contractor enterer into a written contract with the Owner for furnishing materials, supplies, ,nn; equipment not furnished by the Owner, construction tools, equipment, and plant, and the performance of all necessary labor, for and in connection with the construction of certain improvements designated, defined, and described in the said contract and the conditions thereof, and in accordance with the contract drawings and specifications therefor; a copy of the said contract being attached hereto and made a part hereof; and IfHEREAS, it was a condition of the contract award by the Owner thet these presents be executed by the Contractor and Surety; NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall, in all particulars, well, duly, and faithfully observe, perform, and abide by each and every covenant, condi- tion, and part of the said contract, and the conditions, specifications, draw- ings, and other contract documents thereto attached or, by reference, made a part thereof, according to the true intent and meaning, in each case, then thin obligation shall be null and void; otheniise it shall remain in full force ar.: effect. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the Contractor shall fail to pay all just claims an) demands by, or in behalf of, any employee or other person, or any firm, aosoci- ation, or corporation, for labor performed or materials, supplies or equipment furnished, used or consumed by the Contractor or his, their or its subcontrac- tor or subcontractors in the performance of the work, then the Surety will pay the full value of all such claims or demands in any total amount not exceeding he amount of this obligation, together with interest as provided by law. (DEId' ND TEXAS) 120963 PB-1 Y Ca F r v V a. ■ H : a F O c M Q p c ~i = y to 'u la 4) Y ■ a o `i F Q s 40 t•~ y y j a ~1 S z c a , N A 1y. rR V G ■ 7. < E1' M M ■ Y ~ f^ T Ci a b s A y Y a p V F. 9 V G a 6 g F4 c 5 u b 5 8 ` ; p II R3 3 ,_b • f V . ■ P' ZA of ' a ~ o 0 5 ~ .d .5 p oe V r A - {rt ~ 7; ~ 7i o v ° A ,02 - t ° H V aa 0 3s o ~D ~o j o y m y a 'E a w i3 ~ v H ~ cc v v q W d Y.5 o ti y y Q c C 3 Z` ° "vim 5v FO tog. o F 5 S$ a u v `fie < s~v i; W p F E ~1r Q ,o a « x .ar F p 1 Ca m ~a5a w chi 0 3# b¢ o _ m ° A. ° 8 y a e a d° p.5 ~ far VJ M _ cl 48 46 F 7 0 Q~ p H 4 A 45 -5 w E- 3 a no MO as >5 5~ a x W o as~ `m , e45 1 q? 5 ps a & 5 7g 0 x M C .90 os W+E; o3z ~E~ u n U2 a W y G ovE~ ? V B~ F ~O .a s E ti, OW V'' o 5 z 2 r THE LIM)ERSIGNED SURETY, for value received, hereby agree:; ti,s t no extension of time, change in, addition to, or other modification of thrr terms of the con- tract ~)r work to re performed thereunder, or of the specifications or other contract document, shall in any way affect its obligatior, r,n this bond and the Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension of tire, change, addi- tion, or modification. Iii m 11MrY WIMREOF, the Contractor has hereunto 'es his 'rand and the Surety has caused these presents to be executed in its name rnd its corporate seal to be affixed by its attorney-in-fact thereunto duly authorized so to do, at 4-,L 5_ / X !3~_ on this the L ~ day of 19 bs AUSTIN Rt7r r..•~, rn. (sEAr. ) CONTRACTOR By C ~ Nom-President r. Y By (SURETY corPANY (SEAL) `(Attorney- n-Fact By cy C~h, State Representative (Accompany this bond with attorney-in-fact's authority from the Surety Company certified to include the date of the bond.) (DEP~i'OII, 'I7~'1S) 12o963 GENERAL CONDITIONS GC-1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, It is understood and agreed that the 1;,i% tisement, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Specification Data, Contrs-t Agreement, Performance Bond, General Conditions, Special Conditi,.)rs, Specifications, Plans, Addenda, and Change Orders, all as issued by th Owner or the Engineer, and specifications and engineering data furnizl:~.n by the Contractor and approved by the Owner, are each included in this contract and the work shall be done in accordance therewith. GC-2. DEFINITIONS. ?lords, phrases, or other expressions used in contract documents shall have meaning3 as follows: 1. "Contract" or "contract documents" shall include the items enumerated above under CONTRACT DOI.'UIENTS. 2. "Owner" shall mean the City of Denton, Texas named and desig- nated in the Contract Agreement as "Party of the First Part". acting through its Board of Public Works and City Ccuncil and their duly authorized agents. All notices, letters ni.o other communication directed to the Owner shall be addrtsssa and delivered to City Hall, Denton, Texas. "Contractor" shall :jean the corporation, company, partrer3hlp. firm or individual, named and designated in the Contract Agree- ment as the "Party of the Second Part", who has entered ij,t,. this contract for the performance of the work covered thereby, and its, his, or their duly authorized representatives. 4. "Subcontractor" shall mean and refer only tc a corporation, partnership, or individual having a direct contract -with tfte Contractor for performing work at the job site. `L• "Engineer" shall mean the firm of Black & Veatch, Consulting Engineers, 1;00 Meadow Iske Parkway, Kansas City, Missc,Lu-i (mailing address - P. 0. Box 8405, Kansas City, Missouri 64114) or its duly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties er:trurted to ir, each case. 6. "Date of contract", or equivalent words, shall meen tYte OFAe written iii the First paragraph of the Contract Agreemer,.. l• "Day" or "days", unless herein otherwise expressly definer, shall mean a calendar day or days of twenty-four hours earl:. 8. "The work" shall mean the egttipment, supplies, materials, labor,and services to be furnished under the contract and tleei carrying out of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract documents. (DENTON) TEXAS) (CONSTRUCTION ) GC-1 090164 2. "Plans" or "drawings" shall mean all (a) drawings furniz~hl.d by the Owner as a basis for proposals, (b) supplementary drawirPs furnished by the Owner to clarify and to define in greater detail the intent of the contract plans and specifications, (c) drawings submitted by the successful bidder with his proposal and by the Contractor to the Owner, as approved by the Engineer, and (d) drawings submitted by the Owner to the Con- tractor during the progress of the work as provided for herein. 10. Whenever in these contract documents the words "us ordered", ~ 11 "it II '1 If 11 ' as directed, as required, as permitted. as allowed , or words or phrases of like import are used, it shall be under- stood that the order, direction, requirement, permission, or allowance of the Owner or Engineer is intended only to the extent of judging compliance with the terms of the contract; none of these terms shall imply the Owner or the Engineer has any authority or responsibility for supervision of the Con- tractor's forces or construction operations, such supervision and the sole responsibility therefor being strictly reserved for the Contractor. 11. Similarly the words "approved", "reasonable", "suitable", it acceptable'', "propeily", "satisfactory", or words of like effect and import, unless otherwise particularly L;pccified herein, hall mean approved, reasonable, suitable, accepta- ble, proper, or satisfactory in the jud6rent of the Owner or Engineer, to the extent provided in 1110." above. 12. Whenever in these contract documents the expression "it is understood and agreed" or an expression of like import is used, such expression means the mutual understanding and agreement of the parties executing the Contract Agrecrient. GC-3. VERBAL STATEMITS NOT BINDING, It is understood and agreed that the written terms and provisions of this agreement shall supersede all verbal statements of representatives of the Owner, and verbal statements shall not be effective or be construed as being a pai-t of thio contract in any way. GC-4. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Reference to standard specifications of any technical society, organization, or association, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative specification adopted and published at the date of taking bida, unless specifically Mated otherwise. 111563 GC-2 GC-5. EXECUrIOPI OF CONTRACT DOC(KENTS. Four (k) col:ies of the contract documents will be prepared by the Engineer. Copies of engineering data, special forms, or other documents furnished by the Contractor which are required to be incorporated in the contract shall be supplied. All copies will be submitted to the Contractor and the Contractor shall execute the Contract Agreement, insert executed copies of the required bonds and submit all copies to the Owner. The date of contract on the contract agreement and bond forms shall be left blank for filling in by the Owner. The certification date on the power of attcrney document shall be also left blank for filling in by the Owner. The Owner will execute all copies, insert the date of contract on the bonds and Power of Attorney, retain one copy, and forward one copy each to the Contractor, Engineer, and surety company. GC-6. SCOPE, NATURE, AND ram OF SPECIFICATIONS AND PI„ANa. The spec- ifications and plans ere intended to supplement but not necessarily duplicate each other. Any work exhibited in the one and not in the other shall be executed dust as if it had been set forth in both, so that the work will be constructed according to the complete design as determined by the Engineer. Should anything necessary for a clear understanding of the work be omitted from the specifications and plans, or should the requirements appear to be in conflict, the Contractor shall secure written instruc- tions frcm the Engineer before proceeding with the construction ef- fected thereby. It is understood and agreed that the work shall be performed according to the true intent of the contract documents. When equipment or material furnished by the Contractor cannot be in- stalled as specified or as shown on the plans, the Contractor shall, without extra cost to the Owner, bake all modifications required to properly install the. equipment or material. Such modifications shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and the Engineer. GC-7. FIGURED DDWSIONS TO GOVERN. Dimensime end elevations shrnm on the plans shall be a ur'ate?, followed even though they differ from scaled measurements. No work brown on the plans, the dimensions of which are not indicateu, shall be executed until necessary dimensions have been obtained from the Engineer. GC-8. CONTRACTOR TO CHECK ?LANS AND SCHEDULES. The Contractor shall check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities shown on the plans and schedules given to him by U e Engineer, and shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancy between the plena and the conditions on the ground, or any error or omission in plans, or in the layout as given by stakes, points, or instructions, which he may discover in the course of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any error or omission in the plans or contract documents. Full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer should such error or omission be discovered, and the Contractor shall carry out such instructions as if o:iginally specified. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION - POWER) OC-3 GC-9. APPROVAL OF MiGnMERING DATA. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be furnished under this contract shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. These data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports re- quired; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for in- stallation and correlation with other materials and equipmennt. Data submitted shall include drawings shoving essential details of any changes proposed by the Contractor and all required wiring and piping layouts. No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication or manu- fscFare of materials and equipment, nor shall any accessory or appurte- nance be purchased until the drawing or drawings and data therefor have been approved, except at the Contractor's own risk and responsibil- ity. Four (4) copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to the Engineer. When the drawings and data are returned marked APPROVED or RECEIVED FOR DISTRIBUPION additional copies shall be submitted to the Engineer. The number of additional copies will be determined by the Engineer but will not exceed eight (8). When the drawings and date are returned marked APPROVED AS NO'T'ED the changes shall be made as noted thereon and corrected copies shall be submitted to the Engineer. The number of corrected copies will be determined by the Engineer but will not exceed twelve (12). When the drawings and data are returned marked RE'T'URNED FOR CORBMTION the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the Engineer and four (4) corrected copies shall be submitted. The Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by the Contractor will cover only general conformity to the plans and specifications, external connections, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Engineer's approval of drawings returned marked APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED will not constitute a blanket approval of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device, or item shown and does not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility for errors or deviations from the contract requirements. All drawings and data, after final processing by the Engineer, shall become a part of the contract documents and the work sbown or dep scribed thereby shall be performed in conformity therewith unless otherwise required by the Owner or the Engineer. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION - POWER) GC-4 GC-10. PRESERVATION OF 110NUMENTS AND STAIC;S, The Contractor shall carefully preserve all monuments, bench markz, reference points, and stakes. In case of his destruction thereof, Contractor grill be charged with the expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of time that may be caused. Permanent monuments or bench narks which ?oust be removed or disturbed shall be protected until they can be properly referenced for r^ln^artif,n. i'hc Contractor shall furnish materials .end assistance for the proper replacement of such monuments or bench marks. GC-11. LEGAL ADDRESSES. Both the business address of the Contractor given in the Proposal and the Contractor's office in the vicinity of the work are hereby designated as the places to which all notices, letters, and other communication to the Contractor will be nailed or delivered. The address of the Owner appearing on Page GC-1 is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, letters, and other communication to the ;nmer s},all be mailed or delivered. Either party may change ~lis address at any time by an 'nctrument in writing delivered to the Engineer and to the other party. GC-12. CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE AT SITE OF WORK. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable office ct or near the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of a representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions, or other communication or articles. Any communication given to the said rep- resentative or delivered at the Contractor's office at the site of the work in his absence shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor. Copies of the plans, specifications, and other contract documents zhall be kept at the Contractor's office at the site of the work available for .-se at all times. GC-13. PA o. Royalties and fees for patents covering materials, article:., apparatus, devices, or equipment (as distinguished from processes) used in the work, shall be included in the contract amount. The Contractor shall satisfy all demands that may be made at any time for such royalties or fees and he shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements. The Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, defend all suits or proceedings that may be insti- tuted against the Owner for infringement or alleged infringement of any patents involved in the work and, in case of an award of damages, the Contractor shall pay such award. Final payment to the Contractor by the Owner will not be made while any suit or claim remains unsettled. The Contractor, however, will not be held liable for the defense of any suit or other proceeding nor for the payment of any damages or other costs for the infringement of any patented process required by the contract documents; except if the Contractor has information that the process so required is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be liable for any damages or claims in ct,nnection therewith unless he promptly notifies the Owner and Engineer of such infringement. 091464 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-5 GC-14. IjaLTEMDENr CONTRACTOR. The rslation of the Contractor to the Owner shall be that of an independent contractor. GC-15. RELATIONS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall cooper- ate with nll other contractors who may be perfozrming work in behalf of the Owner and workmen who may be employed by the Owner on any work in the vicinity of the work to be done under this contract, and he shall so conduct his operations as to interfere to the least possible extent with the work of such contractors or workmen. He shall promptly make good, at his own expense, any injury or damage that may be sustained by other contractors or employees of the Owner at his hands. Any dif- ference or conflict which may arise between the Contractor and other contractors or between the Contractor and workmen of the Owner in re- gard to their, work shall be adjusted and determined by the Engineer. If the work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts or omis- sions of any other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner on that account other than an extension of time. Whenever there is interference with work under other contracts, the Engineer shall decide the manner in which the work shall proceed under each contract. GC-16. bMHODS OF OPERATION. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance concerning his plans for carrying on each part of the work. If at a-my time the Contractor's plant or equipment or his methods of executing the work appear to the Engineer to be inadequate to insure the required safety, quality, or rate of progress of the work, the Engineer may order the Contractor to increase or improve his facilities or methods and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such orders; but neither compliance with such orders nor failure of the Engineer to issue such orders shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to secure the degree of safety, the quality of wo-rk, and the rate of pro- gress required by this contract. The Contractor alone shall be re- sponsible for the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of his plant, equip- ment, and methods. Any method of work suggested by the Owner or Engineer, but not speci- fied, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor; and the Engineer and Owner will assume no responsibility therefor. Approval by the Owner or Engineer of any plan or method of work pro- posed by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility therefor, and such approval shall not be considered as an assumption of any risk or liability by the Owner or Engineer, or any officer, agent, or emuloyee thereof. The Contractor shall have no claim on account of the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so approved. ~I I 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) CC-6 GC-17. AUTHORITY OF THE EM MMR. To prevent delay3 and disputes, and to discourage ITtT75tion, it is agreed by the parties to this contract that the Engineer shall determine the quantities of work which are to be paid for under the contract and shell determine all questlons in relation to the work. If in the opinion of the Contractor or the Owner a decision made by the Engineer is not in accordance with the meaning, and intent of the contract, either party may file with the Engineer and the other party to the contract, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the decision, a written objection to the decision. Yailure to file an objection within the allotted time will be considered acceptance of the Engineer's decision and the decision shall become final and conclusive. The Engineer's decision and the filing; of the written objection thereto shall be a condition precedent to the right to request arbitration or to start action in court. It is the intent of this agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work and the decision of the Engineer as rendered shall be promptly obaerved. GC-18. ENGINEERM INSPECTION. The Owner fray appoint (either directly or through the Engineer such inspectors as he deems proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work performed for compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable assistance required by the Engineer, or inspectors, for the proper inspection of the work. The Contractor shall obey the directions and instructions of the Engineer or inspector when they are consistent with the obligations of this contract. Should the Contractor object to any order given by any inspector, the Contractor may make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision. Inspectors and other authorized representatives of the Owner or Engineer shall be free at all times to perform their duties. fny attempted intimidation of one of them by the Contractor or his employees shall be sufficient reason, if the Owner so decides, to terminate the contract. Such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to construct the work strictly in accordance with the plans and speci- fications. Work not so constructed shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-7 GC-19. No WAIVER OF RIGHTS. neither the inspection by the Owner or Fn~,ineer or any of their officials, employees, or agents, nor any order by the Owner or hnflneer for payment of money, or any payment for, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the work by the Owner or Engineer, nor any extension of time, nor tiny possession taken by the Owner or its e„ loyces, shall oper:.t^ as a waiver of any provision of this contract, or of any power herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damarce herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach in this contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. M-20. SUPERTITPWMNCE OF WORK. Continuous superintendence of 311 operations on the site of the work shall be provided by the Contractor, either personally or through competent representatives. The repre- sentative of the Contractor in charge of the work shall be fully authorized to act for the Contractor and to receive whatever orders may be given for the proper prosecution of the work or notices in connection therewith. The Contractor shall be responsible for complete supervision and con- trol of his subcontractors as though they were his own forces. Notice to the Contractor shall be considered notice to any affected sub- contractor. GC-21. PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND PUBLIC LIABILITY. The Contractor shall be accountable for any damages resulting, from his operafi.ions. He shall be fully responsible for the protection of all perz,.., in- cluding, members of the public, employees of the Owner, and employees of other contractors or subcontractors, and all public and private property including structures, sewers and utilities, above and below ground. The Contractor shall furnish and mn.intain all necessary safety equip- mcnt, ouch as barriers, nit;in, warninr, li;;its, and guards, to provide adeq,.aate protection of' persons and nropr rty. 'fie Contractor shall r,ive reasonable notice to the owners of public or private property and utilities when such property and utilities are liable to injury or damage through the performance of the work, and shah make all nc-essary arrangements with such owners relative to the removal and replacement or protection of such property or utilities. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-8 i GC-22. MODIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall rx.xllfy the work whenever so ordered by the Owner rind such modificationn shall not affect the validity of the contract. Modifications may Involve increases or decreases in the amount of the work for which Lpprapriate contract price adjustment will be made. Fxcept for minor changec which involve no contract price adjustment or other monetary consideration, and with the exception of adjustments of estimated quantities for unit price work or materials to conform to actual pay quantities, all modificat3.ons shnU be trade under the authority of duly executed change orders issued and signed by the Owner and accepted and signed by the Contractor. GC-22.01. Extra Work. If s modification increases the amount of the work, and the added work or any part thereof is of a type and character which can properly and fairly be classified under one or more unit price items of the Proposal, then the added work or part thereof shall be paid for according to the amount actually done and at the applicable unit price or prices. Otherwise, such work shall be paid for as herein- after provided. Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the work covered by such claims was authorized in writing by the Owner and the Contractor shall not have the right to prosecute or maintain either an arbitration pro- ceeding or an action in court to recover for extra work unless his claim is based upon a written order from the Owner. Payments for extra work shall be based on agreed lump sums or on agreed unit prices whet Aver the Owner and the Contractor agree upon such prices before the extra work is started; otherwine, payments for extra work shall be based on actual field cost plus the specified percentage allowance. For the purpose of determining whether proposed extra v~ork will. be authorized, or for determining, the payment nothod for extra work, the Contractor shall submit to the Fb gineer, upon request, a detailed cost estimate for proposed extra work. The estinr to shall show item170d quantities and charges for all elements of direct cost. Charges for the Contractor's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general superintendence, extra field office expense, and extra overheads ;hall be shown as a percentage addition to the total estimated net cost. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner, such percentage additions shall be fifteen (15) per cent for the extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces or twenty (20) per cent for extra work performed by a subcontractor. When payment for extra work is based on actual field cost, the Con- tractor will be paid the actual field cost plus an allowance of fifteen (15) per cent if the extra work is performed by the Contractor's own forces or twenty (20) per cent if the extra work is performed by a subcontractor. The allowance will be paid as full compensation for the Contractor's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general superintendence, extra field office expense, extra overheads, and all other elements of extra cost not defined herein as actual field cost. I 113563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-9 The actual field cost shall include only those extra costs for labor and material expended in direct performance of the extra work and may include: a. The actual payroll cost of all workmen such as laborers, mechanics, craftsmen, and foremen. b. The Contractor's or subcontractor's net cost for materials and supplies, c. The rental charge for vehicles and construction equipment. d. The transportation charges for equipment. e. The charges for extra power, fuel, lubricants, water, and special services. f. The charges for extra payroll taxes, bond premiums, and insurance premi•mc. The form in which actual field cost records are kept, the construction methods, and the type and quantity of equipment used shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Construction equipment which the Contractor has on the job site and which is of a type and size suitable for use in performing the extra work shaU be used. The hourly rental charges for equipment shat! not exceed 1/2 of one per cent of the latest applicable Associated :equip- ment Distributors published monthly rental rates and shat] apply to only the actual time the equipment is used in performing the extra work. !.'hen extra work requires the use of equipment which the Contractor does not have on the job site, the Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer before renting or otherwise acquiring additional equip- ment. The rental charges for the additional equipment shall not exceed the latest applicable Associated Equipment Distributors published rental rates. GC-22.02. Decreased Work. If a modification decreases the amount of work to be done, such decrease shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by such decrease. Where the value of omitted work is not covered by applicable unit prices, the Engineer shall determine on an equitable basis the amount of (a) credit due the Owner for contract work not done as a result of an authorized change, (b) allowance to the Contractor for any actual loss incurred iri connection with the purchase, delivery, and subsequent disposal of materials or equipment required for use on the work as planned and which could not be used in any part of the work as actually built, and (c) any other adjustment of the contract amount where the method to be used in making such adjustment is not clearly defined in the contract documents. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-10 Unlecs otherwise agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor, the credit due the Owner for reductions in the amount of work to be done shall be the estimated field cost of the deleted work plus an overhead allowance of: Ten (10) per cent of the estimated field cost if the work was to have been done by the Contractor's own forces, or Fifteen (15) per cent of the estimated field cost if the work was to have been done by a subcontractor. Field cost referred to above shall include the category of costs herein- before listed as actual field costs, items (a) to (f) inclusive of the paragraph entitled "Extra Work". GC-23. ARBITRATION. Before bringing any action in court pertaining to a decision of the Engineer, the objector (hereinafter referred to as Party A) to the decision shall first offer to arbitrate the question with the other party to the contract (hereinafter referred to as Party B) by notifying him in writing and setting forth in such notice the question to be arbitrated. Party B can elect to arbitrate or not. If Party B agrees to arbitrate he shall so advise Party A in wr{ting within ten (10) days after receipt of Party A's notice. Notice by Party B that he does not wish to arbitrate or failure of Party B to notify Party A within the ten (10) day period will give Party A the right to start action in court. If Party B agrees to arbitrate, Party A shall choose an arbitrator and shall notify Party B of the name of the arbitrator within ten (10) days after receipt of Party B's notice. Party B shall notify Party A in writing within ten (1() days after receipt of the said notice that the arbitrator named by Party A shall act as sole arbitrator or shall name an additional arbitrator. If Party B names an additional arbitrator, then the arbitrator named by Party A and the arbitrator named by Party B shall choose a third arbitrator. The arbitrator or arbitrators shall act with promptness. In the case of three arbitrators, the decision of any two shall be binding on both parties to the contract) as shall that of a single arbitrator if the dispute is submitted thereto as heretofore provided. The decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators may be filed in court to carry it into effect, if necessary. If they consider that the case so demands, the arbitrator or arbitrators are authorized to award the party whose contention is sustained such sum or sums as they may deem proper for the time, expense, and trouble incident to the appeal, and if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause they may award damages for any delay occasioned thereby. The arbitrators shall receive reab enable compensation for their services. The arbitrators shall assess the costs and -aiarges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The decision of the arbitrators must be made in writing and shall not be open to objection on account of the form of proceedings or award. 111563 (COISTRUCTION) Gc.11 If for any reason, after the said notices have been duly given by Party A and Party B, the arbitrators appointed shall be unable or shall fail to net with reasonable promptness in appointing a third arbitrator, Party A (or, if he does not do so within a reasonable time, Party B) may request a judge of the United States District Court who regularly holds court in the district in which the site of the work, or any part thereof, is located, to appoint the third arbitrator. If it appears to the judge that the two arbitrators originally appointed were unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness in appointing a third arbitrator, he may appoint the said third arbitrator and such an ap- pointment shall constitute a conclusive determination that the arbitrators originally appointed were so unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness and, if the said judge acted at the request of Party B, that Party A did not make such request within a reasonable time. If for any reason after the arbitrator or arbitrators have been duly appointed, the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be unable or shall fail to act with reasonable promptness in reaching a decision regarding the question submitted to arbitration Party A (or, if he does not do so within a reasonable time, Party B~ may request a judge of the United States District Court who regularly holds court in the district in which the site of the work, or any part thereof, is located, to appoint three new arbitrators to act hereunder. If it appears to such judge that the arbitrator or arbitrators originally appointed were unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness in reaching a decision regarding the question submitted to arbitration, he may appoint three new arbitrators to act hereunder and such an appointment shall constitute a eonolusive determination that the arbitrator or arbitrators originally appointed were so unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness, and, if the said judge acted at the request of Party B, that Party A did not make such request within a reasonable time. If for any reason a third arbitrator, or three new arbitrators shall not be appointed by a judge of the United States District Court under the circumstances hereinabove described, or if three new arbitrators are so appointed and are unable or fail to act with reasonable prompt- ness in reaching a decision regarding the question submitted to arbitration, then the arbitration procedure shall be deemed tr) have failed, and the parties shall be free to assert their rights in the same manner as if they had not agreed to submit the question to arbitration. If the above agreement to submit questions of dispute to arbitration is not enforceable under the law of applicable jurisdiction, ee.ch such question after it has arisen may, by agreement of both parties, be submitted to arbitration in the manner set forth above. The Contractor shall not cause a delay of the work during any arbitra- tion proceedings, except by agreement with the Owner. It is under- stood and agreed by the parties to the contract that no requirement . or statement herein shall be interpreted as curtailing the power of the Engineer to determine the amount, quality, and acceptability of work and materials. 11563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-12 GC-24. PROVISION FOR EMERGENCIES. Whenever., in the opinion of th., Owner, the Contractor has not, taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the public or the protection of the work co be constructed under this contract or of adjacent structures or property, and whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, an emergency shall arise and immediate action shall be considered necessary to protect public or private personal w property interests, then the Owner, with or without notice to the Contractor, may provide suitable protection by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished and placed as the Owner may consider necessary. The cost of such work and material shall be borne by the Contractor, and, if the same shall not be paid on pre- sentation of the bills therefor, such costs may be deducted from any amounts due or to become due the Contractor. The performance of such emergency work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for damages which may occur during or after such precaution has been duly taken. GC-25. ASSIGKKMT AND SUBLETTING. The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the work, or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of the Owner, nor shall he assign, by pdaer of attorney or otherwise, any of the money payable under this contract unless written consent of the Owner has been obtained. No right under this contract, nor claim for any money due or to become due hereunder shall be as- serted against the Owner, or persons acting for the Owner, by reason of any so called assignment of this contract or any part thereof, unless such assignment shall have been authorized by the written consent of the Owner. In case the Contractor assigns all, or any part of, any moneys due or to become due under this contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee to any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to all prior liens of all persons, firms, and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this contract. Should any subcontractor fail to perform in a satisfactory manner the work undertaken by him, his subcontract shall be immediately terminated by the Contractor upon notice from the Owner. The Contractor stall be as fully responsible and accountable to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. 111563 (CONMWXTION) GC-13 GC-26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO TERMINATE COMMACT. If the work to be done under this contract is abandoned by the Contractor; or if this con- tract is assigned by him without the written consent of the Owner; or if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt;or if a general assignment of hin assets is made for the benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver is appointed for the Contractor or any of his property; or if at any time the Engineer certifies in writing to the Owner that the per- formance of the work under this contract is being unnecessarily delayed, that the Contractor is violating any of the conditions of this contract, or that he is executing the same in bad faith or otherwise not in accordance with the terms of said contract; or if the work is not sub- stantially completed within the time named for its completion or within the time to which such completion date may be extended; then the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor and his surety of the Owner's intention to terminate this contract. Unless within five (5) days after the serving of such notice, a satisfactory arrangement is made for continuance, this contract shall terminate. In the event of such termination, the surety shall have the right to take over and com- plete the work, provided that if the surety does not commence per- formance within thirty (30) days, the Owner may take over and prosecute the work to completion, by contract or otherwise. The Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the Owner for all excess cost sustained by the Owner by reason of such prosecution and completion. The Owner may take poesession of, and utilize in completing the work, all materials, equipment, tools, and plant on the site of the work. GC-27. SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Owner reaerves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the work without invalidating the provisions of the contract. Orders for suspension or reinstatement of work will be issued by the Owner to the Contractor in writing. The time for completion of the work will be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the suspension. Extra costs and expenses which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are caused by work suspensions ordered by the Owner will be paid by the Owner to the Contractor. GC-28. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work, or from the action of the elements, or from floods or overflows, or from ground water, or from any unusual obstruc- tion or difficulty, or any other natural or existing circumstance either known or unforeseen, which may be encountered in the prosecu- tion of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) Gc-14 GC-29. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all ordinances, laws, and regulations, ani shall protect an'i indemnify the Owner anJ the Owner's officers aw agents against an;; claim or liability arising from or based on any violation of the sa- The Contractor shall comply with all regulatl~ns of agencies having ,jurisdiction with respect to sanitation. GC-30. TAXES AND PERMITS. Unless otherwise specified in these cDn- tract do s, the Contractor shall pay all --ales, use, and other taxes that are ].awfully assessed against the Owner or Contractor in connection with the work included in this contr nt. and shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits, and inspeeti~ns required for the work. GC-31. CH: ?ACT'LA OF WORKXEN. The Contractor sr.all employ only work- men who are competent to perform the cork assigned to them and, in the case of skilled labor, who are adequately trained and experienced in their respective trades and who do satisfactory work. Whenever the Owner shall notify the Contractor that any man on the work is, in its opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, or who uses threatening or abusive language to any person representing the Owner when on the work, such min shall be immediately discharged from the work and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Owner. GC-32. SUNDAY, HOLIDAY, AND NIGHT WORK. No work shall be done between 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. nor on Sundays or legal holidays without the written approval of the Owner. However, emergency work may be done without prior approval. I716ht work r-.iy be est.ablisheci Q the Contractor as a re,alar procedure with the written permission c."e Owner; sic% pp:'i'',insi s, however, r,.ay he revoked K any time b the Meer if .r.e fails maintain wegiate equipnent and supervision :uc• proper prosecu- tinn -'ntr-. ( tl,,e 11 at GC-13. UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDIT10:0. L:. 'n,C ;nia orrble weather, wet grn j , ) t::er ins Atable -nstr :n0 _n undit ins, the Contractor shall confine his operations to worn Ach will m :e affected adversely thereby. No portion of tno w~PA 0a ii be structed under conditions which would affect adversely the ' or efficiency thereof, unless special means or precautions ::e taken by the Contractor to perform the wort in a proper and satis.'act;r; manner. o62264 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-15 GC-34. BEGINNING, PROGRESS, AND TIME OF COMPLETION OF WORT.. Unless ,therwise specified the Contractor shall begin work under this contract within ten (10) days after the date designated in a written order from the Owner to begin work. The rate of progress shall be such that the work will be completed in accordance with the terms of the contract on or before the termination of the construction period named in the Contract Agreement. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a detailed ochedule setting forth the procedure tie proposes to foll7., and giving the dates he expects to start and to complete separate portions of the work. If in the opinion of the Engineer proper progress is not being maintained, changes shall be made in the Contractor's operations to assure proper progress. GC-35- HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. The Contractor expressly agrees that the construction period named in the Contract Agreement inclixies allow- ance for all hindrances and delays incident to the work. No claim shall be made by the Contractor for hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of the work, except as provided under "Suspension of Work" and "Extensions of Time". ,C-36. EXTENSIONS OF TIME. Should the Contractor be delayed in the final completion of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or Engineer, or of any employee of either, or by any other contractor employed by the Owner, or by strike, fire, or other cause o-utside of the control of the Contractor and whirh, in the opinion of the Engineer, could have been neither anticipated or avoided, then an extension of time sufficient to compensate for the delay, as determined by the Engineer, will be granted by the Owner; provided that the Contractor gives the Owner and the Engineer prompt notice in writing of the cause of delay in each case and demonstrates that he has used all reasonable means to miniraize the delay. Extensions of timc will not be granted for delays caused by unfavor- able weather, unsuitable ground conditions, inadequate construction force, or t:.e failure of the Contractor to place orders f'r equipment or materials sufficiently in advance to insure delivery we.er. needed. 062264 (CONSTRUCTION) Gc-16 GC-37. MATERIALS AND fflIREMr. Unless specifically provided other- wise in each case, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent installation in the work shall conform to applicable standard specifi- cations and shall be new, unueed, and undamaged when installed or other- wise incorporated in the work. No such material or equipment shall be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than that intended or specified, unless such use is specifically authorized by the Engineer in each case. All required tests in connection with approval of source of materials shall be made at the Contractor's expense by a properly equipped labora- tory of established reputation whose work and testing facilities are acceptable to the Owner and approved by the Engineer. Any change in origin or method of preparation or manufacture of a material being routinely tested will require new teats and approval thereof. Reports of all tests shall be furnished to the Engineer or Owner in as many copies as required. GC-38. REJECTED WORK AND MATERIALS. The Contractor, upon written notice from the Engineer or the Owner, shall remove from the premises all work and materials rejected as defective, unsound, improper, or in any way failing to conform to the requirements of the contract documents. The Contractor shall at his sole expense make good all work damaged by such removal and shall promptly replace materials damaged or improperly worked by him and re-execute his own work in accordance with the contract. This includes re-executing or replacing the work of any other contractor that is in any way affected by the removal of the defective work. The obligations of the Contractor under this section shall not extend to defective materials or equipment supplied by the Owner. If the Contractor does not remove his rejected work and materials within ten (10) days after written notice, the Owner may remove and replace such work and materials at the expense of the Contractor. GC-39• PLACING WORK IN SERVICE. If desired by the Owner, portions of the work may be placed in service when completed and the Contractor shall provide proper access for this purpose. Such use and operation shall not constitute an acceptance of the work, and the Contractor shall be liable for defects due to faulty construction throughout the duration of this contract and thereafter as provided under the guarantee. Gc-40. DISPOSAL OF TRASH AND EMIS. The Contractor shall clean the working areas each day, shall remove all trash and waste materials, and shall maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction period. The Engineer shall have the right to determine what is waste material or rubbish and the rwmer and place of disposal. On or before the completion of the work the Contractor shall carefully clean out all pits, pipes, chambers, or conduits; shall remove all temporary structures built by him; and shall remove all rubbish from the areas which he has occupied, leaving them in first-class condition. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-17 A CC-41. GUARANTEE. The Contractor guarantees that the equipment, materi- als and workmanship furnished under this contract will be as specified and will be free from defects for a period of one year from the date of final payment. In addition, the equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in design. Within the guarantee period and upon notification of the Contractor by the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly make all neeC,ed adjustments, repairs or replacements arising out of defects which, in the judgment of the Engineer or the Owner, become necessary during; such period. The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special tools and supplies required for replacement of parts, repair of parts, or correction of abnormalities shall be paid by the Contractor, or by his surety under the terms of the Performance Bond (when a bond is provided). The Contractor also extends the terms of this guarantee to cover re- paired parts and all replacement parts furnished under the guarantee provisions for a period of one year from the date of their installation. If within ten days after the Owner gives the Contractor notice of a defect, failure, or abnormality of the work, the Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary repairs or adjustments, the Amer is hereby authorized to make the repairs or ad- justments himself or order the work to be done by a third party, the cost of tL.a work to be paid by the Contractor. In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the Amer, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made by the Owner, or a third party chosen by the Owner, without giving notice to the Contractor, and the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contractor, or by his surety under the terms of the Performance Bond (when a bond is provided). CP--42. CLADAf) FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all claims for labor and materials furnished under this contract. When requested by the Owner, the Con- tractor shall submit satisfactory evidence that all persons, firms, or corporations who have done work or furnished materials under this con- tract, for vhich the Owner may become liable under the laws of the state, have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured. In case such evidence is not furnished or is not satisfactory, an amount will be retained from money due the Contractor which in addition to any other sums that may be retained will be sufficient, in the opinion of the Owner, to meet all claims of the persons, firms, a." corporations as aforesaid. Such sum shall be retained until the liabilities as afore- said are fully discharged or satisfactorily secured. Before final acceptance of the work by the Amer, the Contractor shall submit in duplicate a signed notarized affidavit to the Engineer stating that all subcontractors, vendors, persons, or firms who have furnished labor or materials for the work have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured and that all taxes have been paid. The affidavit shell also bear a statement consenting to the making of th~- final payment signed by the surety company who has provided the Pe-formance Bond for this work (when a Performance Bond is provided). 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-18 GC-43. COM'RACTOR'S BREAKDOWN ESTIMATE. If the contract is based on a lump sum bid, or contains one or more lump sum items for which partial payments are desired, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a breakdown estimate covering each lump sum item. Each breakdown estimate, showing Lhe value of each kind of work, shall be approved by the Engineer before any partial payment estimate is prepared. Such items as bond premium, tempora r,/ construction facilities, and plant may be listed separately in the breakdown estimate, provided that their costs can be substantiated. The sum of the items listed in the breakdown estimate shall equal the contract lump sum price or prices. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. An unbalanced breakdown estimate providing for overpayment of the Con- tractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be accepted and shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to the Engineer. GC-44. FINAL INSPECTION. When the work has been substantially completed and at a time mutually agreeable to the Owner, Engineer and Contractor, the Engineer shall make a final inspection, of the work and report to the Owner his findings as to the acceptability and completeness of the work. GC-45. RELEASE OF LIABILITY. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment shall be a release to the Owner and every officer and agent thereof, from all claims and liability hereunder for anything done or furnished for, or relating to the work, or for any act or neglect of the Owner or of any person relating to or affecting the work. GC-46. DEFENSE OF SUITS. In case any action in court is brought against the Owner or Engineer, or any officer or agent of either of them, for the failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to perform any of the covenants, acts, matters, or things by this contract undertaken; or for injury or damage caused by the alleged negligence co the Contractor or his subcontractors or his or their agents, or in coinection with any claim based on lawful demands of subcontractors, works-en, material men, or suppliers; the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Omer and Engineer and their officers and agents, from all losses, damages, costs, expenses, judgments, or decrees arising out of such action.. 111563 (CONSUMTION) (',C-19 x-47. INSURANCE. The Contractor shall secure and maintain throughout the duration of this contract insurance of such types and in such amounts as may be necessary to protect himself and the interests of the Owner against all hazards or risks of loss as hereinafter specified. The fora and limits of such insurance, together with the underwriter thereof in each case, shall be approved by the Owner but regardless of such approval it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain adequate insurance coverage at all times. Failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate coverage shall not relieve him of any contractual responsibility or obligation. Satisfactory certificates of insurance shall be filed with the Owner prioz to starting any construction work on this contract. The certifi- cates ,hall state that ten (10) days written notice will be given to the Owner before any policy covered thereby is changed or canceled. GC-47.01. Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability. This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims under appli- cable state workmen's compensation laws. The Contractor shall also be protected against claims for injury, disease, or death of employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workmen's compensation law. This policy shall include an "all states" endorsement. The liability limits shall not be less than the following: Workmen's compensation - Statutory Employer's liability - $100,000 each person GC-47.02. Comprehensive Automobile Liability. This insurance shall be written :n comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor against all claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles, and shall cover operation on or off the site of all motor vehicles licensed for highway use, whether they are owned, nonowned, or hired. The liability limits shall not be less than the following: Bodily - $250,000 each person - $500,000 each accident Property damage - $100,000 each accident 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-20 GC-47.03. Comprehensive General Liability. This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor against all claims arising from injuries to members of the public or damage to property of others arising out of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, employees, or subcontractors. In addition, this policy shall specifically insure the contractual liability assumed by the Can- tractor under the foregoing paragraph entitled "Defense of Suits". The property dam.ge liability coverage shall contain no exclusion rela- tive to blasting, explosion, collapse of buildings, or damage to under- ground property. The liability limits shall not be less than the following: Bodily injury - $250,000 each person - $500,000 each accident Property damage - $500,000 each accident - $500,000 aggregate OC-47.04. Builder's Risk. This insurance shall be written in completed value form and shall protect the Contractor and the Owner against risks of damage to buildings, structures, and materials and equipment not otherwise covered under Installation Floater Insurance, from the perils of fire and lightning, the perils included in the standard extended coverage endorsement, and the perils of vandalism and malicious mischief. The amount of such insurance shall be not leas than the insurable value of the work at completion less the value of the materials and equipment insured under Ic,ital.lation Floater Insurance. Equipment such as steam generators, turbine generators, pumps, heat exchangers, compressors, tanks, motors, switchgear, transformers, panel boards, control equipment, and other similar equipment shall be insured under Installation Floater Insurance when the aggregate value of this equipment exceeds $10,000. If the work does not include the construction of building structures, this Builder's Risk Insurance mny be omitted providing the Installation Floater Insurance fully covers all work. Builder's Risk Insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the Owner as their interest may appear. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-21 CC-47.05. Installation Floater. This insurance shall protect the Con- tractor and the Owner from all insurable risks of physical loss or damage to materials and equipment not otherwise covered un&..r Builder's Risk Insurance, while in warehouses or storage areas, during, installa- tion, during testing, and after the work is completed. It chall be of the "all risks" type, with coverages designed for the circumstances which may occur in the particular work included in this contract. The coverage shall be for an tLiount not less than the value of the work at completion, less the value of the materials and equipment insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. The value shall include the aggregate value of the Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be erected or installed by the Contractor not otherwise insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. Installation Floater Insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the Owner as their interests may appear. If the aggregate value of the Owner-furnished and Contractor-furnished equipment is less than $10,000 such equipment may be covered under Builder's Risk Insurance, and if so covered this Installation Floater Insurance may be omitted. Certificates of insurance covering Installation Floater Insurance shall quote the insuring agreement and all exclusions as they appear in the policy; or in lieu of certificates, copies of the complete policy may be submitted. CC-48. ESTIMATES AND PAYMENTS. On or about the first day of each month, the Engineer will make an estimate of the value of the work done and of unused materials stored on the site. The estimated cost cf repairing, replacing, or rebuilding any part of the work or replacing materials which do not conform to the plans and specifications will be deducted from the estimated value. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such detailed information as he may request to aid in the preparation of monthly estimates. After each estimate has been approved by the Owner, the Owner will pay to the Contractor by the twenty-fifth day of the month ninety (90) per cent of the estimated value less any previous payments. Payments for materials stored m the site shall be based only upon the actual cost of such materials to the Contractor and shall not include any overhead or profit to the Contractor. After official approval and acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Engineer will be authorized to prepare a final estimate of the work done under this contract. The final estimate will be submitted to the Owner within ten (10) days after its preparation has been authorized. The Owner will, within thirty (30) days thereafter, pay the entire sum found to be dl: after deducting all amounts to be retained under any provision of this contract. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) OC-22 SPECIAL CONDITIONS GEIdET3N,. These Spccial Conlitions are applicablo to the field construc- tion for the Unit - 60,000 Y.w addition to the mjn'_ :ipal electric generatinf; station for the City of Denton, Texas. Major components of the new adiition will be a (gar, urel oil fired, outdoor type steam generator; a ncnrcl,e:it, condensing typ., ".urbine generator; a two-pass surface coed,?nsor; complete auxiliary equipment; an induced draft cooling tower; a n,~w electrical substation; urrl a steel frayed plant structure with enclosure for the turbine generator area and the base and upper drum of the steam., generator. More complete descriptions of these and other associated components are given in the applicable detail specifications. Separate contracts have been awarded by the Owner for furnishing and erecting the steam generator, furnishing and erecting; the cooling tower (except the cooling tower basin) and for furnishing certain items of materials and equipment as specified in the detail specifications. Field construction work, has been divided into three phases, general con- struction, mechanical construction, and electrical construction. Sepa- l rate contracts will be awarded for each phase. The mope of the work under this contract is defined in Section 1 - General apecificatior,s. The division of the detail construction specification., into suctions is not intended to establish the jurisdiction of trade:, crafts or subcon- tracts. The determination of such jurisdiction shall be solely a natter of agreement between the Contractor and his employees and his subcon- tractors. ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS- The Contractor will be furnished five 5 sets of all drawings and ten (10) cop'_ec of the applicable specifications without charge. Additional sets of drawings ani additional copies of specifications may be obtained from the Engineer by r-aysa-_nt of printing, handling, and mailing costs. All drawings and specifications shall be returned to the Enuincer upon completion of the work. The Contractor will also be fu rnishal ,upplcmental liagrams, sci^::ales, shop drawings, and othr:r information or, specifically emuserated in the specifications. RAILROAD FACILITIES. A railroad siding wilt be available at the plant site. COOPERATION WITH OVUER. The continuity of an adequate power supply tc the Owner's system is of prime importance and, to this end, coripletQ: ( DEN POII) TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-1 1 cooperation b^tween t?:c Contractor and the Owner mu..t be maintained. AlI work shall be scY.,_ iule•Z to suit the Owner's conveni(,:nc(s, taking, into consideration the power system facilities and requir-rr,rx,t:, at all times during construction. In the event that it is necessary to either int-rrul1, tlv; power supply, limit the amount of p-wer available or to impose abnn n,"11 opernting condi- tions on the nower such procedure n.ust be approwci by the Owner and a eomplete ?:nier:,t,aiTing and ;z~;r cr,ent tmist be rerr_i,e,l by all parties concerned, well in a ir3nce of the tire ocheduled for such operation, and such understanlinc r-hall be l^finite as to date, time of clay, and length of tim^ requircd. The Contractor shrM be responsible_ for paying all regular time and over- time labor costs arising from the necessity to perform work, which affects, the Owner's system facilities, at times other than regular working hours, U. S. MATERIALS. To the extent possible, materials and equipment (in- cluding components thereof) to be furnished under these specifications -hall be produced, processed, manufactured and asserr,bled within the continental limits of the United States of America. Substitution of foreign materials for domestic materials will not be permitted. LOCAL SUPPLIERS AND SUBC0NM%CTORS. Waenever possible, the Contractor shall purchase materials from local suppliers and award subcontracts to local subcontractors. • SUBCONTRACTS. It is the intent, of these specifications that the Contrac- tor shall perform ti:e majority of the work with hie own forces and under the management of his own organization. Specific portions of the work may be subcontracted only by subcontractors who have been listed in the Proposal and who are approved by the Owner. All work performed under subcontracts shall be subject to the same contract provisions as the work performed by the Contractor's own forces, as set forth in Generul Conditions. COST BREAKDOWN. The Contractor shall, within 30 days after sward of con- tract, submit to the Owner and Engineer the breakdown estimate r,2quirea by the General Conditions. The breakdown estimate shall be broken down, into FPC accounts and FPC property units- in accordance with the Cr.rner':, requirements. Upon request, additional information concerning construction quantities and costs shall be made available to the Owner and Engineer for account- ing purposes. PURCHASE ORDERS. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner and Engineer duplicate copies of Path purchase order for all materials and cquipment (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-2 furnished under these specifications for incorporation in the perr.anenr. construction. Each purchase order shall show the vendor's name, r..arrif'ac- turer's name, materials, t,.T c, model number, size, quantity, and a..e - sory lists of the materials and equipment ordern], nmi si.all be catr i tte: when issued. CONT'RACTOR'S SUPERVI,ION AT IAIE CITiI. During the „„~sl,oruction, t}:c C! n- tractor shall furnlch continuously on the site odeghate management, supervisor, and tc }ur:cal persunncl to insure cxp iftluus ani 2ompeter:t handling of all matters rclatcl to the work. A construction superintendent experienced in major powar plant construc- tion and wlio is a pennanent member of the Contractor's organization shall be a resident at the project throughout the construction. The Contractor's field organization shall include an experienced staff of qualified technical personnel to handle construction engineering, layout, planning, and direction of all field construction wort:. The field organization shall also include a staff to handle timekeeping, employment, accounting, purchasing and expediting, stores and warehouse, stock tool rooms, and security. The Contractor's organization shall be in accordance with the organiza- tion chart submitted with the Proposal as approved by the Owner, and shall be supplementr_d to adequately provide the above functions if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor's organization is not effec- tive or adequate and the Engineer directs the Contractor to correct such • deficiencies. FIELD RECORDS. The Contractor shall maintain during the progress of the work up-to-date copies of all drawings, specifications, and supplementary data, complete with latest revisions thereto. In addition, the Contrac- tor shall maintain a continuous record of all field deviations from the Engineer's drawings and at the conclusion of the work shall submit to tYe Engineer a set of the latest revisions of all plans and specifications marked to show "as built" deviations. tr.e Engirc The Contractor shall submit sketches or r,arked prints to showing each approvol ficlcd e12viation within 10 days aft.r r_•ach 111-1 deviation ha:, been uppro% cad by the Enginecr and Owner. CONSTRUCTIOII PLANT AJM MPORARY FACILITIES. Unless oth.•rrise specifies, the Contractor shall furnish all construction plant, utilities, and temporary facilities and all equipment, materials and su?plies whicl. are required for prosecution of the work but which will not be incorporat_i in the completed work. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-3 All temporary structures r,nl faci].i furnishel by Lhe Contractor shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall 'U,, nur I ntained. throuP,ihout the construction work. ti~Yhen the construction wnri: !r nt-pletcd, all such temporary rtrNcturc:: arrl fa^ilitics small be r^_m rr r l rr)m the site and the area shall be r,~storc1 to its original coni!tlon. All construction plant and i'azilitics small b Jr. Plr:,t class c:.ndition and shall be of the proper type ontl size to a 1e,1, t l pcrforr th- worY.. Such plant an? ilitics :.all tic rcr,'ularly an'i syi.t,c:attcall; raintaincd throu*,'out the wort: to inrurc proper an~I efficient r,peration. Plant and facilities which are inrrL3raat~ or irpruperly maintain(-J shall be promptly modified, repaired, or rerov:,l fron the site arl replaced. Temporary Structures. Temporary structures for r)fficeo, change houses, warehouses, and other uses for the Contractor or his subcontractors shall be constructed b,; the Contractor using materials, desir;n, and construc- tion approved by the Engineer. Such structures --hall be built only in locations assigned by the Engineer within the general area designated on the drawings. Utilities. The Contractor shall provide hiu own telephone service. The Owner will furnist, without charge at a mingle supply point estab- lished by the Owner on -he plant site, water for construction and drink- ing purposes. The Contractor Shall provide all materials and mahc all connections and installations required to connect to Owner's source and distribute water for Contractor's use. Me Contractor shall provide a sanitary drinking water system for his employees, including water cooler--, ice, disposable drinking cups and a trash can at each water cooler. Construction electric power, heating, and other ccnstruction utilitie.: are specified under Section 1 - General Specifications. Sanitary Facilities. The Contractor shall furnish and. maintain --an:tary facilities, including a system of chemical toilets, for the use cf all persons engaged in worn: covered by these contract ocun.cnt3. Ti.- :amber and location of chemical toilets shall be as r,3Tirel to adequate!,- and conveniently serve the needs of these persons. The chemical toilets and their maintenance --hall the re1uir~:, ata of the Sate Board of health. An.,, such facilitie o; ;iaintcrance rnr'thodC failing to meet these requirements shall be corrected ir.rediately. i Workmen engaged in work under this contract shall not use the pen:'anent washroom facilities, whether they are in an existing plant or are par: of the new construction. (DENTONj TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) o82664 sc-4 Compressed Air. The Contractor shall provide all cir compressors, fuels, lubricants, hoses, piping, and other apparatus re;aired for supplying compressed air required for prosecution of iii:; wr,rY. RECEMNG, LIAIMLING AID STORAGE. E:.:cept as otheralse specified, the Co%- tractor shall provide all functions necessary t'~ r:a~ive from carriers at the plant site, check, unload, iMrille and story ull raterials and equip- ment which are specified to be iastallc.I or others! r.e incorporated in the construction unlv-r ti,~~s~ spe.~Ificatonc. Storage space will be allocated on the plant site rr; the Engineer. Before unloading any materials or equipment, the "ontractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a drawing showing the proposed utilization of the storage space allocated to him. The storage space shall be utilized in accordance with the drawing as approved by the Engineer. This draw- ing shall be kept current and shall show the location and description of each stored item for which the Contractor is responsible. Revised copies of these drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer as they are made. Receiving and Handling. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt unloading of all equipment or material to be unloaded under these specifications and shall pay any demurrage. Storage. Equipment and materials shall be stored an,1 protected in tempo- rary warehouses or enclosed platforms or on open platforms or shoring as designated herein. Where necessary for proper protection against humid- ity, condensation or excessive cold or heat, suitable heating, cooling and ventilating shall be provided. All storage facilities shall remain the property of the Contractor, and upon completion of the construction such facilities shall be removed from the site. As soon as possible after permanent building enclosures and eq.ipment foundations are finished, each item of equipment shall be removed frc-m storage and installed in its final location. The storage method to be used for the various materials and equipment is listed in Section 1 - General Specifications. For items of material and equipment not no listed, the choice of the storage method shall be deter- mined as follows; Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical or recl-lani,_-il equipment or whic3 have finish painted surfac^_s, and other items which would be damaged by outdoor exposure, shall be stored on enclosed platforms or in warehouses. When such storage would present an unreasonable building space or volume requirement, t:,e equipment or materials may, with the approval of the Engineer, be stored under weatherproof coverings on shoring or open platforms. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-5 All small loose items which could be easily lost, stolen, broken, or misused sikall be stored on enclosed platforms or in warehouses. All other equipment and materials shall be stored on open platforms or shoring. • Platforms: Open platforms shall be constructed from sound LLmber not less than 2 inches nominal thickness and shall have adequate floor joists or other reinforcement to support the loads imposed by the stored materials and equipment. Platforms shall be level, not less than 16 inches above grade, and supported on concrete block piers. Enclosed platforms shall be constructed an specified above for open platforms with the addition of side walls, end walls, and gable:! roofs. Side walls, end walls, and roofs shall be constr ^ted from 3/8 inch thick exterior grade plywood and 2 by 4 studding and rafters. Roofs shall be covered with PYRO-IOJRE 610 paper as specified below for weather- proof coverings and shall be securely held down with batten strips. Eaves shall extend about 2 feet beyond the side walls, and contil(uous screened ventilation slots approximately 6 inches high shall. be built into the side walls under the eaves. At one end of the enclosure, a pair of 4 foot by 8 foot batten type swing doors shall be installed. The doors shall be equipped with a hasp and padlock. The Contractor may, with the Engineer's approval, use temporary buildings which are equal to the above-described enclosed platforms insofar as floor strength, weatherproofness and security against theft. Warehouses: Warehouses shall be prefabricated metal buildings) or better construction, and shall be weatherproof, well ventilated, and secure against theft and vandalism. Warehouses shall be situated and constructed in such a manner that they will not be subject to flooding. Drainage shall be provided to intercept storm and other surface water and divert it from the build- ing. Warehouse floors shall be concrete paving or crushed ock surfacing placed on well drained subgrade and constructed so as to form an effec- tive moisture barrier between the subgradc and the floor surface. Equip- ment stored in warehouses shall be placed on pallets or shoring to pre- vent contact between equipment and the floor surface and to permit air circulation under the equipment. Warehouse doors shall be adequate to acco=odate the movement and handling of materials and equipment to be stored and shall be equipped with secure locks. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) 082(CONSTRUCTION ) SC-6 Shoring; Shoring for outdoor storage of materials and equfjrr~rnt shall utilize sound timbers not lees than 6 'oy 8 nominal siao. Weatherproof Coverings: Weatherproof coverings for outdoor storage .hall waterproof flame resistant type of paper Lase si:ceting. This sheeting shall be of laminated paper and aluminum foil, glass reinforcal, MO-mils 610 as manufactured by American SioalLraft Corp., or appr(-w cd egaal. Sheeting widths shall be not less than 8'~ inches; if necessor,/, widtho may be built up by using waterproof taped splices. The sheeting shall be care- fully placed and tied down to prevent moisture from entering the lap; and to prevent wind damage to the coverings. SAFETY AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION- It shall be the Contractor's responsi- bility to maintain throughout the construction period a safety and accident prevention program which meets the requirements of Federal, State and local codes and of all other authority having j•:risdictiop over this work. As a supplement to requirements of such authorities, the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" published by The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. is recommended as a guide for safety and accident prevention. FIRE PROTECTION. Only construction procedures which minimize fire hazard to the extent practicable shall be used. Combustible dcbr'_:, and waste materials shall be collected and burned cr removed from the site each day, as provided hereafter under "CLEANLINESS". Good housekeeping is essen- tial to fire prevention and shall be practiced by the Contractor throughout the construction period. Unless specified herein for a particular application) untreated canvas, paper, plastic and other inflammable flexible materials -shall not be used on the site for any purpose. If such materials are on equipment or materials which arrive at the site, they shall be removed and replaced with an approved covering before storing or moving into the ccnstru?tion area. Likewise, corrugated paper and fiberboard cartons shall not be permitted in the construction araa for the storage or handling of mate- rials, and if such cartons do arrive in the constriction area, the,, shal'_ be immediately unpacked ani rerov ed fro:.: the site. Appro•: ed fle::i'slc materials shall be waterproof and flame resistant and shall be :qual to or better than the glass rei,-forced laminated paper and al-=Inun foil sheet'ng, PYRO-KURE 610, manufactured b-; American Sisalkraft Corporation. Formwork, scaffolding, planking, and similar materials wick are combus- tible but which are essential to execution of the work shall be treated for fire resistance or otherwise protected against combustion res::lting from welding sparks, cutting flames and similar fire sources. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-7 Temporary heating facilities shall not be left unattenled. The Contractor shall provide adequate fire protec,'in -,quip,;Tent in each warehouse, office, and other temporary structure, in inch work area which he is occup, ing. Access to fir^ hydrants orA ,t.lior ::ourccc of fire water shall b. id~ntifi:~,l and Le1,L open at all tiRta. Suitable fire extinguishers shall be providcl in en-losed areas '3n,1 in areas which are not accessible to fir? water or which mn;; be expo i to fire that cannot be safely extin~.:isi el with woL -r. P,ach fire ext:nt.ich r shall be of a type suitable for extinguishing fir,?a which might recur in the area in which it is located. In areas wh-re more than on.--- type of fire night occur,the type of fire extinguisn.r required in c_I.h; case shall be pro- vided. Each c:ainguisher shall be placed in a convenient, clearly identified location which will most likely be accessible in the event of fire. The above recommendations shall not be construed to establish minimum fire protection requiremen'-,s. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for providing adequate fire protection. LINES AND GRADES. All work done under this contract shall be done to the lines, grades, and elevations shown on the plans. The Contractor shall furnish competent men and suitable equipment as required for the proper laying out of the work, for making measurements, anq for establishing temporary or permanent reference marks in connection with the work. The Engineer may, at his sole discretion, check the r^ference marls, lines, grades, and reasurements so established. Thr. Contractor shall fur- nish competent men from his forces and such tools, stakes, and other materials as the Engineer may require in raking th check. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed, a reasonable time in advance, of the times and places at which he wishes to do work so that any chocking deemed necessary may be made with the minimum of in:onvenience to the Engineer and of delay to the Contractor. Any work done without being properly located and establisho,f 'y bas, lines, offset stakes, bench marts, or other basic reference points may be ordered rer,.oved and replaced :~u the Ccntractor's ,ost a:.d expo:c START-UP AND INITIAL OPERATION. The Contractor shall render all r, r~ices and do all work reruired to pia-_e each item of e3.:ipment itt:;talled by him, including all_ auxiliaries, piping, and wiring, and t- plant tn operatioS condition to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. Individual systems and items of equipment shall be completed in a sequence that will permit systematic start-up and trial operation of eaeh such co,ponent before it is incorporated in the plant start-up anI initial operation. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725} (CONSTRUCTION ) SC-8 082664 The Owner will i'•rrnish operating personnel during ct~u•t-up and initial operation. n .c Contractor shall provide all oth,,r w,,r'rmen required, in the opinion of the Engineer, to make udjustments arntl correct deficiencies during the initial eq:i ment and plant :;tart-up t rrst{n(?„ chn_ckinr and a operation. It is anticipated that the :tart-up t. ;ttnq and initial operation will br in progr ss continuously over %'-rile.l periods of time. The workmen required of the Contractor :i~ell h. +rr site at all times during these poriois. All re ;i3_nr and l,riy: 11 and all other continCcncie:, in ,onu_ ciun witil tt,c start-up ani in Lial op ;ration of equipment and plant shall be in.lu~3^~i ac a part of th,, lump sum contract. The Owner will furnish anal the Contractor shall apply all oilf, greases, and other lubricants required to place permanent plt,nt equipment in condition r,2ady for operation, The Contractor shall provide all temporary instrl,mcntation and gauging devices required during start-up and. trial opc ration of equipment and systems which he has installed. I All rotating machinery shafts shall be in as nearly perfect ali iment as j practicable. Rotating machinery shall be free from excessive ibration, overheating bearings, and other conditions which would tend to shorten the life of the machinery. Bearings, shafts, and other moving part:; shell be checked for proper aligiment, cleaned and lubricated before the equipment is initially started. Full compliance with each equipment manufacturer's specifications crid instructions shall be observed. MVIOR Dir'ECTS. The Contractor shall readjust, straigriten, and repair minor defects and fabrication errors which are norr.all;; crr_o1:ntered in the Owner-furnished equipment and naterials. No claims for c tra compcn- cation in connection with such work will be considered a.nless the claim is made in accordance with the applicable provisions in the General Conditions. REPAIR OF DAMAGES. The Contractor shall irunediatel repair any damatc done t~ the Owner's facilitics as a result of acnstruction wort: or nbnor- mal use. All such repair 1.rorl: shall be sub,,ect to the nppro gal of the Engineer. CLEANLINESS. Special attont-on shall bo given to ke-piiC the insif: of the structures and surrourrlini- ;?rounds clean aril fr» fron. tr9.sh :n- debris. The Contractor shall employ sufficient and spy-_al y:rconr.el tc, thoroughly clean his wort: areas continuously each workin; day and deal cooperate with the other contractors to keep the entire constr_,ction site clean. This shall include -sweeping the floors, collecting and dispo-sin(', of trash, and all other functions required to keep the site clean. Materials and supplies shall be stored in locations which will not bloc't• acees.ways and arranged to permit easy cleaning of the area. In areas (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) SC-9 082664 i v v♦ CITY OF DENTON, ^E7(AS t r~ SPECIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 0DWIRUCTION UNIT 4 - 60,000 KW ADDITION t M'NICIPA)i ELECTRIC (EXRATING STATION i spECIFICA mm 3725 - E-BA ~t PROJECT 3725 c r• e4 t r BLACK & VEATCH Consulting Sngicseers Ksug" City, Wisumri 1965 , Nslme of Rv. ter t Zw) da gy Electrical be E ioeeriog 00-i Inc . Address P. 0. Box 312$. Ste. D - {nl1Y usut Af New Mexico ~i _ ~ a fill lo: POWER OF AVTORNEY GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA H..aio O ffl ore SEATTLE, WASHINGTON Neh,_ ..T.wf"i...,. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE P RESENTA R. E. BANCERT That the General Insurance Company of America by ..........................Its Vice-Presideu, is pursuance of authority granted by Sections 5 and A, Article V. of the By-Laws of said Company, a copy of which sections is hen" anached, does -----------------------THOMAS J. M PREY 6 or SBE1tBUWip P. hereby Dominate. coostr ute and ■ point ...........................s.l~!r.................. .................................Y............. AIi6HRSON 6 os LEROY BLMJTLBR„~/or„ROBERT,,,E,.,,..PUIt$Y,...Abby.44#.R, qy~,...1 4x ~~---r..-r..-.r..- Its true mod lawful attocney-intact, to make, execate, seat sad deliver br and oat lcs behalf, and as Its act and deed soy and all bonds mad abdcr takings, in its business of gustanteting the fidelity of perms holding places of public or private suns and the perbrmance of contracts other than laaarmncepolicies. mad eeecutlog and guaranteeing bonds or otter undertakings required or permitted Is sU actions or proceedings, or by law re. t,ulred or permitted. All such bonds and undertakings as aforesaid to be slraedca behalf of the General Insurance Company of America and the cospotne Leal of the company affixed thereto by either Thomas J. McCaffrey or Sherburne P. Anderson or Leroy Beutler or Robert E. Furby, Individually. And the eaecatlon of such bonds or modenakiogs to parsosoce of these presents shall be s■ biotas upon add Company, as fully and amply, so all intents earlpurposes, se a they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the cesulady elected oillcecs of the Coaupany at its Home Office, Scans, Wmsb)agroa, m shelf own proper pesaoaL IN WATNEfS WHEREOF, the sold .t..ate... `R T......... has hereon" subscribed his masse and affixed the Corporate Semi oI the sold General Insurance Company of America this ................................2........................... day....... v............................. 19.........44.... fs£Au (.4ti! .00.Rr... ..Ai..?~~t1:......................... STATE OF WASHINGTON, Vlee-Ptesident COUNTY OF KING, 10 1 ss. Oo this ...............................................day of.......... .........,.y.................... ,...A,D. 19.........6..........., before the subac-ibet, ..Notary Public of Q.Start . of~NGl~T.. is and for she County of Vice-Preddea of be . to me personally she Oeaeal Insurance Company of Amedc a, t known to be the individual and officer described I% sad who executed, the ppone"ag instmument, mod he acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by ■e duly sworn, deposeth mod Balch, that he is die offices of she Cempbty aforessid, and that the seal affixed m be preceding instrument is she Corporate Seal of said Company, and she sold Corporate Seat and lag signature as such officer was duly affised and subscribed to the sold Instrumeat by the authority sad direction of said Cosporatfo . IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, 1 have heteuum set my hand sad affixed my Official Seal the dry mod year first above believes. (SEAL) Notary Public Extracts boss BrLaws of the General lasutaice Company of America, adopted February 2g, 1923, and mended April 27, 1950, by be Stockholders: "Article V, Section 3.-POWERS AND DUTIES OF PRESIDENT:.... Ile shall also have power and authority to designate Individuals under appropriate titles wbo shall be authorized to execute on behalf of the Company fidelity and surety bonds mod other documents of similar character issued by the Company in the course of its business and who may also have authority to attach the official seal of the Company to such fiJelity and surety bonds sod docamem s of like character issued by the Company in she course of its business." "Article V, Section d.-POWERS AND DUTIES OF VICE-PRESIDENT:.... In the absence of the President, the Vice-President, or if more than one Vice-Presidebt, the Vice-Presideats is the order of their election shall perform the duties of the President, subject to the direction of the Dozed of Directors. He shall also have power and authority to designate individuals under appropriate titles who shall be authorized to execute on behalf of the Company fidelity and surety bonds awl other documents of a similar character issued by the Company in the course of its business and who may also have au:hocity to attach sh eofficial me+l of he Company to such fidelity mad surety bonds sod documents of like chancre, ied by thCom- pany in the course of its busiess." I,_..... . a~G~iRT Ylce-President of she General Insurance Compsoy of America, hereby certify that the foregoing Is a true copy of Sections 3 and A. Article V, of the 81-Laws of said Company and is still In force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I navel canto subscribed my some as Vice-President affised the Corporate Seal of the Geaeeal Isisocance Company of America, this...... ............................................................day oL...................................... 4Z.....................J.......................A.D. 19.„......64...... (SEAL) a+~................... V tco.Pnsldent STATE OF WASHINGTON, COUNTY OF KUNG, ( as. S...-C....$.TRANDSIX11,Q........ .Ataistent Secretsty of the Gesasl iosweace Company of America, do hereby certify that the foregoing Is a true copy of Sections 3 sod 4, Article V, of the By-Laws of said company. and Is now In lace; mad 1 do hereby certify that the above sad foregoing Poses of Attorney Is s use suit correct copy of a Power of Ascot- bey, executed by Said General lunsocc Company of Aaxrics, which is still In fell force mod effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 1 have hereagnto set my head and affised the meal of sold Compes; , at the City of Stud Is »........!lw...„....»..„_dmyoL.„„Ail»........„..._..„... .A.D.I9».~ . M~i~eas~ beerysr/ 8414 111 VfMU sauauot■"A. .q( ~ o ~ m D r Z m D 2 m ~ r D m n z W~q TABLE OF CENZENTS i'Flge t hr^i Ya(;e ADVERTISEMENT A-1 A-; INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDE:16 c In PROPOSAL YF-1 PI'-2 SPECIFICATION DATA SD-1 SD-6 CONTRACT AGREEMENT CA-1 CA-2 PERFORMANCE BOND PB-1 PB-2 GENERAL CONDITIONS GC-1 GC-22 SPWIAL CONDITIONS SC-1 SC-11 DRAWING SCHEDULE DS-1 DS-2 Section 1 - GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1-1 1-9 Section 2 - OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMM 2-1 2-5 Section 3 - COMIRACTOR-FURNISHED EWIPMENT -1 3-1'i Section 4 - CABLE TRAYS AND RACEWAYS u_1 "10 Section 5 - ELECTRICAL CONDUC'IY)RS i S •12 Section 6 - GROUNDING 1 Section 7 - LIGHTING Section 8 - INI'ERC0MMJNiCATi0^I SISTEM c;-I Section 9 - FREEZEFROOFING Section 10 - ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYKtOL5 (DENTON,- TE M - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTtON - E-8AI AD'JEc7I' ISE:104T ELE,'iP.TCr"+L CONSTRUCTION UIIIT - 6o,aoJ KY! ADD; 0,1 TfVNICIPAL ELECTRIC 3ENIERATING STATION FOR CITY OF DEW ON, TEXAS Sealed bids will be received by the City of Denton, Texas, at the office of the Director of Utilities, prior to 10:00 a.m.,Central Standard Time, March 18, 1,065, then publicly opened for performin(; electrical construc- tion in connection with the Unit 4 addi.tion to the municipal electric generating station for the City of Denton, Texas. Prospective bidders may examine copies of the specifications and drawings at the office of Black & Veatch, Consulting Engineers, 1500 Meadow Lake Parl.cway, Kansas City, Missouri. Drawings and specifications will be issued only to those bidders who have been determined by `.he City of Denton, Texas, to be qualified to bid. Determination of a prospective bidder's qualifications will be based entirely on written evidence submitted by the bidder in duplicate to the City and the Engineer not later than twenty-one (21) days before the time set for opening the bids. Each prospective bidder shall submit evidence that he: . Maintains a permanent place of business. Has adequate plant equipment available to do -,he work properly and expeditiously. Has adequate financial status to meet financial obligations incident to this work. 11-,s ad-gnate to^hnlcal 1cI,-lwirdf-e and practical oxp-rience. Hn= no _iuet or vrop(:< cla-_ms pending against him on other similar %!or k. Has constructed at least three (3) other central power generating station facilitiea of similar type and of equal or greater size and complexity. The evidence shall consist of a listing of the facilities indicating the owner's name, loca+ion, approximate dollar value, type of facilities, slate of completion, size and operating; conditions of major equipment. (DEN"ON) TEXAS - 372; ) (EIECFRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) A-1 Prospective bidders who have been determined to be qualified by the City may obtain copies of the specifications and drawings from the Consulting Engineers (mailtng address - Black & Veatch, P. 0. Box 8405, Kansas City, Missouri 64'_14) subject to the following charges: Ikpoeit Refund One (1) Bid Set (includes three (3) Copies of Specifications and Doc:;aents for Electrical Construction, one (1) complete set of Plans for Electrical Construction, and one (1) complete set of Circuit and Raceway Schedules for Electrical Construction) 110.00 55.00 Specifications and Documents for Electrical Construction, each copy 10.00 5.00 Plans for Electrical Construction, each complete set 50.00 25.00 Circuit and Raceway Schedules for Electrical Construction, each complete set 30.00 15.00 Individual Drawings 30 inches by 42 inches, each sheet 2.00 11 inches by 17 inches, each sheet .50 The "Deposit" or "Refund" amounts will be returned to the bidders when the specifications or drawings are returned to the Consulting Engineers in good condition within thirty (30) days after the date set for opening the bids subject to the following: To each bidder who submits a direct bid to the City of Denton, Te- xas - The "Deposit" amount will be allowed for one (1) complete bid set. The two (2) copies of specifications and documents submitted with the bid will be considered as having been returned. For each additional complete set of drawings or copy of the specifications, the "Refund" amount only will be allowed. To each subcontract bidder or prospective bidder who did not submit a direct bid to the City of Denton, Texas, the "Refund" amount only will be allowed. Duplicate copies of the proposal will be required, each copy prepared on the printed bid.d.ing forms provided and bound with a complete copy of the specifications and documents. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (EIECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A~ A-2 When fried with the Ulrector of Ut'lities, each bi,l -JiiiII be accompanied eitt:er by 'in acceptabi4 n ifi ier 'r: nLnd, ,i certifi~. i 't,, re, or a cashiers check on ;any :solvent bmik. the amuunt of whir•h st,al I i,r, nut less than five per cent ~(,A) r-) z th._ t(-,tn-imnunt, ut ti, r: ul,l. Ti.- bid sc-urity shri i ] be rrvide priyrih le t~j ti,(-. City Tr ensurer u.° thr r: ~ tj ~A' Denton. Texas. Bid security )1' ti,(, successful bidders w-1 be returri-l when their con- trac~.s h'iV( hr(•n «Ith, girl i);r i,i,-. City. Bid security of unsuccessful bidders will be return?d on riwarl of ecntract or rejection of kids. No bid m,iy be altered, withdrawn ter resur)mitt(.,d within sixty (60) days from and after the date set t'or the opening of bids. Tt,e City of Denton, Tex-is, reserves the right to re1cct, any and all bids rind to waive defects in bids. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS R (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 } (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) A-3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be submitted in duplicate, each copy contain- ing a bound copy of these specifications and documents with the proposal and data forms properly filled in. Propusals submitted without a bound copy of these specifications and documents or witl;r,ut all requested data and information will imply that the bidder doe-- n~,t intend to comply witr, all of the contract conditions and such proposals will be considered irregular. The bound copy of these specifications and documents submitted with the proposal shall include ell contract documents contained therein when received by the bidder. Entries on the bidding forms shall be boldl; written with black ink or shall be typed with dark black ribbon so that suitable reproduction of the forms may be made by direct diazo printing. All prices shall be stated in words and figures, except where forms provide for prices to be stated in figures only. Conflicts between the contract documents and the bidder's proposal including contract terms, scope of the work, details of design, materials, performance guarantees, tests, cr-,ditions of service and methods of +ork shall be marked in ink and signed or initialed by the bidder on the bound copy of these specifications and documents submitted with the proposal. Conflicts shall be marked directly on the pages where they occur by making reference to a particular page or paragraph number of the bidder'r descriptive information, or by inserting notations describing the conflict. Conflict notations which make reference to the bidder's descriptive information as a whole will not be acceptable. In case of conflicts between the contract documents and any attached proposal information not marked as directed, the contract documents shall govern. If the bidder alters any part of the contract documents by erasures, deletions, interpolations, or by any other way, each such alteration shall be signed or initialed by the bidder. Proposals shall be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS, hereinafter referred to as "Owner", end to the attention of the Director of Utilities. The envelope shall be endorsed on the outside with the bidder's name and the name of the work bid upon. A single proprietary interest shall not submit multiple proposals for the same work even though the individual proposals may be submitted under different nacres. The Owner reserves the right to reject all proposals so submitted. Proposals may be withdrawn, altered, and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening the bids. Proposals may not be withdrawn, altered or resubmitted within 60 days thereafter. DEMN) TEXAS - 3725) CONSTRUCTION ) 081064 IB-1 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE. Bch proposal shell, as a gubrnnLee of good fait'r, or, the part of the bidder, be accompanied by either r, vcrrtified check or cashier's check drown on any solvent bank, or bn r,r•rc,i table bidder's bond executed by the bi&lcr, and a surety company buthoriz.cti to do business in the State of Texns in tin amount of not less tY.ar, i'iv - per cent (5%) of the total bid. 'Mc, proposui guarantee shall be made payable without condition to the City Treasurer of the City of Denton, Texas and the amount of the check or bond may be retained by and forfeited to the said City of Denton, Texas as liquidated damages if such proposal is accepted and the contract is awarded and the bidder fails to enter into a contract in the form pre- scribed, with legally responsible sureties, within ten (10) days after such award is made. Proposal guarantee checks or bonds will be returned to all unsuccessful bidders after award of contract or when their proposals are rejected and to the successful bidder o bidders after they satisfactorily execute and file with the Owner the Contract Agreement and required bonds. SIGNATURES OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall sign the proposal, using hio usual signature, and giving his full business address. Bids by partner- ships shall be signed with the partnership name by one of the members of the partnership or by an authorized representative, followed by the designation of the person signing. Bids by a corporation shall be signed with the name of the corporation, followed by the signature and desig- nation of the president, secretary, or other person authorized to execute such documents. The nacres of all persons signing should also be typed or printed below the signature. A bid by a person who affixes to his signature the word "president", "secretary", "agent", or ocher designa- tion, without disclosing his principal, will be rejected. When requested by the owner, satisfactory evidence of the authority of the officer signing in behalf of the corporation shall be furnished. QUALIFICATIONS OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS. Witt''% his propos-,~1 each lirlder shall submit qualifications for each subcontractor named in his pr(;ix)aal to perform field construction work under these contract documents. The qualifications information submitted for each proposed subcontractor shall include evidence that he - Maintains a permanent place of business. Has adequate plant equipment available to do the work properly and expeditiously. Has adequate financial status to meet financial obligations incident to the work which he proposes to perform. Has adequate technical knowledge and practical experience. Has no just or proper claims pending against him on other similar work. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUC4iON ) 031064 IB-2 Has performed work of similar type and of equal or greater size and complexity. The evidence shall consist of a listing of at least three (3) faciliLies indicating the owner's name location, approximate dollar value, type of faciliti,!31 date of completion, size and operating conditions of major equipment. TAXES, PERMITS WD IMMES. The bidder's attention is directed to the provisions set forth in the General Conditions regarding trues, permits and license;;. It shall be each bidder's responsibility to determine the applicable taxes, permits and licenses. If the bidder is in doubt as to whether or not a tax, permit or license is applicable, he shall state in his proposal whether or not this item has been included in his bid price and the amount of the applicable tar., pe mtt, or licence fee in question. INTERPRETATION OF SPECIFICATIONS. If any persuu who contemplates submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications, or other proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by addendum duly issued, and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of such documents. The City of Denton, Texas will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed documents. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to advise the Engineer of conflicting requirements or omissions of inforration which are necessary to a clear understanding of the work before the date set for opening bid[,. Those questions not resolved by addenda shall lie listed in the b.tdder's proposal, together with statements of the basis upon which the proposal is made as affected by each question. TIME OF COMPLETION. The time of completion of the work is a basic consideration of the contract and shall be in accordance witn 'Uhe completion dates set forth in Section 1 - General Specifications. It will be necessary that the bidder satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete tAc work within the stipulated tine. Each bidder shall subm±.t as : part of his proposal, his proposed con- struction schedule to meet the specified operation and completion dates. The bidder's proposed schedule will be subject to the Owner's approval and modification as required to establish a detailed con3truction schedule in accordance with Section 1 - General Specifications. In this connection, attention 13 called to the provisions of thv attached General Conditions relative to delays and extensions of time. ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION OF BIDS. The Owner reserves the right cu accept the bid which, in its judgment, is the lowest and best bid; to reject any and all bids; and to waive irregularities and informalities in any bid that is submitted. Bids received after specified time of clos'r,a, will be returned unopened. (DBWON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (CONSTRUCTION 0$1064 IB-3 BOLD. The :ontractor to whom `.he work is awardcJ will be required to furnish a perfo nuance bvnd to the City of Denton, Texas, ir, an amount equal to one hundred per cent (100%) of the contra- t amount. The cost of the bond shall be included in the bid price. The bond shall be executed on the forms provic:ed, copies of which are atlc lied hereto, signed by a surety company authorized to do busiz.-;ss in the State of Texas and acceptable as surety to the Owner. With the bond shall be filed copies of "Power of Attorney", certified tai include the date of the bor:d. INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WIT11 PROPOSAL. Each bidder shall submit with i115 proposal the name of manufacturer and the type or model of each principal item of equipment or material that he proposes to fur-.1-h. lie shall also submit therewith drawings and descriptive matter which show general dimensions, principles of operation and the materials from whicl, the parts are made. Any bid not having sufficient descriptive matter to describe accurately the equipment or materials bid upon will be rejected as irregular. The above drawings submitted by the successful bidder will be ratained by the Owner. Any material departure from these drawings as submitted will not be permitted without written permission from the Owner. Verbal statements made by the bidder at any time regarding quality, quantity or arrangement of equipment will not be considered. If alternate equipment or materials are indicated in the proposal, it shall be understood that the Owner will have the option of selecting any one of the alternates so indicated and such selection shall not be a cause for extra compensation or extension of time. . I LOCAL CONDITIONS. Each bidder shall visit the site of the work and thoroughly inform himself relative to construction hczards and procedure, labor, and all other conditions and factors, local and otherwise, which would affect the prosecution and completion of the work and the cost thereof, including the arrangement and conditions of existing or proposed structures affecting or which are affected by the proposed wor3:, the procedure necessary for maintenance of uninterrupted operation, the availability and cost of labor, and facilities for transportation, handling and storage of materials and equipment. It must be understood and agreed that all such factors have been properly investigated and r-~nsidered in the preparation of every proposal sub- mitted, as there will be no subsequent financial adjustment, to any contract awarded thereunder, which is based on the lack of such prior information or its effect on the cost of the work. SUBSURFACE NONDITIONS. The determination of the character of subsurface materials which will be encountered shall be each bidder's responsibility. No borings have been made on the site of the Unit 4 addition; however, borings were made on the Unit 3 site in 1960 and the logs of such boring-3 may be examined at the office of the Consulting Engineers. Such informa- tion shall not be a part of the contract documents and there is no express,:d or implied guarantee of the data given nor of the interpretation thereof. (DENTON, TF.zM - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 081064 IS-4 CONTRICTOR'S ORGANIZATION. Each bidder shall submit, with his proposal an organization chart showing the names of managem~:nt, supervisory and technical personnel and the details of the managemr:r,t,, supervisory and technical organization which he proposes to use for this project. The successful bidder's organization shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. I I I (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 0$1064 IB-5 TO M7 C: 4 cr.~lea..a: the for _1 e is ~;caerating spa' iG:: of ti.o dOCL 3taS CC f G^ LP. [ 3 2,210' of in „r_faThe above price incl%3e: ^cxas ii:.ted Sales, Eccise and Use Tax and all other taxes a::d fees ~;hich ri at be lawfIzlly assessed against or imposed upon the Contractor 01' the City of Denton, Texas, in connection with the work covered by this prj..;sal. The undersigned proposes that ha will perform the La,'ority of the work with his own force. <.;.i sr`cifie portiocs of construction work not parfonmed by the t::d;rsi r.c „ii.'. c. subcc•ntr~ctc3 by the following subcontractors: ttor S~ ^r,- _ sc- ,g • P~ Cc^ vUvCCa ~.:.CtOT t:o^e A complete list o'C &W a.~plIa; s is included under _ta, The under.:ic_,ned h rc r certiPi :;c ha-; visited tr,_ site of the pro- posed woo : a,", iar~ c- elf witii conditions affecting the work. The undersi, ed hereby cer zfi ; all cc~.flicts and exceptiaas have been noted or listed as directed in the Instrictions to Bidders. (D YMN, T..dAS - 3725 ) (LI.ECi'RICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-$A) _l t t r The undersigned hereby agrees to :ter into con-,ract cn t :e attached Contract Agrcea_-:,t foimi and tc furcish }accept-.bl. rncz Bo:d with- in ten (10) l•.,.ic.. - _ Pro- posal by t.:C City ct Dec,ton _u-ther agrees that tnv wo.-4 ;ill bc - r structiet: c.i, dnlu attaC:.:d tG :J.,OSed Will be co*~?letc.i br• ore ti._ c_o::plCti a ii ir•, ! : rtion 1 General Specificatic".s. If this propo.:a''_ isl acceD F d L.,. i l i ter rs °oi a~ - - .y reason fail to J,:rczy within ten (10) days, as above stipu:"_te', t p.o_osal :rent e which has been this day deposited with t*nu- City of D_-::ton, _e:/:-Z s::all be for- feited to and may be retained ,j tile City o Dc:,to::, `.eras, at said City's option, but otherwise tho.. r-roposal ciaructee :4all be returned to the undersigned Shen the rAgne1 contracts, coWpl,-:te with surety bonds, have been delivered to the City of Denton, Texas. Dated at Albuquerque,N.M.this ~3th day of _ March 1965. Bidder Reynolds E°cc, &Engr. Co.,lnc. . r-J Title D. 8. Hickman Vi r,--Proms idQnt Easiness Address of Bidder P. 0. Box 3128, Station D, Albuquerque, N.M. State of Incorporation any Address of Principal Office Incor?oratcd in State cr Teias .tatfon A, El Paso, texas (L?NTOY, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-SA) PF-c SPECIFICATION DATA GENERAL. Each bidder shall furnish information iibolrl. %tjo q,lipment and materials he proposes to furnish for specific phnv;t•;; ,f •.re work by filling in the data .listed on the following pager,. Unless otherwise stated in the Proposal, it wiil t . ru;LiL%ea Lriat Ll;e bidder's intention is to meet all specifications and Soil requirements and that to his best knowledge and belief the materia:In ,tied equipment described in this Specification Data will meet all r;pecificatior_s and job requirements. In the event that any materials and equipment listed by this suczessful bidder are later found, either before or after contract award, to be unsuitable, materials and equipment which are suitable shall be sub- stituted. Substitutions shall be made only with the approval of the Owner and the Engineer, and such substitutions shall not be cause for additional financial compensation nor shall they invalidate the contract in any way. Materials and equipment described herein which meet all specifications and job requirements shall be furnished exactly as described. Bidders shall write all entries boldly with black ink or type entries using carbon back or new black ribbon. Ball point pens shall not be used. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) SD-1 101364 Reynolds ElectricalFEngineering Co.,lnc. • Se.,. c:,;i1i:'• ___l_'e~stwrer Cat. NO. or Z-pe Fatter!, deli Gould 60EPR-17 PLANTE Battery ci ?r erw Cou Id GRF-120T-•25 Dry tyre tlansfor>er:, General Elactrie Panel boards General Electric Fash-button and selector switch stations General Electric Manual raptor starters General Electric Manual rotor starter cabinet General Electric D-C rotor prurter General Electric A-C motor starter General Electric Contactoro ASCO Throw-over suiteh General Electric Grourcir.3 resistors Ka..,zfaeturer Gen,.ral Eiectrie Length, inches Unknot4n Width, inches " Height, inches " Generator 3 grounding c0mPartment Mwxiufaeturer General Electric Length, inches Unknown C r Width, inches " 9' !:eight, inches " Transformer, kva General Electric-37f KVA . (rJi;_Da, TEXAS - 3725 } (ELSVIIICAL CONSTFUC27ON - E-8A) SD-2 • Reynolds Electrical &Engineering Co.,lne. • %'try'i:L"^r` Cat No. or Type Resistor current, co: 6ir.uous Grn~raI El~;ctrI Relay G~,;era I E l,:ccr i e Modifications to existing switchboard General Electric Essential service motor-generator control panel Manufacturer General Electric Push-buttons Indicating lights " A=eter and voltmeter Circuit breakers " Motor starters " Auxiliary relaya Section 1;75 .tiiD R; ^F- 17~ Y3 - Cable tray Globe Aluminum conduit Kaiser Steel conduit Pittsburg Flexible conduit Triangle Unions T&B y Other conduit fittings T&B Wireway Gaylord Cabinets and boxes Gaylord (DMVN, TEXAS - 3725 ? (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) SD-3 Section 5 -ELECTRICAL CO^IDU,. RS Rey Co.~lne. ~cI der ~ .~arr.e rer Cat ;,o or Type Type A cable Tyre B cable " Tyke C cable Type D cable " Type E cable Type F cable Type G cable Samuel Moore Type H cable Un<<nagn Type J cable Leeds & Northrup Type K cable Saiuc I Moore Type L cable Gai-Tronics Type M cable Belden Terminals for No. 8 AWG and larger cable Bur -,6v Terminals for smaller than No. 8 AWG cable TbB Wire and cable markers Dy('~~ Corp. Lacing end tying azterials 41ec :e scr Signal cable terminal boxes GEyiord Section 6 - GROUNDING Ground rods BlackLurn Ground cables Bare Anzcoida r Insulated Anaconda • Thermite weld materials ~Cadweld i.• r H v Dz-1I0N} TEXAS - 3''25 ) ELECTRICAL ODNSIMUCTION - E-8A) SD-4 Reynolds Electrical ' gineering Co.,lnc, Eidder's Name Section 7 - LIGHTING 2'amzfacturer Cat. No, or Type Lighting cable Ana conda Single receptacles Sierra Clock receptacles 11 - Duplex receptacles 11 Switches „ Device plates I.:ghting fixtures (list only the , fixtures vbere approved equal. are allowed by plans and fixtures of different meaufacturer are bol _ Manufacturer Cat. pro. proposed) As Specified e---------- , +I J1 , II II 11 IJ , , If 11 1 +1 li JI ,1 II II JI f. ction 8 - INTII2COISIJP1•ICATIpN Manufacturer _Cat, No* or Handsets Gai-Tronics y- Speakers - Speaker amplifiers, „ - Impedance matching unit IJ DE:MN TEXAS - 3725 MZTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A~ SD-5 -Reynolds ElectricalbEngineering Co.,lnc, adder's Name) Section 2 - Fn =ROOFIPiI Ma ufccturer Cat. No. 1 e Junction boxes Gaylord Control panel Hatch Control Co. Indicating lights Westinghouse Selector switch Westinghouse Thermostat Fenwall cs , DEMN o TEE - 3725 } MWTFaCAL CONST3l OMON - F,-8A) si) CONTRACT AGREEMENT THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT, mane and entered into thin 'r';rd day of March, 19 5 by and between the CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS, Party of the First Part and hereinafter called "Cwner", and RE)NOLDS ELECTRICAL & ENGINEERING CO,, INC., a Texas _orporatton wish its principal nffi-,~ in El Paso, Texas, Party of the Second Part and hereinafter catie~l the "Contractor", WITNESSETH: THAT WHEREAS, the Owner has caused to be prepared, in accordance with law, specifications, plans and other contract documents for the work as herein specified; and WHERFM the said Contractor has submitted to the Owner a proposal in accordance with the terms of this Contract Agreement; and WHEREAS, the Owner, in the manner prescribed by law, has determined and declared the aforesaid Contractor to be the lowest and best bidder for the eaid work and has duly awarded to the said Ccmtractsr a contract therefor, for the sum or sums named in the Contractor's proposal, a copy tht'-°of being attached to and made a part of this Contract Agree- menti NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid to the Contractor and of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties to these presents have agreed and hereby agree, the Owner for itself and its successors, and the Contractor for itself, himself, or them- selves, or its, his or their successors and assigns, or its, his or their executors and administrators, as folllnrs. ARTICLE I. That the Contractor shall perform, the electrical construction for the Unit 4 - 60,000 kw Additi,-~a to the Municipal Electrii: Generating Station of Denton, Texas, as specified and req+lired in accordance with the provisions c,f the ca,tract, doc+rrents, which are atta.~:ned and made a part hereof, and shall execute tend complete all work incLuded in and covered by the Owner's official award {if this Contract. Agreement, to the said Contractor. ARTICLE II. That the Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the work and materials embraced in this r,trart, Agrr event, and the Contractor will accept as fttl.l compensation therefor, the stun of 77WE KINDRED FIFTY FIVE THOUSAND ONE FJiiLRr.D "FlK'f AND 140/100 Dollars ($355,150.00) for all work covered by and inc:luled in the contract award, designated in the foregoing Article I; payment ;.o be made ixu cash or- its equivalent. i_-, the manner provided in tYtz specifications att.s(,'h1~d hereto, 1 ~DENTONO TEXAS - 3725 ) ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) CA-1 ARTICLE III. That time of completion is of the essence of the Contract Agreement and that the Contractor shall proceed with the specified work and shall conform to the construction schedule set forth in the specifi- cations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract Agree- ment as of the day and year first above written. CITY OF DENTO.1, TEXAS By (Seel) Attest 1101, REYNOLDS ELECTRICAL & ENGINEERING 00., INC. y (Seal) B G t l/~lli v 1',t,t . y2oze'Si7~ r Attest G <zd-~.l r4-~ -c~a 17 dF * * * * * !!!F ~k ik it * iE * 1w Tie cor',..act is in correct form according t aw d is hereby approved. Attorney for owner (DE MK) TEXAS ~ ((ELECTRICAL 00hSTRUCTIuN - E-$A) CA-2 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we, the undersigned REYNOLDS ELECTRICAL & ENGINEERING CO., INC. of E1 Paso, Texas, hereinafter referred to as "Contractor", and 616wf! &A L- INSURAMCFE r0rnPAlVY OF AMERFe-A a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of " and authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as 'Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, Texas hereinafter re- ferred to as 'Owner", in the penal sum of THREE HUNDRED FIFTY FIVE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED FIFTY AND N01100 DOLLARS ($355,150.00), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made to the Owner, we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators, successo,s, and assigns, jointly and sever- ally, by these presents: WHEREAS, on the 23rd day of March, 1965) the Contractor entered into a written contract with the Owner for furnishing materials, supplies, and equipment not furnished by the Owner, construction tools, equip- ment, and plant, and the performance of all necessary labor, for and in connection with the construction of certain improvements designated, defined, and described in the said contract and the conditions thereof, and in accordance with the contract drawings and specifications therefor; a copy of the said contract being attached hereto and made a part hereof; and WHEREAS, it was a condition of the contract award by the Owner that these presents be executed by the Contractor and Surety; NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall, in all. particulars, well, duly, and faithfuliy observe, perform, and abide by each and every cove- nant, condition, and part of the said contract, and the conditions, specifications, drawings, and other contract documents thereto attached or, by reference, made a part thereof, according to the true intent and meaning in each case, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. FROVIDED FURTHER, that if the Contractor shall fail to pay all dust claims and demands by, or in behalf of, any employee or other person, or any firm, association, or corporation, for labor performed or materials, supplies or equipment furnished, used or consumed by the Contractor or his, their or its subcontractor or su-Vcontractors in the performance of the work, then the Surety will pay the full value of all such claims or demands in any total amount not exceeding the amount of this obligation, together with interest as provided by law. Da.?MN, TEXAS - 3725 ) ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) PB-1 THEE UNILMIGNED SURETY, for value received, hereby agrees that no exten- sion of time, change in, addition to, or other modification of the terms of the contract or work to be performed thereunder, or of the specifica- tions or other contract document, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond and the Surety does hereby waive notice of any such exten- sion of time,change, additicn, or modification. IN TESTIMNY WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and the Surety has caused these presents to be executed in its name and its corporate seal to be affixed by its attorney-in-Pact thereunto duly authorized so to do, at AA _ kxwe'r r„/.1AW hez " on this the 2._ day of 1965. REYNOLDS ELECTRICAL & ENGT!~.-,eeING OD., INC. (SEAL) CTOR ) By c c 1'ic /~t~s Oe Z7 P•3 IAsCKf-.eA,.1 G5NeRAI. lMsmstwet Cosogmw f MG A 8 TY COMPANY By Jed C;z At rney-in-Fact (SEAL) By State Repre ntative (Accompany this bond with attorney-in-fact's authority from the Surety Company certified to include the date of the bond.) DER 11 TEXM - 3729 ) (ELECTRICAL ObI micTIon • E-8A) FB-2 GEN L CONDITIONS GC-1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. It is understood and agreed that the Adver- tisement, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Specification Data, Contract Agreement, Performance Bond, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Plans, 4Adenda, and Change Orders, all as issued by the Owner or the Ehginetr, and specifications and engineering data furnished by the Contractor and approved by the Omer, are each included in this contract and the work shall be done it accordance therewith. GC-2. DEFINITIONS. Words, phrases, or other expressions used in these contract documents shall have meanings as follows: 1. "Contract" or "contract documents" shall include the items enumerated above under CONTRACT DOCWRMB. 2. "Owner" shall mean the C1fy of Denton, Texas named and desi~- hated in the Contract Agmemsnt as "Party of the First Part , acting through its Board of public Works and City Council and their duly authorized agents. All notices, letters and other communication, directed to the Owner shall be addressed and delivered to City Hall., Denton, Texas. j. "Contractor" shall mean the corporation, company, partnership, firm or individual, named and designated in the Contract Agree- went as the "Party of the Second Part", who has entered into this contract for the performance of the work covered thereby, and its, his, or their duly authorized representatives. 4. "8ubcontractor" shall mean and refer only to a coporation, partnership, or individual having a direct contract with the Contractor for performing work at the job site. "Emeneer" shall mean the firm of Ruck 6 Veatch, Consulting Enginc-.re) 1500 Meadow Lake Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri (mail".ng address - P. 0. Box 8405, Kansas City) Missouri 6411. or its duly authorised agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them in each case. 6. "Date of contract", or equivalent vords, shall mean the date written in the first paragraph of the Contract Agreement. "Day" or "days", unless herein otherwise expressly defined, shall mean a calendar day or days of twenty-four hours each. 8. "The work" shall mean the equipment, supplies, materials, labor, and services to be furnished under the contract and the carrying out of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract documents. DktYt'Okt, Tlk XAS) CO M101) OC-I 090164 Y. "Plans" or "drawings" shall mean all (a) drawings furnished by the Owner as a basis for proposals, (b) supplementary drawings furnished by the Owner to clarify and to define in greater detail the intent of the contract plans and specifications, (c) drawings submitted by the successful bidder with his p:^opozal and by the Contractor to the Owner, as approved by the Engineer, and (d) drawings submitted by the Owner to the Con- tractor during the progress of the work as provided for herein. 10. Whenever in these contract documents the words "as ordered", 'gas directed", "as required", "as permitted", "as allowed", or words or phrases of like import are used, it shall be under- stood that the order, direction, requirement, permission, or allowance of the Owner or Engineer is intended only to the extent of judging compliance with the terms of the contract; none of these terms shall imply •che Owner or the Engineer has any authority or responsibility i'or supervision of the Con- tractor's forces or construction operations, such supervision and the sole responsibility therefor being strictly reserved for the Contractor. I 11. Similarly the words "approved", "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "properly", "satisfactory", or words of like effect and import, unless otherwise particularly specified herein, shall, mean approved, reasonable, suitable, accepta- ble, proper, or satisfactory in the ,judgment of the Owner or Engineer, to the extent provided in "10." above. 12. Whenever in these contract documents the expression "it is understood and agreed" or an expression of like import is used, such expression means the mutual understanding and agreement of the parties executing the Contract Agreement, GC-3. VERBAL STATRMTS NOT BINDING. It is understood and agreed that the written terms and provisions of this agreement shall supersede all verbal statements of representatives of the Owner, and verbal statements shall not be effective or be construed as being a part of this contract in any way. GC-4. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Reference to standard specifications of any technical society; organization, or association, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative specification adopted and published at the date of taking bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 111563 GC-2 GC-5- EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCENW9. Four (4) copies of the contract documents wall be prepared by the Engineer. Copies of engineering date, special forma, or other documents furnished by the Contractor which are required to be incorporated in the contract shall be supplied. All copies will be submitted to the Contractor and the Contractor shall execute the Contract Agreement, insert executed copies of the required bonds end submit all copies to the Owner. The date of contract on the contract agreement and bond fortes shall be left blank for filling in by the Owner. The certification date on the power of attorney document shall be also left blank for filling in by the Owner. The Owner will execute all copies, insert the date of contract on +he bonds and Power of Attorney, retain one copy, and forward one copy each to the Contractor, Engineer, and surety company. GC-6. SCOPE, NATURE, AND INTm OF SPECIFICATIONS AND P ANS. The spec- ifications and plans are intended to supplement but not necessarily duplicate each other. Any work exhibited in the one and not in the other shall be executed just as if it had been set forth in both, so that the work will be constructed according to the complete design as determined by the Engineer. Should anything necessary for a clear understanding of the work be omitted from the specifications and plans, or should the requirements appear to be in conflict, the Contractor shall secure written instruc- tions from the Engineer before proceeding with the construction af- fected thereby. It is understood and agreed that the work shall be performed according to the true intent of the contract documents. When equipment or material furnished by the Contractor cannot be in- stalled as specified or as shown on the plans, the Contractor shall, w'thout extra cost to the Owner, wake all modifications required to properly install the equipment or materials Such modifications shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and the Engineer. GC-7. FIGURED DIMENSIONS TO GOVERN. Dimonaims and elevations shown on the plans shall be a~cctu tely followed even though they differ from scaled measurements. No work shown on the plans, the dimensions of which are not indicated, shall be executed until necessary dimensions have been obtained from the Engineer. GC-8. CON'T'RACTOR TO cF= PLANS AND SCHEDULES. The Contractor shall check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities shown on the plans and schedules given to him by the Engineer, and shall notite thia Migineer of any discrepancy between the plans and the conditions ua the ground, or any error or omission in plans, or in the layout as given by stakes, points, or instructions, which he may discover in the course of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any error or omission in the plans or contract documents. Full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer should such error or omission be discovered, and the Contractor shall carry out such instructions as if originally specified. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION - POWER) OC-3 GC-9. APPROVAL OF ENGI EEUING DATA. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be furnished under this contract shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. These data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external cormections, anchorages, and supports re- qui red;. performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for in- stallation and correlation with other materials and equipment. Data bubmitted shall include drawings showing essential details of any changes proposed by the Contractor and all required wiring and piping layouts. No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication or manu- facture of materials and equipment, nor shall any accessory or appurte- nance be purchased until the drawing or drawings and data therefor have been approved, except at the Contractor's own risk and responsibil- ity. Four (4) copies of each dreving and necessary data shall be submitted to the Engineer. When the drawings and data are returned marked APPROVED or RECEIVED FOR DISTRI33VI'ION additional copies shall be submitted to the Engineer. The number of additional copies will be determined by the Engineer but will not exceed eight (8)0 When the drawings and data are returned marked APPROVED AS NOTED the changes shall be made as noted thereon and corrected copies shall be submitted to the Engineer. The number of corrected copies will be determined by the Engineer but will not exceed twelve (12). When the drawings and data are returned marked RETl3RKM FM CORRECTION the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the Engineer and four (4) corrected copies shall be submitted. The Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by the Contractor will cover only general conformity to the plans and specifications, external connections, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Engineer's approval of drawings returned marked APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED will not constitute a blanket approval of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, devics, or item shown and does not relieve the Contractor frcm any responsibility for errors or deviations from the contract requirements. All drawings and data, after final processing by the Engineer, shall become a part of the contract documents and the work shown or de- scribed thereby shall be performed in conformity therewith unless otherwise required by the Amer or the Engineer. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION - POWER) GC-4 GC-10. PR1,12Di3RVATION OF MONU164NTS AND ST,=17. :h', Contractor shall carefully nr w^rve all monuments, bench rn rfz, reference points, and stakes. In cage of his dcstruction the:r:o'fl. Contractor will be charged with the ~:nensc of replacement and shah be responsible for any mistake, or loss of time that may be caused. Perranent monuments or bench narks which mutt be removed or di-IturbrA shall be protected until they ca:, be rroperly refr~renccd for r, ]oration. The Contractor shall furnish materials and assistance for the :roper replacement of such monuments or bench marks. GC-11. UZAL ADDRESSES. Both the business aadrees of the Contractor given in the Proposal and the Contractor13 office in the vicinity of the work are hereby designated as the places to which all notices, letters, and other communication to the Contractor will be mailed or delivered. The address of the Owner appearing on Page GC-1 is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, letters, and other communication to the Owner shall be mailed or delivered. Either party may change his address at any time b-,f an instrument in writing delivered to the Engineer and to the other party. GC-12. C014TRACMRIS OFFICE. AT SITE OF WORK. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable office at or near the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of a representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions, or other communication or articles. Any co=unication given to the said rep- resentative or delivered at the Contractor's office at the site of the work in his absence shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor. Copies of the plans, specifications, and other contract documents shall be kept at the Contractor's office at the site of the work available fox use at all times. GC-13. PATENTS. Royalties and fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, or equipment (a; distinguished from processes) uzed in the work, sball be inclu,:cd in the contract amount. The Contractor shall satisfy demands that may be made at any time for such royalties or fees and he shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements. The Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, defend all suits or proceedings that may be insti- tuted against the Owner for infringement or alleged infringement of any patents involved in the work and, in case c° an award of damages, the Contractor shall pay such award. Final payment to the Contractor by the Owner will not be made while any suit or claim remains unsettled. The Contractor, however, will not be held liable for the defense of any suit or other proceeding nor for the payment of any damages or other costs for the infringement of any patented prc,.ess required by the contract documents; except if the Contractor has information that the process so required is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be liable for any damages or claims in connection therewith unless he promptly notifies the Owner and Engineer of such infringement. 091464 (CONoTMJCTION) GC-5 GC-14. INTEPE=NT CONTRACTOR. The relation of the Contractor to the Owner shall be that of an independent contractor. GC-15- RF.I,ATIONS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall cooper- ate with all other contractors who may be performing work in behalf of the Owner and workmen who may be employed by the Owner on any work in the vicinity of the work to be done under this contract, and he shall so conduct his operations as to interfere to the least possible extent with the wore of such contractors or workmen. He shall promptly melee good, at his own expense, any injury or damage that may be sustained by other contractors or employees of the Owner at his hands. Any dif- ference or conflict which may arise between the Contractor and other contractors or between the Contractor and workmen of the Owner in re- gard to their work shall be adjusted and determined by the Engineer. If the work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts or omis- sions of any other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner on that account other than an extension of time. Whenever there is interference with work under other contracts, the Engineer shall decide the manner in which the work shall proceed under each contract. GC-16. METTHOAS OF OPERATIm The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance concerning his plans for carrying on each part of the vork• If at any time the Contractor's plant or equipment or his methods of executing the vork appear to the Engineer to be inadequate to insure the required safety, quality, or rate of progress of the work, the Engineer may order the Contractor to increase or improve his facilities or methods and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such orders; but neither compliance with such orders nor failure of the Engineer to issue such orders shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to secure the degree of safety, the quality of work, and the rate of pro- gress :required by this contract. The Contractor alone shall be re- sponsible for the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of his plant, equip- ment, and methods. Any method of work suggested by the Owner or Engineer, but not speci- fied, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor; and the Engineer and Owner will assume no responsibility therefor. Approval by the Owner or Engineer of any plan or method of work pro- posed by the Contractor shall n,)t relieve the Contractor of any responsibility therefor, and such approval shall not be considered as an assumption of any risk or liability by the Owner or Engineer, or any officer, agent, or employee thereof. The Contractor shall have no claim on account of the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so approved. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) oc-6 GC-17. AUTHORITY OF THE Eft WEER. To prevent delays and disputes, and to discourage liti.~;ation, it is agreed by the parties to this contract that the Engineer shall determine the qu2ntities of work which are to be paid for under the contract and shall determine all questions in reliition to the work. If in the opinion of the Contractor or the Owner a decision made by the Engineer is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of the contract, either party may file with the Engineer and the other party to the contract, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the decision, a written objection to the decision. Failure to file an objection within the allotted time will be considered acceptance of the Engineer's decision and the decision shall become final rind conclusive. The Engineer's decision and the filing of the written objection thereto shall be a condition precedent to the right to request arbitration or to start action in court. It is the intent of this agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work and the decision of the Engineer as rendered shall be promptly observed. GC-16. ENGINEERBIG INSPECTION. The Owner may appoint (either directly or through the Engineer such inspectors as he deems proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work performed for compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable assistance required by the Engineer, or inspectors, for the proper inspection )f the work. The Contractor shall obey the directions and instructions of the Engineer or inspector when they are consistent with the obligations of this contract. Should the Contractor object to any order given by any inspector, the Contractor may make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision. Inspectors and other authorized representatives of the Owner or Engineer ehall be free at all times to perform their duties. Any attempted Intimidation of one of them by the Contractor or his employees shall be sufficient reason, if the Owner so decides, to terminate the contract. Such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to construct the work strictly in accordance with the plans and speci- fications. Work not so constructed shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-7 J GC-19. NO IWA MR OF RIGHTS. Neither the inspection by the Owner or Fngineer or any of their officials, e*.rployees, or agents, nor any order by the Owner or Engineer for payment of money, or any payment for, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the work by the Owner or Lngineer, nor any extension of tine, nor any possession taken by the Owner or its employees, shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this contract, or of any power herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach in this contract be held to be a +raiver of any other or subsequent breach. GC-20. SLTERINTENIENCE OF WORK. Continuous superintendence r)f all operations on the site of the work shall be provided by the Contractor, either personally or through competent representatives. The repre- sentative of the Contractor in charge of the work shall be fully authorized to act for the Contractor and to receive whatever orders may be given for the proper prosecution of the work or notices in connection therewith. The Contractor shall be responsible for complete supervision and con- trol of his subcontractors as though they were his own forces. Notice to the Contractor shall be considered notice to any affected sub- contractor. GC-21. PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND Pilt'Y,IC LIABILITY. The Contractor shall be accountable for any damages resulting from his operations. He shall be fully responsible for the protection of all. persons in- cluding members of the public, employees of the Owner, and employees of other contractors or subcontractors, and all public and private property including structures, sewers and utilities, above and below ground. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all necessary safety equip- ment, such as barriers, signs, warning lights, and guards, to provide adequate protection of persons and property. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owners of public or private property and utilities when such property and utilities are liable to injury or damage through the performance of the work, and shall m all necessary arrangements with such owners relative to the removal and replacement or protection of such property or utilities. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-8 GC-22. MODIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall modify the work whenever so ordered by the Owner and such modifications shall not affect the validity of the contract. Modifications may involve increases or decreases in the amount of the work for which appropriate contract price adjustment will be made. Except for minor changes which involve no contract price adjustment or other monetary consideration, and with the exception of adjustments of estimated quantities for unit price work or materials to conform to actual pay quantities, all modifications shall be made under the authority of duly executed change orders issued and signed by the Owner and accepted and signed by the Contractor. GC-22.01. Extra Mork. If a modification increases the amount of the work, and the added work or any part thereof is of a type and character which can properly and fairly be classified under one or more unit price items of the Proposal, then •che added work or part thereof shall be paid for according to the amount actually done and at the applicable unit price or prices. Otherwise, such work shall be paid for as herein- after provided. Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the work covered by such claims was authorized in writing by the Owner and the Contractor shall not have the right to prosecute or maintain either an arbitration pro- ceeding or an action in court to recover for extra work unless his claim is based upon a written order from the Owner. Payments for extra work shall be based on agreed lump sums or on agreed unit prices whenever the Owner and the Contractor agree upon such prices before the extra work is started; otherwise, payments for extra work shall be based on actual field cost plus the specified percentage: allowance. For the purpose of determining whether proposed extra work will be authorized, or for determining the payment method for extra work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, upon request, a detailed cost estimate for proposed extra work. The estimate shall show itemized quantities and charges for all elements of direct cost. Charges for the Contractor's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general superintendence, extra field office expense, and extra overheads shall be shown as a percentage addition to the total estimated net cost. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner, such percentage additions shall be fifteen (15) per cent for the extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces or twenty (20) per cent for extra work performed by a subcontractor. When payment for extra work is based on actual field cost, the Con- trector will be paid the actual field cost plus an allowance of fifteen (15) per cent if the extra work is performed by the Contractor's awn forces or twenty (20) per cent if the extra work is performed by a subcontractor. The allowance will be paid as full compensation for the Contractor's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general superintendence, extra field office expense, extra overheads, and all other elements of extra cost not defined herein as actual field cost. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-9 The actual field cost shall include only those extra costs for labor and material expended in direct performance of the extra work and may include: a. The actual payroll cost of all workmen such as laborers, mechanics, craftsmen, and foremen. b_. The Contractor's or subcontractor's net cost for materials and supplies. c. The rental charge for vehicles and construction equipment. d. The transportation charges for equipment. e. The charges for extra power, fuel, lubricants, water, and special services. f. me charges for extra payroll taxes, bond premiums, and insurance premiums. The form in which actual field cost records are kept, the construction methods, and the type and quantity of equipment used shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Construction equipment which the Contractor has on the fob site and which is of a type and size suitable for use in performing the extra work shall be used. The hourly rental charges for equipment shall not exeeed 1/2 of one per cent of the latest applicable Associated Equip- rent Distributors published monthly rental rates and shall apply to only the actual time the equipment is used in performing the extra work. When extra work requires the use of equipment which the Contractor does not have on the job site, the Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer before renting or otherwise acquiring additional equip- ment. The rental charges for the additional equipment shall not exceed the latest applicable Associated Equipment Distributors published rental rates. CC-22.02. Decreased Work. If a modification decreases the amount of work to be done, such decrease shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by such decrease. Where the value of omitted work is not covered by applicable unit prices, the Engineer shall determine on an equitable basis the amount of (a) credit due the Owner for contract work not done as a result of an authorized change, (b) allowance to the Contractor for any actual loss incurred iri connection with the purchase, delivery, and subsequent disposal of materials or equipment required for use on the work as planned and which could not be used in any part o; the work as actually built, and (c) any other adjustment of the contract amount where the method to be used in making such adjustment is not clearly defined in the contract documents. 111563 (CONSTRI)CTION) GC-10 Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor, the credit due the Owner for reductions in the amount of work to be done shall be the estimated field cost of the deleted work plus an overhead allowance of : Ten (10) per cent of the estimated field cost if the work was to have been done by the Contractor's own forces, or Fifteen (15) per cent of the estimated field cost if the work was to have been done by a subcontractor. Field cost referred to above shall include the category of costs herein- before listed as actual field costs, items (a) to (f) inclusive of the paragraph entitled "Extra Work". GC-23. ARBITRATION. Before bringing any action in court pertaining to a decision of the Engineer, the objector (hereinAfter referred to as Party A) to the decision shall first offer to arbitrate the question with the other party to the contract (hereinafter referred to as Party B) by notifying him in writing and setting forth in such notice the question to be arbitrated. Party B can elect to arbitrate or not. If Party B a reel to arbitrate he shall so advise Party A in writing within ten (10 days after receipt of Party A's notice. Notice by Party B that he does not wish to arbitrate or failure of Party B to notify Party A within the ten (10) day period will give Party A the right to start action in court. If Party B agrees to arbitrate, Party A shall choose an arbitrator and shall notify Party B of the name of the arbitrator within ten (10) days after receipt of Party B's notice. Party B shall notify Party A in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the said notice that the arbitrator named by Party A shall act as sole arbitrator or shall name an additional arbitrator. If Party B names an additional arbitrator, then the arbitrator named by Party A and the arbitrator named by party B shall choose a third arbitrator. The arbitrator or arbitrators shall act with promptness. In the case of three arbitrators, the decision of any twc% shall be binding on both parties to the contract, as shall that of a single arbitrator if the dispute is submitted thereto as heretofore provided. The decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators may be filed in court to carry it into effect, if necessary. If they consider that the case so demands, the arbitrator or arbitrators are authorized to award the party whose contention is sustained such sum or sums as they may deem proper for the time, expense, and trouble incident to the appeal, and if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause they may award damages for any delay occasioned thereby. Thb arbitrators shall receive reasonable compensation for their services. The arbitrators shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The decision of the arbitrators must be made in writing and shall not be open to objection on account of the form of proceedings or award. 111563 (COMTRUCTION) 0C -U If for any reason, after the said notices have been duly given by Party A and Party B, the arbitrators appointed shall be unable or shall fail to rict with reasonable promptness in appointing a third arbitrator, Party A (or, if he does not do so within a reasonable time, Party B) may request a judge of the United States District Court who regularly holds court in the district in which the site of the work, or any part thereof, is located, to appoint the third arbitrator. If it appears to the judge that the two arbitrators originally appointed were unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness in appointing a third arbitrator, he may appoint the said third arbitrator and such an ap- pointment shall constitute a conclusive determination that the arbitrators originally appointed were so unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness and, if the said judge acted at the request of Party B, that Party A did not make such request within a reasonable time. If for any reason after the arbitrator or arbitrators have been duly appointed, the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be unable or shall fail to act with reasonable promptness in reaching a decision regarding the question submitted to arbitration Party A (or, if he does not do so within a reasonable time, Party Bj may request a judge of the United States District Court who regularly holds court in the district in which the site of the work, or any part thereof, is located, to appoint three new arbitrators to act hereunder. If it appears to such judge that the arbitrator or arbitrators originally appointed were unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness in reaching a decision regarding the question submitted to arbitration, he may appoint three new arbitrators to act hereunder and such an appointment shall constitute a conclusive determination that the arbitrator or arbitrators originally appointed were so unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness, and, if the said judge acted at the request of Party B, that Party A did not make such request within a reasonable time. If for any reason a third arbitrator, or three new arbitrators shall not be appointed by a judge of the United States District Court under the circumstances hereinabove described, or if three new arbitrators are so appointed and are unable or fail to act with reasonable prompt- ness in reaching a decision regarding the question submitted to arbitration, then the arbitration procedure &hall be deemed to have failed, and the parties shall be free to as,3ert their rights in the same manner as if they had not agreed to submit the question to arbitration. If the above agreement to submit questions of dispute to arbitration is not enforceable under the law of applicable jurisdiction, each such question after it has arisen may, by agreement of both parties, be submitted to arbitration in the manner set forth above. The Contractor shall not cause a delay of the work during any ar'bitra- tion proceedings, except by agreement with the Owner. It is under- stood and agreed by the parties to the contract that no requirement or statement herein shall be interpreted as curtailing the power of the Engineer to determine the amount, quality, and acceptability of work and materials. 11563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-12 GC-2$. PROVISION FOR EMERGENCIES. Whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the public or the protection of the work to be constructed under this contract or of adjacent structures or property, and whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, an emergency shall arise and immediate action shall be considered necessary to protect public or private personal or property interests, then the Owner, with or without notice to the Contractor, may provide suitable protection by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished and placed as the Owner may consider necessary. The cost of such work and material shall be borne by the Contractor, and, if the same shalt not be paid on pre- sentation of the bills therefor, such costs may be deducted from any amounts due or to become due ±ne Contractor. The performance of such emergency work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for damages which may occur during or after such precaution has been duly taken. GC-25. ASSIGNMEMr AND SUBUTPING. The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the work, or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of the Owner, nor shall he assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, any of the money payable under this contract •mless written consent of the Owner has been obtained. No r3.&t under this contract, nor claim for any money due or to become due hereunder shall be as- serted against the Owner, or persons acting for the Owner, by reason of any so called assignment of this contract or any part thereof, unless such assignment shall have been authorized by the written consent of the Owner. In case the Contractor assigns aU2 or any part of, any moneys due or to become due under this contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee to any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to all prior liens of all tereons, firms, and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this contract. Should any subcontractor fail to perform in a satisfactory manner the work undertaken by him, his subcontract shall be immediately terminated by the Contractor upon notice from the Owner. The Contractor shall be as fully responsible and accountable to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. 111563 (CONSTMUCTION) GC-13 GC-26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO TEFdMMTE CONTRACT. If the work to be done under this contract is abandoned Ey the Contractor; or if this con- tract is assigned by him without the written consent of the Owner; or if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt;or if a general assignment of his assets is made for the benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver is appointed for the Contractor or any of his property; or if at my time the Engineer certifies in writing to the Owner that the per- formance of the work under this contract is being unnecessarily delayed, that the Contractor is violating any of the conditions of this contract, or that he is e:,.ecuting the same in bad faith or otherwise not in accordance with the terms of said contract; or if the work is not sub- stantially completed within the time named for its completion or within the time to which such completion date may be extended; then the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor and his surety of the Owner's intention to terminate this cmtract. Unless within five (5) days after the serving of such notice, a satisfactory arrangement is made for continuance, this contract shall terminate. In the event of such termination, the surety shall have the right to take over and com- plete the work, provided that if the surety does not commence per- formance with!n thirty (30) days, the Owner may take over and proseci:te the work to completion, by contract or otherwise. The Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the Omer for all excess cost sustained by the Owner by reason of such prosecution and completion. The Owner may take possession of, and utilize in completing the work, all materials, equipment, tools, and plant on the site of the work. GC-27. SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Owner reserves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the work without invalidating the provisions of the contract. Orders for suspension or reinstatement of work will be issued by the Owner to the Contractor in writing. The time for completion of the work will be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the suspension. Extra costs and expenses which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are caused by work suspensions ordered by the Owner will be paid by the Owner to the Contractor. GC-28. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work, or from the action of tLa elements, or from floods or overflows, or from ground water, or from any unusual obstruc- tion or difficulty, or any other natural or existing circumstance either known or unforeseen, which may be encountered in the prosecu- tion of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-14 GC-29. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all ordinances, laws, and regulations, and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and the Owner's officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on any violation of the samc The Contractor shall comply with all regulations of agencies having jurisdiction with respect to sanitation. GC-30. TAXES AND PERMITS. Unless otherwise specified in these con- tract documents, the Contractor sham pay all sales, use, and other taxes that are lawfully assessed against the Owner or Contractor in connection with the work included in this contract and shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits, and inspections required for the work. GC-31- CHARACTER OF WORKMEN. ripe Contractor shall employ only work- men who are competent to perform the work assigned to them and, in the case of skilled labor, who are adequately trained and experienced in their respective trades and who do satisfactory work. Whenever the Owner shall notify the Contractor that any man on the work is, in its opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, or who uses threatening or abusive language to any person representing c,he Owner when on the work, such man shall be immediately discharged from the work and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Owner. GC-32. SUNDAY, HOLIDAY, AND NIGHT WORK. No work shall be done between 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. nor on Sundays or legal holidays without the written approval of the Owner. However, emergency wo,k may be done without prior approval. Night work may be established by the Contractor as a regular procedure with the written permission of tiie Owner; such permission, however, may be revoked at any time by the Owner if the Contractor fails to maintain adequate equipment and supervision fr1r the proper prosecu- tion and control of the work at night. GC-33. UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS. During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other unsuitable construction conditions, the Contractor shall. confine his operations to work ,:hich will n-t be affected adversely thereby. No portion of the work shall be c~n- structed under conditions which would affect adversely the giality or efficiency thereof, unless special means or precautions are taken by the Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner. 062264 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-15 c:_34. BEGINNING, PROGRESS, AND TIME OF COMPLETION OF WORK. Unless I)therwise specified the Contractor shall begin work under this contract within ten (10) days after the date designated in a written order from the Owner to begin work. The rate of progress shall be such that the work will be completed in accordance with the terms of the contract on or before the termination cf the construction period named in the Contract Agreement. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a detailed schedule setting forth the procedure he proposes to follow and giving the Sates he expects to start and to complete separate portions of the work. If in the opinion of the Engineer proper progress is not being maintained, changes shall be made in the Contractor's operations to assure proper progress. GC-35• HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. Th.: Contractor expressly agrees that the construction period named in the Contract Agreement includes allow- ance for all hindrances and delays incident to the work. No claim shall be made by the Contractor for hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of the work, except as provided under "Suspension of Work" and "Extensions of Time". GC-36. 1'MNSIONS OF TIME. Should the Contractor be delayed in the final completion of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or Engineer, or of airy employee of either, or by any other contractor employed by the Owner, or by strike, fire, or other cause outside of the control of the Contractor and which, in the opinion of the Engineer, could have been neither anticipated or avoided, then an extension of time sufficient to compensate for the delay, as determined by the Engineer, will be granted by the Owner; provided that the Contractor gives the Owner and the Engineer prompt notice in writing of the cause ' of delay in each case and demonstrates that he has used all reasonable means to minimize the delay. Extensions of time will not be granted for delays caused by unfavor- able weather, unsuitable ground conditions, inadequate construction force, or the failure of the Contractor to place orders for equipment or materials sufficiently in advance to insure delivery when needed. 062264 (CONSTRUCTION) Gc-16 GC-37- MATERIALS AND E RIENr. Unless specifically provided other- wise in each case, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent installation in the work shall conform to applicable standard specifi- cations and shall be new, unused, and undamaged when installed or other- wise incorporated in the work. No such material or equipment shall be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than that intended or specified, unless such use is specifically authorized by the Engineer in each case. All required tests in connection with approval of source of materials shall be made at the Contractor's expense by a properly equipped labora- tory of established reputation whose work and testing facilities are acceptable to the Owner and approved by the Engineer. Any change in origin or method of preparation or manufacture of a material being routinely tested will require new tests and approval thereof. Reports of all tests shall be furnished to the Engineer or Owner in as many copies as required. GC-38. REJMMD WORK AND MATERIALS. The Contractor, upon written notice from the Engineer or t Owner, shall remove from the premises all work and materials rejected as defective, unsound, improper, or in any way failing to conform to the requirements of the contract documents. The Contractor shall at his sole expense make good all work damaged by such removal and shall promptly replace materials damaged or improperly worked by him and re-execute his own work in accordance with the contract. This includes re-executing or replacing the work of any other contractor that is in any way affected by the removal of the defective work. The obligations of the Contractor under this section shall not extend to defective materials or equipment supplied by the Owner. If the Contractor does not remove his rejected work and materials within ten (10) days after written notice, the Owner may remove and replace such work and materials at the expense of the Contractor. GC-39• PLACING WORK IN SERVICE. If desired by the portions of the work may be placed in service when completed and ti,-- Contractor shall provide proper access for this purpose. Such use and operation shall not constitute an acceptance of the work, and the Contractor shall be liable for defects due to faulty construction throughout the duration of this contract and thereafter as provided under the guarantee. GC-40. ~ Cam' TRASH AND MMIS. The Contractor shall, clean the working areas each day, shall remove all trash and waste materials, and shall maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction period. The Engineer shall have the right to determine what is waste material or rubbish and the manner and place of disposal. On or before the coupletion of the work the Contractor shall carefully clear. ,;c+• a l.1 pits, pipes, chambers, or conduits; shalt remove all u.:mporary structures built by him; and shall remove all rubbish from the areas which be has occupied, leaving them in first-class condition. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-17 GC-41. GUARANTEE. The Contractor guarantees that the equipment, materi- aln and workmanship furnished under this contract will be as specified and will be free from defects for a period of one year from the date of final payment. In addition, the equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in design. Within the guarantee period and upon notification of the Contractor by the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly make all needed adjustments, repairs or replacements arising out of defects which, in the Judgment of the Engineer or the Owner, become necessary during such period. , The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special tools and supplies required for replacement of parts, repair of parts, or correction of abnormalities shall be paid by the Contractor, or by his surety under the terms of the Performance Bond (when a bond is provided). The Contractor also extends the terms of this guarantee to cover re- paired parts and all replacement parts furnished under the guamter provisions for a period of one year from the date of their installation. If within ten days after the Owner gives the Contractor notice of a defect, failure, or abnormality of the work, the Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary repairs or adjustments, the Owner is hereby authorized to make the repairs or ad- justments himself or order the work to be done by a third party, the cost of the work to be paid by the Contractor. In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the Owner, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made by the Owner, or a third party chosen by the Owner, without giving notice to the Contractor, and the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contractor, or by his surety under the terms of the Performance Bond (when e. bond is provided). GC-42. CLAIMS FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all claims for labor and materials furnished under this contract. When requested by the Owner, the Con- tractor shall submit satisfactory evidence that all persons, firms, or corporations who have done work or furnished materials under this con- tract, for which the Owner may become liable under the laws of the state, have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured. In case such evidence is not furnished or is not satisfactory, an amount will be retained from money due the Contractor which in addition to any other sums that may be retained will be sufficient, in the opinion of the Owner, to meet all claims of the persons, firms, and corporations as aforesaid. Such sum shall be retained until the liabilities as afore- said are fully discharged or satisfactorily secured. Before final acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit in duplicate a signed notarized affidavit to the E.zgirn_er stating that all subcontractors, vendors, persons, or firms who heave furnished labor or materials for the work have been fully paid or srstisfactor,ty secured and that all taxes have been paid. The affidavit shall also bear a statement consenting to the making of the final payment signed by the surety company who has provided the Performance Bond for this work (when a Performance Bond is provided). 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-18 . CC-43. CONTRACTOR'S BRFAKDOWN ESTIMATE. If the contract is based on a lump sum bid, or contains one or more lump sum items for which partial payments are desired, the Contractor shell prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a breakdown estimate covering each lump sum item. Each breakdown estimate, showing the value of each kind of work, shall be approved by the Engineer before any partial payment estimate is prepared. Such Items as bond premium, temporary construction facilities, and plant may be listed sepetrr-tely in the breakdown estimate, provided that their costs can be substantiated. The sum of the items listed in the breakdown estimate shall equal the contract lump sum price or prices. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. An unbalanced breakdown estimate providing for overpayment of the Con- tractor on Items of work which would be performed first will not be accepted and shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to the Engineer. CC-". FINAL IMECTION. When the work has been substantially completed and at 'a time mutua]L v agreeable to the Owner, Engineer and Contractor, the Engineer shall make a final inspection of the work and report to the bondr his findings as to the acceptability and completeness of the work. GC-45• VASE OF LIABMITY. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment shall be a release to the Owner and every officer and agent thereof, from all claims and liability hereunder for anything done or furnished for, or relating to the work, or for any act or neglect of the Owner or of any person relating to or affecting the work. GC-46. MTENSE OF SUM. In case any action in court is brought against the Owner or Engineer, or any officer or agent of either of them, for the failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to perform any of the covenants, acts, matters, or things by this contract undertaken; or for injury or damage caused by the alleged negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or his or their agents, or in connection with any clans based on lawful demands of subcontractors, workmen, material men, or suppliers; the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and Engineer and their officers and agents, from all losses, damages, costs, expenses, ,judgments, or decrees arising out of such action. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) OC-19 GC-47. INSURANCE. The Contractor shall secure and maintain throughout the duration of this contract insurance of such types and in such amounts as may be necessary to protect himself and the interests of the bluer against all hazards or risks of loss as hereinafter specified. The form and limits of such insurance, together with the underwriter thezvof in each case, shall be approved by the Owner but regardless of such approval it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain adequate insurance coverage at all times. Failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate coverage shall not relieve him of any contractual responsibility or obligation. Satisfactory certificates of insurance shall be filed with the Owner prior to starting any construction work on this contract. The certifi- cates shall state that ten (10) days written notice will be given to the Owner before any policy covered thereby is changed or canceled. GC-47.01. Workmen's Compensation and E loyer's Liability. This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims under appli- cable state workmen's compensation laws. The Contractor shall alto be protected against claims for injury, disease, or death of employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workmn's compensation law. This policy shall include an "all states" endorsement. The liability limits shall not be less than the following: Workmen's compensation - Statutory ' Employer's liability - $100,000 each person GC-47.02. Comprehensive Automobile Liability. This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor against all claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles, and shall cover operation on or off the site of all motor vehicles licensed for highway use, whether they are owned, nonowned, or hired. The liability limits shall not be less than the following: Bodily - $250,000 each person - $500,000 each accident Property damage - $100,000 each accident 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) 00-20 GC-47.03. Comprehensive General Liability. This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor against all claims arising from injuries to members of the public or damage to property of others arising out of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, employees, or subcontractors. In addition, this policy shall specifically insure the contractual liability assumed by the Con- tractor under the foregoing paragraph entitled "Defense of Suits". The property damage liability coverage shall contain no exclusion rela- tive to blasting, explosion, collapse of buildings, or damage to under- ground property. The liability limits shall not be less than the following: Bodily injury - x50,000 each person 500,000 each accident Property damage - $500,000 each accident - $500POOO aggregate 0C-47.04. Builder's Risk. This insurance shall be written in completed value form and shall protect the Contractor and the Owner against risks of damage to buildings, structures, and materials and equipment not otherwise covered under Installation Floater Insurance, from the perils of fire and lightning, the perils included in the standard extended coverage endorsement), and the perils of vandalism and malicious mischief. The amount of such insurance shall be not less than the insurable value of the work at completion less the value of the materials and equipment insured under Installation Floater Insurance. Equipment such as steam generators, turbine generators, pumps, heat exchangers, compressors, tanks, motors, switchgear, transformers, panel boards, control equipment, and other similar equipment shall be insured under Installation Floater Insurance when the aggregate value of this equipment exceeds $10,000. If the work does not include the construction of building structures, this Builder's Risk Insurance may be omitted providing the Installation Floater Insurance fully covers all work. Builder's Risk Insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the Owner as their interest may appear. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC-21 GC-47.05. Installation Floater. This insurance shall protect the Con- tractor and the Owner from all insurable risks of physical loss or damage to materials and equipment not otherwise covered under Builder's ' Risk Insurance, while in warehouses or storage areas, during installa- tion, during testing, and after the work is completed. It shall be of the "all risks" type, with coverages designed for the circumstances which may occur in the particular work included in this contract. The coverage shall be for an amount not less than the value of the work at completion, less the value of the materials and equipment insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. The value shall include the aggregate value of the Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be erected or installed by the Contractor not otherwise insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. Installation Floater Insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the Owner as their interests may appear. If the aggregate value of the Owner-furnished and Contractor-furnished equipment is less than $10,000 such equipment may be covered under Builder's Risk Insurance, and if so covered this Installation Floater Insurance may be omitted. Certificates of insurance covering Installation Floater Insurance shall quote the insuring agreement and all exclusions as they appear in the policy; or in lieu of certificates, copies of the complete policy may be submitted. OC-48. ESTIMATES AND PAYhffs'Ri'S. On or about the first day of each month, the Engineer will make an estimate of the value of the work done and of unused materials stored on the site. The estimate& cost of repairing, replacing, or rebuilding any part of the work or replacing !materials which do not conform to the plans and specifications will be deducted from the estimated value. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such detailed information as he may request to aid in the preparation of monthly estimates. After each estimate has been approved by the Owner, the Owner will pay to the Contractor by the twenty-fifth day of the month ninety (90) per cent of the estimated value less any previous payments. Payments for materials stored on the site shall be based only upon the actual cost of such materials to the Contractor and shall not include any overhead or profit to the Contractor. After official approval and acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Engineer will be authorized to prepare: a final estimate of the work done under this contract. The final estimate will be submitted to the Owner within ten (10) days after its preparation has been authorized. The Owner will, within thirty (30) days thereafter, pay the entire sum found to be due after deducting all amounts to be retained under any provision of this contract. 111563 (CONSTRUCTION) GC -a SPECIAL CONDITIONS GENERAL. These Special Conditions are applicabl,2 to the field construc- tion for the Unit 4 - 600000 kw addition to the municipal electric generating station for the City of Dc:rt on, Texas. Major components of the new addition will be a gas and oil fired, outdoor type steam generator; a nonrcheat, condensing type turbine generator; a two-pass surface condenser; complete auxiliary equipment; an induced draft cooling tower; a new electrical substation; and a steel framed plant structure with enclosure for the turbine generator area and the base and upper drum of the steam generator. More complete descriptions of these and other associated components are given in the ap.nlicable detail specifications. Separate contracts have been awarded by the Owner for furnishing and erecting the steam generator, furnishing and erecting the cooling tower (except the cooling tower basin) and for furnishing certain items of materials and equipment as specified in the detail specifications. Field construction work has been divided into three phases, general con- struction, mechanical construction, and electrical construction. Sepa- rate contracts will be awarded for each phase. The scope of the work under this contract is defined in Section 1 - General Specifications. The division of the detail construction specifications into sections is not intended to establish the jurisdiction of trades, crafts or subcon- tracts. The determination of such jurisdiction shall be solely a matter of agreement between the Contractor and his employees and his subcon- tractors. ENGINEER'S DRAIrTNGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor will be furri~hted five 5 sets of all drawings and ten (10) copies of the applicciblc specifications without charge. Additional sets of rawings and additional copies of apecificati.ons may be obtained from the Engineer by paym(:nt of printing, handling, and mailing costs. All drawings and specificati-~r.-, shall be returned to the Engineer upon completion of the wo.-h. The Contractor will also be furnished supplemental diagrams, schcduleG, shop drawings, and other information as specifically enumeratn_d in the specifications. RAILROAD FACILITIES. A railroad siding will be available at the plant site. COOPERATION WITH OWNER. The continuity of an adequate power supply to the Owner's system is of prime importance and, to this end, complete • (DEYMN, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION SC-1 082664 ) cooperation between the Contractor and the Owner must be maintained. All work shall be scheduled to suit the Owner's convenience, tr,king into consideration the power system facilities and requirements at all times during construction. In the event that it is necessary to either interrupt the power supply, limit the amount of power available or to impose abnormal operating condi- tions on the power system, such procedure must be approved by the Owner and a complete understanding and agreement must be reached by all parties concerned, well in advance of the time scheduled for such operation, and such understanding sh,311 be definite as to date, time of day, and length of time required. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all regular time and over- time labor costs arising from the necessity to perform work, which affects the Owner's system facilities, at times other than regular working hours. U. S. MATERIALS. To the extent possible, materials and equipment (in- cluding components thereof) to be furnished under these specifications shall be produced, processed, manufactured and assembled within the continental limits of the United States of America. Substitution of foreign materials for domestic materials will not be permitted. LOCAL SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. Whenever possible, the Contractor shall purchase materials from local suppliers and award subcontracts to local subcontractors. SUBCONTRACTS. It is the intent of these specifications that the Contrac- tor shall perform the majority of the work with his own forces and under the management of his own organization. Specific portions of the work may be subcontracted only by subcontractors who have been listed in the Proposal and who are approved by the Owner. All work performed under subcontracts shall be subject to the same contract provisions as the work performed by the Contractor's own forces, as set forth in General Conditions. COST BREAKDOWN. The Contractor shall, within 30 days after award c)f' con- tract, submit to the Owner and Engineer the breakdown estimate .equirel by the General Conditions. The breakdown estimate shall be broken dol,m into FPC accounts and FPC property units in accordance with the Ovm er's requirements. Upon request, additional information concerning construction quantities and costs shall be made available to the Owner and Engineer for account- ing purposes. PURCHASE ORDERS. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner and Engineer duplicate copies of each purchase order for all materials and equipment (DENTTi'ON) TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 08266+ SC-2 i furnished under these specifications for incorporation in the permanent construction. Each purchase order shall show the vendor's name, r.anufac- ! t..rer's name, materials, type, model number, size, quantity, and acces- sory lists of the materials and equipment ordercol, rind shall be submitted when issued. CONTRACTOR'S SUPERVISION AT THE SITE. During the construction, the Con- tractor shall furnish continuously on the site ade,iunte management, supervisory and technical personnel to insure expelltious and competent handling of all matters related to the work. A constructioon superintendent experienced in major power plant construc- tion and who is a permanent member of the Contractor's orGanization shall be a resident at the project throughout the construction. The Contractor's field organization shall include an experienced staff of qualified technical personnel to handle construction engineering, layout, planning, and direction of all field construction work. The field organization shall also include a staff to handle timekeeping, employment, accounting, purchasing and expediting, stores and warehouse, stock tool rooms, and security. The Contractor's organization shall be in accordance with the organiza- tion chart submitted with the Proposal as approved by the Owner, and shall be supplemented to adequately provide the above functions if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor's organization is not effec- tive or adequate and the Engineer directs the Contractor to correct such deficiencies. FIELD RECORDS. The Contractor shall maintain during the progress of the work up-to-date copies of all drawings, specifications, and supplementary data, complete with latest revisions thereto. In addition, the Contrac- tor shall maintain a continuous record of all field deviations fror,, .h,. Engineer's drawinEs and at the conclusion; of the worli shall subni.t tj ti,: Engineer a set of the latest revisions of all plane and spacification-z marked to show "as built" deviations. The Contractor shall submit sketchco or narked prints to the EnEincer showing each approved field deviation within 10 days after each such deviation has been approved by the Engineer and Owner. CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND TEMPORARY FACILI'PTES. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all construction plant, utilities, and temporary facilities and all equipment, materials and supplies which are required for prosecution of the work but which will not be ineorporatcd in the completed work. (DENTON; TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-3 All temporary structures and facilities furnished by the Contractor shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be maintained throuehout the construction work. When the construction work is completed, all such temporary structures and facilities shall be remove) from the site and the area shall be restored to its original condition. All construction plant and facilities shall be in first class condition and shall be of the proper tyre and size to adequately perform the work.. Such plant and facilities shall be regularly and systematically maintained throughout the work to insure proper and efficient operation. Plant and facilities which are inadequate or improperly maintained shall b3 promptly modified, repaired, or removed from the site and replaced. Temporary Structures. Temporary structures for offices, change houses, warehouses, and other uses for the Contractor or his subcontractors shall be constructed by the Contractor using materials, design, and construc- tion approved by the Engineer. Such structures shall be built only in locations assigned by the Engineer within the general area designated on the drawings. Utilities. The Contractor shall provide his own telephone service. The Owner will furnish, without charge at a single supply point estab- 1-shed by the Owner on the plant site, water for construction and drink- ing purposes. The Contractor shall provide all materials and make all connections and installations required to connect to Owner's source ar.d distribute water for Contractor's use. The Contractor shall provide a sanitary drinking water system for his employees, including water coolers, ice, disposable drinking cups and a trash can at each water cooler. Construction electric power, heating and other construction utilities, are specified under Section 1 - General Specifications. Sanitary Facilities. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain _sanitary facilities, including a system of chemical toilets, f~jr the use of zll persons engaged in work covered by these contract doc= nts. The nlzrber and location of chemical toilets -shall be as reTairei tr. aicquatelf and conveniently scrre the needs of these persons. The chemical toilets and their maintenance shall meet the rr_quire.; nts of the State Board of Health. Any such facilities or maintenance method-, failing to meet these requirements shall be corrected immediately. Workmen engaged in work under this contract shall not use the permanent washroom facilities, whether they are in-an existing plant or are part of the new construction. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 sc-4 Compressed Air. The Contractor shall provide all r,ir compressors, fuels, lubricants, hoses, piping, and other apparatus requir,d for supplying compressed air required for prosecution of his wrirk. RECEIVING, HANDLING AND STORAGE. Except as othrcrwlse specified, the Con- tractor shall provide all functions necessary to receive from carriers at the plant site, check, unload, handle and store all materials and equip- ment which are specified to be installed or otherwise incorporated in the construction under these specifications. • Storage space will be allocated on the plant site by the Engineer. Before unloading any materials or equipment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a drawing showing the proposed utilization of the storage space allocated to him. The storage space shall be utilized in accordance with the drawing as approved by the Engineer. This draw- ing shall be kept current and shall show the location and description of each stored item for which the Contractor is responsible. Revised copies of these drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer as they are made. Receiving and Handling. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt unloading of all equipment or material to be unloaded under these specifications and shall pay any demurrage. Storage. Equipment and materials shall be stored and protected in tempo- rary warehouses or enclosed platforms or on open platforms or shoring as designated herein. Where necessary for proper protection against humid- ity, condensation or excessive cold or heat, suitable heating, cooling and ventilating shall be provided. All storage facilities shall remain the property of the Contractor, and upon completion of the construction such facilities shall be removed from the site. A~ soon as possible after permanent building enclosures and equipment foundations are finished, each item of equipment shall be remo-;ed from storage and installed in its final location. The storage method to be u.-el for tho_ various materials and equipment is listed in Section 1 - General Specifications. For items of r:at^_rinl and equipment not so listed, the choice of the atoraFC method s:~ll be deter- mined as follows: Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical or mechanical equipment or which have finish painted surfaces, and other items which would be damaged ay outdjor exposure, shall be stored on enclosed platforms or in warehouses. When such storage would present an unreasonable building space or volume requirement, the equipment or materials may, with the approval of the Engineer, be stored under weatherproof coverings on shoring or open platforms. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) 0826 CTION ) SC-5 All small loose items which could be easily lost, stolen, broken, or misused shall be stored on enclosed platforms or in warehouses. All other equipment and materials shall be stored on open platforms or shoring. Platforms: Open platforms shall be constructed from sound lumber not less than 2 inches nominal thickness and shall have adequate floor joists or other reinforcement to 6upport the loads imposed by the stored materials and equipment. Platforms shall be level, not less than 18 inches above grade, and supported on concrete block piers. Enclosed platforms shall be constructed as specified above for open platforms with the addition of side walls, end walls, and gabled roofs. Side walls, end walls, and roofs shall be constructed from 3/8 inch thick exterior grade plywood and 2 by 4 studding and rafters. Roofs shall be covered with PYRo-KURE 610 paper as specified below for weather- proof coverings and shall be securely held down with batten strips. Eaves shall extend about 2 feet beyond the side walls, and continuous screened ventilation slots approximately 6 inches high shall be built into the side walls under the eaves. At one end of the enclosure, a pair of 4 foot by 8 foot batten type swing doors shall be installed. The doors shall be equipped with a hasp and padlock. The Cortractor may, with the Engineer's approval, use temporary buildings which are equal to the above-described enclosed platforms insofar as floor strength, weatherproofness and security against theft. ' Warehouses: Warehouses shall be prefabricated metal buildings, or better construction, and shall be weatherproof, well veutilat-d, and secure against theft and vandalism. Warehouses shall be situated and constructed in such a manner that they will not be subject to flooding. Drainage shall be provided to intercept storm and other surface water and divert it from the build- ing. Warehouse floors shall be concrete paving or crushed rock surfacing placed on well drained subgrade and constructed so as to form an effec- tive moisture barrier between the subgradc and the floor surface. Equip- ment stored in warehouses shall be placed on pallets or shoring to pre- vent contact between equipment and the floor surface and to permit air circulation under the equipment. Warehouse doors shall be adequate to accommodate the movement and handling of materials and equipment to be stored and shall be equipped with secure locks. • (DMMN, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 sc-6 Shoring: Shoring for outdoor storage of materials and equipment shall utilize sound timbers not less than 6 by 8 nominal size. Weatherproof Coverings: Weatherproof coverings for outdoor storage shall utilize a waterproof flame resistant ty,pe of paper base sheeting. This sheeting shall be of laminated paper and aluminum foil, glass reinforced, PM-KURE 610 as manufactured by American Sisalkraft Corp., or approved equal. Sheeting widths shall be not less than 84 inches; if necessarl, widths may be built up by using waterproof taped splices. The sheeting shall be care- fully placed and tied down to prevent moisture from entering the laps and to prevent wind damage to the coverings. "AFM AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION. It shall be the Contractor's responsi- bility to maintain throughout the construction period a safety and accident prevention program which meets the requirements of Federal, State and local codes and of all other authority having ,jurisdictiop over this work. As a supplement to requirements of such authorities, the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" published by The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. is recommended as a guide for safety and accident prevention. FIRE PROTECTION. Only construction procedures which minimize fire hazard to the extent practicable shall be used. Ccxbustible debris and waste materials shall be collected and burned or removed from the site each day, as provided hereafter under "CLEANLINESS". Good housekeeping is essen- tial to fire prevention and shall be practiced by the Contractor throughout the construction period. Unless specified herein for a particular application, untreated canvas, paper, plastic and other inflammable flexible materials shall not be used on the site for any purpose. If such materials are on equipment or materials which arrive at the site, they shall be removed and replaced with an approved covering before storing or moving into the construction area. Likewise, corrugated paper and fiberboard cartons shall not be permitted in the construction area for the storage or handling of mate- rials, and if such cartons do arrive in the construction area, they shall be immediately unpacked and removed from the site. Approve(L flexible materials shall be waterproof and flair resistant and shall be equal to or better than the glass reinforced laminated parer and aluminum foil sheeting, PYRO-PURE 610, manufactured by American Sisalkraft Corporation. Formwork, scaffolding, planking, and similar materials which are combus- tible but which are essential to execution of the work shall be treated for fire resistance or ctherwise protected against combustion resulting from welding sparks, cutting flames and similar fire sources. (DE,;TON, TEXAS - 37,25) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-7 Temporary heating facilities shall not be left unattended. The Contractor shall provide adequate fire protection equipment in each warehouse, office, and other temporary structure, rsnri In each work area which he is occupying. Access to fire hydrants arni utter courses of fire water shall be identified and kept open at u]] bees. Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided '.n enclosed areas and in areas which are not accessible to fire water or which may be exposod to fire that cannot be safely extinguished with water. Each fire extinguisher shall be of a type suitable for extinguishing fires which might occur in the area in which -.t is located. In areas where more than one type of fire might occur, the type of fire extinguisher required in each case shall be pro- vided. Each extinguisher shall be placed in a convenient, clearly identified location which will most likely be accessible in the event of fire. The above recommendations shall not be construed to establish minimum fire protection requirements. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for providing adequate fire protection. LINES AND GRADES. All work done under this contr,)ct shall be done to the lines, grades, and elevations shown on the plans. The Contractor shall furnish competent men and suitable equipment as required for the proper laying out of the work, for making measurements, and for establishing temporary or permanent reference marks in connection with the work. • The Engineer may, at his sole discretion, check the reference marks, lines, grades, anc measurements so established. The Contractor shall fur- nish competent men from his forces and such tools, stakes, and other materials as the Engineer may require in making the check. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed, a reasonable time in advance, of the times and places at which he wishes to do work so that any checking deemed necessary may be made with the minirmam of inconvenience to the Engineer and of delay to the Contractor. Any work done without being properly located and established by base lines, offset stakes, bench marks, or other basic referen-_: points may be ordered removed and replaced at tha Contractor's cost -~n-1- expense. START-UP AND INITIAL OPERATION. The Contractor sh-ill render all servic'_s and do all work required to place each item of equipment installed by him, including all auxiliaries, piping, and wiring, and the plant in operating condition to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. Individual systems and items of equipment shall be completed in a sequence that will permit systematic start-up and trial operation of each such component before it is incorporated in the plant start-up and initial operation. (DMMN, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-8 The Owner will furnish operating personnel during, start-up and initial operation. The Contractor shall provide all other workmen required, in the opinion of the Engineer, to make adjustment-, rind correct deficiencies during the initial equipmert and plant start-up V sting, checking and operationi. It is anticipated that the start-up tooting and initial operation will be in progress continuously over (:r.tendod periods of time. The workmen required of the Contractor shall be or, the site at all times during these periods. All rc.ulnr and overtime pt,yroll and all other contingcn_ics in connection with the start-up an,i initial operation of equipment and plant shall be included as a part of the lump sun contract. The Owner will furnish and the Contractor shall apply all oils, greases, and other lubricants required to place permanent plr:nt equipment in condition ready for operation. The Contractor shall provide all temporary instrumentation and gauging devices required during start-up and trial operation of equipment and systems which he has installed. All rotating machinery shafts shall be in as nearly perfect alignment as practicable. Rotating machinery shall be free from excessive vibrFtion, overheating bearings, and other conditions which would tend to shorten the life of the machinery. Bearings, shafts, and other mov'_ng parts shall be checked for proper alignment, cleaned and lubricated before the equipment is initially started. Full compliance with each equipment manufacturer's specifications and instructions shall be observed. MINOR DEFECTS. The Contractor shall readjust, straighten, and repair minor defects and fabrication errors which are normally encountered in the Owner-furnished equipment and materials. No claims for extra compen- sation in connection with such work will be considered unless the claim is made in accordance with the applicable provisions in the G;•neral Condition3. REPAIR OF DAMAGES. The Contractor shall immediately repair any fl=age done to the Owner's facilities as a result of construction work or abnor- mal use. All such repair wort. shall be subject to the apprc.ral of t}.e Engineer. CLEANLINESS. Special attention shall be given to keeping ti:,. ir,51da of the structures and surrounding grounds clean and fr:e fron trash and debris. The Contractor shall employ sufficif.nt and special personnel to thoroughly clean his work areas continuously each working day and shall cooperate with the other contractors to keep the entire construction site clean. This shall include sweeping the floors, collecting and ':isposing of trash, and all other functions required to keep th= site clear.. Materials and supplies shall be stored in locations which will not block accessways and arranged to permit easy cleaning of the area. In areas (DENTON; TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-9 where equipment might drip oil or cause other damage to the floor surface, a protective cover of heavy gauge, i'lame-resistant, oilproof sheeting shall be provided between the equipment and the floor surface so that no oil or grease cont%cts the concrete. This requirement is applicable to both finished and unfinished floors. All hoses, cables, extension cords, and similar materials shall be located, arranged, and grouped so that they will not block any accesswa;; and will permit easy cleaning and maintenance. At the clone of each work week and at the close of each day preceding a holiday, all such items shall be re- moved from the construction area and stored in the Contractor's warehouses or other storage areas. All trash, debris and waste materials shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor. Combustible material shall be burned each day at a designated location on the site, or shall be promptly re- moved from the site, and shall not be allowed to accumulate. Burning shall be carefully supervised and controlled and no fire shall be left unattended. Suitable fire control equipment shall be provided at the burning site. Promptly upon the completion of the construction work, all scrap, trash, end waste materials and debris resulting from work under this contract shall be removed from the site. All Contractor-owned facilities, mate- rials and construction plant shall be removed from the site. Owner- furnished materials not used in construction shall remain the Owner's • property and shall be stored on the site. In the event of conflict between contractors concerning cleaning respon- sibilities) the Engineer will determine the responsibility and assign the work. The Engineer's decision will be final and binding and the responsible contractor shall promptly perform the disputed work. In the event that the Contractor fails to comply with the cleanliness require- ments specified herein or to perform the cleanup wort, assif:ed to hin by the Engineer; the Owner reserves the right to hire another contractor (not necessarily one of the construction contractors) to perform tho necessary cleaning work and the Contractor shall pay to the Owner the cost of all such cleanup wort:. CONSTRUCT1011 AREA LIMITS. The Engineer will dosignate thu bounlary limits of access roads, parking areas, storage areas, and ccnstmc tion areas, and the Contractor shall not trespass in or on areas not so designated. The Contractor shall be :esponsible for keeping all of his personnel out of the existing plant and other areas not designated for the Contractor's use; except,in the case of isolated work, locate) within such areas, the Engineer will issue permits to specific Contractor personnel to enter and do the work. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082664 SC-l0 The Contractor's employees shall park their automobiles, trucks,and other vehirles in the construction personnel parking, area des?gn;,ted on the drawings. USE OF CRANE. The use of the existing, turbine ruom crane and the hoist- ing facilities installed with the new power plant riddltion will be re- served for the erection of equipment rss approved by the Engineer. The use of the crane for handling of materials will not, he permitted. The use and custody of the crane .end hoisting equipment will be scheduled and assigned by the Engineer to optimize its service to the overall con- struction project. Such assignment shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for prosecuting his work in accordance with the contract schedule and shall not be cause for him to claim extra compensation. The crane shall be operated only by a qualified crane operator. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the crane during the periods that it is in his use or assigned to his custody and shall pro- vide regular lubrication and other maintenance of the crane. If, in the Eng-.peer's opinion. the crane is damaged by the Contractor's use of it, the crane shall ):c.• repaired at the Contractor's expense. FOCD SERVICES. No food services will be permitted on the construction site except for truck or trailer mounted canteens. Such canteens will be permitted on the site only during hours specifically approved by the Owner. PROTECTION OF CONCRETE_ SURFACES. Con_,rete floors and other concrete surfaces shall be protected from chipping, gouging, scratching, stain- ing and other damage. The Contractnr shall be responsible for any such damage resulting from his operation:. and shall repair or remove and re- place damaged sections, subject to the Engineer's discretion and ap- proval and without expense to the Owner. Heavy planks and mat=_ shall be placed under equipment and materials being stored, moved, assembled or installed on or above concrete floor surfac=s. Vonintlamr,,ble, oil resistant coverings shah be used to protect concrete surfaces from staining. In the event cf rcnr ict between contractors concerning responsibility for damage, the Engineer will determine the responsibility and assign the work. Tne Engineer's decision .hall be final and binding and the responsible party shall promptly repair the damage as directed by the Engineer. INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY. Laboratory testing specified in the detail specifications shall be done by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Owner. The laboratory shall be retained by the Contrac- tor and all costs for laboratory services shall be paid by the Contractor. USE OF FIRE HOSE.S. New or existing plant fire hoses shall not be used for construction work. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) SC-11 020165 DRAWING SCHEDULE The following drawings prepared by the Engineer are applicable to the work covered by these specifications and shall be a part of the contract documents. Additional details or drawings may be supplied later to clarify construction details, but-such details or drawings shall not be construed to be a basis for claim for extra work. All the drawings *are dated March 23, 1965, except as otherwise noted. Drawing No. Title • PA-1 PLANT ARRANGEMENT GENERAL LAYOUT PA-2 PLANT ARRANGEMENT UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PIPING AND DUCTS PA-101 PLANT ARRANGEMENT BABEMLNT - EL 6361-0" PA-102 PLANT ARRANGEMENT GROUND FLOOR - EL 647'-0" PA-103 PLANT ARRANGEMENT OPERATING FLOOR - EL 658'-0" PA-104 PLANT AFIWGE14ENT TANK FLOOR - EL 673'-0" PA-105 PLANT ARRANGEMENT LONGITUDINAL SECTION E-1 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION 69 Kv, 14.4 Kv, 13.8 KV and 4.16 Kv ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E-2 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION 480 v & D-C ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E-3 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION PANEL ARRANGENSNTS E-11 ELECTRICAL 0ON5171UCTION DUCT HANKS E-101 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION RACEWAY BASEMENT * Revised for Contract Issue (MNTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL 0011STRUCTION - E-8A) DS-1 Drawing No. Title E-102 ELECTRICAL CON 1?(; "1'fON RACEWAY GROUND FLOOR 'I91Itii;NF; AREA E-103 ELECTRICAL CON5'PIt1JCIICN RACEWAY GROUND FLOOR BOILER ARFA E-104 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION RACEWAY & LIGHTIN; OPERATING FLOOR TURBINE ?,REA E-105 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION RACEWAY & LIGHTING OPERATING FLOOR BOILER AREA E-106 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION RACEWAY & LIGHTING TANK FLOOR & BOILER PLATFORMS E-201 ELECTRICAL CONS'T'RUCTION LIGHTING BASEMENT E-202 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING • GROUND FLOOR TURBINE AREA E-203 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING GROUND FLOOR BOILER AREA E-251 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION STATION GROUNDING E-551 ELECTRICAL OtrNST5U,':ICY COOLING TOWER & WATER TTEATIENT 5'J'LD;r; E-601 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION 69 KV SUBSTATION I (DENTONp TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL OONSTRUCTION - E-SA) DS-2 Section 1 GENERAL 3'ECIFICATION.; GETIci'41h. section cover scope anri F;ru__~al r,- juirnts for olectricai construction work in conr.r,ctio;c ✓it I +.I Lin it f~ - 60,000 Kld i~,.9r.ition ~o th- 0~wn:rr'c .^;unicipn: tnot F, ion :Ln U~ntor,, .;aThe work covered by the.;c specification: include: receiving and innt-ailing specified Owner-furnished riuterials and eclul.pnent, furni k,in;; and installing all other r,a.terials and equipment, and performin,3 incidental construction as required to successfully complete and incorporate the electrical construction in accordance with the contract documents. Electrical construction shall include connecting, testing, and placing in service all electrical equipment otherwise installed in the Unit 4 addition under separate specifications. The Owner has awarded or will award the following separate eontraccs for other construction work at the job site: Steam generator erection Cooling tower erection Mechanical construction General construction Contractor-Furnished Equipment, Materials, and Supplies. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, and supplies of every nature except equipment, materials, and supplies specified herein to be furnished by the Owner, which are required for the completion of all work to the full intent of the untract documents. Owner-Furnished Equipment, Materials, and Supplies. The Owner will furnish equipment and accessories as deocribed in :section 2 fob plant r J 1 't L a ll lvL , All Owner-furnished equlpmerit, f ill: l'l al c and 1 Y,1 { o^ sna1_ be r-ce 1--loaded, transported, stored ana priced in con truction by he Contractor. Equipment Furnished and Installed Z Others. The Contractor shall furnish and install raceways and .onductors, as re hlirod by the plans and schedules, make connections. a:,d perform the tcsting an: other electrical work required to place in service the electrical compon^nto of all equipment and systems fua-fished and othen:ioc installed und-:r separate specifications in connection with the Unit L~ aa,34tion. EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS. Dimensions end details shown on the drawings for arrangements, connections, and other provisions for Contractor-furniLh^d equipment are based on information related. to specific types and brands (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 1-1 of equipment. All such dimensions and details shall be revised as required, and as approved by the Engineer, to make adequate provisions for the equipment actually furni_ched by the Contractor. Provisions for certain Owner-furnished equipm~!nt are :.hown on the drawings but shall be sub3cct to change to agree witn the equipment manufacturer's certified drawings as approved by the Engineer. No provision for Owner-furnished or Contractor-furnished equipment shall be constructed until the Engineer has specifically approved the details for such provision. The total costs for all such equipment provisions, including possible revisions thereto, shall be included in the contract price. CHANGE ORDER ALLOWANCE. The total lump sum price stated in the Proposal and Contract Agreement shall include the total cost (including all overhead and profit) of all work shown on the proposal and contract drawings or set forth in these specifications, plus a change order allowance in the amount of 4 per cent of said total cost to cover possible net additions to the work as duly authorized by the Engineer. On or before the first day of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, all authorized additions and deductions to the work completed during the preceding month. In this manner, additions and deductions shall be administered promptly after their incurrence and shall not be allowed to accumulate. Upon completion of the work, a single change order will be issued by the Engineer setting forth the net amount of the additions and deductions to the work and crediting the balance of this change order allowance to the Owner. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. The new power plant addition is scheduled for firm commercial operation not later than May 1, 1966. The work under these specifications shall be prosecuted and coordinated with the work of other contractors as required to assure compliance with this specified operating schedule. Specific items of work shall be completed in accordance with the following schedule. Complete all work required for operation of 69 kv substation, operation of Generator 3 Transformer, and operation of the auxiliary power supply system for Generator 4 - before December 10, 1965 Complete all work required for operation of Generator 4 - before April 1, 1966 (DENTON, TE'W - 372: ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 2-2 Complete all worK under these specifications except modifica- tions to Boiler 3 Protective System - before July 1, 1966 Complete modifications to Boiler 3 Protective System (work on these modifications cannot begin until approxi- mately October 1, 1966) - before December 1, 1966 The Contractor shall :oordinate his work with the work of the other contractors and shall cooperate with the Engineer in maintaining regular orderly progress towr.rds completion of the work. The Engineer's decision regarding T,riority, between contractors shall be final and shall not be cause for extra compensation or extension of time. Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit ^ detailed construction schedule and progress chart which will show in graphical form the time schedule for completion of each element of the work. The detailed construction schedule shall be based on the proposed construction schedule submitted with the Propasal, as amended and. approves by the Owner, within the limits of the construction schedule set forth herein. The detailed construction schedule shall b: modified if necessary, or if required by the Engineer, to assure completion and commercial operation on or before the dates specified. A revised detailed construction schedule which shows work progress during the previous month and the current state of completion shall be submitted in duplicate to the Owner and the Engineer on the first day of each month throughout the =struction period. Failure of Owner-furnished materials and equipment to arrive before the time required for construction and failure of other construction contractors to meet their schedule shall not be justification for claim for extra compensation. Failure of Owner-furnished materials and equipment to arrive before the time required for construction and failure of other construction contractors to meet their schedule shall not be Justification for an extension of time as stipulated in the General Conditions, except where such failure causes, in the opinion of the Engineer, an actual delay in the Contractor's work, and providing that notice in writing of such delay is given to the Owner and Engineer at the time of the alleged delay. The Contractor shall then obtain, within ten (10) days of such alleged delay, the written acceptance from the Owner of the extension of time. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3T25 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 1-3 CONSTRUCTION ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING. The Owner will furnish all energy for construction power ani lighting at no charge. Electric power will be available at 480 volt, 3 phase and 120 volt, single phase at the load terminals of fused disconnect cwitcIies in three power supply centers constructed under separate sp,~clf'ications in the following general locations: hhin building Cooling tower Construction offices The Contractor shall provide all temporary wiring to distribute the power for his use and for his subcontractors' use. Under separate specifications temporary '-fighting will be provided in the main building at approximately one watt illumination per square foot of floor area at each floor level. The Contractor shall provide all additional lighting required for his facilities and the safe, efficient execution of his work. CONSTRUCTION HEATING. As soon as the power plant enclosure is completed, heating will be provided therein under separate specifications as required to maintain a minimum building temperature of 50 F. The Contractor shall provide all additional temporary heating required for his use. Only safe, clean heating methods shall be used. Salamanders shall not be used. Electric heat shall not be lised for temporary heating unless approved by the Engineer. PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXISTING BUILDING. Under separate specifica- tion-c,, a protective fire-resistant enclosure will be provided on the selrth wall of the existing plant until the new addition is enclosed and c =;s ruction is essentially complete. The protective enclosure will consist of the existing wall panels maintained in place or of a specially constructed temporary wall. Openings through the protective enclosure shall be made only as approved by the Engineer. Indiv.dual units of the existing wall panels shall not be pierced, cut or bent. Where necessary to provide access, existing panels will be removed in complete units and replaced with temporary closure materials under separate specifications. The Contractor shall close and seal all openings made under these specifications. RECEIVING OWNER-FUFVISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. The Contractor shall examine shipments of all equipment and material furnished by the Owner and shall notify the Engineer immediately of any shortages, discrepan- cies, or damage. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 1-4 When tie Owner-furnished materials or equipmen. are received from carriers, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner receiving sheets, listing the material or equipment received anal acknowledging receipt of same from the Owner. After such equipment and materials are received in good condition by the Conura^tor, he shall. thereafter be solely respon- sible for any damnue or shortage and for the proper accounting for their use until final acceptance of the Contractor's work. S',ortages or damage not immediately r•~porte(i at the time received on the site shall bkz supplied and made good at the Contractor'; expense. The Contractor shall rnplace all Owner-furnished materials and equipment which become lost or damaged while in the custody of the Contractor. Replaced materials and equipment shall be of a type and quality equal to the original materials and equipment and shall have the approval of the Engi .leer. ?f any Owner-furnished materials and equipment arrive at the plant site after working hours, the Contractor shall assign personnel to receive and inspect all such shipments and shall pay all base time and overtime costs for such work. I%e Contractor shall rehandle and reload, if required, all Owner-fur-fished materials and equipment which have been rejected. The Contractor shall handle and load all returnable packing boxes and special handling devices for Owner-furnished materials and equipment. All such materials shall be returned as promptly as possible. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAIS. All equipment and materials to be lncorpcrated into the completed work specified under these specifications shall be stored F.ua handled by the Contractor in the manner specified in Special Conditions and as follows. The Contractor shall handle all equipment and materials carefully to prevent damage or loss, shall sto:e them in an orderly manner, shall keep adequate and convenient rer•:~ra.: of their location, and shall keep a continuously accurate inventory. The use of bare wire rope slings for unloading and handling materials and equipment is prohibited except with specific approval of the Engineer. (LENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 1-5 where crluipt:',nt r..igi,t drip oil or cuuse other damage to the floor uurface, a protective corer of n-?avy ugc, flame-resi-tanL, oilproof -heetinr shall be pro,riled betwc:,n the e luipment and the fl(jejr surfa~„ si~ tYu,t no oil or gr'.2asc :-)nta,ts the ;cmcretc. This requlrrrm rnt Is applicaolc, to both fini,3hed and ~.rni'i n Lei floors. All hos^_s, cnbl-, and :-,inilar m:,t riul:: shall be located, arranged, nn l (,•cupc? ; r tl.-it th^y iri Ll riot r,r,y ueees,^,way rani Will permit 3a-, ll.lrl: li; rhi .-.jii,l ,nani_-i. At th2 IlU'„1 A' (9:1ch work week an(I at the close of enc?: dn, pre:-din, a holiday, all items -hall be re- moved from the con,-tract on area and stored in the Contractor's warehouses or other storage areas. All trash, debris and waste materials shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor. Combustible materiril shall be burned each day at a osignatel location on the site, or s',all be promptly re- moved from the site, and shall not b allowed to accumulate. Burning shall be carefully super~,incd and controlled and no fire shall b'a left unattended. Suitable fire control equipn.nt shall be provided at the burning site. Promptly upon the completion of the construction work, all scrap, trash, and waste materials and dear! resulting frog; work under this contract shall be removed from the site. All Contractor-owned facilities, mate?- riais and construction plant shall be removed from the sit^. Owner- furnished materials not used in construction shall remain the Owner's property and shall bo Stored on the -site. In the event of conflict between contractors concerning cleaning resp,n- sibilitics, the Engineer will leterminc the responsibility and assign the work. The Enginci.r's decision will be final and binding and the responsible contractor shall promptly perform t1! disputed work. Ir the event that the Contractor fails to comply with the cleaniiness require- ments specified heroin or t,o perform the cleanup wo,-k assipled to ni,m by the Engineer, the 0•»,n.r r se -..c the right to hire another conLra,_,%ur (not necea-aril;; one of th, constlveticn contractors) to v rforn tri- necessary cleaning wori< ai,,l the Contractor shall. pay to th,, Owner `.'t c coat of all such cl,,anup work.. CONSTRU;TIOII -d"A LIMITS. 'T'ile Engineer will :lesigiate tl:e bourrlar;; limit;; of acc.ss road:, Parking areas, storage areas, and constr,ic'.ion area:,, and the Contra-,tor sFlall not trespass in or on areas not -o designated. The Contractor ,-hr.ll be responsible for keeping all of his personn^_1 out of tho existing plant and ether areas not dcsigratel for the Contractor's use; except, in the case of isolated work located within such areas, the Engineer will issue permits to specific Contractor personnel to enter and do the work.. f. (DF2MN, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) 082661+ SC-10 lt,e Contractor's eTr,'oyef's l park their 8UtG7, r.i;f•S, LrllCks,end otter v- hide., in the construction personnel par'..1nw area designated r>n th~~ JrawinW . I;SE OF CRANE. T;u, use ._f the exii3 tinq turbine r',,•r rijna and the hoist- inp, I I lt'e$ ins!n; icd with the rv'w l,')wer plan', h: 'iltlOn will bc' re- ',ervtIi :or the erection of equipment, ac approved F)j the Fngineer. The use of ,he crane for hrin-.llinol r_)f mat,-rlals wil'_ r t,r, permitted. The use and (:ust)d;/ of the .r:,ne and hoisting egv;l,rrent will be scheduled and assigned by the Engln(er to optimize its servi^e to the ovF-rall con- struction project. Such assignment shall not rel;~ve the Contractor from his responsibility for prosecuting his work in accordance with the contract schedule and shall not be cause for him t-j claim extra compensation. The crane shall be operated only by a qualified -rene operator. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the crane during the periods that it is in his use or assigned to his custody and shall pro- vide regular lubrication and other maintenance of the crane. If, in the Engineer's opinion, the crane is damaged by the Contractor's use of it, the crane shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. FOOD SERVICES. No food services will be permitted on the construction site except for truck or trailer mounted canteens. Such canteens will be permitted on the site only during hours specifically approved by the Owner. PROTECTION OF 0)NCRETE SURFACES. Concrete floors and other concrete surfaces sh:jll be protected from chip7)ing, gouging, scratching, stain- ing and other damage. The Contractor shall be responsible for eny such damage resilting from his operations and shall re,.ar or remove and re- place damaged section::, subject to the Fngineer's discretion and ap- proval and without expense to the Owner. Heavy planks and rrit sh,,li to placed i-,der equip-_rnt and m.a'k•rials beintl :~tered, m;)ved, as:enLlerJl or led )n o* ab,)vp r-,nerete floor aurfar:es. Nnninf'lar,mable, ni I resis+,7nt, covcringl- s'nalI be used to protect coner,~te surfaces from staining.. In the event of conillct between contractors concerninw, responsibility for damage, the Engineer will determine the responsibility and assign the work. The Engineer's decision atal.l be final and binding and the responsible party shall promptly rcjoir the damage as directed by the Engineer. INDEPENDENT TESTIN7 LABORATORY. Laboratory testinc, spr,eified in the detail specifications shall be done by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Owner. The laboratory shall be retained by the Ccntrac- tor end all costs fo laboratory services shall br paid by the Contractor. USE OF FIRE_ HOSES. W:w or eyisting plant fire hoses shall not be used for construction work. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725) (CONSTRUCTION ) SC-11 020165 LRAWING SCHEDULE The following drawings prepared by the Engineer are applicable to the work covered by these specifications and shall be a part of the con- tract documents. Additional details or drawings mr,;I be supplied later to clarify construction details, but such details or drawings shall riot be construed to bp a basis for claim for extra work. All the draw- ings are dated February 8, 1965 except Drawing M-25P is dated March 1, 1965. Drawing No. Title PA-1 PLANT ARRANGEMENT GENERAL LAYOUT PA-2 PLANT ARRANGEMENT UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PIPING & DUCTS PA-101 PLANT ARRANGEMENT BASEMENT - EL 636'-0" PA-102 PLANT ARRANGEMENT GROUND FLOOR - FL 647'-0" PA-103 PLANT ARRANGEMENT OPERATING FLOOR - EL 658'-0" PA-104 PLANT ARRANGEN7,NT TANK FLOOR - FL 673'-O" PA-105 PLANT ARRANGT MENT LONGITUDINAL SECTION M-201 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING PLAN PLAN BELOW EL 647'-J" M-202 MECHANICAL ODNSTRUCTION PIPING PLAT' PLAN BELOW EL 658'-0" M-203 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING PLAN PLAN BEiAW FL 673'-0" (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) 4 MECHANICAL OONSTRUCTION - M-8A) DS-1 As revised by Addendum 1 Drawing No. Title M-204 MECHANICAL CONSTRIJUT'fON PIPING PLAN PLAN ABOVE EL 673' M-205 MECHANICAL CONSTRI)UT ION PIPING SECTIONS M-206 MECHANICAL 0ONSTI2UCTION PIPING SECTIONS M-207 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING SECTIONS M-208 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING SECTIONS M-209 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING SECTIONS M-210 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING SECTIONS j M-211 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION j PIPING SECTIONS M-220 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION CONTROL AND INSTRUMENT TYPICAL PIPING CONNECTIONS j M-221 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION CONTROL AND INSTRUMENT PNEUMATIC TUBING SCHEMATIC M-222 W CHANICAL CONSTRUCTION CONTROL AND i":STRUMENT LOCATION AND AIR SUPPLY M-223 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION CONTROL AND INSTRUMENT: LOCATION AND AIR SUPPLY (DEN^ON, TEXAS - 3725 ) MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) DS-2 Drawing No. Title M-230 MECHANICAL CON::TRUCTION PIPING MODIFICATION`: AND CROSSTIF.S TO EXISTING SYSJTEN: M-231 MECHANICAL MO i""TRUC7ION PIPING MODIFICATIONS AND CROSSTIES TO EXISTING SYSTEMS M-240 MECHANICAL CONc,TRUCTION YARD PIPING PLANS AND SECTIONS M-250 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS M-251 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPING. MISCELLANEOUS DETAIi.S M-252 MECHANICAL ONSTRUCTION SAMPLE TABLE AND INSTRUMENT PANELS FD-1 FLAW DIAGRAM LEGEND FD-2 MAIN AND AUXILIARY STEAM FD-3 EXTRACTION STEAM HEATER DRIPS AND VENTS FD-4 BOILER FEED WATER FD-5 CONDENSATE AND CONDENSER AIR FD-6 AUXILIARY OOOLING WATER FD-7 OOMPRESSED AIR FD-8 CIRCULAT.-NG WATER (DENTON, TEXAS - 372,5 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) DS-3 Dre,wlnl; Nr). Title HID-1) FUEL GAS FD-I MISCELLANEOUS TUPoBINE PIPING FD- I I MiSCELLANEOU 5 E(4,1f 1F*,NT DRAINS FD-i2 LUBRICATING OIL FD-13 BLOWDOWN AND BOILER MISCELLANEOUS PIPING FD-14 BOILER DRAFT PIPING FD-15 FUEL OIL FD-16 WATER TREATMENT AND SAMPLE PIPING FD-17 CITY WATER FD-18 EQUIPMENT DRAINS HANGER SCHEDULE HSI-11 HS2-1, HS3-1 thru 3, HS4-1 thru 3, HS5-1 thr+l 3, HS6-1 and 2, and HS7-1 and 2 HANGER DETAILS HD1-1, HD2-i, HD3-1, HD4-1, HD5-1, HD6-19 HD7-11 08-11 HD9-1, HDIO-11 HDII-11 HD12-1, HD13-1 and 2, HD14-1, HD15-1 thru 3, HD16-], HD17-1, HD18-11 HD]9-1 thru 3, HD20-1, HD21-1, HD22-1, HD23-1, HD24-1, HD25-1 and 2, HD26-1, HD27-1, and HD28-1 (DENTON.. TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) DS-4 Section 1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL. This n~ctlr~n Dyers tho s,=opo ~in,i gen~•rrrl r•, iuir,ments for the mechanical construction work in connection with thr,'In1t 4 - 60,000 KW • Addition to th^ OwT, -r':; rminicip•r1 el-L,. gcn~rrlt,lr,N :;t-_aion in Denton, Texas. SCOPE. The work cever,:-d by these mechanical construction specifications includes the field erection of Owner-fu rnished equipment enri materials, the furnishing and fielri erection of all other e'iudpmrrnt, piping, valves, piping supports, insulr,tion and jacketing, and other materials and in- cidental work required to complete the mechanical cinctniction work in accordance with th^ contract documents. The Owner has awarded or will award the following separate contracts for other construction work at the fob site: Steam generator erection • Cooling tower erection General construction Electrical construction Contractor-Furnished Equipment, Materials, and SuPPies. Except for equipment, materials, and supplies specified herein to be furnished by the Owner, the Contractor shall 11urni:~h all equipment, materials, and supplies of every nature, which are reluired for the completion of all work to the full intent of the contract documents. O,.,rner-Furnished EduiL2ment, Materials, and Supplies. The OwTer will furnish the following listed materials, equipment, enl suppliers: Power plant eluipment and piping accessories .to iescribel in Section 2 All above ground circulating watc-r piping 24 inches and larger including flanges but excluding flange bolting and gaskets except as specified otherwise herein Carbon dioxide and hydrogen gas Lubricants for all permanent plant equipment All Owner-furnished equipment and materials will be shipped fob plant site and shall be received, unloaded, transported, stored, and placed in construction by the Contractor. (DEtl'I'ON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 1-1 E.91111mi.NT fRUyisiO:S Dimensions an,. details s1,1)wrj -i; the drawings for arrnngements, connections. piping, and other provSr,1 nc for Contr-ictor- furnlshed equipment ore tnsr~d on informntion rclr,t,~•1 to specific types and brands of eluipment. All such dirr-nsions rji•d J,•lnils shall be re- vised as required, r,nd ns ,pprovcl 1,•v the Erigin-w•r, t,, makr: adequate provisions for ttie -11j1pmrnt, r~ctunlly furnished ~q 1h,! Cnntriictor. The Contractor shall provide the cc,ncrete tines for _-11, J 1,mcnt in the water treatment tuildinq rind vro0.1nr, for nil Aluipmer.t 1nr,t.nlled under these specificaLions. Rases and piping; will be designed rind detailed by the Engineer based upon the equipment drawings submitted to him by the Con- tractor, such Lases will he similar to the typical equipment base details shown on the drnwinws. Provisions for certain Owner-furnished equipment are shown on the draw- ings but shall be subject to change to agree with the equipment manufac- turer's certified drawings as approved by the Engirer3r-. No provision for Owner-furnished or Contractor-furnished equipment shall be const nicted until the Engineer has specifically ,rpproved the details for such provision. The total costs for all such equipment provisions, including possible revisions thereto, shall be included in the contract price. CHANGE ORDER ALLOWANCE. The total lump sum price stated in the Proposal and Contract Agreement shall include the total cost (including all over- head and profit) of all work shown on the Proposal and contract drawings, or set forth in these specifications, plus a change order allowance in the amount of 4 per cent of said total cost to cover possible net addi- tions to the work as duly authorized by the Engineer. On or before the first day of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, all authorized additions and deductions to the work completed during the preceding month. In this manner, additions and deductions shall be nriministered promptly after their incurrence and shall not be allowed to accumulate. Upon completion of the work, ra single change order will be issued by the Engineer setting forth the net amount of the additions and deductions to the work and credittng the balance of this change order allowance to the Owner. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. The new power plant addi'.ion is scheduled for firm co=ercial operation not later than May 1, 1966. The work under these specifications shall be prosecuted and coordinated with the work of other contractors as required to assure compliance with this specified operating schedule. Certain areas of the building construction will be delayed to facilitate the installation of equipment under these specifications. The installa- tion of such equipment shall proceed as rapidly as practicable so that the structure and enclosure can be completed. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 1-2 The Contractor shrill cccrdinate his work with the wr,rk of the other con- tractors ,ind shrll cooperate with the Engineer in ar,intrilning regular orderly progress towards completion of the work. mhe Fngineer's decision regarding priority between contr~3ctors shall be final rind shall not be cause for extra compensation or extension of t,lm.r. Within 30 days after awtird of contract,, the Contr,,jrj,r shall submit 8 detailed ~Ionstructfon sch-dule and progress chart, w,,leh will shov in graphical form the time schedule for completion of -lich element of the work. The detailed construction schedule shall be briaed on the proposed construction schedule submitted with the Proposal, rrg amended and approved by the Owner, within the limits of the construction schedule set forth herein. The detailed construction schedule shall tre modified if neces- sary, or if required by the Engineer, to assure completion and commercial operation on or before the dates specified. A revised detailed construction echedule which shows work progress during the previous month and the current state of completion shall be submitted in duplicate to the Owner and the Engineer on the first day of each month throughout the construction period. Failure of Cvner-furnistied materials and equipment to arrive before the time required for construction and failure of other construction contrac- tors to meet their schedule shall not be Justification for claim for extra compensation. Failure of Owner-furnished materials and equipment to arrive before the time required for construction and failure of other construction contrac- tors to meet their schedule shall not be justification for an extension of time as stipulated in the General Conditions, except where such fail- ure causes, in the opinion of the Engineer, an actual delay in the Con- tractor's work, and providing that notice in writing of such delay is given to the Owner and Engineer at the time of the alleged delay. The Contractor shall then obtain, within ten (10) days of such alleged delay, the written acceptance from the Owner of the extension of time. CONSTRUCTION ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING. The Owner will furnish all energy for construction power and lighting at no charge. Electric power will be available at 480 volt, 3 phase and 120 volt, single phase at the load terminals of fused disconnect switches at three power supply centers constructed under separate specifications in the following general locations: Main building Cooling tower Construction offices The Contractor shall provide all temporary wiring required to distribute power for his use and his subcontractors' use. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-6A) 1-3 i Under separate specifications, temporary lighting wlII be provided in the main building at approximat-iy one watt illuminati(,n p-r sluare foot of floor aria at each floor level. The Contractor shall provide all additional lightiriv r-iuired for his facilities ar,i th,-? safe, -f'r;cient ?x,_:ution of h'Sr, w,,rk. CONSTFLTI~TION HEATINY. AF, -oon as the pr,w~r plant, r>n^Innure is completed, heating ,will be provided th-rein under sehurate spr•r.ifications as required to maintain a minimum building temperature of 50 F. The Contractor shall provide all additional temporary heating required for his us,-. Only safe, clean h^ating methods shall be used. Salamanders shall not be used. Electric heat shall not be used for t porary heating unless approved by the Engineer.. PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXISTING BUILDING. Under separate specifications, a protective fire resistant enclosure will be provided on the south wall of the existing plant until the new addition is enclosed and construction is essentially complete. The protective enclosure will consist of the existing wall panels maintained in place or of a specially constructed tearporary wall. Openings through the protective enclosure shall be made only as approved by the Engineer. Individual units of the existing wall panels shall not be pierced, cut or bent. Where necessary to provide access, existing panels will be removed in complete units and replaced with temporary closure materials under separate specifications. The Contractor shall close and seal all openings made under these specifications. RECEIVING OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. The Contractor ehall examine shipments of all equipment and materials furnished by th^ Owner and shall notify th,? Engineer immediately of any shortages, dis=repancies, or damage. When the Owner furnished materials or equipment are rcc,ived from carriers, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner receiving, sheets, listing the material or equipment rec-~iveri and acknowledging receipt of same from the Owner. After such equipment and materials are received in good condition by the Contractor, he shall thereafter be solely responsible for any dam- age or shortage and for the proper accounting for their use until final acceptance of the Contractor's work. Shortages or damage not immediately reported at the time received on the site shall be supplied and made good at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall replace all Owner-furnished materials an,l equipment which become lost or damaged while in the custody of the Contractor. Replaced materials and equipment shall be of a type and quality equsi to the original materials and equipment and shell have the approval of the Engineer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ? {MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A} 1-4 If any Owner-furni5YL d materials and eluipment r,rrive at the plant site after working hours, the Contractor shall assivjj p(.rsonnel to rece've and inspect all su.h shtpm,~nts ind shall pay all base time and overtime costs for such work. The Contractor shall rehanile and reload, if' rjhllr,.d, all Owner-furnished materials and e.luipment, which hove been re} atci. The Contractor shall hr,ndle and load all returnable pricking boxes and special handling devices for Owner-furnished materials and equipment. All such materials shall be returned as promptly as possible. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF EQUIPME NT AND MATERIALS. All equipment and mate- rials to be incorporated into the completed work specified under these specifications shall be stored and handled by th^ Contractor in the manner specified in Special Conditions and as follows. The Contractor shall handle all equipment and materials carefully to pre- vent damage or loss, shall store them in an orderly manner, shall keep adequate and convenient records of their location, and shell keep a continuously accurate inventory. The use of bare wire rope slings for unloading and handling materials and equipment is prohibited except with the specific approval of the Engineer. Storage on Enclosed Platforms or in Warehouses. All instrument and control equipment including panels. All miscellaneous equipment such as expansion joints, thermometers, pressure gauges, pressure switches, level switches and indicators, gauge glasses, flow indicators, traps, flexible hose, gauge panels, strainers, air dryers, and intake filters and aftercoolers for the air comprc_-ssors. All valves 4 inches and smaller. All motor operated valves, control valves, and solenoid valves. All bolting, gaskets, and. welding rod. All motors less than 50 hp size shipped unmounted. Turbine generator main steam stop valve, start-up panel, solenoid trips, switches, strainers, low vacuum trip device, vacuum breaker, tachometer, insulation, hydrogen control equipment, wiring mate- rials, and miscellaneous electrical devices. All insulation and jacketing materials. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 1-5 Boiler ch-mical .red pumps, t,ol~phosphate feed pump, and acid feed pump. Piping support assembll?s. Storage in Warehouses or Un,ir~r + athcrproof Covor-, ,n Platforms or Shoring. - - - - All motors larg,.r then Yip All pipe and fittings 2 inches and smaller. All pumps including motors shipped mounted on common baseplate, except as ctherwise specified. Air compressor. Lube oil purifier. All valves larger then b inches except motor operated, control, and solenoid valves. Turbine generator components and accessories except as otherwise specified. Surface condenser sections. Condenser exhaust units. Auxiliary water coolers. Storage Without Weatherproof Covers on Platforms or Shorin . All fabricated piping. Rardom lengths of pipe 2-112 inches and larger. Closed feed water heaters. Miscellaneous drain receiver, blowdown tank, and air receiver. Caustic phosphate tanks, polyphosphate solution tank, and sell tank. All openings in equipment and piping not stored under weatherproof covers shall be closed to prevent entrance of dirt or mcisture during storage. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 1-6 ;section 2 EQUIII~':NT L•'iTCTION CENFLir1L. This sect:cn eo"e:~ cr-_c~i r: work for fill m:cl~ru~lcal equipment exc,.pt the steam i;ar.:rzitor, cooling; tower, suri;e un,l rvu.:ilia:y cooling er tank, and he atvent! Iat ing rin,3 air corrfit'~,ni;,g }:ipm~nt. This inc'.uies erecticr: of motor drive_- connected to mcr;hr,nical equipment. Erection work shall include equipment receiving, unloading„ storage, removal from storage, hauling, cleaning, lubricating, cr?sting on foundations and other work as necessary to place she equi.pm,_nt into successful operatio:, The erection requirements Specified herein epply to Owner-furnished and Contra ctor-furnish^d oqui?:ment. Erection procedures riot specified herein shall be in accordance with the reccmmendations of the equt~i"ent manufacturer and good engineering practice. All equipment fLirrished or installed under these shecifir_ations shall be tested and placed into successful operation. All defects in the erection shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. When Owner-furnished equipment is shipped "knocked-down" the complete assembly of such equipment shall be a part of the work included under these specifications. The dismantling and reassembling ;ontractor-furnished or C'c_-r- furnished equipment to remove defective parts, replace parts or make adjustments shall be included as a part of the work under these specifications. CODE RE:OUIFZMEfiTS. All erection methods and procedures shall conform with accepted good engineering practice, the latest requirc::,er.ts of th^ ASA Code for Pressure Fiping, the appropriate sectior.s of t%e- ASME Boiler and Pressure vessel Code and all state and local regillations, where applicable. MISCELLANEOUS) MATERIAL. All miscellaneous materials required for complete erection of the equipment shall be furnished except those materials specified to be furnished by the Owner. This material shall include but shall not be limited to grout, shims, wedges, dowels, anchors, supports, bolting, gaskets, packing, welding rod, and consumoble gases. Concrete equipment bases will be furnished and installer by the Owner under separate specifications only when so specified h°rein Foundation bolts will be furnished cast into these bases. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-1 LOCATION TOLERANCES. Equipment shalt be located within 1/8 inch of the diriensioned locations shown on the plans. EQUIPMENT WITH PIP7:4G OONNYCTIONS. Al I equipmen•. 'r:-viing piping con- nections, such as pumpn, heaters and air eompro,::,,,.r;, shall be leveled, lined and wedged in place but shall not be grouts:,; ,r bolted prior to the initial fitting and alignment nf -onnecting pli)ing- All equipment shall, however, be grouted or bolted to foundati,,❑ ,,rior to final bolt- ing; or, welding of the cunnectiun plpin6. Bolting for all flanged joints shall be checked ,inri retightened after approximately 10 days of operation at normal operating temperatures. SHAFT ALIGNMENT AND BALANCE. Alignment of rotating machinery shafts shall be as nearly perfect as practicable. Offset between coupling halves shall not exceed 0.001 inch with proper allowance for expansion of the driver or driven unit when operating, and faces of coupling halves, with couplings square on their shafts, shall be parallel within 0.001 inch. Measurements shall be made with a dial indicator. Machinery shall operate free from excessive vibration, overheating bearings, or other conditions which would tend to shorten the life of the machinery. Before star-,;ing, all bearings, shafts and other moving parts shall be checked for proper alignment, cleaned and lubricated in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Copies of records showing all final alignment measurements shall be furnished to the Owner and Engineer. EQUIPMENT BASES. Structural bases for equipment will be N rnished under separate specifications except bases required for new and relocated . equipment in the water treatment building shall be provided under these specifications. Bases in the water treatment building shall be con- structed in accordance with the design and details approved by the Engineer using reinforced cast-in-place concrete. The work under these specifications shall include the removal of an existing curb where the acid equipment base is extended and the fur- nishing and installation of a lead covering over the extended acid equipment base all as shown on the plans. Existing bases for relocated caustic equipment shail be removed and the floor finisned to match the adjacent surfaces. Tte existing base in the area where the new polyphosphate tank will be located shall also be removed. Concrete Bases. The concrete shall have a minimum cement factor of 6.5 sacks 97pounds/sack) of Type I or III cement per cubic yard of concrete. The concrete slump shall not exceed 4 inches and the water content shall not exceed 6 gallons of water per Eeck of cement. The ratio of fine to total aggregates based on solid v-,iumes shall not exceed 0.50. The surface of existing concrete upon which the fresh concrete is to be placed shall be rough, clean and damp. Surface mortar shall be re- moved to Pxpose the op,gregate. The exposed surface shall be cleaned of all foreign substances, washed with clean water, and kept saturated during the 24 hour period preceding placement of fresh concrete. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL OONSTRUCFION - M-8A) 2-2 Reinforcing bars :,hall cor.foir± to A<>71M j.15 with fCJ,r)5 deformation or to ASTM A432. Details of fabric:rtior, shall ccr.f~rr., t, ACI 315 and 318. Forms shall be waterproof, exterior typ3 plywoo,, :r)rurnr•rcial standard CG45, with Ernie b or bettr'r form surface. All fibs ar,d other surface projectiors shall be r.,°..vr J frog formed concrete surfaces. In n f-i i'.iorr to t".e foregoir.:, r,'r , rr~ l requirement, all formed surfaces shat 1 be clearr.r2d and rubbe i t ,r e!x'L-ent necessary to produce a smooth and unifonrr surface free of mark, projections, roughness, surface glaze, (iiacolo:ations) and applir:d surface coatings, and with all surface pity, voids nerd depressions pc•arianently filled flush with adjacent smooth formers surfaces. Exloc,l top surfaces shall be troweled smooth. Anchors. Anchor bolts shall be in accordance with ASTM A36 and A307 and shall be galvanized. All anchor bolts which are cast in concrete shall be provided with sufficient threads in each case to pe nnit a nut to be installed on the concrete side of the supporting template. When the bolt is installed, a second nut shall be attached to the bolt on the outside of the supporting template, and the two nuts adjusted and tightened in such a manner that the bolt will be rigidly held in proper alignment. Cinch anchors shall be of the size or sizes corresponding to bolts on which they are used and, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer in each casr, shall be of the 3 unit gape. Bolts, hole diameters and installation methods for cinch anchors shall be in conformity with the manufacturer's specifications except that in no case shall the depth of hole be less than 4 hole diameters. If the anchorage is in shear, the annular space cetween the concrete and the bolt shall be filled with a suitable rigid material which will prevent the bolt frorr. bending. Holes shall not be enlarged for square bolt heads or nu.. For grout anchorage of bolt-, or dowels to e:astir._ concrete, the anchored end of each bolt or dowel shall be pro. red with either an integral head or a threaded nut. Each drill hole provided for bolt insertion shall have a diameter no larger than necessary for bolt head clearance and a ?otal depth of not less t'nan 8 b.:*. diameters. Aftcr insertion to the full depth of tha hole, the boat in each case shall be held in place by means of tightly calked epoxy gr.:t or "Embeco" grout. GROUTING. All equipment bases shall be grouted i•. aces dance with these specifications unless otherwise recommended by the equipment manufacturers. Th,~ surface of concrete f'vundations shall be prep~red for equipment installation by chipping or grinding as required '.o bring the top of the .'oundation to the proper level, to provide th,e n2r_essary roughness • for proper grout bonding and to assure adeluate bearing strength. All laitance and surface film shall. be removed. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANI AL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-3 Grout Mi):tura. Grout ohall be composed of a mix.tur,: of portland ccrr,ent, %nr; and water. Fortlaand cement shall eor.furtn to ASTM C150, T,lcr 1. uni shat l conform to ASTM C33. The grout proportions foi• flat bales wher,'~ the grouting; space does not ex.cec,i 1-1/2 inches shall be one sack of cement to 150 pounds of :and. Only or u{~h water shall be added to prouucc a grout which is quaky anal flr.w,,b Ir:, but which will not show exccE5 water crr top when it is being pw.jlc•,i in place. For thicker mortar or r;rout bedo up to 2-112 inches th,F.unount of sand shall be increased to 22;, pounds per sack. of cement. $lces which are hollow and are to be filled full of grout shall br- filled to a level one inch above the outside rim with a mortar miie,i in the volumetric proportions of one part cement, 1-112 parts sand, and 1-1/2 parts of 1/4 inch pea gravel. An approved plasticizer may be added to all grout mixes in the proportion recommended by the plasticizer manufacturer. All grout mixtures shall be thoroughly mixed for not less than 5 minutes in an approved mechanical mixer. After mixing, it shall be used immediately, before stiffening. Placing of Grout. After the base has been set; and its alignment and level have been approved and before placing any grout, a low dam shall be set around the base at a distance that will permit pouring and manipulation of the grout. The top of the dam shall be at least cne inch higher than the bottom of the base. One or more small chains shall be introduced under the base, projecting beyond opposite edges sufficiently to allo-.-t them to be drawn back and forth to propel the grout into every part of the space beneath the base. Pouring shall take place through grout holes, if such are provided. Otherwise the grout shall be poured at one side or at two adjacent sid.s, giving it a head to cause it to move in a sr~lid mass under the base and crut the opposite side. The flow shad be facilitated by passing the chains back and forth, and by pulsing or puddling the grout when it is being poured. The pouring shall be continued until the entire space below the base is filled, and the grout stands at least one inch higher all around than the bottom of tn•e ba:e. Care shall be taken to eliminate any and all air or water po_Ke-,2 beneath the base. Finishing of Edges of Grout. The placed grout shall be allowed to stand undisturbed until set stiff. Then, immediately, the dam shall be removed and the grout which extends beyond the edges of the equipment baseplate shall be cut off flush and removed. The edges of the grout shall then be pointed with fresh 1 to 2 cement mortar pressed firmly to bond with the body of the grout and smoothed with a tool to present a smooth vertical surface. All grouting shall be completed in a proper and workmanlike manner with the exposed edges of the foundation and the floor adjacent thereto 'Left clean and free frog, grout. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-4 PUMP SUCTION STiL%INERS. All pump ruction strair:,.r:, furnished with the equipment shall be instulL-~i bai'or(~ starting th u:: o~iated equipment. These strainer:: shall be kept in service durir.r initial operation and shall be cleaned during this period as required tr, minimise pressure drop due to cloE.ginir. New gaskets shall be inzta1 )(:ri after each cleaning operation. After initial operation, th,. 0,rai-,ern shall be removed from the piping; and spacers furnished arl installed. EQL'IFMEtri PIPING. All piping, valves and fittinEc furnished with the equipment shall be erected under these specifications in accordance with all applicable provisions of Section 3, Piping. Equipment drains shall be piped within the finish floor club to the sumps which will be provided in the finish floor slab. DOWELING. All mechanical equipment including motor drives shall be doweled using tapered dowels after shafts have been aligned as directed by the Engineer. INSTRUMENTS. All thermometers, pressure gauges, and other instruments installed shall be given an accuracy check. All corrections or adjustments required shall be made. The accuracy check for pressure gauges ;hall conform with the ASA B40.1 Standard Test Method. If Owner-furnished instrumentb require replacement, the instruments shall be removed and a replacement instrument furnished by the Owner shall be tested and reinstalled. CLEANING. All equipment shall be cleaned of all sand, dirt, and other foreign materials immediately after removal from storage and before the equipment is brought inside the power plant builling or to other installation sites. All piping and tubes shall be air blo•on. E UIPMENT WITH ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. Except as otherwise specified, motors and other equipment having electrical connections will be electrically connected under separate specifications. All other erection work on this equipment shall be done ur,.er these specifications. MOTORS. Each motor shall be checked for any signs of damage and the insulation and motor rotation tested in accordance with th,e manufacturer's recommendations. If motor insulation megger values are too low to be acceptable by the Owner's or equipment manufacturer's standards, the motor windini, shall be dried by circulating metered d-c current through the windings in a manner acceptable to the Owner. Wherever practicable, motors shall be installed with shimming under the motor frames so that, if future realignment of motors is required, they car. be lowered without grinding the motor baseplates. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A} 2-5 TRIAL OPERATION. After ~!rectlor,, ril l e iuipmenr, ;:r moving parts or subject to prez ur?.~ or Vol tn~=r hall be j~ivr. ,riril operation. Rotatinf; equipment shall be chr~ekc l fur proper 1! r r: r, of rotation, st:aft alignn!ent and balance. Kiuipn-~nt 1ubjec'. „ ;r ::urec shall be carefully c;amincd io: The Eny incer 1,res•nt at the start-up of all equipment aril: all proi-2dur,~s shy:.. his, approval. • All n^C?c.af / conn , fn' t(':'~,:nF t.'. 'j •-,e nt sucn as i'• pressure taps and tempezatui-- m,,aourement connec::r,,.:: -_hall be included as a part of the work under ttr ce sp•.cificationz. WELDING. All welding shall be done by qualifies .1Jers who are experienced in the particular type of welding tile, -ire assigned to do. Welding of connections co pressure parts of the steam generator shall be done by welders who are qualified under Secticr. IX of the ASME Boiler Construction Code. Copies of all welder qualification certificates s:•all be submitted to the Owner, Engineer and the equipment manufactirer's erection supervisor. Sections of welds for testing shall be removed whe7. so requested by the Engineer. The costs of all testing shall be paid by the Contractor. MAINTENANCE TOOLS. Except as otherwise specified, all tube rollers, wrenches, ,jigs, lifting devices and other special tools purchased wlth Owner-furnished equipment for maintenance operations shall not be used for erection purposes. All such special tools shall be stored as directed by the Owner. Lifting rigs, slings, and skids furnished wit',, • the turbine generator may be used for erection p,.srpo:.es and shall, after use, be returned to the Owner in good condition. INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS hf-,UIPMENT. Items r~f Wiscellaneous equipment such as fire hose and racks, locally =-Intel pressure and flow transmitters, pilot controls for control va:v s, etc. shall be installed in locations in accordance with the plant if shown. Such items not shown on the plans shall be installed ir. easily accessible locations and subject to the approval of the Engineer. All such items shall be rigidly supported from the building str:^:ure by means of suitable brackets. MANUFACTURERS' INSPECTORS. The Owner will furnish the services of special manufacturers' inspectors to inspect and a'-vise in the erection of certain equipment. The presence of such special supervision shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for obtaining a (DENTON) TFAAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-6 proper equipment installatior;. Following is a Of erluipment for which e-pecial inspectors will be furnish-d: Equipment Scope ',upezvision Control and instrument equipment Check cquiprv:%', after erection. Inspect, shot. :r.n,trillatior, of flo•~- nozzles at trio piping fabricator's plant. Boiler feed pump Check equipmert after erection Surface condenser Supervise erection and check equipment after erection Condensate pumps Supervise erection and check equipment after erection Circulating water pumps Supervise erection and check equipment after erection Condenser exhalt±~,t units Supervise erection and check equipment after erection Turbine generator Supervise unloading, hauling, storing, cleaning, erecting, and testing The Contractor shall furnish any personnel and tcols required by the • manufacturers' inspectors to assist in checking equipment. Manufacturers' inspectors will spend time at the job site as normelly required to perform al?. functions described above unier "Scope of Supervision" and in addition to place the equipment in successful operation and instruct the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. If the Contractor desires additional service or if additional ser✓ice is required because of the Contractor's error or c-ficiency in erection of equipment or because of the Contractor's erection schedule, as determined by the Engineer, such time shall be furnished at the expense of the Contractor. EQUIPMENT PROTECTION. All equipment to be erected under these specifications shall be protected from damage of any kind from the time it is unloaded until it is ready for initial operation. The equipment shall be protected during storage as described in Section 1 under "STORAGE AN., HANDLING OF EQIIPMENT AND MATEKAT Equipment shall be suitably protected from weld spatter during construction. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-& 2-7 Equipment having glass components such as gauges or equipment having other easily broken components shall be protected during the construction period with plywood enclosures or other suitable means. Machine finished surfaces, polished surfaces, or other bare metal surfaces which are not to be painted, such as machinery shafts and couplings, shall be provided temporary protection daring storage and construction periods by a coating of No-Ox-Id 558 or other s•iitable nondrying, oily type, rust preventive compound. TOUCH-UP PAINTING. After erection, touch-up paint shall be furnished and applied to all abraded or otherwise damaged areas on shop painted surfaces of all equipment erected under these specifications. Surfaces shall be free of all rust, scale, lubricants, moisture, and other substances before application of paint. Touch-up paint shall be of a type equivalent to the shop paint. INSTALLATION OF THERMAL ELEMENTS. Thermal elements which are to be installed in gas or air ducts shall be provided with structural supports as recommended by the manufacturer and as required to prevent excessive deflection of the elements due to their own weight and due to the flow of the gas or air within the ducts. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-8 RFLOCAFION rdM REI,OYAL OF EXIS2111G EdUIPtENT. The following existing equipment located in the water treatment building s..all be disconnected from piping and relocated as shown on the plans: One caustic mixing tank approximately 2 feet In diameter by 4 feet high. One caustic transfer p xmp with 1/4 hp motor. Piping shall be extended to the above equipment at the new locations as part of the work under these specifications. One existing 18 inch diameter Elgin Softener Corp. forced air degasifier shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Owner. A new degasifier, as specified in Section 5, shall be furnished and installed in place of the existing degasifier. As specified in Section 5, the shell skirt of the existing degasifier shall be retained to support the new degasifier and packing from the existing degasifier may be used in the new unit. (DEMON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-9 i EQUIF'i "iT FJniI'',HED ANJ INSTALLED BY THE OWNER The following equipment will be furnished, unloaded, rtored, transported, and erected by the Owner under separate specifications. COOLING TOWER. :YcV No. M-10A The Marley Company Proposal dated May 28, 1964 One Marley No. 6516-04 cross flow, induced draft, wood filled, wood framed, four-cell cooling tower designed for 50,000 gpm water flow with 107 F inlet and 89 F outlet. The cooling tower will be complete with structure, casing, baffles, filling, partitions, deck, louvers, stairs and walkways, fans, fan stacks, gear units, fan motors and water distribution system. STEAM GENERATOR. B&V No. M-34A Combustion Engineering, Inc. Proposal dated April 29, 1964 One Combustion Engineering pressurized furnace, outdoor type steam generator, having a rated capacity of 590,000 pounds per hour of steam at 1373 psi and 955 F, and equipped for gas and oil firing. The steam generator will be complete with boiler and furnace, superheater, firing equipment, regenerative air heater, forced draft fan with motors, gas and air ducts, stack, structural supporting steel, steam temperature controls, burner controls, refractories, insulation, lagging, valves, and other equipment. MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT B&V No. 3-8A Austin Building Company Proposal dated November 5, 1964 One surge and auxiliary cooling water, horizontal, cylindrical tank unit, 10 feet diameter by 48 feet long. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment including heaters, control room air conditioning system, ventilators, fan, temperature controls, ductwork and insulation. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-10 EQUIPMENT BURNISHED BY THE OWNER AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR The equipment listed on the following pages will be furnished by the Owner and shall be installed by the Contractor. Spare parts and maintenance tools which are furnished with this equipment shall be unloaded from cars, hauled and stored as directed by the Owner. The information describing Owner-furnished equipment included in this section gives only the approximate scope of the erection work and is not intended to be a detailed itemization of all of the work to be done or all materials to be furnished by the Contractor. To obtain complete information, bidders may examine the manufacturers' equipment drawings and other information at the office of Black % Veatch, Consulting Engineers and, if necessary, obtain supplemental information from the equipment manufacturers concerning the full extent of field erection work. S . (DENTON, TL-(AS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CON3TPUCTION - M-8A ) 2-11 CONT:OL AND INSTRUMENT EQUIPMENT. B&V No.E-5A Bailey Meter Company Proposal dated July 17, 1964 One complete set of Bailey Meter Company instrument and control equipment. All inst nur,•_nL and control piping and tubing shall be furnished and installed ur:der these specifications as shown on the plans and as specified under ;section 3, Piping. Wiring as reluired will be installed under separate specifications. Panels. Panels will be constructed of reinforced steel plate and will be furnished with instruments and control devices shop installed and internally wired and piped to terminal connections. Panels will be furnished as follows; Description ARprox Dimensions Approx Weight Boiler panel 90" high, 86" deep, 95" long 5900 lb Turbine panel 90" high, 30" deep, 131" long 3200 lb Heater drain panel 90" high, 24" deep, 24" long 950 lb The panels shall be unlc-,ded, moved, and installed on their foundations. They shall be shimmed for proper alignment, bolted to their foundations, and attached to existing panels and the building structure as required. Panels shall be protected to the maximum practical extent during the construction period. Shipping crates, modified to permit necessary access, may be used for panel protection. Turbine supervisoiy equipment shall be field mounted on the turbine panel as specified herein under "TURBINE GENERATOR". Locally Mounted Transmitters. Approximately 55 transmitters and controllers complete with air sets and gauges and other associated devices will not be shop installed on panels and shall be locally mounted. Control Positioners. Two pneumatic power positioners will be furnished for the FD fan discharge damper and inlet vanes. Linkages furnished with the positioners shall be cut to correct length in the field and the positioners shallbe installed complete. (DENTnN, TECAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-12 Flowm^ters. The following flowmeter primary elemerA;- will be furnished: Location Type Pipe Size, in. Feed water No..:Ie 6 Con lenS-it,_ Flanged flow 6 Nozz, kc section SH :pray water Nozzle and pipe 2-1/2 assembly Cooling t^wer make-up Flanged venturi 8 water section Fuel gas Orifice 10 BF pump 4-1 discharge Nozzle 6 BF pump 4-2 discharge Nozzle 6 Fuel oil supply Area meter 2 Fuel oil return Area meter 2 Flowmeter primary elements will be furnished complete with reservoirs where required and other accessories. Tie condensate flow nozzle will be furnished installed in a flanged section of pipe containing the nozzle, meter connections, and straighten- ing vanes. The superheater spray water flew nozzle will be furnished in a short section of pipe complete with meter connections and ends beveled for welding. The cooling tower make-ul water flowmeter primary element will be a flanged venturi section. Other nozzles and orifices listed above shall be installed in the pipe as specified in Section 3, Piping. Boiler Drum Level Indicator. One Yarway drum level indicator of t:.e electronic transmission type with temperature equalizing column will be furnished. The indicating transmitter will be of the manometric type for local mounting. Cable from the transmitter to the panel mounted receiver will be installed under separate specifications. Drum Level Trip Switch. An indicating type drum level trip switch with reservoir will be furnished for local mounting. Thermal Elements. Thermocouples, resistance elements, gas bulb type element and thermowells will be furnished as required and shall be installed under these specifications. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - u 9A) 2-13 Flue Gas Analyzer and Recorder. One complete set of equipment of the hydrogen burning type for analysis of flue gas oxygen and combustibles will be furnished incluling analyzer, sample tube, gnr; pump and washer equipment, hydrogen regulating equipment, hydrogen hrd t]es and enclosures. The recorder will be furnished mounted on thr> boiler panel. The sample tube shalt be installed and supported a;; raiaired and in accordance with th~2 G-~n,>rator MrAnuracturer"- r~-c~~nsnmda~ions. Water Chemistry Equipment. The following equiprent will be furnished far mounting in the sample table specified in Section 5: Circulating water nH recorder-controller Turbine cyt conductivity recorder Turbine cycle pH recorder-controller Corditctivity and pH cells and accessories Dissolved oxygen analyzer, recorder, and accessoriea Sample cooling coils In addition, a selector station will be furnished for mounting on an existing panel. Pressure Switches. All pressure switches furnished with the control and instrument equipment for local mounting shall be installed under these specifications. Control Air Dryer and Filter. One complete set of equipment will be furnished consisting of two Hankison Model F-50 Refrigifilters mounted on it common bedplate complete with interconnecting piping and valves. Control Valves. Control valves CRV-1 through CRV-25, as shown on the plans and flow diagrams, will be furnished with the instrument and control equipment. Control valves will be furnished complete with positioners, filter regulator sets, and other accessories. Safety Shutoff Valves. Safety shutoff valves SSV-1 through SSV-10, as shown on the plans and flow diagrams, will be furnished complete with solenoid valves and limit switches. (DF.r1TON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-AA 2-14 FEED WATER HEATEF:. B&V No. M-16A Yuba Heat Transfer Corp. Proposal dated May 27, 11)614 Closed Feed Water Heaters. Two low pressure and two high pressure Yuba heaters of the shell and U-tube type designed for v,rtical mounting with the channel end up as follows: Effective Tube Approx Designation Surface, sq ft Approx Dimensions Weight, lb Heater No. 4-1 1.230 32" OD x 201-0" 11,200 Heater No. 4-2 2665 39" OD x 20'-0" 26,600 Heater No. 4-3 1815 34" OD x 201-0" 27,300 Heater No. 4-4 2545 37" OD x 201-0" 29,300 Each heater will be provided with a shell extension section with mounting flange. One tube side relief valve will be furnished with each heater and one shell side relief valve will be furnished with each heater except Heater No. 4-1. The interior of the heater steam spaces, including all baffles, will be shop coated with a water soluble rust preventative material. After installation, the heater shall be thoroughly flushed with hot water to remove all such material and any other foreign substances within the • heaters. All necessary measures shall be taken as required to insure that the interiors of the heaters are clean before being placed in service. I i I (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-15 i BOILER FEED FUtIS. B&V No. 14-3~'i Allis-Chalmc:c Mfg. Co. Proposal dated May 280 .~64 Two Allis-Chalmers F x 5 HFT 24 twelve stage boiP.-r f^ed pumps of the horizontal, diffuser barrel, centrifugal type each ratcd for 800 gpm flow of 195 F water at 4500 TDH. Each pump will be furnishea with 1250 hp, 4000 volt motor, shaft coupling and guard, seal water heat exchanger and piping, lubrication system, insulation and lagging, gauge panel, baseplate, pump suction strainer, and pressure breakdown orifices. One spare inner pump assembly and other spare parts -along with dismantling carriage and special tools will be furnished with the pumps. Approximate Weight. Each pump and motor assembly on baseplate 17,200 1b MISCELLANEOUS PUMPG. BV No. M-32B A. M. Lo,;kett & Co. Proposal dated July 21, ,.964 Two Worthington 5LR-13 horizontally split case, single stage, centrifugal, auxiliary cooling water pumps each complete with 50 hp, 1800 rpm, 440 volt motor, shaft coupling, coupling guard, baseplate, and suction strainer. One Worthington IOL-30 vertical turbine, 'r stage, "can" type, heater drip pamp complete with 40 hp, 1800 rpm, 440 volt motor, shaft coupling, suction tank, and suction strainer. One Worthington 2-1 12 GR horizontal, rotary gear type fuel oil pump complete with 50 hp, 1800 rpm, TEFL, 440 volt motor with space heater, shaft coupling, coupling guard, baseplate, and relief valve with byWL,;c piping. Approximate Weights. Each auxiliary cooling water p xnp complete with motor and baseplate 1450 lb Heater drip pump complete with motor 2400 lb Fuel oil pump complete with motor and baseplate 1550 lb (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-16 SURFACE CONDEN3c:3 j\1:0 iaAILi,,RY B&V No. M-3,,A E@UII'MENT Ingersoll-F;ur,,1 ' (,mpany Proposal hated Play ~P, Surface Condenser, One Inge rsol l -Rand 5'TDRBTC 4, squar,! foot, two pass surface condenser with vertically divid.-i ;nt.'!Vral water boxe_-,, welded on tube sheets, full area Integral deae:atir.v,-roheatiriy, hot well, steam dome-extension neck sr,ction, and steam inlet ,-/.pansion Joint. The condenser (including tubes, support plates, an. baffles) will be shipped as five main sections. Appurtenances furnished with the condenser as separate pieces for field installation: :r.clude extraction piping and expansion joints within the exhaust space, internal spray tubes, internal air-off-take piping, splash bars, ,auge glass and fittings, and circulating water piping for the auxiliary water coolers described hereinafter. Approximately 450 lineal feet of field strength welding will be required to join the main condenser sections. Additional field welding will be required to install the items furnisLed as separate pieces arid. to join the condenser extension neck to the turbine. The exterior bottom surfaces of the hot well and the exterior surfaces of the condensate wells shall be sandblasted and, as soon as possible thereafter, two coats of Koppers Super Service Black bitumastic protective coating shall be applied. If after application, the coating is damaged by welding, or any other cause, such damage shall be repaired. The interior of the condenser steam space and the hot well, including all baffles, will be shop coated with a water soluble rust preventative material. After erection, the condenser shall be thoroughly flushed with hot water to remove all such material and any other foreign substances within the condenser. All necessary measures shall be taken as requir-d to insure that the interior of the condenser is clean before being placed in service. After erection, the unit shall be completely tested for leakage. Any leaks detected shall be repaired, including rerolling of tubes, all as required for satisfactory test and operation. Test procedures and accepta..ce shall be approved by the Engineer. Auxiliary Water Coolers. Two Old Dominion Iron & Steel Corp. WW26-310-2 horizontal auxiliary water coolers each having a 26 inch OD and 281-6" overall length. The coolers will be furnished complete with shell side sentinel relief valves. The auxiliary water coolers shall be field installed through the condenser between the tube bundles. Condenser Exhaust_ Units. `fro Nash Engineering Model CL-705 condenser exhaust units each complete including rotary vacuum pimp with 30 hp motor, seal water pump with 3/4 hp motor, seal water separator, seal (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ? (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-17 wake h_.t er.char,,_er, j^t c',e:r.o:, valves, switches, meters, control par:~l, in terco~inectir,r~, pihiuE- and wirit:g, and tacPh,, units will be factor/ assemblo; ~r test ur,d partially disasscr.},l.i for shipment. Only bolting; will .gyred for field assembly. Condonsate Pump:.. Two inp7,ersoll-Nan1 ver%lrrrl pit type condensate pumps- each rated for 760 Epm at 300 feet. PhII. Each pump will be furnis:~~o i with a "(j hp, 17"(0 rpm, 1+140 volt mr)tr,r 'ind shaft coupling. Circulating b+ater Pz~ s. Two Ingerscll-Rand 52AEK-1 vertical, wet pit, mixed flow, circulating water pumps each rated for <(,G00 gpm at 75 foot TDH. Each pump will be furnished witl. a 600 hp, 14)8 rpm, 4000 volt motor, shaft coupling, an3 baseplate. Butterfly Valves and Expansion Joints. Four 30 inch Henry Pratt combination butterfly valves and rubber expansion ,points, with manual operators, for the condenser water box connections. I Two 30 inch Henry Pratt combination butterfly valves and rubber expansion Joints, with motor operators, for the circulating water pump discharges. Approximate 14eights. Complete condenser with tubes and auxiliary water coolers but without extraction piping and other auxiliaries, dry 245,000 lb Largest condenser section U4,000 lb Each complete condenser exhaust unit 6,300 lb Each condensate pump includinE motor 3,500 lb Each circulatinF, water pomp including motor 29,500 ib Each manual operated combination butterfly valve and expansion joint 1,550 lb Each motor operated combination butterfly valve and expansion joint 2,350 lb (DENTON, TE;A3 - 3;25 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTFUCTION - M-8A) 2-18 TU113iNE, G ;rV ';f~70i. B°.:v r;o. M-40A General Electri- Company Proposal dated January 1,)04 One General Electric 3,600 rpm, single flow, cored :rn:Arj, steam turbine having a nex.imum expected capv,it.; of 66,313 kw anA J-ic igned for steam conditions of 1313 psi, 950 F, 3 inches Hg absolute WLrk pressure with four stages of u•.controllo -xtraction for feed wator !eating. The turbine will be stripped iisassembled with separat,,r items as follows: HP casing UH exhaust casing; IH exhaust casing r Rotor assembly Front end Turbine accessories will include the following: Stop valve with solenoid trip, blowdowri cover, spring supports, switches, integral steam strainer, and piping from valve to turbine inlet. r Constant speed governor, steam control valve gear, initial pressure regulator, emergency overspeed governor, manual load limit control device, and synchronizing device. Lubrication system with oil reservoir, oil piping, shaft-driven oil pump, eductor oil pump, motor driven auxiliary oil pump, oil strainers, oil coolers, transfer valve, motor operated vapor extractor, oil level indicator, bearing pressure regulator, gauge panel, low oil pressure protection devices, oil gauges, and sight overflow fitting. Thrust failure alarm device with pressure switch. Motor operated turning gear with oil pressure interlock switch and low hydraulic oil pressure switch. Motor operated bearing and seal oil pump. Motor operated emergency bearing and seal oil pump. Steam seal system with spray chamber, motor driven exhauster, piping from glands to spray chamber, automatic steam seal regulator, and steam pressure gauges. Low vacuum trip with alar-, switch. Vacuum breaker and atmospheric relief diaphragm. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-19 Electric type speed indicator and additional ta,~hometer. Thermometers. Turbine Ovate: spray nozzles, piping, and cont:°-,1 valves. Extraction dump valve and high and low pressure -Irwin valves. Static gro-ndinF; device. Plastic heat retention material and fabricated metal lagging for high temperature parts of turbine. Preformed segmental pipe insulation for all high pressure steam piping furnished. Block or blanket insulation for stop valve flanges. Soleplates. Maintenance tools including special wrenches, rotor lifting rig, casing lifting sling, casing guide pins, and jacking bolts. Turbine start-up panel. Two turbine supervisory recorders and three power units. Cut- outs for this equipment will be provided on the Owner-furnished turbine panel described elsewhere herein. The work under these specifications shall include field mounting the turbine supervisory equipment on the turbine Ivnel and field piping and wiring the • equipment to panel terminal connections all as directed by the turbine manufacturer's erection supervisor. One 0.90 pf, 3 phase, 60 cycle, 14,400 volt synchronous generator having a maximum expected output of 73,681 kva at 30 psi hydrogen pressure. The generator will be shipped with rotor, stator, and end shields assembled. Generator accessories will include the following: Four vertically mounted hydrogen gas coolers. Hydrogen control system with hydrogen control cabinet, seal oil control unit, bearing drain enlargement and motor driven blower, hydrogen manifold, carbon dioxide manifold, water detector, and carbon dioxide analyzer. Temperature detectors. Soleplates. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-20 Maintenance tools including special wrenches, rotor lifting sling, and rotor skid and Six generator bushings, thirteen bushing currr-nt transformers, three saturable current transformers, bused nc-ut,rn] and overall housing of this equipment. The inert-gas metal-arc process, shall be used for f,he first welding pass on the ,Joints of all but,, welded piping instailed a:: Hurt of the turbine erection. All hydrogen piping shall be installed using bends with as few fittings as practicable. The generator insulation shall be tested and dried under these specifi- cations in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recom- mendations. The four-section static excitation cubicle, surge_ protecting and poten- tial transformer compartment, neutral grounding equipment, and power potential transformer, all furnished with the turbine generator, will be installed by the Owner under separate specifications. Flexible and rigid conduit and conductors for interconnecting wiring between items of turbine generator electrical equipment will be fur- nished with the turbine generator. Such wiring shall be installed under these specifications except wiring external to the generator con- necting. to equipment to be installed by the Owner. Conduit shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to dominant surfaces with right angle turns consisting of symmetrical bends or fittings. Conduit shall be kept at least 6 inches from hot water pipes, steam pipes, and other hot surfaces. Exposed runs of flexible conduit longer than 3 feet will not be permitted. All wiring shall be installed in accordance with procedures approved by the Engineer. The work under these specifications shall include chipping down the turbine generator foundation top surfaces in the soleplate areas. Such areas shall be chipped down to sound c:ncrete or a distance of one inch, whichever is greater. 'T'urbine generator soleplates shall be set using the ram-pack grc,` pad method. Approximate Weights, Assembled weight of turbine without external accessories 14o,ooo lb Assembled weight of generator without external accessories (heaviest piece during erection) 28o,0oo lb Heaviest piece after erection, turbine upper casing, 40,o0o lb Assembled weigf~t of turbine oil reservoir 9,600 1b Weight of turbine rotor 24,000 lb (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 2-21 Section ? PIPING GENERAL. This section covers the erection of Owner-furnished piping and the furnishing, fabrication, and erection of all other piping, except as otherwise specified herein. The Owner will furnish and install, under the specifications for general construction, all underground piping, all roof and floor drain piping, and all building heating and air conditioning piping. The Owner will furnish, for installation by the Contractor, all above ground circulating water piping 24 inches and larger and other piping as described in Section 2 with the associated Owner-furnish-A equipment. Owner-furnished circulating water piping will be furnished under the specifications for general construction. Flanges for Owner-furnished circulating water piping will be shipped loose for attachment in the field. The Contractor shall furnish all flange bolting and gaskets re- quired for Owner-furnished piping except where such items are specified in Section 2 to be furnished with the Owner-furnished equipment. Except as otherwise specified herein, the Contractor shall furnish and install all piping, including tubing, required for or incidental to the normal operation of the plant. This shall include all piping shown on the plans and flow diagrams and all miscellaneous lines required for successful operation of the equipment and piping such as pilot lines, vents, drains, and connecting lines to and from control valves, regula- tors, float chambers, gauges, mercury columns, gas analyzers, flowmeters, transmitters, pump bearings, pump glands, and turbine start-up panel. All temporary piping required for construction, testing, cleaning, and start-up shall be furnished by the Contractor, and shall remain the property of the Contractor. All materials for permanent piping systems shall be new and unused and shall be delivered to the job site in an undamaged condition. All piping 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be shop fabricated. All piping 2 inches and smaller may be either shop or field fabricated. The Contractor shall furnish and install drain funnels, drip pockets, tubing and tubing cable supports and Junction boxes, chemical feeders, and similar items as shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as required for a complete installation. Piping associated with Contractor-furnished equipment shall be revised as required to suit equipment as actually furnished, all as specified under "EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS" in Section 1. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-1 CODE REQUIREMENTS. All piping materials, fabrication, erection, and application of piping materials shall be in accordance with the latest requirements of the Code for Pressure Piping, ASA B31.1, the apprupriate sections of the ASYS Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ara all state and local regulations, where applicable. DIMENSIONS. The dimensions shown on the Engineer's drawings do not make allowances for welding gaps, welding shr'x..kage, or gasket thicknesses unless otherwise specifically noted on the plans. End-to-end dimensions of Owner-furnished valves or other special items will be furnished to the Contractor after award of contract. Where the symbol "FC", meaning field check, appears on the plans, the piping so indicated shall be fabricated longer than required by the plans and cut to fit in the field. APPEARANCE. Special attention shall be given to the appearance of instal- lation. All pipe supports and hangers shall be designed {'or a neat stream- lined appearance. Miscellaneous small lines shall be run in a neat work- manlike manner and shall be run parallel or perpendicular to the main piping. PIPING ISOLATION. All necessary insulated flanges and insulated couplings shall be furnished and installed as shown on the plans and as required to properly isolate the piping. Material for gaskets at insulated flanges shall be 1/8 inch thick Synthane Grade LE. Material for bolt sleeves and insulating washers shall also be Synthane Grade LE. Bolting at insulated flanges shall consist of studs and nuts with sufficient stud length to allow at least one full stud thread protruding through each nut. Sleeves shall extend into the insulating washers. After installation, insulated flanges and couplings shall be tested to determine that the piping is properly electrically isolated to the satisfaction of the Engineer. PIPING IN EXISTING PLANT AREAS. Before shop fabrication is started, the Contractor shall field check the routings of all new piping to be installed in existing plant areas to determine that the piping, including insulation and supports, can be installed without interfering with existing facilities. If piping as shown on the plans would interfere with existing facilities, the Contractor shall suitably alter the pipe routings or shall relocate existing miscellaneous piping as specified herein under "PIPING ERECTION". All pipe routings are subject to the Engineer's approval. FREEZE PROTECTION. Heating cables for freeze protection of piping and equipment will be furnished and installed by the Owner under the specifi- cations for electrical construction. The contractor shall furnish, mark and attach tags which will identify piping systems requiring freeze protection and shall otherwise assist the electrical contractor in the identification of piping to be freeze protected. Lines to be freeze protected and their insulation requirements are covered in Section 6 of these specifications. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL, CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-2 Requirements for insulating piping supports from freeze protected piping are covered in Section 7 of these specifications. PIPE LINE IDENTIFICATION. Pipe line identification signs indicating the pipe line contents shall be furnished and installed on all piping 1-1/2 Inches and larger. The signs shall be located at strategic points as directed by the Engi- neer. A sign for each pipe line shall be visible at each floor or access platform level, on each side of walls where piping passes through, at each branch take-off, at each valve, and at each termination. Each horizontal run of piping greater than 25 feet long shall have at least one sign and, if necessary, additional signs shall be provided so that the distance between signs does not exceed 50 feet. The signs shall be constructet. from plain finished No. 5005 H-16, or approved equal, aluminum sheet, ,064 inch thick for signs for piping 6.625 inches OD and smaller end .080 inch thick for signs for piping larger than 6.625 inches OD. The OD for insulated piping shall be the finished insulation OD. Sign corners and edges shall be rounded to a 3/8 inch radius. Sign legends shall be machine engraved or photoengraved. Machine engraved legends shall be filled with Amercoat No. 50 black paint after aluminum surfaces have been etched with Okite No. 36, flushed with clean water, and allowed to dry. Photoengraved legends shall be filled with black enamel by the silk-screen or similar process. Legends shall be block type letters and numerals 3/4 inch high for piping 6.625 inches OD and smaller, and 1-1/4 inch high for piping larger than 6.625 inches. Signs shall be attached to insulated piping aluminum jackets with Parker- Kalon Type "Z" hexagonal head aluminum sheet metal screws on centers not exceeding 6 inches. Signs shall be attached to bare piping with stainless steel rivet type Nelson studs. Nelson studs shall be on centers not exceeding 12 inches. A template or jig shall be used to accurately space the studs. A list of sign legendE and samples of the signs shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before the signs are ordered. PIPE LINE LISTING. The Pipe Line Listing, which appears on the following pages, lists the various major piping systems, including piping installed under other specifications, together with the operating conditions and types of pipe and valves to be used with each system. Unless otherwise specified under "Special Features", the type of fittings;, flanges and gaskets to be used with each system shall be in accordance with the requirements given under "PIPING MATERIALS" in this section. I (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-3 Unless otherwise specified, piping and valves in control valve and equip- ment bypasses shall conform with the service requirements and material specifications for the connecting main piping. In instances where the bypass connects piping of different services and materials, the piping to and including the bypass valves and shutoff valves shall conform with the main piping having the greater design pressure temperature requirements. Abbreviations in the Pipe Line Listing are identified as follows: bw = butt welding sw - socket welding so = screwed flgd = flanged cs = carbon steel br bronze or brass 1-1/4 cr sly 1-1/4 per cent chromium alloy steel 2-1/4 or sly = 2-1/4 per cent chromium alloy steel 5 or sly - 5 per cent chromium alloy steel as = stainless steel having a chromium-nickel content not less than 18-8 per cent ci cast iron PVC polyvinyl chloride I (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-4 N 1 mmI n 1 r1 C, a ~1 P .y a~ ;O p ai C9 • A C u~i ~ 7 O P ti U 3 P O I N Q L ~1 P u ~ ~ s ' O I Q fn t7 N L I w r ri 1 r-f rte U r-1 ca ~ Q N •i 1 U co r1 l11 V 'U C 10 Q rl-~ r~ W 1 O U a Q ~ 0 C) 1 .C •-1 (n I r-i V .-i U Q w ~ ~ A PO Q C7 ©1 O a; N N a' M .r1 N y 1+` V'N U-N O N l04 0 m 1 ~ ~ Of E' m, d:~i,=1 aL=, aw of O O U-N o ' N O~ 1rn w 1 0~ C lC9 C v C E O W 1U-' 4 A m r• N -j rL -H P4 Q.) C El > Fw CAL C E b fl7 > ) N IA 4~ O a a •r 47 b O N 7 p v a 1 Z' CS m U G a Q' t 7 V tLS 00 LrN 1.:. v 4-) 4) u .,q ar v w r) N E > 10, n L4 {On b Ql r~ +3 F•i P ~PO i:f v r a 4-~ r--1 N u1 E-' a a1 rf A .-I O a o% ♦j rJ L. z UZ 7 w t, •rl U C7 N •[1 C r1 V7 F 0 H F F t. N N tU :3 v :+C N C •r W Z r1 4~ rf Q7 E Cl C r1 > 1 I H •-1 PL m X aJ 4 O u b N u 11 .-I GL b ^.7 7 a' r-1 + 1 v 7 0► k u G v F 0 a . r F F a ' ¢ a .G co „ O o-1 h fC A •.1 > Cn Q a c; (9 V ar ¢ '-i as ri 3-5 e y Lo A OG c7 >2'J CL q ri L`, r~ G: fn LL l P ~ri P C C 4J m +1 ~ ~ Qi ri U] V U1 n 7~ U U c U In, )t A A Da m`, O O I. O`I 111 41 IJ~ N I~~ I 0NI 7'i rA-i N P N v I ' 41 O y U v ','cv E ; ~D ct ~D U O ~I 4 N m - P4 Q c~7 ¢ C~7 QI ~ ~ V I N I N 1 N N F-Imlal of •rl 'rl y y P4 P. P4 k. I 00 I LO to d I P4 LF. P4 G.. c u1 0 ~ O q ! N us ul~ OI -1 M M I '4 H C C a-) 41 +3 OD b 8 v r♦ w fp y Y y m 2J r 'd r: C F SC N 0 U y N W it `4 47 4) CI M co (U 67 r-I L. .1L O }7 (pC, y y 0 N. W> 0 P4 Q yt y I 4-) V A: r4 to y V (d 4-I r-1 W G4 41 'a y +•I > y C r+ C a a V4 P >b co O El 'g 1i4 C Uy o --q go v ^go aU • ? I 4~ 10 IC P Cl Q1 9 U r-•1 W itl a E. C C X, p GO 111 N I So. > > 46) 0 v 'I-I (J QJ O v4 rl FoI N J i 4-~ p N Co ~y •v P 0P4 S, 6, ri o L a r.4 C C M y rl > •rl rl A •1-4 O K C7 10 C C N w x 00 c! ON MO C- y v A y C 00 a N% p p Z . m ❑ ri --i ri PV C G !A IA 16 Z. Q, U O C v7 AI Z J ri 1 •--i to I. -H M Cl B 47 'ri > +1 rl CJ 'rl w arc C\) o 4 u ,F-r a n C cl c G •a a d ; Q aI d U d 0 44 m a PL > m > c: P, r + v dl N M 3-6 _ N o 1 ) N C) ice- 1 co tO CC m .-I C 1 VI 1 •ri A •r+ G G G ca O M) O O r to V to N C C M O c U p A ~ P Io8 m 1 \J1 M U M U iN >i N rAi cr) v l I ql N N 1 ~ U N _F~1 U _zr 4 r CS Q C) Q 1 Q l11 1 71,_ J Qi Ni pi lD M N N P4 a u. N0 00 N ' N 4 1 IR m' fj CT' m m I C + V W w a r-;•~ i a Cr. ~r I ~D S UI N CVLIS m k 0 N d v e 0 c o d aki 6 G cu r. i +V) c a (U 4J -H N a C o a +3 +-1 o •7 .G o V) p rl k 10 f g 7 +1 k 0 :3 01 q O~ b M. A ~ ai Id c P> u O W~ a J rl •rl d CO C 7 J 4-) ,1 C hi -4 V. b OG C Z I to k C C R1 rJ r1 k of to 9 z C C C 4 C) m > 14 ( j i U O r 1 q P. N V a ro rn G ^7 O C4 c~ O M J, roe $4w•r; .3 r4 ac44 9-1 q0 :3 1-4 m+' ~ ac w H N x C3 rl O 4.) U 4 41 •••1 O U X W 7s 1•. k C rl W X EO 0 k U C co k C N • O z I f d C CO 111 V N d1 f7 f9 d1 cT1 «I rA •d U N Z J 1 r C 4) C1 + k 1 C dl d/ ri PI Id 0 rl to P, u rl PI'S 0 'O b > 0 1, V > a 1 ri v1 t; d/ r4 11 +4 V 14 v4 G aJ ~ C G X rd k +4 V E a a m x ca P P• Co a P• co x O a co 0 0 10 Do (a U rl N 3-7 NO I c, i ' m h i C co tu) 4-) m 41 ro oc v v G7 V tA--j~ ~ . N c N I ~ O ~I U A N c U I~ 0' O ^ p ^ I rv ~q Lr\ W I!N N ' N J I '-4 U rl U I NI ~I 01 ^ ^ I I N Q ~ N to V ~D V s b arq to ^ ^ • ~y pCt GO ~Jj Ir a c~ ~ I u'~ F61i m~0.1 CL N a v, w a4. ~I ml r 0 LI u'\ I I m ' I a' m' E PI to t- C\j aw } Q I I W oo a contloa a avcoldc)e a wp4'4:0 2 s in'p+~.~a v s.,, Q to C) 0 p' to u 0 44 9) Q l9I Q 4-1 00 q T4{ q b bo a N ti v O •rl CJ W to {74 r-1 I C. rf Cl W RRRIII ri I C. •r-I •D 4.4 J W M F, , rl .3 rl a G ~ it 4, H •rl LL 4 uj; Y k ca U co rl O W o s, H C r 1 vi !t 00 7 3. F, .G H N z QI t: W N 'LI V tri 41 C W 0 to Z = .i C 41 0 rl C y al > Lu a 'd W rI W 134 a a d W H W a u a a a W x W A a ro a W W x W p a W 3-8 N~ q PI „ U 7I N G tLl to LL I p ..I u 2 + b ~ O vi u O G N •C v •r+ C r1 R L. 47 C N o c N' C +i :J O G. C U n .c u a, b ar a m r~ a a a C t o v f~ ] o O y O 3 ti 4, p, P. P 's m, O I] ~ l I m ~ I~ I QOQ 1N ~ ~ ~O N V O a' rn u O u a a a~ ac: 01 LrN mI NI_1 ~Inl al C. N to a [x. [L Cz N•O'I pO OO ^1 n O j'~ 1 rl u1 7 N ' q I I ~ I I Q N 10.1 N , Q'. Q ' M CA R C q QJ ~ ~ 00 ~ rl Oy N i-+ + a 1 C d L+ u Sr N L1 C C L. O ,1 a >1 R U Cl 41 r-I N •rl 41 N C C W 41 t, Q 41 rY• d N d 4) CV C Q cD ,yI Re RLO u y~xv.ias, x+,•am Z! j J O m 11 0 az 1 R -H a .7 Q' c J I > I > 4-3 W R R rZ d R O D U 4+ ,0 4) ;4 y Q C „a z y m Q CQ11 u a r+ > M A y C W +J C> W Y O P4 M LL) N 6 W tl 4) N 00 rl M u'~ •d q 0 2f N ti Z Z 8 7 a to w 41 b W W c o C ri ri a> 4! x a +g +1 R q 4-1 O +l H vi rl r 1 I e 1 rl r~ WI 41 ',3 B G r-1 d r-~ R a ye y U 4-I +1 b V CO C .-1 La F+ C!' +s O 0 q ~ r1 R, rl O" ~ O 4 ~ ^J C F 4/ O QJ a l rn a+ v +o > c. R a a a v c~ V o o +o p u pc a r♦ w ri 3-9 'Q 71 d Crl M m v ~ I r--I F ri C N ~ i .D •C p C N 4) W Cn U G~ U • O C NI N 41 U U A CD 1 c U ~ Io1S A Q ~ k~ p p S g0J N r~ N I N V I 1n M U MLr\ R7 r, U L I p y A N rp-I A I~ Oi ^ Q U ~ ^ V I N V r1 N rN I ~D U w ur% 10 ~D U 1 ~ F 0 V In F M ri ti a Q~ a r ^ k' k k a~ acs acs ►d n' V `n a' •rl ~ w N N SJ P4 41 04 D' C+..s.I N O 00 LrN O I~ I 64 ---t Q O V-N N 7 m 19 ~ I ~I O cl q' O ' ~I 0' ' k k 4J ^1 rI M 0 y N 00 C ~ C tio C i 43N t rki -H N 43 Q 'r1 I •rt G 0~ W 4~ n i. N 4 0 M M Q1 N CL rf ~y C p7 4.) 4J M L' C ri ri 1 y 1.1 V-1 IC v1 6 k w d 4 to r4 o a m 0 Si a t~ w R~ v U O C QI M bo m C ri 3 M 'd r~-'1 ti r-1 b d G O OCl U tfn Z i W of o rI W "q C3 ~ i g P. M C rl P I k os 7 y4 GO > of jwq r. C -,4 0' tlD h- c0 C rr 3 0 R V~ m k a~ 4+ rn J' a s r, e~yl ~ o 04 1 %14 a) b v C V .-1 +3 r+ O Z I OJ N O 4r 'd N k 0) to co C d 00 b N Q) J C rNi to O d N O ::41 41 0! .9 G R'+ O 4r .t7 C 7 00 k Ir/ r♦ G.' Z :31 v1 N rl v 43 ri U 4.) ^'d r1 r.4 k rl m T1 r•f m q N P V C r{ 0 r I y N C. ri* pl U V ^y QI > I ri k 4) I C C W O O ri + 1 41 N I O ri -H C A ~1 C 9. I eS I Q d x 3 N a U pC tt O+ v •-1 1 ~ a s rk J c4 0 04 N M 3.10 NI r ~I I LL 00 1 N f O H I y o al G c U! U A o z l06 ml I' 1 N ` 'tV JJJq I I m1' O~ ~ I a. 1 ~ N ~ N ml v p ~ca qI ~~N to 0 u M LA Qay m a) a QO.~ fi7 Y. F3 V p u Q M 61 N t%1 Q tf Q U) A rl Qi O El mI NI NI l QJ 41 co 4.) ~-'a I a ~ ~ m v {4 c0 rl H > U1 N a P. CL. FL v A. Cf. 00 00 N IAN Dl ml 00 ll\ \0 V1 ~1♦0 r 0 zlIQ' J 14 N I t I 1 m - I S d.~L_I CIQI A~ ~I 0~ 1 14 0 4) ~q iJ M P4 v w v c P4 u 14 w C M 124 0 ; fy I PG IV + H { r 04 ~q i Z I H I °LL G1 J Htp ' Q •.f IA z N . td R dp z C u a W N a u .j 40 0 9) ltl A G A Yl ¢7 GJ G" 'd Z 5 1 WFl .C > .G 'd p-1 r.l r~„1 fay y ¢00u Qa Q+>0 ca > G. r-I N M 3-11 0 H YI N 1 N F i~ t d ~ I QI V C) 6) •u , I o CL N + 0 N jl p -H N t1.I ri > u X co V 4-) .-1 - c0 . 1 4 r-I Q C I U (rl U ~ c J.1 ~ O qt C UI ~ a A 'p-+A ~ A pP UIN m LIN m rn N J' H U r-4 U U j ' ~ I rl N rl U 1A-1 V~1 OI N EI N 1Q Q N u Abu ~o0u I H, P 'Cl VJ P 4-) u H U) a'. Q Q a ~ P, U'\ +I~1 N LrIl u ml~,Nl N N N `•-Iola, N N CL I •rl M .r{ N U7 p) pq C~ R u a rn ~ O ~'$I JN 0 Q O O q In N ~ cJ N t 1 m I A I I m E rnl N a U) C ' cc I a W a w of s~ S$ 8 o ; r-I N v t, cl Q) H 0 . ea b N G Q ~1 ~ 0 r-4 r-q 0~ 0 O-t 10 O G ~0 or~ >oob > as,p, m 0 a G o a 8 r. 4J ❑ u +C~ a 0 0 d h0 O GA b O N y OD 94 0 v O C r, p i, u 3 cu r. C-4 O b0 00 i. d C -H ri M M C LrIl y 6 y+ P4 x j 0 4JI -H 4-: U +[f .C-1 4-I ~ 04 U G i •I b U 14 ~ .C N 6i O C 1r v a A 0 YGI a y" pp tw -'4 y O C C I M -'1 aav via 4 vvH° J m O 00 [ w O O O Vl C u b O O F. I m tv t U u Z 1 u C O 7 P 4 C! u rt a P v > 67 y 0> s, M 1 M u c6 +J 00 q! N W G Q. rl ri G y U M 14 M Ry C = r 1 ral O J Iii ,7U o W a G 4~p Fr 0 G 1 a V❑ W O G 0 r-1 N 06 6. d a v a 0 w [r~ Vl v1 N Yi .4 0 0 0 co 0 u o o -7 C7 r 1 N 3-12 p Lp 1 q N n •U f i A v rco-f .1 V. g do p •.1 to ~ 1 + ;9 ' ti a C O Q, O N O d. 1.4 U Uo 'J U) P. N O Q' Q C, rp•I t~ p p P let? ^ pO O c 04 `n1 TcNi O~ U q if, f. JI v d o' > J0 `m N In I 1 jN E 111 N u1 N t tJ7 ri fJ r-i U r! H O F o C o ~Q ri ri RS Q~ O U V U M N •-i O V a 4~ ¢ cr? P4 (U r-I u 4 ~w ~m ~r~cn ~a ¢v av v ~p 0 0 • I ? I.. y I rN ' 0.1 r~~ r 1 C j d i H N N V7 P. f~ 04 N 1'~1 C 0 O C) N IQI 4 lU ~_zt r"I fm'ql N v 1 ' 0,1 •r•I .4 N I E d l l h N cc s a k, a (z4 ate: mw A J a $ I U'N TN -:1, N ? Q~ co w ~ R. I r-4 H u r. R. W 41 ca s. oo w r I Co P4 W y o C u s v F. ri u z al 0 r-I ru $4 s Qt P 4-~ F .1 0 r C " 'd :3 0 rll N to 2 w 43qt z 4.) r-4 U+1 ~P wC)n1> C U-rr44 N v O C A Z 1 W vi I r{ C F U C A OP W M rl r 1 UN 6 V W> W W •H y v $4 F pE v 1 W tt- - N 2 O iu > P Q s, > W PI v k 't " p 41 E 4-3 M J' ri W 4-~ b N n w f{ W rl CV V C3 C C C W; Qt 08 b c W W ~ {11 rl 14 " ll f!~ N C O 210 r-I M tS w W ~ t7 O 00 w j w e 1 Z C O Z Z I A F FNri m O I dF P Fr-4 C to W yr1 -JI rl M 1 C u x Ql 1 19 M> b ri a > m ' C 1a d v r4 $3, > a A u > a oar lf+am m r4,,av%-114„ c oa 03 a; ¢ aW i.) UM 04 v4-4 a> A v w 3-11 r N I N V x rll N G I r~1 C ri Z 4-1 a I ~ v'1 jJ i In y.7 41 G7 O V U [J G r4 C rI 7 G GJ U vl rJ N ~y 4D o ~ HI O1 p F1 r~ U O a 4LZ M ~ ~ p r~-I ,G 1~1 D ~ ^ I, ^ I rv p~q~ LON t9 y 'ry JI ~ V ~ I~ I msNi ..r OI ' r L r-4 N el ^ ^ Q N N 'N ~ I ~D V V I al •ri ar M al O U] 0, ~tn ~r~n 4-7 -:t at~h ¢u v 6bl~n ~W • mr ~ CJ a' N N a c*. a w , o N o o (D Q, LrN o 0 rI'r N•QI I L' m'^ r E ; ~I .ri M Etc C1 W C7 a Ci+ OI c!~~ QON ri J ri as t~ ^ a l ~ m to o4-) > m 4 (V 0+) H 4) 43+) to p, c y~ (a r 1 +1 V v A C o ~ G 1.. ^ -H V d N a aJ 07 R 0 r. 4-) V w ! to f. to a/ G 04 O C o to > al ri O O O O" G V a 41 a > V mu,[w a, e > C ww a "i w " o o ~r b 45 2 i C ~ to 1i C rl m c x H w p' w H H +-1 Z' as J r i ,i » H O Li C O H V r•I d 114 a7 O 0 In F- i m pl 4-) m u a7 C •.•I ,i u 6 mm a7 b co M ,y4 rt-- a a m sv. ,-~Mri .,.am e oo Ha) 703 s4 ooc b ^k c aC M J I 'd m to Q IY N GL U i~'• Ci Vl M f{ly1 W U A 0 +7 G Z u A 0 t0 0 C. W9 Q81 4) OI c; M 0 O C v a~ N G~ H al Z J' V qI ri rl aJ C > +i r•1 O LI ,7 V 7 m r-} to 0 W V m K7 m O rg I a?,i H C 04 CL ri u 2i A al V [A ri > +e 0 O A 10 r1 f•r +i t C A r1 > 0 C O a6 c., <C ed W. A rd co m w cJ m to > a A-1 ,i co H c. > -H u N t" ~ 3-14 v. w .t N N C r*~ r+ ) c ~ I •.i u N LL ' -I N Lra C O p V V\ N N j En .i N rj V c ~ NI G C C } U ~ f w J wo c Oa 01 {y u% rnl dl r+ - `v I N b u _•~I Icli 7 C Oa m rAi N i*a -20 O 4 riV E: U N b 41 rA ~ Z N p ,Li N a M V 7 N a ¢ to O rvi O C rf 0.l ri ca .9 to m O I U'N ~I M~AI a' t , GL G. CL L*. O O ~O r-i l!1 8 r-+ U IN -~m ' a E 0 in rol H o!$i 00 0 rl to I to ~4 4) V-1 ~ • i z ri rA 03 Si v+ H -ri C.) - 4J 14 , 4~ k a Q N LD o r. i0 oa ~ UI 81 , 0 z o0 o m 0 ®q~ N ~r rlW>ICti4U N N n t 'i w c v to p, u'; cM en -u ° o to Z J H 47 4f H .J 4J bD Is M ~ w m s; az ¢~va~lm <a 3-15 N c' a u~ I m Fr N N Rl c7 P - •rl ~ I L P L p 1 G t, •rl P N O :7 ~ P x N O -4 b ~ l P U O c~ C: ' m N b T v Q o i P ,.Gi O Q r3' U rq en u I G .G CJ Q) x V7 v LL Y 'o CV .C G U ,1 r-1 G V O r 1 '-1 C•r+ O Z L a1 X) Dig ar a 4 c r G G o cr J c U! 2 z r A u > !a,b 0 O "b Q U -I 5.4 > N m I I J rLp r ^ w ^ N 4' S c c~ to :C4 E: Ln. M M U-S h! d O d O u • O f-r N fr 41 Hr NI. O M VI M M C7 Q1 .a co a a .H y N Pr Cz G. ci O mj 01 u-N 0 O 0 i A ml 1 O NiE' r a '►d r•`- D I`O I I 4r~' O' r I ~ O l+ P C I+ N 'dl G rH 7U1 co 0 P4 to 00 z? 0 to 41 t 0 P. ^ l9; H LL " G 0: 6 r~I A U R G f4 0 O Z 1 a ~4 M Ry M O O co M Q A e PIW au O v 6+~ fa C)M C\j H i U r>i yy $$4 }4 C O ri J r Q ^ CO i. po > 0 I 4- 4-3 y t+ LI V rl 4-r 1r 47 4j i. ~[1 W r M 6/ r i 4r Q> Ca C! 00 VJ G rl W O p z r W N W Q .L' M tC to C.. Cq err-•~f G L.' Z J r S•e to U N U'd Pr b> 'JC P• ~v > M +4 ❑ 1 M Qr G M C. U 0 M G so cT r ¢ d a , + A 'd 14 ro 6 Pr w to C3 Pt a 3-A O V. l) -4 -4 4-5 0 4w *3 $A$A-4 4-3 C u •a M c7 CO 43 r1 O •rl 111 ri ri a) ^J o 1 O v:i; ri w -d r 1 CJ 7 1 '7 N > N R 4-1 •rl C) CO r-1 l!1 W to 4 1 OD .-i •rl v C) ri 4i C N 1 41 c •rf 4-DA (y CO CO 3 4-1 4 ri •r1 Z. O •H W A. 1J L' G a) 'd ri y 'C1 a- v N •rt •H A 4) A -4 ,O ri +1 v A A CO C U A °4v o:3 ap0 a4d "7 c N i PJ Qr O j O 4 1 ~ L' ~ z x z p b O 4. F+ 'N ~i ~ LI y r p o' A ' p v p 1 N ri t7 1°x m ; A) o N! $ p N A N N N 00 CH 0 rl !r bo gg 7 ~ to ~4 p 40 d O- N.G A 41 ' 0 y O a q O 7= C4\ u $1 N A •rl N M q rl -r4 y A h L C CD 7 d Q F 441 a~ a ri •rl L' 4u 10 Q) G) 1 d H A c1 (D 43 c7 GL 'd A r~ s^ o E1 H O x -P •rl q o c q a1 c/~ U 4-) Cj U G) i7 C) U q V - N 3 CIO Lr\ m I N I N' •rf l11 •rl .1) f11 CL. 40 a P, ;IN `1 PI O Q V r ri 71D! .4 L4-\ Lr\ N 1 Q' °r m Q'EI, ~.C I •ri , wta 018.1 o; MS O c4 CQ)0 .14 rLAO1 U3 C C rS t C)O I q C v A~ G. 3 G FI ri •rT b N p ~y - I U fr 00 rl O 00 q d .0 L) 0 Ad U) a "d r-I '0 C 4-) N 14 O V g q U W 4J 1r N N 1 q b4 41 Q w C. O , u) 0) C ~'i N p O 00 U > to •r4 to N O 6 O E3 ca rl 00 S4 A Z J u r. rl C y) V. O G W V N U C 47 rl d v1 N -H > rl ri QI C = •rf 00 ul 1 ri ¢ U LL ri LL N H > LL y.? r ! f u. ae r+ 3-17 a LD I P I v/ 0 tA- N D TO m OO d c o of c c ? ,aa ~ ' .-c r, ca = 04 ,nil IN J I I r N of U U o > I rPi N N H v la1 9 j ^ ' ~ /TV F I \ U M 'J P / V M M M a~ a a a . ~ N Q f/7 <C N • C I l11 C~ •.1 Li +t 71,E U-N CV :v i' , N M I a ~ I ` I 0.' N N ar] ars~ PI In o o m I lf1 CV tf i L I m' E rn' CL hq-' i PI U. Vo q~~I M8 O t r i I N v v ~ c e c N co o a c v + O c c 4-3 3A OGN CP m~ A O40 4 4+4-) N d M C 00 > 'ri •I-1 v O 4) $1 N U O W P ea full N c d m c L~ I r1 4r a F. a] W/ N L L• > F, C C W tf\ z i ~A r l U N vCi FI 3pI 3 E 0 T CL O l• i cc H I 0 ee+ N ti O L O E N F. v W F+ a0 C fn -J, u N a] V +e v u Q~ N W C!J to d y C +J fr C C b K Q C~ to Q1 tc Q~ N G N •r~ 10 ri DD A of u G 41 k a1 z o W +I c C7 Q t+ 14 b f. 6 z' v 90 > O 47 v P• H M c of Y+ o'J N .1 v a b M. ri b 42 I.a r-1 •rl L4 •4 N 0 C ri rj a . r•1 'ti i:. to 1 ,J -1 n C O O a/ c 8 O A+ O bi k O F-i C CL l Q PIN as w t.) V .c a7 N U U P' O V W Q a/ a W f0 3-18 y 6) .1' N N 1 a ~n o Q I I Ql c7 N ado y 4-) Le) iz I C) V3 • a t, v O QI A v ~ N z •rr m CI q ~ N 1 7 0 _7 I O Q c Z A )otS t n P~ O N 1N J I ri V Q I f1 ~ I r-1 N p V tl N 8 r-1 IN r ~D U V'N 1 r-I r r- .-•1 0 r•4 r-i O •C .C V U V) Ifs U'N O V fn ^ M Q v~ Q r~-1 ~ r-i O. 1 i ¢a w a~ a1~0 at c~7 VIN d I HI NI FI ~I L1. a' •ri ..r ,n iA V) N av. ° 00 Lr,\ In Ir. r1 N I DI I Qr 1 a' „IEI , Olml CI -p~ or I c ~I 4 ~ &,I 0I I ^ I rl ~ ~ 1 Z 4.1 4-t H V r-1 W m V H O v O O v N c m 0 N c W G ti X s C k 0 U) 4H 0 +3 k 4) c A c~ w~ ~ v ao v Gam) f7 v ~ > a 1 G' d 0 x v R ,r~1 ~ to N sq r1 o LD; O t Z O11 4 A P1 u 9 dml 1pp P-4 C Rte". ,r~l vi 6> C u u N N' U UU -W fill $4 PI d v m a a1 p6 p~ tR1. ^ fur r- I f-1 v4 r1 ij C) H m a Z ❑ f+ q1 0 O i•~ o d co r- > Z ; U 7 ^ rO v LL a L7 GO W. N m 4) P4 r. 4) u P, 0 P4 .14 0 44 Q P t > P, m N 4 PI a 1p r•1 V r I N 3-19 NI I O ~I CL 1 VI LL C L I a, Y -°1 A O O O. IN 1 N :.Is IN H I L] U I 4i O V !li 0 O to q u Gl O ri] G J: a tiV1 1.4 O u Mu M U ) O A a w a w Q w 4J -H m 'OU N Q u to Cl R l V ¢ C7 Q V 6xi t pq • LI mI NI N, ~ , d l dt d~ a.w arz. 08 oS N N L^\ Ul Q O 7 01 U-\ r1 V\ r{ l!\ N ~ 4, 1 N I l m 4 I CL H '~I ~ ~ q I O d) OI 1n to I~ LO ~j q1 •ri 41 OG Y. a> 8 W A c, v mp .d Q ZI v m U N N aM -I t H O N d ❑ PL Y 4) S( Tj r+ 1-4 z V) >1 V 0 -P 16 N Id ~d C\j I 4T I M --I' C. U 17 r QI CL Z R {r Z r-4 z LI p Z 1 r Q -H L6 t > 10 Z .J I b UT rye B r-i ~ r 4 > m u G1 > dI I uN Is J i I rI fV ~l *H 0 x O -H QL) al d Q> a W u d of > Q 1. M ~ p. ri 3-2^ I m - c; v c . w ~ p ~ 1•I Q Q`71 !.I C, t 1 , y 3' Y P+ a ql to LL 1 N O. G..G a1 c; a 1 a1 q u r, •rl O C U 17 G "a O •r^l 04 71 91 1: rTI 9 N J I N p In -1 N 1' I QQ N G N INt ~D U 'D U t G ~A O v U G U c P. v 4) O C G L, I, U •r1 •r+ t~'i V v a1 v ' V~ LO 3 C p U) J1 f) +1 0 CQ d 1 Q ~ ODD N 4 ^ _ t N ti N ^ V 0 4) O y C N G G X 4 C7 4' U Z 0.1 4 7 ~Z Ul T U Pl • OI OI V•'~1 N 1 ~ I al ~ I N I_ N ~f f~ oW 1• m 1 O Q ~ O 71O 1 1'1 puls L•1 13 L 131 ' I w I VIL' 1 V V, W c (r. C)iA1 q QQ b OI ~ N I N 00 O Gb I G I v p b TS ~ Q P O co N ca c acol N r6 > r4 •ri •rl m t7 N ,1 4) P. O ~y L, O P, C3 C 4-) sC F, a N r•1 ert c Q ^ G 4) U F+ v RS b y U !7 ^ 4) 6 7t N 4 •A • (D; y ^ +-3 N 4) [71 m W G R (o k Q v 4f > q Z C t4 I, N vt > 4) C Al 4) r4 G .Z 0 U N C G S. in O v S, 4) Ib q •rt •r1 N> u B , 6 > m d v b CV to 4) > •d N Z v PI r•1 C O O r-I r~ ^ G r-1 - 1 c C CO U c i a7 .i O S. to 0 'o to a R m M J' (Q $4 b 4J L• c QI 4) a m 44 U r., 1'r > 4) a 1 rc N d z H>4) r. mGOF G 4~'at`mao >a,tic ~tD~D •r ~i z u 4) 3 L) SO4 'i rq +3 .C4 r4 ~ rCl Ql p, 14 C N U O 4) U C5 to .-1 ri rl C3, tC : .4 A U r-1 v.1 21 0 •Lf ,C u c p~ t rt 4) r-1 O .4 G 1.1 C O r I U +1 1•4 . 1 + 1, 4) 41 N W S, C V C 4.1 4~ P+ •r! •d •rt U 4 L. P. 'd P. C 17 14 i. A D 't) 7 ~ a M ~ 3-21 ~I M~Mmm NI 4 21 I N LL I a I ••-I ❑ a~ m a m o n l 'a al a s Q c U~ E w R o m 'p, 1loo m 1 = OBI r. `p 1 !Cy 'J I O> I ~ I al h E' I N I cu V ~ ri L, m O ,y-~ •ro O .3 ttiya -P a) P4 a' ci ro a M, PO ro t C O Pa. f!] 14 O m W Q C7 m v of v > G I L _ l (U 4) mlr p V R F-- ILJ I ~ Fr N •r1 a1 2" N v m c. co c, •rr cu V O M r_ rj Q) .,I P4 -H ,H C 00 A UIN 0 H • i~ I O ' 0 r-i U1 Q P4 L I o l f-I N N PI 1 Ni ! E °l d fir- --Z Dial `o ! e 11 I I r F. p op u s w ~ $-I C CO CL V V C v cc M t`o, 4) 4-1 l41 v N[> 1 (uj I M Id ro> b O N O N_ I M J I Id N 0 i0 OJ co N W o Z+ 0a 4 : a0 Z . to a no p~` . a A r-A c > 11J r I co +i C rf Y+ 0 O a. a m a a a. > v Un 3-22 i NI N ~t ll • N Q ~ NN n 7 1 In ~ t~ t_ Tt Q 1 N ` ~ Ul ' I\ JJ9 i r_. IN Ni 'I Q` I p N P to m 1 Q ^ N I• j Q C.J IN 1 1f1 ! to U U D O r, co A ~ A I aco aL s~4 a~4 • O o ,ten 1 ~ 7 m I N' a' y F•"QI I N CJ n.' y7 N c • CL G. fs. a1 l/1 Q L^~ Lt m' NO ^1~ N'} I ~ ~ I Q I I NII I m E I 'w 'y CL 1 p.. act 00 qt 0 g og x.0 ° k z b m w r~ a m b a~ H C W ^,y C C ^ +a b at C C ri S-4 cm to 43 14 ~'0 b r~ a r+ n v al 'd r+ + M E m C 0 1. @ c al 'A N O H m N P. 0 C A P4 ^ Ty 0 •ri 0 C ( t O t, X m RJ N: G 4 O U r 4 aJ d U Z' P~ b O f. N C ^ S a O C A L ) i. G Q' ul~ 1 Q rl Q1 'r' ^ C I•+ N 9 V W 3 G N 6J m N N N N N m C CL a+ G A 4~ t 6~ 4, O a) Q A H m al •PI S4 d ~y n O OD rrl J' r( ri 'd 14 Ir ^ C > = f9 U V G 41 'S N Ti 3 t 7 t G +N N U 0 0 0 f, E v C i •.4 a) r1 Z o ro m t, r1 ^ m P C c a, :5 a ~p m s m Id W A C d 0 G A v GL i. w to A p f. v C a al +3 •r{ > d r) rq E CO 2f 7 v N G I r1 r t s an r-4 G PZ r m A. CO b 0 7 .i CO N Ja at E •d CL U rt ,-1 41 •r4 m of •r4 H C W O W rl F. +p C r-{ 47 0 •r1 C co a i PO Q> P4 > C C4 d c7 W C(1 „-C Id O R M a m p p •rI > N 3-P3 lj~ N NI o et 1 H ~I r rIl N LE I ~ r. r- N r 'I U n C NI i fi 41 :3 Ln d! U 0! L. •n lea 1; D I . 1~~ I r IN I NI QI I I ~ I 1_y m I I O I ICN yl ~Q GHQ L 1 U N 3 v L L f S. ~ y N t17 rf'l 4-) h' Cpq Q C Q N Q N C G L • ~j N() U C7 :1 QM I m I ~ I I 0 I d ~ •ri M IJ) N ci aG R w ~i.-I 0 0 00 Lr. N•i I m I I I E-I I IE ! ulml~, c;q A ~ $,I 0; U] U' C ~ •rl U - ~ y [s. U G1 N iC N x e?! I F A Z G 00 C Id O b Id u 3 G co u ^ 0 r4 ci t; r! -i' A ❑ A a N C W O a 3 rl r-t rl '+y 11 0 W + Z: 0 Z =I O,CI s G x W cA df CL 0 4 d GQ GL 0 two O 4, u. x 3-24 N. ~ ♦7 tD ti v ^ Y ~ U N N •n 0 a) to nrr. uw 3~ I C ~ .3 C ~ ~ C c7 +J +i N .Vc.1 0 ~1'4 :0 to Ln 7 J 1 '7 `per, 's J rl "J i F Ul N E i .~i ,O i~ • O r a I L C L'. C. 7 4 tl l / "m~ Q~I r m c ~jj fU > u~ L. L+ O 1-I S~ N 0 ca' m y m IN rI GU ^ I V7 1 M tfi CT' 4 Lo IT .•i rti ~ ¢ U ~ ~ D7 N N 0 V) 1., A V) to ~f a a tic ai W 0 c c a a c x v y a a a co to to A-) t 7 n n' c; rn, m'~ I a 1 d H +I Q ,^^~I ^ 'CJ r0 'Q ca r. m CO 3 0 41 G4 Z OG ri R ~j M L• ri 'Lj 4) 0 t0 R m M X rl G N p LL Ld U W U 0? v Z It Ql 0 W a cy 6 ti C A Z Z Z cv • 4 S Fvr C ^ i 0 fs oG 0 Z to td DO ~y C- A Co r4 A M N A J O C A 4-4 ?~4 ca N I ti 41 4.4 a~pi 1. to {w LI m •rt co 0 0 :3 a) 0 4-) I O e0 L. O 41 N 1 OO (13 FI N A N A C to r, Z Z A C Z ID LLL+++ U ta 4C C 'd U Q> A al •j rl r-i +3 rH al Y! m 7 O -1 EQ A 11 ~3 0. a s '*l .c ry 10 n a a N a a~ 7] a 4+ n ~n fE C\f M 7 r ?-25 1 V. y t7 t- C 0 r a' N N y -0 tc -0 7 t3 vn ,01 L. ICJ N F, Q 'n 2 N p z G G s. cl c, 71 ll r`l..p Q• N •G Q.I 6 N I N ~ U ~I q L~ h ~ •i- ~ 1 I rte, V ~e ~ n 'cs ~7 G rrr o a Lr-% -A n s, y~s rr I N -3 O C ~,r+ ci (r q c '.3 > G~ t -4 1 'J U. O to C9 Ocy") N ,O FI to r G cv E, cl O u O O O O N O ~ O a ¢ a • to sr c. n s. ao ¢c~ ao mI ~ O C\j 6+ I w' dt N d .ra •ri M y y Vi P. fr. Cr C*. CL Cr. 1O , tir'~ t!\ C J Y• C~ r V I +u N I [1~ d, E of r+ , a'~- `-t aw a~. a. o'~; ~S t v s. v t to t, p, .W1 '>I C 4+ 4. O m q 00 U y a r y r-4 f K N 04 C0~ RI f], u N p 0 r>i LI 1~2' LD J U z I . 1 M M 67 y r Co --I Y r rqa Mat,~.,~> oaiai.,o (U N + p O t to 1~ 4.) r-I t- to HI vr. ar~•~C cs v7to v Z a~ rte y U 0 4-) e> v , o r t o rn c > u d r-I a rl M V. M W .7 C: 4 C, S.• C ri 3.26 3 w: ' O C. r, c w n Crl U ci CI t, t~. C O N c O N q m l c; v 3 O .y f•. J FI p c E N A f+ t, P N N LL v a> .i d N > 7 r, A .1 rte, A C< N UJ U7 al 0 N ~ ri ~ 47 i 1 ~ ~ - C. 1. .1-1 4-I ^ 1•r~ L' LrN tl1N g N v 4-3 r u I C) t O f. 7 Tl c'7 .4 ,fV E CV A N p 1j N ' ~ 17 N C~ C ~ O .r •r1 y ~ P ~ as ~ Lr% a' ti ~ ti s PI P 42 f • O O qd~l V] 4 U U 9 t. t7 7u o, tf~ CJ 4a! N CV F+ a' O w rA N c7 PIG a w t~ of . ~I O 17 o J v, UIN8 LrL Lf, N I U .14 CL. F-- I a. I OI 00 ~•1 y b 00 L q al -z~~ W r. c 0) v a c yb •r1 N 01 0 7 C q -1 ♦J V C 4i G CL v F I-, •r1 PI co G 'd 00 co vabua -~i a s s.u c er1r..-+ ti r, •r1 G C , CJ p4 U d q Ql r1 G1 W UC N> co •N a OQ +I G F. V b u Z i, rJ L, Q Q+ • Z +7 C :J O W V 7:3 v, O C`J P4 N Q' N O .i Q 'f N r l i V N r+ wi Q H Cl rF+ QJ rn cc G N v u a G t S. uj i Q i-~ C d +i ,O Ql vi •r, X N •rl 3 ai ca •r, p E u c v Qf cfi o a m o cl a) 03 :D +3 z lt:~ x m u, a N V t, ri o 4-, W ) ri Q7 LL 'r, C ?d > r+oaoW o ea .-ir4a , a 1a,•iom s n v a y cs c as s. a, r, r~ a w Id a 3 a F, a n d E: 3-77 I I,) tdl r,, ~ m I 1 ;n NI 0 4, v vA o-P aS a U) ;j vp~ ~ C t~ ~ C ul N V ^e ?I G Q •.Ci 'r&+ a + Or-', A C M A C 40 M C C / I (L C.4 +J 0 C P. 7 C C v- 6 r ♦ N $1 E I4 P. U i 4:! 7 C+I C j~ Q` 41 C • q C N I C is C 7 O O_ I J (:1 (1 Oa 01 CTI N ` I IN JQ1 I N; N ~i U) ?'1 N O N N r-t N > f at p 41 QI }1 v 0) C N N 41 0 K ~ y+j U] N i-•i 4 4) LI W N N N 47 } GO N rUI 4 b0 y i C: 0~ c C c c c ~u cL r v o c - d a ~3 G O Y co N a 7 U] v CO f-) 0..-I co 0 O N a~ A • N 171... • n7 6 1 N I C\j CV d ' 'rf 'rl N N c i .1 Cs. P: [a. N 1.~1 cn If\ 00 101 O~ 7 O Lr\ N' Q I m I ~ + I QQ N 1 LL~ ~r m'CI x!41 c I Q ! ~I n' 1 tha 4) •-•I 47 401 C 00 r-f y U 1•. w 10 •r. U OPO y ,-aia Ima ^a 0 v uri u a v ub v=+ + 10 C. W H c N Q tc0 I U C Z I U rc O •rl 4) Cl M 0 {4 4) 00 q N+ O $4 A4 G. O 4) : I 4! 0 u w¢ v M uj; to P4 -,4 u 14 Z 040 '-I 1i 0,R u ~ ~ m c I 4/ M •rf v rf 4) M C {Cf U +f vi m 4-I 04 10 $4 a s a 04 •.I > a b.+ N n1 3-28 PAO C s' rn ~ ~p •rl QI ri C G r--I L' '•7 p C. Y ~ CrS ;7 f Sri C N I C3. N W ?r C7 7 •n N N C N 9i f ri C r. .H L s: .i? L A • O C M I Cf 4; 7 O AI G C roa ~ . r_ m r (TI I N ` r !N 1 r ~ `A N H N 00 ~ r U1 Q7 C OC n) CV U A s+ U ? d ' CL p 4.3 U1 N OC ~D N a 'd a O a7 4)i m x ` H U •--i 1-I y N A a a L N Cc N a P G C 1 1 ? C0 a °ti a~ ; v" Ic aI y CC u c 1 I 1 ~ I a N C CL w /yam I•~ I lnx/ I~ r r 7 ~ t Ni a' ~r n' mx c .4 m x P4 4i p .rj a a s c A C Z 43 u Paa co Q C d Ol of 'r.1 1 O 6 C LLJ C) 40 0 e Z 9 oQj G u v RUB 4-) --t J N U eC s 0. N r CL 't ;~~sl ~ I I ~ ~I V, m ,6 C r 1 L N _Q I f~ r, Ca to25 01 1' CTI I~ ~1 ~nr 1 > I P m u~i Al v~) 1 ,06 p p c] ^ t- C I N V% N In N r--1 N r-i IH N I N N 1 ri r•1 r•I 41 O a7 +7 N IA N U7 N 9 N 8-11 N N Ur 0 (D ~1 1-4 G A C to 'rl M +•I •rl •ri 'rl co A ) o fll ~ U) 4-) Cl) CV CV D' d~ CU CJ (V a' r+ M aw ar P w rn p 0 00 ~ I \,D i u. i to miQ 7~ $I i E ~ i o' a F- 'FI a1 -0 o ! ai r^~ I l't 00 ^ v rp•I, VI G r•1 > C r t P4 47 O N r1 p C! A 61 ri •rl r♦ QS C rl • 1 ¢4 -H v N t0 L. O r-l 10 N rA u m C 'd a7 a UA ^ > N 41 •I 0 0 V a Q1 7 v TJ M p V ri 47 R7 ^ OD ri CJ Q1 41 'LS 4) iJ to I 'b N W V C L7 ri V C 4/ rl " N N N L I V$ C am, C •rl 0 O H R •rl ~i+ a> rd Q c0 I •r1 M N V 41 •rl ~y •ri r4 i CV y~j 1 0 L. A+ •r•I al C V 4J lA 4 c0 0 t ' W 41 ,i > > v O > v N (i r OD p 'r+ 4) r l V3 C a > v f0 •rl 0 b -4 •r1 ri LLll A 0 41 V r-1 > N 0 tv ri N> N O O C ri Q b •i O Z o) ,0 r-1 a v N V C. ^ O N p 'rl O v 41 ? V z J I a b V l0 A ri N ri 0 u u m 11 V r l Rj Q C N p, rl a r'l w l6 N V V > I r-I C r1 0 '.7. !0 a •ri 0 44 C C4 7 O C C m a i Q lL to U a 1 O 4 a v Rd 0 r I G N a o r ri CV n 3-30 NQ QI I 1 ' V S; C OC 1~ LD r) C1 ri 1 C r. U C Q. ti G i. 7 ml N 'd y I: Qh Q N _N 01 7 + r~~ '0 1 .-I CJ U N . :9 ) m > O .1 > n l P V bD Q, l r-1 N C G7 O V1 0(7 IiV Ln 1 N P x c 1. 1 W O ~ w al O Ott N !r U M r., N C to tio -H a) r 43 al v u1 M O •rl •rf 4> r1 M C y, } j N a i Vl •1 41 a Q v d v a c m c' a) 4-) o u •r u ~..,rd to IA lVl ~w ~a ca +4-) m 0 v Q u•. .J :3 c O v re +-i 0 a a= ti0 p a a m o c w a~ •ri x Rd + CO c~ a C7 W u C N c3 C^ i C Q C~ V H C 0) rd 1-f co co H A ~ GA•rOiLUU•V ul N N r4 -r-4 a, v4-4l W v N, 7 1. a1 LL [3 u W H~ v m. a~ d v y M v 0 0 2r F 1 a) s. C~:StO P, boy c ti m f~, a7 rJ d ' QJ v rCi N ~F A4 IM-H C H z 0 H •r4 O A G~ 41 '1, ao 0 P4 4J o. - 1' v +1 l P o1 ii •14 a) P-H ca a v s ~m a) ' ss u v P i' ° •1 0+- ' E-4 4-) LO c a P'0 CL F~^ 1.~ J r{ ~ i 4 1 ri r•I I G ` ~ C q ~ ~1 A L W N N C U ~ N a ,se C 1 v P u C AS a) 1 • l 'd m o ~ maVncc°v, cc s U C a) (J •ri Ql M M ..I N rd rMi tc 7 ail 'd M r~i ' a c a a m JI ~ ~ ~ .1 d G S nC+ a ui; z CL 00 N W CL C 1 N c 0, to F, Y J I •r1 M 4d y p GCi H v' C O 7 E A e!S UI a d 6 Pl e u a7 m # ad G. , * j'3J N QD Lo cc -,4 In t1) N qqU a~ ' r,-4 U, p N c] ~A A LT ~ s rib G bD •,I ~J ^J 4 fi lrNlr\ S.. Ili OI O -oil G G + V z i I, ~I 1 N IN I I OQI I I ~ I I~ m I ' QI I_ 1 IN ~ 1 1 b ~ ~ C 8,i ~ (n r~ H ~I Q C HW LO Lr\ mI NIN N I ~ I ` I nl a' ~r PI w W w . 1 00 00 LrN ON r-f LI- Li o• ri I ~ NI ~ M I L 1 ~I aL'rml.~, rl r! C O ; A k. P, rZI O pi N N 'b O bD O 1? ~ J U) N •ri F~ i~ 4~ Q~ G' CJ U) k ro-4 ca Z, b N C cto 0) i 4i O add 4r HG' ONQ (y Vf , ri u C7 pp ri N cd O rl N •rf d FI M J I tJ 01 4-+ C Cf 3 OD ~ uj; 4) 0 C) w V. O CS 'C ~po 0 'd ro0 •r4 N C 1, C Z G4.) C Rr C 4-) 4J Jti r) • -4 (U ri 05 V3 a) a' c.f A -PI e w 4-) 1 qJ 4.4 , s C. 3 -3 i2 Storage on EncZosei f lritforc;s or in Warehouses. . h" 1 r~ r lowing items shall he stored on enclos?d plutfon,s or in war~ho ;r;: Indoor m.sta'_-rlai switchK~ar Groundirg resistors Generator surge pr()tcctivr, cl,~ipm n': Generator exc i tati % e iu i pre, nt, Generator grol)%Iir. ~c:a};nrt:..ent lndoor load centers Batteries an6 battar,; ch,lrirers All insulated cable -n broken reels All cable in coils Power panels Control panels Lighting panels Dry type transformers Start3rs and contactors Motor ontrol centers Push-buttons Bus duct Lighting fixtures Cable trays All other electrical equipment subject to damage from outdoor storage Outdoor StoraEe. All other electrical equipment and materials shall be stored outdoors on shoring or on wooden platform; and shall be protected with weatherproof covers. . &JUFACTURER'S_ INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION. the Owner will furnish the services of a train manufacturer's representative to inspect, advise, or in some cases supervise the installation of certain equipment furnished by the Owner.. The Contractor shah furnish all necessary labor to perform tests nr inspectlona as required by the manufa^turcr'- representative, and the presence of such representative does not rcli~:: the Contractor of responsibility for the work he performs. When fie'_i ;tor is neeli-rl to correct errors in 0,.hcr-furnished equipment, the r.ontr,ictcr shall furnish such labor when so requested by the manufacturer or manufacturer'c representative. Such labor Is not to be included 'An this contract and the Contractor shall obtain pay-rent fcr the labor from 'the man',afacturer who requests the labor. CLEANING. The exterior and interior surfaces of all equipment shall be cleaned of sand, dirt, and other foreign materials irne'diately after removal from storage and before the equipment is brrrifit inside the power plant building or to installation sites. Before the equipment is made ready for starting, th- Contractor shall clean all equipment of dirt, mortar, concrete, or other materials wnirh have been misp?Ficed, s )'l Pd or % ? ,,wed to mar the finish of structures or equipment. All ~'.ebris shall be removed from the site and dumped as directed by the Owner. (DENTON; TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 1-6 ALIGNMENT. A:i equipment shrill br? sct within p u. (A, ,ctr;as i/8 inch of the dimensions shown on tho plnnc, unless och r~rlr. F ;;ritted by the Engineer. Transformers to be 1,hro:it-connected to uwJ'.^h :•ur, metal- enclosed bus ducts to be cone-ctrd t., transforr-::; r,: w9, and switchgear shil,l:e:i in ~-roirps shall I)- --irefully 'll it• r,n special care given to -urrent - -irrying pare: T'rrri to r,astipht ,joints. Equipment with mechanical movinG parts, such as Clrr•tai+. breakers, and devices with motor opeiaterl mt:-.hanismr~ shrill be c•3r•,f'u1ly aligned and proved by testing to see that the moving mechanis.r,s op ra`.e freely without binding. EQUIFMT FINISH. Outside surfaces of most electrical equipment such as metal-clad a!;d metal-enclosed switchgear, motor control centers, switchboards, and panels are finished at the factory. Great care shall be exercised not to damage this original finish during installation of the equipment and during construction work. If the factory finish is damaged by the Contractor during the course of construction, the entire surface of the damaged component shall be refinished, and the refinished surface shall be equivalent in every respect to the original surface including color, texture, and smoothness of finish. -finishing paint or lacquer if furnished with the equipment may be used; otherwise the paint or lacquer shall be obtained from the equipment manufacturer. GALVANIZED SURFACE COATINGS. All galvanized surfaces on which the galvanizing is removed by cutting, drilling, or by any other operations shall be regalvanized with "Daly-Weld" which is distributed by the U. S. Steel Supply Company; with "Galvanizing Powder N-321" ac manu- factured by the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; with "Lincilate 810" as manufactured by Industrial Meted Protectives, Inc., of Dayton, Ohio; or by an apprr~ycd equal galvanizing process. The Contractor shall supply this protective ma;erizl and shall apply it in the field to any surface when= the ga v-rniz.; r,.)stlr.g 1: broken or removed either intentionally or unintentionaJ;y "rule -Weld" shall not be applied to any surface where heat of .ne process will injure cable inculat.ion.. SUPPORTS. All steel supports for equipment an3 m t.erini:. -tail be fabricated from pregalvanized shapes and repaired as des-ri'oed above or shall be fabricated and hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. GROUT. All grout where required by the plans and/or these specifications shall be composed of a mixture of portland cement, sand ani water, Cement shall be Type I standard portland cement conformini, to ASTM C150. Sand shall be of a glrality and gradation approved ty trr• Engineer, The sand-to-cement ratio -.,hall be 225 pounds of sand to on, r3 ~ of cement, i 1NSULATING OIL. The Contractor shall accept all insulatinE oil for the oil circuit breakers and the power transformers fro-.: sari ,er:, at job I site, and shall transport, store, filter and install the ^il in t.h:s equipment. DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 1-7 Extreme precau~ on: ,all be taker, to insure a'r,:;-,! ,i,,, dryness and cleanlirness of all apparatus be.•fore filling it a1+,i ,l1 for trenspor- tation, storage or operation, and to prevent cr)rAll InF,tion by water and dirt during t'ne transfer of the oil to the r,j,i,,,rr,ru,• Oil shall not be transferred during, inclement weather. Only metal or ollproof synthetic rubber ho>e shrii! 6o a^ed for oil- lines, sinc? sulphur in neturnl rubber will di :c :rr n tt,r. oil and redace ILL dielectric strength. The Contractor shall draw a test sample of oil from each tank or piece of equipment under the direct supervision of ti:e manufacturer's rep- resentative, and test "t in accordance with NF,MA and ASA standards including ASA 057.93-31.211 except that the oil dielectric strength shall test not less than 26 kv prior to acceptance from carriers. If the oil fails to meet test requirements, it will be dried by the manufacturer. When it meets the test requirement£ it shall be trans- ferred into the equipment through a filter press. After the oil has been transferred to the equipment, a sample shall be taken and tested. If it fails to meet the test requirements it shall be dried by the Contractor. All equipment required for transporting, storing, handling,and filter- ing the insulating oil shall be supplied by the Contractor. Equipment used to transport the oil shall be approved by the Engineer. FIELD TESTS, The Contractor shall furnish experienced personnel and all materials, equipment and apparatus necessary for a0justing and testing of all electrical equipment installed and/or connected under this contract. The responsibility of the Contractor shall include the following: The adjusting and testing of ail circuit breakers, contactors, control switches, indi_ating lamps, annunciators, and all other electrical devices, apparatus and equipment t-i assure proper functioning and operation. All testing and changing necessary to obtain the proper phase rotation, phase sequence, and phasing connections between electrical equipment installed and/or conne_~ed by the Contract-r. Synchronizing checks shall be made prior to the closing of any circuit breaker that will tie together two units of equipment or two systems which could be out of synchronism. All testing and adjusting necessary or recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment being installed and/or connected under these specifications. These tests shall include, but are not limited to, the interlocking and control wiring of all equipment, ano polarity tests on all transformers. WORfQytANSHIP. Workmanship shall be of the highest grade throughout and in accordance with the best standard practice for the of material used. The specifications may not include a detailed description of how (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 1-8 the work is to be done. The Contractor will not h,: r-lmbursed for expense incurrca in correcting his errors or defe^t.ivr, workmanship. APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. When refei-i,-- i:, rnar~e to any technical society or ortrani2'.ation, tho latest code, specifica- tions, or V ntative spocificaticns adoptcd and 1).,7,11~,1jed at the date of advertisement for bids shall apply and uch stcir.,;rrr lr, are made a part of these specifications to th.:• extent indicate.i or rr,vlr,usly intended, even though reference has been made Lo an earlier stamlavd. Reference to technical societies or organizations may be by abbreviations in accordance with the following list: AISC for American Institute of Steel Construction IEEE for Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IPCEA for Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association A(A for American Standards Association NEMA for National Electrical Manufacturers Association UL for Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. ASTM for American Society for Testing Materials AEIC for Association of Edison Illwainaiing Companies NEC for National Electrical C(de When reference is made to a code, standard or specification, the latest code, standard, or specification of the above lists Lhall govern when applicable. RULES. Except where otherwise specified or shown on the plans, the latest published issue of the National Electrical Coae, notwithstanding the Scope in the Code Introduction, together with all local rules, regulations and ordinances relative to electrical work, shad be considered included in these specifications and all requirements shall be fully met, All materials used in carrying out these specifications shall be fully approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters for the class of service for which they are intenders, :;hall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories insofar as such er^r:cc are nvailable. DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ~ELECTRI!,'AL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A~ 1-9 Section 2 OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIP-ENT GENERAL. This section covers the installation of clwner-flirnlshed equip- ment and material. described herein. The Contracts nh%ll perform all work necessary to provide a complete installation r,r rr,q:lred by these specifications. Generator 4 Bus Duct. BW Spec E-1rA H. K. Porter Company Isolated phase metal-enclosed bus duct with 3000 ampere aluminum bus and aluminum housings Is being furnished to connect the generator to the generator transformer, with 1200 ampere taps to the main ,auxiliary transformer, to the surge protective and potential transformer compart- ment and to the power potential transformer. Hanger assemblies are being furnished with the bus duct. The bus will weigh approximately 115 pounds per 3 phase foot for 3000 ampere bus, and 85 pounds per 3 phase foot for 1200 ampere bus. The bus duct shall be pressurized with dried air under other specifications. Assembly shall be made sufficiently tight to permit maintaining an air pressure of 112 to one inch water column static pressure without consuming more than 450 cubic feet of air per hour. Motor Control Centers. B&V Spec E-14A General Electric Two motor control centers with one bus each and a total of 17 secticns will be furnished. These centers contain 20 feeder circuit breakers and 53 nonreversing and reversing starters ranging, fron, Size 1 to Size 5. Dual Switchboard. BU Spec E-I%A We stinv.h,use The dual switchboard will consist of four section:-, ea-h opprr,ximately 30 inches deep, 90 inches high, and 20 to 32 inches wide. Sectton 09 will be a panel for bus tie control, Section 10 wi.l be for tre.nsmission line control, Section 11 will control Generator 4, ani Secticr, 12 will be a panel for statio,, auxiliaries. The following equipment furnished under other specifications shall be installed and connected in this switchboard: 1 - Transformer tap position indicator 1 - Indicating d-c voltmeter for ',he generator er.cit9tion system 1 - Generator excitation manual voltage adjusting .witch 1 - Generator voltage regulator transfer switch 1 - Generator voltage adjusting rheostat 1 - Generator field breaker control switch, complete with red and green indicating lamps (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL OONSTRUCVON - E-8A) 2-1 A new syi,chroni,:in, lxinel approximately 4 feet lo~.v,, r,ne foot wide, and one foot j inches ie~p will be furnished with thrr r,sr1 ~,^}~bosrd. This pa-.el shall be cei iing mounted as shown on the plr,:i;s r,nl -hall be wired :he switchboard. bLsterials to modify the 0wnr:r r,i ct.ing total gunerr.tion recorder and the serrices of a Leeds arn7 Wjrthr;p field service representative will be furnished with th^ ,wi'.:hbuard. The modification of the total generntion recorder aril th- in--tallation of assocint,?d materlair :hell be nccomr,lis}led unl,ar t%,_- :,siF.rrision of the heeds and Northrup field service .representative. ;goad Center Unit Substation. B&V :;per, E-20A I-T-E Circuit Breaker Co. The load center unit substation will con-.1st of two 750 kva askarel- filled transformer and seven sections of 480 volt metal-enclosed switch- gear. Included in the switchgear are nine removable type air circuit breakers. The transformers will weigh approximately 9500 pounds each and the switchgear will be shipped in two sections weighing a?proximately 3500 pounds and 2500 pounds respectively. 4.16 Kv Switchgear. B&V Spec E-22A, Item I I-T-E Circuit Breaker Co. The 4.16 kv switchgear will consist of eleven sections of heavy duty metal-clad switchgear rated 250 mva interrupting capacity. Included in this switchgear will be eleven drawout type circuit breaker elements, each rated 12W amperes. The switchgear will be in two sections - approximately 130 inches long and 156 luches long, weighing approxi- mately 6625 pounds and 7950 pounds respectively. The switchgear will be approximately 80 inches high, 58 inches deep and with Fir circuit breaker units, will weigh approximately 21.:100 pounds total, 4.16 KV Bus Duct. B&V Spec E-22A, Item II - I -i' -E Circuit Breaker Co, Two runs of 4.16 kv, metal-enclosed, nonsegregated croup-phase, bus duct will be furnished to connect the main auxiliary trane.former and reserve auxiliary transformer to the 4.16 kv switchgear. This bus duct will be furnished complete with terminals, terminal enclosures, and other material required for a complete installation; however, hangers for indoor portions of the duct shall be supplied by the Contractor. The location of this bus duct is shown on the plans. Oil Circuit Breakers. B&V 'Spec E-2i•A Allis -Chalmers Six 69 kv oil circuit breakers rated 1200 amperes, 2,1100 riva interrupting capacity will be furnished. These breakers each weigh approximately 14,500 pounds including 780 gallons of oil. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 2-2 I 69 KV Oubstation. B&V 3p•sc r, , 5A Jos7;n N~fv,. Find :supply Co. Materials for constructing the 69 kv outdoor sub•Aation l,r, :.nown on the plans will be furnished complete with partially rr,.:;amble r,tcel structures, copper bus, insulators, switches, li;~hr,r;ir.f; nrrecters, potential transformers, grounding conductors for installation above grade, and associated accessories. The steel sti%+ tu:•,r will weigh approximately 50,000 pounds. The substation steel will be shipped in assembled sections of trusses and columns insofar as is practicable. Upon receipt of the steel, :he Contractor shall thoroughly check for damage to the galvanized coating, bends and local deformations, and shall report all such defects to the Engineer. The Contractor shall handle and store thr' steel in a manner which will riot cause bending, warping, deformations, or damage to the galvanized coating. Before assembling, the surfaces to be in contact with each other shall be thoroughl, cleaned. All parts shall be assembled accurately as shown on the plans and on the manufacturer's drawings. Baseplates shall be set level and in exact position. All columns shall be plumb and all horizontal trusses shall be level. Where steel bases come in contact with concrete foundations, a layer of mastic shall be placed on the footing before the steel is bolted down. All field connections of One substation steel members or units shall be made with bolts furnisht-i with the steel. All bolts and washers shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the substation manufacturer and shall be thoroughly and uniformly tightened to the torque recommended by the manufacturer. The tightness of all bolts in all preassembled units shall be checked by the Contractor before erecting the units. No drilling modifications shall be made without the approval of the Engineer. 69-13.2 K_V_ Tie_ Transformer. YeV Sp?- E-28A, Item I General Electric This transformer is rated 15,0001 1 20,000/25,000 kva, 69,000Y-13,800 volts, 3 phase, 60 cycle and is being furnished complete with load tap changing equipment and lightning arresteri. It will be shipped less fans, radiators, bushings, and arresters. Total weight of the transformer will be approximately 103,000 pounds including oil. The weight of the largest piece is approximately 85,000 pounds. Approximately 500 gallons of oil will be shipped separately. Grounding Transformer. B&V Spec E-28A, Item II General Elcc*tric This transformer is rated 13.8 kv zigzag, 3 phase, 60 cy^_le, 5000 amperes total ground current for 10 seconds, and 500 amperes continuous ground current. It will be shipped completely assembled and will weigh 20,000 pounds including oil. (DENTON7 TP.^ S - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL C0I43TRUCTION - s-8A) 2-3 i Gern_erator 3 Transformer. B&V Spec N-;BA, Item III General F'lr,r.t,ric ' This transformer is rated 21.000/28,000/35,000 kva, 69)(M-13,800 volts, 3 phase, 60 -ycle, ,aA Is being furnished completer with lightning arresters. :t will. be shipped less radiators, buchingG, oil, and lightning arrester:,. Approximately 3700 gallons >f oi' will be shipped separately to fill the transformer after radiators ojrs~• installed. iota] weight of' the assembled transformer w111 be approximately 108,000 pounds including oil. Total shipping weight will be approximately 76,000 pourids a-rd weight of heaviest piece approximately 68,000 pounds. Generator 4 Transformer. B&V Spec E-28A, Item Ill General Electric This transformer is rated 42,000/56,000/70,000 kva, 69,000-14,400 volts, 3 phase, 60 cycle, and is being furnished complete with lightning arrestors. It will be shipped less fans, oil, pumps, radiators, bushings, arresters, and inert gas equipment. Approximately 5500 gallons of oil will be shipped separately to fill the transformer after radiators are installed. Total weight of the assembled transformer will be approximately 168)000 pounds including oil. Weight of heaviest piece approximately 110,000 pounds. Main Auxiliary Transformer. B&V Spec E-28A, Item V General Electric This transformer is rated 3750/4687 kva, 14,400-4360/2520 wye volts, 3 phase and 60 cycle. It will be shipped completely assembled except for the fans and minor accessories, and its total assembled weight will be approximately 22,300 pounds including oil. Reserve Auxiliary Transformer B&V Spec E-28A, Item VI General Electric This transformer is rated 3750/4687 kva, 13,800-4360/25,--'0 wye volts, 3 phase and 60 cycle. It will be shipped completely assembled except for the fans and minor accessories, and its total assembled weight will be approximately 22,300 pounds including oil. Turbine Generator. B&V Spec M-40A General Electric The turbine generator will be installed under other specifications. The generator excitation compartment, grounding compartment, power potential transformer and surge protection and potential transformer compartment will be furnished to the Contractor who shall install them. The generator excitaticn compartment will be approximately 138 inches wide, 90 inches high,end 60 inches deep. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 2-4 I The grounding compartmect will bra approximately 'f fe-^t long, 6 feet 8 inches high and wide. The surge protection and potential transformer cemF,e~rtr,,ent will be approximately 'r5 inch^c long, 52 inches high, arA ei inches wide. The power potential transformer will be approx+ matl:ly 85 inches wide, 70 incites high, an3 44 inches Jeep. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 2-5 Section 3 COirFII1CTOR-IIJRI!ISHi7D EQUTJIa'J?r' GENERAL. Ti1is _Qction Govern t.;,e fnrnisliirig nrd ft-11,ri r,t!on of electrical equipment and material no:, f, rnis!ied elsewhere and yel, nr.ressar( to comprise a complete elec`rin.nl instcllation ^r in.terded 1,y t!,e and t',r•se speci- fications. All necessary gro.rt, supports, and miscelloreo^s material re- quired for a complete installation of the Contractor-f)rnisl,ed equipment shall be included as e part of this section. DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall submit drawings to the Engineer for approval for the following equipment: Batteries Battery racks Battery chargers Dry type transformers D-C panels A-C panels Push-buttons Motor starters Conte tors Throwover switch Grounding resistors Equipment for 13,2 kv switchgear and bus duct modifications Substation terminal cabinet Essertial service control panel Equipment for switchboard modifications NAMEPLATES. Where nameplates are required by tide plans or specifications, they shall be made of laminated black and white plastic ..it!i black on the outside. T1:e letter:; shall be engraved by cutt'ng throi.,i, the black out- side layer co tent the letters appear white. BATTERIES'. The strtion battery for the power venerating stftion cKell consist of one lead acid Manchester or Plante type 60 cc-Ll storage battery. Each cell of this battery shall be enclosed in a sealed plastic jar, shalt have an 8 hour discharge rate of not Less thtr, 1.20 ampere-hours, and the one minute discharge rate shall be not less tt3n 449 amperes to a final voltage of 1.75 volts per cell at 77 F with a fully charged specific gravity not to exceed 1.220. This battery shall be Exide Type EXP-17 or approved equal. The above battery shall be furnished complete with two (2) taro-step battery racks Exide Cat. No. 54369 or approved equal, interceIl. connectors, coi- nector bolts, terminal lugs, cell lifting straps, assembly wrenches, vent plug hydrometer, vent plug thermometer, and no-oxide grease. (DENTONo TM(AS - 3725 (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 3-1 BATTERY CHARGiEPS. Nf, ta.tery chargers shall bar furnished for the power generating steticn. These chargers shall be rated amperes output, 230/460 volt, 3 i.h'jt;P a-c inFut, self -regulhtinr,, r,ri(i :,citable for use with the 60 cell battery previously described. E;t, h battery charger shall be equipped with a d-c voltmeter, a d-c ammot.-r, a 0-26 hour equalizing timer, [;mind detection equipment swi,,rh t'-)r use wit'n the d-c voltmeter, rn a-r, tailuren alarm relay, a no-chars;,, r,i:,rm relay, shall be floor-mounted, and ehali be Fxlde Mudel •,r approved equal. DRY TYPE TPANSMf W RS, Dry type transformers suityt:le for indoor or outdoor mounting shall be furnished in the quantity, v(-)ltage, phase, kva rating, tap rotinE,, and method of mounting shr;wr. In the transformer schedule which is included as a part of the plan:,. All transformers c}call have Class B or Clasp H insuint.lon. Wall hanger brackets especially designed to accommodate the transformers shell be Punished and installed with all wall-mounted transformers. All transformers shall have a rated sound level of 45 decibels or below when measured in accordance with NENA standards. Transformers shall be thoroughly cleared, then given a rust-resisting primer coat and two or more finish coats of ASA Indoor Light Gray No. 61 paint. The following is a list of acceptable manufacturers for the transformers specified herein A1liG-Chalmers Manufacturing Company General Electric Company Westinghouse Flectric Corporation A-C AND D-C PAINE1, BCAKO. Panel boards shat; r,r;,;tructed it ac .rd- ance with h'ENA staniardc for panel boards and coirJ~d rase breakers. Panels, inr'l.ding all c'rr:ponPnts, sha r t,r~,ar the ic,t,c,,. The cabinet, shai' t~ h::t•dip gr,lvanized. All rit, rdPe6 snail be coated with Zir,ciiate 810. The ma.n bus sk.a.l be sized as required by the pir,ns. Overcurrent devices shall be a mbient-compensated circuit breakers _C the size and description :;hown on the plans. They shall be thermal magnetic type designed for automatic tripping and for use on b~)tn a-c and d-c. Their interrupting rating shall be not less than 7,500 amperes at 120 volts a-c and 5,000 omperes at 125 volts J-c. The panel boerj design shall be such that any breaker rr,ay be removcJ, even though the bus is enerl;ized, without dicturt'ng buswork or any other breaker. Each panel board shall be given a primer coat any a'. least two finish coats of ASA No. 61 Indoor ],lent 0rer lnrgr;er cr Preme, The door shall have not less then two riveted or welded hinges with nonremovable pins. (DENMN) TEXAS - 3725 } (ELECTRICAL CONSTRuCT10N - E-8A) 3-2 A laminated black and white nameplate shall be engraved wits, ;r,,I panel name given in the panel schedule and -hall be mounted above t,e panel • board door. The panel's prepo:,ecl shall be of a manufacturer whose ];canals r:-,vr', in the opinion of the Engincer, 1T[ven sal,icfactury sr-rvic,: on previous pro- ject,. The follnwing is fi list of ricceptable manufar-t,irer'; r,r the panels, specified herein Bulldog Electric Products Company General Flectric Company Square D Company Westinghouse Electr'' Corporation PUSH-BUTTON AND SELECTOR SWITCH STATIONS. Push-button and selectr,r switch stations as required by the Push-Button Schedule Sheets 1 through 3 shall be furnished. Each station shall be complete with laminated nameplate engraving as required by the :schedule. MJTOR STARTERS. Ten separately mounted manual motor starters shall be furnished for control of the acid and chemical feed pumps,and ^,iscella- neous air heater motors. These starters shall be toggle-operatxd, with one bimetallic overloal element, one red indicating light, an,] suitable for starting 120 volt, single-phase motors one horsepower and smaller. Eight starters for the acid and chemical feed pumps shall be f+.;rnished in surface-mounted NEMA 1 enclosures. Two starters for air heater motors • shall be furnished in surface-mounted NEMA 4 enclosures. All starters shall be :omplete with laminated nameplates to indicate '.he device controlled. One manual motor starter cabinet containing two manual mr,tor .tertcrs shall b,- furnished for control of the chemical mixers. The starter cabinet shall be n NEMA Type 1. enclosure with flush-mounted start~•rs. Stairters shall be the Fame type as furnished for the separately mounted starters. Laminated nameplates shall be furnished to identify ~a h staarter. One d-c motr,r starter zhail be furnished. This d-r motor start.r-r ,hall be magnetic, hcravy duty, with automatic, two-step, red,irodl v-.ItaFo start- ing features. The starter sh-tll be (ornplete with two normally -j-,en. and three normally closed auxiliary contacts, two control circuit, and thermal overload heatert, suitable for use with a 17 horscprJwF;r, 25 volt d-c motor. the overload contacts shall be nermaliy open and st.eil be wired to terminal points for use with an alarm circuit. The startf r shall have a NEMA Type 1 enclosure with a nameplate engraved "Emergency Bearing ^nd Seal 011 Pump 4". The starter shall be wired in accordance .r:th the schematic and interconnection diagrams which will be furnished to the Contractor. One a-c magnetic motor star+er shall be furnished for control of the drum enclosure heater fan. This starter shall be a 120 volt single phase, NEMA Size 0. The starter shall have one normally open and one ncrmal?y closed auxiliary cr•,ntact, and shall have a normally cloned overload crn- tact. The starter 6hall be furnished in a NEMA Type 1 end erlire suitatle for surface mounting. The starter shall be complete with a lemin~sted plastic nameplate engraved "Drum Enclosure Heater 4 Fan". (DENPON) TEXAS - 3725 ) ELECTFICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 3-3 i CONTACTORS. One ~,ont~.ctor slu~1L be t'trrnishe6 Cor emr:rj~cn fig .1rg. This contnctor ..-!-ill he ~ poLe, .:,ted 30 emperer, 12j olt0 id-c, s~:cll have n 120 voI_t, r-r I.nldirg ~,nJL, rhr,ll be mo!rated in a 101a% Type 1 enclosure, and shr,11,)e j,SCO Cr!t. Ilo. 1ifiF1.C or npprovr•r7 rri:al creep*. the I:oldint; coil nhtiI1. he ~nnr•e~t.cd `.o t:ermir:alo for crL~,rr.nl ^onne~t[or; instecd oC conr.c~tt ~r, o ti:c ir-omint; 11re. BOILER 1, GATI(IF GLAS^ T1fP07,,;0',',`i' "lITC?I. (2 ~ it ; corr.',: hed for a:rtom~2t'c trao-fer from a to d-c for t1.e Lo±ler lj;-, glass ligi:ts. This ss: i tch c:ll to Ucstirflro se Type MG-6 r(-.I":y -,h roves e1l:al, uit;'.. 1"0 volt -c opel°c.t b coil ar,d wo ncr!:~1 11;r 110: rd in' ac'.c 9,11 fo:tr normni ly open ~ ontncts -d .'.ira11 he mo,u,t-d 17 ri L er~^loc rc. GROU M='G RE1 Vff)11~",. T-. o „ ru n," r L resJ.,Ao~,c shall •rnisi.ed fo- gro'nc'irg tl,( )1.7 -1 blis , Ul'C1 ~,n r ratlr! Thes- resistors sr..all be r~ 1 rd c1 s, 600 -::acres for 10 secon,s, sh, 11 h e -a.;t rid resistor elements and stall con-orm to IEEE Standard 32. Each resistor shall be enclosed in a s,_ritable safety enclos+.rre with 1-juvered sides and solid top, and wide provision for terminating conduit :,Ind cables entering from above. The enclosures shall be completely paint,:d inside and onside with a suitable primer and tvo or more finis', coats r)f iight gray, ASA 61. OVERLOAD ALARM RELAY. One over Load alarm relay shrill be furnished, mounted and connected in the Owner's motor controi center described in Section 2 for alarm of overload conditions on Turbine 4 a-c bearing and seal oil pump. This overload relay shall re 3 phase, with a?:tomatic reset and a set of spdt contacts which operate a,! motor overload. The relay shl-11 trove an ad, lstable current range from 15 to ;0 amperes and shall be Westinghouse Type TC-30. SUBSTATION TEFL-11NAL CABINET. One termir, _ -nbir.et stall be f':rris~.e3 for the 69 kv substation. This cabinet shah be ri totally er.r•losed free- standing weatherproof cabinet wide, L'-G' deep and 61-6" hipfi, and fabric,rted from 1L gn !ge or !,envier sheet steel reinfaarced to form a rigid strncture. The cnhinet, shall be divided into thrae compartmr:r;ts as shown on tho plans. Tieo of the compc:rt.ments strnll ;!ave hinted doors approximately 1'-6° wide by ti'-o" high, comor.etF, with ,onceale3 co~~~.,n~cus hinges, 3-point lotct!es vr.d stops to prevent tl,t doors from, oaring more than 100 degrees end to hold t!!em in dint position. The ot},er c•omFr rtmen+; shall have gas'ceted removable covers. Foor veather-protected and f';.tered louvers approximately 5 inches by 8 inches si.all be provided for ven`,ilc- tion of the cabinet. Following febrirntior, the entire cabinet shall be giver. in suitable primer and two finish scats of dark ,ray ASA 24 enr.mel or lacq ter. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 3-4 Thp following equipment shall be mo,.,nted and wired wit! this cabinet. Compartment 1. L - 120,21+0 volt a panel bortrd as ri~.a ribcd pre-r10-isly in this section cnd on the plans. 1. - 125 volt d p',rel board n.-, described prcv,*ously in this section and on the plans. Compartment 2. 1~ - Terminal boards, 12-point short-circuit type, General Electric Cat. No. 0165A6145G5. 6 - Terminal boards, 30-point disconnecting type, States Company Type NT. Compartment 1. 1 - 480-120240 volt dry type transformer as described previously in this section and on the plans. The entire cabinet shall be shop-fabricated and wired. Internal wiring shall be done using ANo. 9 AWG and No. 12 AWG General Electric Type SIS switchboard wire. The Engineer will provide wiring diagr4,ns to the Contractor. ESSENTIAL SERVICE MOTOR-GENERATORS' CONTROL PANEL. One control panel shall be furnished to control the essential service motor-generators. This panel shall be a free-standing cabinet nppror.imately 30 inches wide, 15 inches deep and 66 inches high, and fabricated from 11 gauge or heavier sheet steel reinforced to form a rigid struct,ire. The front of this panel shall have a hinged door complete with concealed hinges, 3-point latch and stop to prevent the door from opening more than 100 degrees and to hold it In that position. Following fabrication the entire panel shall be given a s~iitr:ble primer and two finish coats of light gray AM 61 enamel or lacquer. The following equipment shall be furnished, mounted and wired on the door of this panel: 2 - Start-stop push-buttons, maintained type, with two 110 contacts, Westinghouse Cat. No. OT2B contects, and UI?B1, OT2B2 and 314C1155GO3 operators or approved eq:al. 6 - Indicating lights, 115 volt a-c, Westinghouse recteng_-lar Minalite, Cat. No. 1124139 or approved egeaL, rump?ete with two red lenses, two green lenses, and two white lenses. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 3-5 2 - Voltmeters, n-c, 0-130 volt expanded scoLe, WestinLio,ae Type YY-2LI, Style No. 1,011C62,, A40 or approved eq nl. 2 - Ammeter-Q, a-c, 0-30 nmrere, Wcsti_ngholisc Type KA-21FI, Style 11c. P,,, B)t61A13 or r.phroved equal. 2 - A-C panel beE.rds, s'_ngle phase 120 volt, enrh complete witli sir. 20 ampere sir-7c role breaeero, or.r. 100 ampere singLe pole main breaker, 100 ampere b,is and neutral bar. These panel board, shall be furnished as specified previously in the paragraphs entitled "A-C AND D-C PAIML BOARDS". 1 - Lot of engraved nameplates. The following equipment shall be furnished, mounted and wired inside this panel: 2 - FLll voltage nonreversing magnetic motor starters, NEI4A Size 2, complete with three overload relays, 150 volt-ampere control transformer and four auxiliary contacts. These starters shall be Westinghouse Class 11-200 or approved equal. 2 - Current transformers, Westinghouse Type ECI or approved equal. 6 - Terminal boards, 12-point, States Company Type NT. This entire panel stall be shop fabricated and wired as required by schematic diagrams to be furnished to the Contractor by the Engineer. Internal wiring shall be No. 9 AWG and No. 12 AWG General Electric Type SIS switchboard wire. MODIFICATIONS TO EX?STING 13.2 KV SWITCHGEAR AIID 1 .2 KV BUS DUCT. Equipment and materials as described below sha1L be f-rnished nr,d installed to modify the Owner's existing 13.2 1;v switei gear and b:s duct f~zrnishcd by General Electric Company on S. 0. 951621, S. 0. 952935 and S. 0. 952185. Unit 16. Remove vertical section of Generator 3 bus duct entering this section and close top of cubicle with cover plate. Remove six 2000/5 ampere current transformers and replace with six 1500/5 ampere ratio current transformers; t:l.ree having accuracy suitable for metering and three naving accuracy suitable for relaying. (DEMON, TEXAS - 3725 (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-$A 3-6 Add connectors for three 500 Mcm single-condur.tora, 15 kv, shielded, rubber insulated cables ?er phase. These cab-l--f; W12 enter from bc1 ow. . Add three overcurrent relaya, inverse time, with ripprorimately 'f-15 ampere range. Add throe transfo~-m,er differentia] current relh;~:; "(Jr two winiirig transformer protection, complete with percentage slope P.nd harmonic restraint equipment. Unit 15• Remove cables and conduit between Generator 3 neutral and this unit; and between existing Generator 3 Neutral Reactor and this unit. Add three 4005 ampere ratio current transformers having accuracy suitable for relaying. Add three 300/5 ampere ratio current transformers having accuracy suitable for metering. Add connectors for one 500 Mcm single-conductor, 15 kv, shielded) rubber insulated cable per phase. These cables will enter from below. Add three overcurrent relays, inverse time, with approximately 4-15 ampere range. Add one ground overcurrent relay, inverse time, with approximately 0.5-2.0 ampere range. Add three transformer differential current relays for two winding, transformer protection, complete with percentage clor;r~ and harmonic restraint equipment. Add the necessary bus connections in this cubicle, and provide 3- phase connections between the air circuit ureaker and the switehgear main bus, and between the air circuit brk-aker and t,hr: outgoing cable. Install necessary main bus extension pieces between Section 15 and Section lb to extend the switch ear main bus to Section 15. These pieces are existing in the Owner's storage. All miscellaneous hardware and bus point insulating materials shall be furnished under this contract. Generator 3 Sure Protection and PT Compartment. Add three transformer differential curr^.nt relays for two winding transformer protection, comple-L'e with percentage slope and harmonic restraint equipment. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - F-8A) 3..7 Bus Duct Remove vertical section in entering, Unit 16 above „r,r1 jjri 15 kv, 2000 ampere nonsegregated metal enclosed bus duct to r:ir,rnd e,he existing bus duct through the building wall to the Generator r,ran;former. The new bus shall be the some as the existing bus, excr:pf. 1,11nt outdoor portions shall be weatherproof construction, the bus shay l hr• furnished complete with all parts required to make mechanical and r-ir-',rlcnl connections between the existing bus duct and the transformer. This material shall Include all fixed and flexible connectors requJred fbr connection to the transformer terminals, and all materials regj!red to connect to the transformer terminal junction box. The trar,r.forrw r is being flr- nished by General Electric Company on Requisition No. 417-67800, Item Ill. The outdoor portions of the bus run shall be self-r,upporting. The in- door portion shall have provisions for the attachment of hangers. Wall flanges shall be included at the transition from indoors to outdoors. All necessary miscellaneous equipment and materials required L, complete these modifications and the services of a factory field service repre- sentative shall be furnished by the Contractor. The new equipment shall be the same type as the existing equipment and shall be obteined from the General Electric Company. Complete manufacturers drawings shall be furnished for each item being modified. These drawings shall include all applicable outline drawings and wiring diagrams, furnished with the original equipment or', i, revised to show the completed modifications. MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING SWITCHBOARD. Equipment and materials as described below shall be furnished and installed to modify the Owner's existing switchboard furnished by General Electric Company on S. 0. 761405. Unit 6, Generator I Panel. Remove the generator neutral breaker control switch and indicating lights and provide and install coverplates and plugs in the va.ated holes. The covers shall match the switchboard end shall be es in- conspicuous as possible when installed. Remove the generator breaker control switch and replace •.it,h a rew 10-stage control switch, General Electric Type SH!. All stages of the switch shall be wired to new terminal blocks which shall be provided and installed in this section. Unit 4, Load Control Panel. Add necessary terminal blocks and interconnecting wiring to modify the existing load control equipment to include control of Generator 4 and future Generator 5. This will include wiring from tre existing unit selector switch located on this panel to a new 12 point terminal block to be located in this panel. External wiring from this unit is covered in the Circuit, Schedule. Complete manufacturer's shop drawing: shall be Curnishec io, cec~ il,em being modified. These drawings stall include all applicable 3-L%IiL,e draw- ings and wiring diagrams furnished with the original equipment .,rders revised to s.:ow the completed modifications. (DENTON.9 TEXAS - 3725 } (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 3-8 KY LEADS FOR GENERATOR 3 AND GENERATOR 4 The Contractor shall furnish and install the 9 kv lear's for Generator 3 and for Generator 4 between the plant building and the 69 kv substation as r-hown on the plans. GENERATOR I GROUNDING COMPARTMENT. One metal-enclosed neutral grounding unit which shall contain the foliu+:in4 (I) one distribution transformer, 13, 800-120/240 volt single phase, askarel filled, rated not less than 37-1/2 kva, k'2) one resistor connected to shunt the transformer secondary winding, rated continuous duty, one voltage reluy with contacts to actuate a remote ann~T;c. ~tor anti/(.)r trip the generator in case of ground fault. The relay shall be self-protected from continuous overvoltage and be insensitive to third harmonic voltages. The unit shall be designed for minimum dimensions This transformer-resistor combination shall limit Generator 3 fault currents to a value consistent with existing equipment characteristics and shall be r%ted to withstand a generator fault for one hour. The transformer and resistor shall be enclosed within a single louvered metal enclosure, suitable for floor mounting and having internal barriers as required to isolate the equipment within the enclosure. The Generator 3 winding capacitance to ground with all phases tied together is 0.2 mfd. The surge capacitors connected to the generator leads have a capacitance of 0.25 mfd per phase. This ground compartment shall ma-:ch in appearance the ground compartment being furnished by the General Electric Company on S. 0. 960078 with Generator 4. *MJDIFTCATIONS TO BOILER } SAFETY SYSTEM. Equipment and materials as described below shall be furnished and installed to modify the Owner's existing ?oiler 3 safety interlock and trip system. The following relays shall be mounted in the Boiler 3 control panel and shall replace existing relays AX-35, 14FR-1, NfR-2, TD-13, and TD-14. 1 - Auxiliary relay, 115 volts a-c, two dpdt contacts, Westing- brnjse Type SG, Style No 120561E 2 - Auxiliary relays, 115 volts a-c, six spdt contacts, Westing- house Type MG-6, Style No 1163803 2 - Time delay relays, 115 voltF a-c, Agastat Model No. DE-B-22. The following relays shall be mounted in the Boiler 3 control panel and are for the new duplicate safety system. 3 - Auxiliary relays, 115 volts a-c, six spdt contacts, General Electric Model No 12HFA51A49H33.. Revised for Addendum 1 (DENTON, TEXAS - 3125 (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 3-9 1 - Auxiliary relay, 115 vclts a-c, twelve spdt contacts, General Electric Model No. CR281OA14EG. 2 - Time delay relays, 11.5 volts a-c, Agastat Model DE-B-22. Two 30-point d'sconnecting type termin-1 blocks, States Company Type NT and one four pole fuse clip for 120 volt fuses rated 30 amperes shall be furnished and installed in Boiler 3 control panel. The above equipment seal: be installed and wired in the Boiler 3 control panel and shall include necessary modifications to the internal wiring of the control panel, all in accordance'with the schematic diagrams to be furnished later. Mire for these modifications shall be No. 12 AWG, General Electric. Type SIS switchboard wire. 240 VOLT RECEPTACLES. Four 240 volt receptacles shall be furnished. These receptacles shall be 3 phase, 3 wire, rated 30 ampere, 600 volt a-c, and shall be Cruse-Hinds receptacle housing Cs.. No. AR331, with Crouse-Hinds Condulet body Cat. No. AJC 4331 all suitable for use with the Owner's plugs, Crouse-Hinds Cat. No. APJ 3353• AUXILIARY RELAYS. Three auxiliary relays shall be furnished for use with the control room Fir conditioning system. Each relay shall be complete with six co;itacts rated 30 amperes at 120 volts a-c and an operating coil rated 120 volts a-c, each mountad in a tFXk 1 sheet metal enclosure. Relays shall be Westinghouse MG-6 or approved equal. ' Revised for Addendum 1 (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 3-10 1. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE FURNISHED FOR EACH STATION. 2. ENCL (ENCLOSUA£) TYPE CONFORMS TO NEMA STANDARDS. • 3. MTG (MOUNTING) REFERS TO THE METHOD OF SUPPORTING THE STATION, F - FOR FLUSH MOUNTING, 5 - FOR SURFACE MOUNTING. 4. UNIT LOC (LOCATION) INDICATES THE POSITION A B C D OF THE UNIT IN THE PUSH BUTTON STATION _ _ AS SHOWN BY THE SKETCH AT THE RIGHT, 1 O 0 1 0 0 2 0 010101 2 UNIT STATION INDICATED I I _I AT LOCATIONS Al, A2 3 0 0 0 0 y I 0 I. -I I 1 LOCATION 84_ 00 5 101010101 1_ _I_ _I_ _I_ I PUSH BUTTON STATION UNIT LOCATION 5. UNIT TYPES ARE AS FOLLOWS: INDICATING LIGHTS - A - AMBER, B - BLUE, CL - CLEAR, G - GREEN, R - RED, W - WHITE PUSH BUTTONS AND CONTACT BLOCKS nt~ O O 00 00 IT MAINTAI~40 1 NO, 1 NO 2 NO 2 INC Oq:A-, OR TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 • SELECTOR SWITCHES - L - LEFT, C - CENTER, R - RIGHT AS VIEWED BY OPERATOR L C R L R L C R L C R 0 0 0 C-1 O O da O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 00 00 L;0 00 0--O 00 00 00 00 00 ~d TYPE 5 TYPE 6 TYPE 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 L C R L C R L C R To- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 TTO " O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 O O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0"" TYPE 9 TYPE 10 TYPE 11 TYPE 12 ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON UNITS ARE INDICATED BV LETTER AND NUMBER, FOR EXAMPLE R12 INDICATES A RED COLOR CAP AND A TYPE 2 CONTACT BLOCK. 6. ESCUTCHEON - PLATES FOR EACH UNIT SHALL BE FURNISHED TO IDENTIFY THE UNIT FUNCTION. BLACK i VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DENTON, TEXAS PROJECT MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 3725 UNIT 4 60,000 KW SHEET PUSH BUTTON DESIGNATIONS I OF 3 OA?~ REYISION OR ISSUE N0. BV TA T,M NAM4 L A i ENrL MIG STA Tr PE F/; ~Ur r~~ { r N sEMAUMS NO S.F. ?UMP 4-1 TIGHT S Al I START PBI A2 1 STOP A3 f, AUX. 01 L ewii' • f~Uls-AUTO B.F. PUMP 4-2 SOME AS PSI P82 CIRC. WATER PUMP 4-1 4-5 S A! I START P83 A2 I STOP CIRC, WATER PUMP 4-2 BI I START 62 I 1 STOP NOT USED PB4 F.D. FAN MOTOR 4-I TIGHT S Al I START PBS A2 I STOP F.O. FAA MOTOR 4-2 SAME AS P35 PBb CONDENSATE PUMP 4-1 SAMi AS P85 P87 CONDENSATE PUMP 4-2 SAME AS Pd5 P88 IUBE OIL PURIFIER 4 TIGHT S Al R - P69 A: I START A3 I STOP FUEL OIL PUMP 4 4-5 S Al I START P810 A2 I STOP AIR HEATER 4 LUSE OIL PUMP 4-5 S Al I TEST OIL PUMP P811 A2 I TEST AIR 14OTOR AUK COOLING WATER PUMP 4. 1 TIGHT S Al 12 OFF-AUTO-RUI P812 AUX COOLI0 WATER PUMP 4-2 SAME AS P812 P813 FOR ABBRIVIATIGN5 RFiFP TO SHEFT lSTIT0r) R,T*,% rf5iGNATiptiS' BLACK i VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DENTON, TEXAS `R„JE(T MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 3725 UNIT 4 60000 XW SMFFT ' PUSH BUTTON SCHEDULE : OF 3 DATE PEtii51714 OR ISS'dF AEld ENCL MTG UNIT Um It STA STATION NAMEPLATE TYPE F/S CDC TT PE ESCUTCHEON REMARKS NO COOLING TOWER FAN 4-1 4-5 S Al I FORWARD PB14 A2 I REVERSE A3 I STOP COOLIA3 TOWER FAN 4-2 SAI4E AS P814 P815 COOLING TOWER FAN 4-3 SAME AS PB14 P816 COOLINS TOWER FAN 4-4 SAME AS P814 P517 OIL TURBINE ROOM PB18 LIGHTING TIGHT S Al 6 OFF-ON A2 6 SUBSTATION OFF-ON CIRCULATINO FAN 4-1 SAME AS PB5 PB14 CIRCULATING FAN 4-2 SAME AS PBS PBT3 CIRCULATING FAN 4-3 SAME AS P05 P821 CIRCULATING FAN 4-4 SANE AS PB5 PB22 ROOF VENTILATORS TIGHT S Al 6 OFF-0$ P623 i 4.2 A2 6 OFF-ON B.F. PUMP 4-1 OIL S Al 1 OPEN P624 RECIRCULATION TIGHT B.F. PUMP 4-2 SAME AS P824 PB25 RECIRCULATION DRUM ENCLOSURE OIL S Al I START P826 HEATER TIGHT A2 4 STOP FOR ABBREVIATIONS REFER TO SHEET ENTITLED 'PUSH BUTTON DESIGNATIONS' BLACK I VEATCH, CON SULTINO ENO INEERS - KANSAS CITY, M1SSOUR I DENTON, TEXAS PROJECT ' MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 3725 UNIT 4 60,000 KW SHEET PUSH BUTTON SCHEDULE 3 OF 3 OAT( REVISION OR ISSUE Nr., BY Section 4 CABLE TRAYS AND RACEWAYS SCOPE. This section covers the furnishing and field installation of all materials and work required for a complete tivy and raceway system as shown on the plans, Raceway Schedule, and as described h,:rein. 1 MATERIAIpc. The following paragraphs pertain to the design and construction of components and accessories for the complete tray and raceway system. Cable Trays. The trays and all tray fittings shall be fabricated by one manufacturer for installation and as required to make a complete system as specified herein. The rays are shown on the plans. The trays shall be Globe "Cable-Strut" or tpproved equal. The existing tray is Globe "Cable-Strut" and modifications to the existing tray shall coordinate in all respects with the existing tray. All trays stall be aluminum. The hanger clamps, fastening hardware, and pins shall be of highly corrosion-resistant metals. Steel accessories shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Drawings: The Contractor shall submit drawings to the Engineer showing the complete tray system which he proposes to supply and such additional data as will give construction and design features. The tray layout shown on the plans is based on dimensions of Globe "Cable-Strut" tray. If trays of other manufacture are furnished, the Contractor shall provide additional data as required to show that all elevations and dimensions shown on the plans will be maintained. Construction: Continuous rigid trays shall be formed of one piece or shall have a bottom member which is formed of one piece and welded to channel-type side rails. The trays shall have a depth as indicated on the plans. (DEMN) TEXAS - 3725 ((ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A 4-1 The entire tray system shall be designed and constr,0,,:d so that no part of the completed tray installation will exceed the frillowing deflection limits: DEFLECTION OF TRANSVERSE STPUT Maximum Deflection Based on 150 Tray Width Pounds Lineal Foot, Uniformly Distributed_ Inches Irch) 6 0.006 12 0. Uto 18 0. (fro 24 0.160 DEFLECTION OF LONGITUDINAL 106ER maximum Unsu rted Span Weight of Conductor/Foot_of Tray Deflection* Feet Pounds Lineal Foot Inch 5 150 0.35 Tested ns free or simple beam Covers: All vertical trays shall be furnished with ventilated covers. The top tray of horizontal runs located under grating floors or insulated pipe shall be furnished with solid aluminum covers. All covers shall be of the same metal as tray with which they are used. They shall be of the type having edges turned to give rigidity. Cover straps shall be furnished as required. Hanger Clamps: Hanger clamps shall be furnished as a part of the tray system and made especially for the trays with which they are associated. The clamps shall be designed for use with 1/2 inch hanger rods and fasteners. The clamps shall be of a design that does not utilize cross members under the supports and shall be so constructed that hanger rods do not extend below tray bottom. Conduit. Conduit required by the plans and Raceway Schedule shall be in accordance with the following paragraphs. Conduit 3/4 inch and smaller DE MN, TEXAS - 3725 ) ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 4-2 shall be rigid steel and conduit one inch and larger shall be aluminum except where otherwise noted on the puns. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: Aluminum conduit and couplings shall be a rigid type, shall bear the Underwriters' label, and shall be used with threaded aluminum conduit fittings. All rigid aluminum conduit shall comply with ASA Standard c8o.5. Rigid Steel Conduit: All steel conduit, couplings and elbows shall be hot-dip galvanizes'. or sherardized rigid mild steel in accordance with the latest revision, of ASA Standard C80.1 and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standard UL6. The interior and exterior of this conduit shall have a continuous zinc coating and in addition shall have a coating of transparent enamel or lacquer or a coating of zinc chromate. This conduit shall be used with steel conduit fittings. Couplings and Thread Protectors: Each length of conduit shall be complete with a coupling on one end and a thread protector on the other. The thread protector shall have sufficient mechanical strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage. Flexible Conduit: All flexible conduit shall be galvanized and liquidtight. Flexible conduit r;hall have a plastic packet and shall be Sealtite Type "EF", except T;rpe "HC" shall be used for high temperature areas such as on feed water heater level switches. Conduit Fittings. All conduit fittings shall conform to NEMA Standard f 1-1960, or the latest revision thereof, insofar as such standard iri applicable. All fittings shall be aluminum, aluminum alloy, iron or galvanized steel as required by these specifications and the plans. Bushings: Bushings shall be provided at the termination of all conduits with the exception of conduits terminated in hubs and couplings. Insulating bushings consisting of insulating inserts in metal housings shall be provided on conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger. Insulating bushings shall be grounding type where required by NEC and as required by the plans. Standard bushings shall ue galvanized. Lock Nuts: I • Double lock nuts shall be provided on all conduit terminations except those at threaded hubs and couplings. Lock nuts shall be of a type that (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 {ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-&A 4-3 has -iharp beveled teeth which dig into the metal wh.rn tightened and will not loosen through vibration. Un!ons: ' Conduit unions and their location shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Watertight conduit unions shall be Crouse-Hinds Type ltlfF or approved equal. Special Fittings: Conduit sealing, explosion proof, dustproof, and other types of fittings shall be furnished as required to be consistent witli the equipment with which the fittings are associated and as required by the plans and specifications. Flexible Conduit Fit' ngs: All flexible conduit fittings shall be galvanized, liquidtight, and shall bear the Underwriters' Laboratories approval label. Fittings shall be Appleton Type "STN" or approved equal. Wireway. All wireway and associated fittings shall be flange-type aluminum, shall be furnished without knockouts, and shall have screw covers. The wi:away shall be designed for weathertight installation utilizing neoprtne gaskets and shall be UL apprcved. Cabinets and Boxes. All junction boxes, pull boxes, and cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories, Standard UL 50 for the service for which they are intended. All function boxes shall be constructed of sheet aluminum alloy, 6061-T6, except as note3 on the plans. Hydrogen storage area loxes and cabinets shall be cast iron and suit- able for NEC Class 1, Division 2, Group B locations. All outlet boxes and associated fittings shall be constructed in accordance with UL 514 and shall be galvanized steel,galvanized malleable iron, or cast aluminum. Galvanized malleable iron outlet boxes shall be installed outdoors, in damp locations, with all surface mounted receptacles, switches, and lighting fixtures. Galvanized steel outlet boxes shall be used in concealed indoor dry locations for lighting service only. (DENMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (EL:CTRICAL OONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 4-4 Raceway Supports. Hanger Rods: Hanger rods shall be 112 inch diameter galvanized threaded steel rods. Conduit Clamps: Single conduit supports shall be one-hole cast metal straps and clamp backs unless other types are approved by the Engineer. Multiple conduit bank supports shall be constructed of special support channels (Unistrut, Kindorf, or approved equal) with associated conduit clips. Brackets: Bracket supports as detailed on the plans shall be used where specifi- cally shown and may be substituted for other type hangers upon approval, of the Engineer. Anchors: Where supports for raceways, boxes, cabinets, and bus ducts are fastened to concrete, they shall be fastened with concrete expansion anchors. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of anchors. Concrete anchors shall be steel, self-drilling, expansion type and shall be Phillips "Redhead" anchors or approved equal.. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. Cable Trays. Cable trays shall be installed in accordance with the cable tray manufacturer's instructions and as specified herein. Tray Surfaces: The Contractor shall cut the trays to length as required. The trays shall be cut with saws and all surfaces on the inside of the trays shall be smoothed. All edges over which the conduc`ors and cables are laid shall be ground or filed to remove any sharp edges which could cause damage to the cable jacket or insulation either during installation or in normal service. Cross Members: Where layers of trays are staggered or are of different widths and they cannoL. be supported on wall brackets, they shall be supported with hanger rods and cross members of Unistrut or Kindorf materials. Where feabible, supporting anchors, hangers, clamps, and hardware shall be installed as illustrated in the detail included on the plans. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 4-5 Tray Covers: Cable tray covers shall be notched around clamps and uupports as required for proper fit. Notches shall be cut by sawing and the edges smoothed by grinding or filing. 1'.lexible Conduit. All equipment and devices that move in relation to the supply conduit due to vibration, normal operatic,n of the mechanism, or thermal expansion shall be connected to the supply conduit using not more than thirty inches of flexible conduit adjacent to the equipment or device. Flexible conduit may also be used where approved by the Engineer. Rigid Conduit. Rigid conduit shall be installed as specified and as required by the plans to make a complete installation. Conduits shall be installed as a complete system without wires and shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, from outlet to fitting, and from fitting to fitting. No wiring shall be installed in conduits until all work which might damage the cable has been completed. Routing: All conduits shall be run exposed unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans. Conduits shall be run parallel or perpendicular to dominant surfaces with right angle turns consisting of symmetrical bends or fittings. Conduits shall be kept at least 6 inches from hot water pipes, steam pipes, and other hot surfaces. The plans show only the general routing of conduits. The Contractor shall field route all conduits in coordination with the work of other contractors. Moisture Pockets: Moisture pockets shall be eliminated from conduits as far as possible. In outdoor installations, drainage facilities shall be prol,ided in all conduit. If water cannot drain to a natural opening in th> conduit system, a hole shall be drilled in the bottom of a pull bQx or "C-type" conduit fitting installed in the low point of the conduit run. Couplings: Metal conduits shall be joined by approved threaded conduit couplings and shall have the ends butted in all cases where couplings are used. The use of running threads will not be pe raitted. Where metal conduits cannot be joined by standard threaded couplings, approved conduit unions or split couplings may be used where approved by the Engineer. Water- tight unions, having ground seats, shall be used in areas where the unions may be submerged. Split couplings, Erickson couplings, or similar unions which do not have ground seats shall not be used in such areas. (DENTON, TEAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-SA) 4-6 Unions: Where Erickson couplings or similar unions with ungn)iiri seats are used on outside vertical metal conduit runs, the coupling hoxagon nut shall be on the upper side so that water will not run into I,he union. Couplings and unions shall be mechanically strong atiol :.hall provide adequate electrical continuity between the conduit," r•onnected. Bends and Offsets: Bends and offsets will not be permitted except as necessitated by good installation practice. A rur_ of conduit shall not contain more than the equivalent of four quarter bends, including those immediately at outlets or fittings. Bends in conduit shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine without reducing the internal diameter of the conduit or without injury to the protective coatings. ThP use of a pipe tee or vise for bending conduit or the use of factory elbows will not be per itted. The inside radius of conduit bends shall not be less than six times the inside diameter of the conduit. Conduits deformed or crushed in any way shall not be installed. Threading Conduit: All conduits shall be cut with a hack saw; the ends shall be square, and threads shall be cut and cleaned before reaming. The ends of all conduit shall be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs. All threads and ends of steel conduit shall be coated with Zincilate 810. A cutting oil shall be used in all threading operations, the dies shall be kept sharp, and adequate provisions shall be made for chip clearance. If desired, self-cleaning dies with a rake of about 35 degrees may be us:d. A pipe point compound shall be used in making threaded points to prevent seizing. Some joint compounds used on steel conduit are not suitable for use on aluminuun conduit. A typical thread lubricant for aluminum conduit consists of a mixture of zinc dust and petroleum jelly, or a heavy cup grease containing about 25 per cent grxiphite. Connections to Boxes and Cabinets: Conduits shall be securely fastened to all sheet metal boxes with to^k nuts and bushings. The full number of threads shall protect through the wall of the box to allow the bushing to butt against the end of the conduit after which the lock nuts both inside and outside shall be tightened sufficiently to bond the conduit securely to the box. Cleaning: Precautions shall be taken during constn.ction to prevent the accumula- tion of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduits. Conduits in which water or other foreign materials have been permitted to arcumulate shall to thoro?zghly cleaned, or where such accumulation cannot be removed by (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 4-7 MINA methods approved by the Engineer, the conduits shall be replaced by and at the Anse of the Contractor. Existing conduits in which new cond,; are installed shall be cleaned before installing the new con1rccc,._ . Wireway. The wireway shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the plans to give a water- tight installation. All field cuts shall be made with a hack saw. Myers screwtight hubs shall be used to connect conduit to the wireway. Boxes and Fittings. Boxes and fittings shall be installed in a rigid manner employing self-drilling anchors for concrete mounting and by drilling and tapping for Steel mounting. Openings in boxes for conduit shall be punched or sawed. Sawed openings shall be made only by a hole saw. All sheet metal function boxes and pull boxes located outdoors, or in indoor locations defined as damp by the Engineer, shall be mounted with a 3/4 inch space between the back of the boxes and masonry walls. Spacers shall be made of nonferrous metal. Junction boxes and outlet boxes mounted on structural steel shall be centered on beam flanges or webs except where de•riations are required to avoid interferences with piping and miscellaneous steel. Sleeves and Openings. Sleeves and openings for passage of electrical raceways are shown on the plans for general construction and marked with an "E" near each opening. These openings will be furnished by others and are beneath major pieces of electrical equipment and in certain locations where groups of raceways will pass through floors. The Contractor shall be responsible for all required openings. Additional openings shall be cut with a hack saw, a hole saw, or a core drill subject to the approval of the Engineer. Finishing Boxouts: Openings that have been cut through walls and floors of masonry or concrete for the passage of raceways shall be finished either by grouting around the conduits or by grouting 316 inch thick steel bands around the periphery of the openings. Where sleeves or bands are installed in floors, they shall project 3-1/2 inches above the finished floors. Openings in floors and walls for single conduits shall be cut by the Contractor with core drills and the conduits grouted in place after being installed. Openings Through Crating: Field cutting of grating will not be allowed unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Alternate routing of raceways should be used to avoiu conflict with grating. If field cutting is absolutely necessary, the openings shall be made at divisions or ends of grating DEVM# TVM - 3T25 EUCMCAL COUSTRMCB - E-UA 4-8 For Trays: All cable trays shall be supported by brackets from walls or columns or by hanger rods. Such supports shall be attached to building steal, or e'_se to anchors installed in masonry walls or in the underside of concrete floor:,. Hanger rods (in pairs) or bracket, shall be located at intervals not greater than 5 feet. Nuts on both oxis of all hanger rods shall be so that the nut threads are completely eriYaged on the rod and not more than 5 threads shall project below the nut on the rod's lower end. j Underground Duct Banks. Duct banks for underground power and control cables shall be made up of individual transite "Korducts" arranged as shown on the plans and will be constructed under other specifications. Before cables are pulled in the completed duct banks, a mandrel not less than 12 :..,:hes long and with a diameter 1/4 inch less than the inside diameter of the individual ducts shall be pulled through each duct, after which a brush with stiff bristles shall be pulled through to remove particles of earth, sand, and gravel that have been left in the ducts. The ends of all individual ducts shall be plugged. Welding. All relding shall completely fuse the welded member to the supporting steel and shall be neat in appearance. All welds shall be made by welders whose quality of work is equivalent to that of welders certified by the American Welding Society. ` Clamps shall be used for making attachments to structural steel for installation purposes wherever possible. Welded lugs will be permitted only with the specific approval of the Engineer. All temporary supports which have been welded to the building steel shall be removed as promptly as possible. After removal, the roughened surface of the building steel shall b,: ground smooth and a protective primer paint applied equal to that which was initially applied in the shop. Corrosion Protection. Wherever aluminum or galvanized steel comes in contact with earth or when aluminum conduit is cast in concrete, the steel or aluminum shall be painted with Koppers Bitumastic No. 50 or approved equal paint. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3'x25 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 4-1o Section 5 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and in,~tnilation of insulated cable and wire and of associated materials. Main power, motor, d-c and control circuits are described in the Circuit Schedule. Temperature detector circuits are described on the plans. INSULATED POWER AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS. Conductors shall comply with all applicable requirements of the latest IPCEA standards unless other- wise specified. Cable Manufacturers. The insulated cables and conductors which are supplied by the Contractor shall be produced by one or more of the following cable manufacturers: American Steel and Wire Anaconda Wire and Cable Company General Cable Corporation General Electric Company Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Sales, Inc. ' The Kerite Company The Okonite Company Phelps Dodge Copper Products Company Rome Cable Corporation Simplex Wire and Cable Company Rockbestos Products Corporation The Contractor shall submit three copies of the manufacturer's IPCEA test reports on each cable to the Engineer. Conductors. All conductors shall be formed of individually coated copper wire and shall conform to Part 2 of IPCEA S-19-81. Insulation. All insulating material shall conform to IPCEA specifica- tions and to the following paragraphs. Butyl Rubber: Butyl rubber insulation shall be resistant to ozone and moisture and shall be satisfactory for use on a copper conductor with a maximum operating temperature of .;ot less than 85 C. This insulating material shall be suitable for use in wet or dry locations and shall conform to Part 3.15 of IPCEA S-19-81. DENTONt TEXAS - 3725 ) ~ELSCTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 5-1 i Natural or Synthetic Rubber: This insulating material shall be satisfactory for installation in wet or dry locations and shall be suitable for use on a copper conductor with a maximum operating temperature of not less thr,n 'f5 C. The insula- tion shall conform to Part ?.14 of IPCEA 5-19-81. Polyvinyl Chloride: This insulating material shall be satisfactory for l,,stallation in wet or dry locations on a-c and d-c circuits and shall be suitable for use on a copper conductor with maximum operating temperature of ;ot less than 75 C. The conductor insulation shall be thermoplastic s rnthetic compound made from polyvinyl chloride or its copolymer with vinyl acetate, and shall conform to Paragraph 3.8 of IPCEA 5-61-402. Polyethylene: This insulating -aterial shall be satisfactory for installation in wet or dry locations on a-c and d-c circuits and shall be suitable for use on a copper conductor with a maximum operating temperature of not less than 75 C. The insulation shall conform to Section 3.9 of IPCEA 5-61-402. Shielding. Where shielding is required, it shall be tinned copper tape, • of suitable width, and shall conform to Part 4 of IPCEA 5-19-81 except the minimum thickness shall be 0.005 inch. Coverings. The covering or jacket employed over the individual conductor insulation or over a multiconductor cable with or without other coverings shall be of the material and thickness specified in the paragraphs describing the components of each type of cable under "Detailed Description of Power and Control Cables". Cable jackets and coverings shall conform to the following applicable paragraphs. Neoprene; Where a neoprene jacket is specified, it shall conform to the latest revisions of Paragraph 4.13.3 of IPCEA 5-19-81. Polyvinyl Chloride: Where a polyvinyl chloride jacket is specified, it shall comply in all respects with Paragraph 4.13.5 of IPCEA 5-19-81 or Paragraph 4.3.1 of IPCEA 5-61-402, and shall be of a noncontaminating type which is compat'ble with the insulation. Multiconductor Cables. Cabling, fillers, binders and conductor identi- fication for multiconductor cable shall be in accordance with Part 5 of IPCEA S-19-81. Power cables of 3000 volt rating and above shall be coded by use of ridges or some similar physical irregularity in the (DE MN, TMS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTMCTION - E-8A) 5-2 cable ,jacket; pigment shall not be used In coding such cables. Individual conductors of 600 volt multiconductor cables shall be codQ(l through the use of colored jacket compounds or colored insulation. Detailed Description_ of Power and Control Cables. The following paragraphs identify by "'T'ype" the voltage and rating of each cable a[ud conductor and the materials which shall be used in the conductors, insulation, and coverings or jackets of the cables and conductors. in addition to the description given below, each of these cables, unless otherwise specified, shall comply with the IPCEA requirements described in the preceding paragraphs. The term "Type", as used in the Circuit Schedule and on the plans refers to the following lettered paragraphs. Type A, 15 KV Single Conductor: The cable supplied as Type A shall be single conductor, shielded, rated 15)000 volts, with butyl rubber insulation suitable for use at 85 C copper temperature, polyvinyl chloride conductor ,jacket, and shall conform to the following table: Thickness - Inches Conductor No. of Conductor Conductor Size Strands Insulation Jacket 500 Mcm 61 27/64 0.110 Type B, 5 KV Single Conductor: The cable supplied as Type B shall be single conductor, shielded, rated 5000 volts, with butyl rubber insulation suitable for use at 90 C copper temperature, polyvinyl chloride jacket, and shall conform to the following table: Thickness - Inches Conductor No. of Conductor Conductor Size Strands Insulation Jacket #2 19 io/64 0.080 #1/0 19 io/64 0.080 #4/0 19 10/64 0.080 (DENMN, TEXAS - 3725 (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 5-3 i Type C, 600 volt, Single Conductor The cable supplied as, Type C shall be single ccmdu,.,,r, rated 6,00 volts, with butyl rubber insulation buitable for uf~e ut, )O C copper temperature, polyvinyl chloride jacket,and shall conform to tt:-• I•olif,ving table- - Inches Conductor No. of Conductor Conductor Size Strands Insulation Jacket 350 Mcm 37 6/64 o-065 Type D. 600 Volt, Single Conductor: The cable supplied as Type D shall be single conductor, rated 600 voles, with natural or synthetic rubber insulation suitable for use at 75 C copper temperature, neoprene ,jacket,and shall conform to the following table: _ Thickness - Inches Conductor No. of Conductor Conductor Size Strands Insulation _Jacket #8 7 x+/64 0.030 #4 7 4/64 0.030 #1 19 5/64 0,o45 #4/o 19 5/64 o.o45 Type E, 600 Volt, Three-Conductor: The cable supplied as Type E shall be three-condurtor rated 600 vclta, with natural or synthetic rubber insulation suitablo for ur_e at 7~ C copper temperature, neoprene conductor Jackets, polyvinyl chloride overall 3aeket, one bare ground wire in the interstices and shall conform to the following table: Thickness - inches _ Conductor No. of Min Size of Conductor Conductor Overall Size r S~ranis Ground Wire Insulation _?ecket__ Jacket #12 7 #14 3/6,4 0.^1C..obo #8 7 #10 4/61, o o~ I I I (DENToN, TEXAS - 3725 (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A~ 5-4 Type F, 600 Volt, ti7ulticonductor Control Cable: The cable supplied as Type ; shall be multiconduct,)r control cable rated 600 volts, with 20 mils polyethylene conductor insulatlon suitable for use at 75 C copper temperature and 10 mils polyvinyl chloride conductor ,jackets, nonhygroscopic filler, mylar tape wrap having an overlap of 10 per cent or more, polyvinyl chloride overall and shall conform to the following table: Conductor No. of Thickness of Overall Size- Conductors Jacket - Inches X119122) 4 0.060 #12 19/25) 2 0.045 12 19/25) 3 0.x45 #12 19/25) 5 0.060 #12 19/25) 7 m60 #12 19/25) 9 0.06o #12 19/25) 12 0.080 Type G, Multipair Shielded Control Cable; The cable supplied as Type G shall be one pair and six pair No. 16 Aw (19/29), rated 300 volts, with 15 mils polyethylene conductor in!zulation suitable for use at 75 C copper temperature, and an overall Jacket of 45 mils polyvinyl chloride. The conductors shall be color coded and twisted to form twisted pairs with 2 inch lay. The shield shall con- sist of a No. 18 AWG tinned bare drain wire and a 3 mil shield tape, which shall be applied helically over the :riductors to provide 100 per cent coverage. The shield tape shall have one mil of aluminum laminated to 2 mils mylar, and the aluminum side shall be in contact with the drain wire. The control cable shall be manufactured by Dekoron Products Division, Samuel Moore and Company, or one of the manufacturers listed previously in this section. Type H, High Temperature Single-Conductor Control Cable. The cable supplied as TyNe H shall be single No. 12 AWG (.19/25) con- ductor, rated 600 volts. Insulation shall be 2/64 inch silicone rubber, with a 10 mil braided glass ,jacket. This cable shall be suitable for operation at a ccpp(r temperature of 200 C and shall be 'JL Type SF'-2. Type J, Single Fair Phermoceuple Extension Cable: The cable supplied as Type J shall be single pair No. i6 AWG ircn- constantan thermocouple extension cable, ISA Type •;X. Ine conductor insulation shall be asbestos impregnated with silicone and color c ue~ in accordance with ISA standards. An overall Jacket of asbestos braid shall cover the insulated pair. The cable shall be suitalle for opera- tion at temperatures up to 400 F and shall be manufactured by Leeds and Northrup or one of the manufacturers listed prev!vu;ly in this sectir..;n. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 5 Type K, Multipair Shielded Thermocouple Extension Cable: The cable furnisheA as Type K shall be eight pairr; of No. 20 AWG iron- constantan thermocouple extension cable. ISA Tyl,- JX and suitable for use at 75 C. The conductor insulation shall be 15 mils of polyethylene color coded in accordance with ISA standards. Tho pair shall be num- bered end twisted to form twisted pairs with a It-rh lay. The shield shall consist c" a No. 20 AWG bare drain wire and r, 3 mil shield tape which shall be applied helically over the conductors to provide 100 per cent coverage. The shield tape shall consist of one mil of aluminum laminated to 2 mils mylar and shall have the aluminum side in contact with the drain wire. An overall ,acket of 60 mils polyvinyl chloride color coded in accordance with ISA shall cover the shielding tape. The cable shall be manufactured by Dekoron Products Division, Samuel Moore and Company, or one of the manufacturers listed previously in this section. Type L, 600 Volt, Seven Conductor Cable for Communication Circuits; The cable supplied as Type L shall be seven conductor, rated 600 volts, with 30 mils polyvinyl chloride conductor insulation suitable for use at 75 C copper temperature, and an overall jacket cf 50 mils volyvinyl chloride. The conductors shall be sized, color coded, and twisted as follows: No. 18 AW(j black and green conductors shall be twisted with maximum lay of 2 inches; No. 18 AWG red, orange, and blue conductors shall be twisted with a maximum lay of 2 inches; No. 14 AWG black and white conductors shall be twisted with a maximum ley of 3 inches. Each conductor shall be stranded of not less than 7 strands of copper. Filler materials shall be nonhygroscopic. Maximum diameter of the completed cable shall be 0.70 inch or less. The cable shall be tranu- factured by CAI-Tronics Corporation, or one of the manufacturers listed previously in this section. Type M, Two Conductor Shielded Cables for Vibration Detector Circuits: The cable supplied as Type M shall be two conductor No. AWG (16/34), rated 1000 volts, with 21, mils polyethylene insulation suitable for use at 75 C copper temperature, and an overall jacket of 23 mil;; polyvinyl chloride. The shield shall to tinned copper braid and shall provide at least 87 per cent coverage. The cable shall to Belden Manafaeturing Company Cat. No. 8422 nr approved equal. CONDUCTOR ACCESSOP M . Terminal Materials. All conductor terminal materials se.all be furnished by the Contractor where acceptable pressure type terminals are not in- cluded with Owner- furnished equipment. The wire termination materials furnished by the Contractor for conductors No. 8 AW,, and larger shall be pressure or bolted type, Burndy Varilug, ~Ckiklvg or approved equal,. The terminals used for all stranded conductors smaller than No. b AWc, shall be insulated "Sta-Kon" ring tongue type as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Company or approved equal. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL OONS'nUCTION - E-8A) 5-6 Wire and Cable Markers. Cable markers shall be rrid, rom plastic tape with adhesive backing and embossed with circuit m.mt,nr_ This material and the embossing tool are available from Dymo Cori,.,rr,tlcn, Berkeley, California. Lacing and Tying Materials. Lacing materials for field-installed cables shall consist, of 20 pound linen cord or nylon r,i manufactured by Weckesser Company, Chicago, or Thomas & Betts. Splicing and Terminating Tepes, Insulating Compoundr., Lind Similar Materials. All cable terminating and splicing insulating materlais shall be in accord- ance with the cable manufacturer's recommendationf,'. Eight rubber belting for cushioning cable supports shall be selected to nr•et the needs of the installation. Cable Grip. Woven cable support grips as manufactured by Kellems shall be either closed or split type. INSTALLATION OF POWER AND CONTROL CONDUaTORS. General. All power and control cables shall be installed in a good and workmanlike manner. The cable shall not be kinked nor shall the cable jacket or insulation be damaged. No conductor shall be pulled in place until the associated raceways have been completely installed, cleaned and inspected. All cables in each conduit or duct shall be pulled in simultaneously, using lubrication and cable grips. All cables shall be routed as required by the circuit schedule. If at any time during the progress of the work the Contractor finds conduits or trays which appear inadequate to accommodate the assigned cables, he shall notify the Engineer at once and shall discontinue any further work on the ques- tionable raceway until advised by the Engineer as to how he shall proceed. Supports. Cables shall have enough supports to limit the weight of the cable on each support to a value such that the cable jacket cr insuia- tion will not be distorted. The bearing surface of each cable support shall be parallel with the cable surface and the clamping surfaces shall not distort the cable packet or insulation. Distorting pressure on the cables shall be avoided at the conduit bushings or end bells of ducts where the cables enter or leave a conduit or duct. In addition, the cables shall be protected where directed by the Engineer by wrap- ping them with light rubber belting, frt,!tion tape, or a similar pro- tective material to prevent the cable jacket or insulation from teing distorted. Adequate cable length shall be provided in ,lunrtic.r, boxes and manholes so the cables will be supported without longitudinal strains. A final inspection shall be made after ail cables are in pIa^~ and wP,,r% supports, bushings or end bells deform the :able •ja^ket, additional supports shall be provided. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELLECTRICAL WNS'TRUCTION - E-8A) 5 -7 Cables in vertical runs shall be suppcrted in acc,rda.^.ce with the NEC by the 'Ise of woven grips except that the distance he:ween supports shall be one-half rf the code lengths. Cable in v:rLi^al cable trays shall be laced to the tray at 5 foot intervals. Si are Conductors. Where spare conductcrs are inc ,deg in a multi- conductor circuit, the Contractor shall leave thy: :,panm conductors at their maximum length sc that they can be used tai r•plti any condu~'or of the multiconductDr circuit. The end of each spr:r.r -Inductor shall be neatly coiled and then taped to the conductors teing used. L_aclnq. That portion of control and instrument leads between the ends of conduits and terminal blocks back of switchboard,: and In similar locations shall be neatly laced together by locr.stitching with linen cord or by using nylon ties. Moisture Seals. The ends of all nonleaded condi^tors exposed o the weather and rated 2500 volts and above shall be kept sealed at all times with a factory installed seal or a temporary mristureproof seal of rubber and friction tape covered with insulating varnish except when actually terminating or splicing the cable. Before and after pulling each length of cable, the leading and seal shall be examined and repaired if necessary. The ends of a cable, w,.en cut, shall not be left exposed tc the atmosphere and shall be promptly sealed unless the cable is to be terminated or spli,:ed immediately. Cable Bends. Extreme caution shall be exercised during installation to prevent'oending cable .o t lius shorter than the recommended bending radius of cables. The bendin3 radius of unshielded, nonarmored cables with rubber or rubberlike insulation -,hall be in accordance with the following table! Minimum, binding Radius as a Multi .e .f overall Diameter Thickness of Conductcr " Less s s*n - - _an 500,00 ccm Insulation in (0 h of an Inch ;0041110 cr. and Over Up to 8 } 4 9 to 1.2 L 5 13 to 20 5 6 21 and Over F 6 The bending radius for cetallie shielded or metallic armored cables shall be not less than 12 times the overall diameter ,~)f the cumpieted cables- The above bending radii shall apply to cables being han9led during installation as well as to cables already installed by the Contractor. (DENTONx TEXAS - 3725 1 (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 5-8 Splicing. The number of cable splices shall be kept t(, 's minimum and the approval of the Engineer must be obtained fcr tie uo..• and location of splices in all cables rated 2500 volts and above. 3p,] :^_e6 shall not be made to utilize short lengths of cable or cables whirr, nave been cut too short for the circuits intended. No splices -,hall t,- made in control and instrument conductors. Carelessness in performing any operation in splicing, ,1 o'.r.ir,t or connecting any cable, or handling any apparatus or mater:a. required in these operations will not be tolerated under any circumstances. Splices, joints and connections in cables shall be -rode only in pull boxes, junction boxes, or manholes. Terminating end Splicing of 2 kv and kv Cables. All rabies norn_nally rated 5 kv and 15 kv shall be spliced and terminated by experienced workmen in strict accordance with the instructions of the cable aanu- factmirer. The Contractor shall obtain copies of these instructions from cable manufacturers. The Contractor shall furnish all splicing and termination kits required for installing all cable. ,T_e_r_miinn_ati_ng or Splicing 600 Volt Cable. '"hF terminating or splicing of 00 vb olt cables shall be in accordance with the following paragraphs: Train cable in place and cut squarely to required length. Avoid sharp bends. Remove necessary amount of insulation and ,jacket, taking care not to damage the conductor. Insulating tape shall not be used on lugs which attach to uninsulated parts. Insulating tape shall be used on lugs which attach to insulated parts and on all splices. If the connection is to be taped, pencil the cable iacket down to the le~rel of the conductor. Use sandpaper to buff .:,e pen:•ll and the surface of the cable jacket which is 'c, be tafe~. Clean thA exposed end of the conductor and the surface cf the sulderless ccnnectc)r with white gasoline cr 11o nct use abrasives tG clean silver plated st]rf5.ces ".ear, ;Urfa-e,; that are t: be taped. Install terminals or connecters and insure firm mete:-*:,-~rjetsl contact. Apply three half-lapped layers of insulating tape. Tnis tape shall cover the joint and extend two cable diameters over the cable jacket and a similar distance over any other insulation :r connections which are to be insulated. Cable Identification. The Contractor shall identify .he ends ,f all power, control and instrument circuits. He shall als, ident"y all circuits in manholes and pull boxes. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL OONSTRUCTION - E-SA) 5-9 I The marker shall he wrapped around all conductors common to a single circuit and both ends of the marker shall be pressed together with adhesive surfaces in contact. Where markers cannr,t en-lose all conductors of a circuit, one marker for each conductor shall be used. Each marker shall bear the number of the corresponding circuit accord- ing to the circuit schedule and plans. Cable in Trays. The trays shall be inspected and cleaned of all foreign materials before starting to install the cables. All cables snail be carefully laid or pulled in the trays so that neither the cables nor the trays are damaged. Cables may be laid along the side of the tray system during installation provided they are protected from dirt, water, oil or other detrimental materials and from mechanical injury. Cables shall be cut sufficiently lo,.g to conform to the contour of the trays with particular attention paid to vertical inside bends. All excessive slack shall be removed from the cables so that they lie parallel to the sides of the trays. The cables shall be tied to the trays with nonmetallic cord at 10 foot intervals to hold them in place. Cable clamps designed for holding the cables inside the trays shall be in- stalled at all vertical bends. Temporary covers shall be furnished by the Contractor and placed over the trays where the trays pass under steam or water pipes which will be insulated after tte cables are installed. These temporary covers are for use in preventing insulating materials from falling into the cable trays and shall be removed after the pipes are insulated. The trays shall be examined at the end of the construction period and all foreign materials shall be removed. Cable Sizes and Lengths. All cables shall be carefully checked both as to size and length before being pulled into conduits or ducts. Cables pulled into the wrong cr:,nduit or duct or cut too shor4 to rack, train and splice as shown on'.he plans and specified herein, shall be remc,ved and replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor. Cables rer,,vF--1 from one ccndult or d.ct sham not be installed ,ri anr-Ahe^ 'r duct without permi:siun of the Engineer. Cable Pilling. Fishing and pulling shall be done wi'r, flexitle rc,.lna metal tape, 002 propellel polyethylene cord, nylor, repe,cr rr"r.iia rope. Cable Grips: Woven wire cable grips sha:', be used to pull all single condu.tor cables No. 210 AWG and larger, and all multicDnductor cables. Pulling loops shall be used to pull single conductor cables smaller than Nc. 210 AWG. When a cable grip is used for pulling, the area of the cable :c-iered by the grip plus 6 inches shell be cut off and discarded. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-$A) 5-10 Swivels: A reliable nonfreezing type of swivel, or swivel connection, shall be inserted between the pulling rope and the cable eye or grip to prevent twisting under strain. Feeding Tubes: A k inch or larger flexible feeding tube, with a removable nozzle to fit the ducts, shall be used in pulling all underground cables. The feeding tube shall be long enough to extend from the duct entrance to the outside of the manhole and shall be so arranged that it will be impossible for the cable to drag across the edge of the manhole ring or any other surface. Lubricant: Only lubricants recommended by the cable manufacturer and approved by the Engineer shall be used. Inspection: The outside of the reel shall be carefully inspected for protruding nai'.s or other fastenings which might damage the cable. A thorough visual inspection for flaws, breaks or abrasions in the cable sheath and insulation shall be made as the cable leaves the reel, and the pulling speed shall be slow enough to permit this inspection. Damage to the sheath or finish of the cable shall be sufficient cause for rejecting the cable. Cable damaged in any way during pulling shall be replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor, Pulling Tension: The pulling tension of any cable shall not exceed the maximum tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. Pulling mechanisms of both tte manual and power types used by the Contractor shall have the rated capacity in tons clearly marked on the mechanism. Whenever the capacity of the pulling mechanism exceeds the recommended pulling tension of the cable as given by the cable manufacturer, a dynamometer shall be used tc show the tension on the cable and the indicator constantly watched. If any excessive strain develops, the pulling operation shall be stopped at once and the difficulty determined and corrected. Cables in Manholes. The ends of cables shall not be allowed to lie on the manhole floor. Either the permanent trays, temporary rope slings,or timbers shall be sued for supports, leaving the cables free from short bends and excessive sags, and with the ends arranged so that they cannot be submerged. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 5-11 TESTS AFTER INSTALLATION. All conductors rated 5000 volts and above shall be given a d-c insulation test after installatlon in addition to the standard factory tests on new cables. Termiruit,lons on both ends of all cables, all stress cones on shielded cablecOnd all splices between cables shall be completed before the cable tests are made. The cables shall be tested prior to connecting to r_•quipment. New cables shall be given a d-c voltage test, the procedure for which except for test voltage values shall conform to tha following 'nplicable standard: IPCEA - Wire ar.d Cable with Rubber, Rubber-like and Thermoplastic Insulations I Final test voltages and the duration of the test will be decided by the Engineer, except that the test voltage and duration will not exceed IPCEA standards. All equipment and labor required for testing the cables shall be supplied by the Contractor. Direct current test sets shall be rated as follows: For 5 kv cable - 45 kv - 2500 microamperes For 15 kv cable - 90 kv - 5000 microamperes The tests shall be performed by competent personnel specializing in electrical cable testing. The test data shall be recorded on forms provided by the Engineer and three copies of the field test reports on each cable tested shall be supplied to the Engineer. A sample data form showing a typical test curve for a satisfactory circuit is included. All insulated conductors rated less than 5C'00 volts shall be tested with a 500 volt megger or an equivalent testing device, and shall give approximately infinite resistance readings between conductors of the same circuit and between conductors ar;d ground. I,11 ;fighting ircuit5 shall be tested at the panel board with the ms:r, dis^unnected from the incoming feeder, branches connected, circljit r,rear.<.rs iospd. all fixtures in place and permanently connected, lamps cut of sr, v,,--rsrand all wall switches closed. Any circuit which fails to test satisfactor'ly shah be repaired or replaced in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL oONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 5-12 Project and Location Project No. Circuit Designation Date D-C TEST DATA A-C Factory rest voltage D-C Test voltage _ Conductor Polar ty - ' Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Cable Installation: New used Years Time Started Cable: Size__.____ Length Feet s test volt. Nv Current pa Oper. NY Ongrd. 20 Rated Cable voltage 40 60 Insulation wall 80 (Type 6 Thickness 100 Conductor Jacket wall (Type 8 Tnickne-~s) Time in Minutes After SODS Test voltage is Applied Shield 2 Cable Manufacturer 1 (Type) 3 Temperature Humidity r ~ 5 Type Terminations 6 Typu Splice a Location 7 a 9 Remarks 6 Fault Location ' 30 11 12 Note: Increase voltage at a uniform rate (20% 13 of test voltage every 15 seconds) until test In voltage is reached. If leakage current rises 15 with steady or decreasing voltage, drop the NVDC after 1 Min. Decay voltage quickly to Drevent cable Drea•;;rn unless breakdown is wanted to locate 100 Microamperes (pa) ,1 Milliampere TEST CURVE N Y Ly E O U C J C v L L 7 V 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 1 2 3 u 5 f 7 a 9 10 11 12 13 lu 15 S Test voltage Time jr) Minutes After 1005 Test voltage Is Applied TYPICAL CABLE TEST CURVE BLACK i VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-410.50.02-I B KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI Section 6 GROUNDING GENERAL. Thy s section covers the furnishing and installation of grounding materials . MATERIALS Ground Rods. The ground rods shall be 3/4 inch by 10-foot sectional type, Copperweld, Blackburn, or approved equal. Caoles. All grounding cables shall be Class B, stranded, soft drawn copper and shall be of the size and length specified or required by the plans. All cable shall be bare or shall be insulated with 3/64 inch thick green polyvinyl chloride insulation as required by the plans. Bus and Bars. All bus and bar materials shall be soft copper and shall conform to ASTM B187. No bar material shall have cross-section dimensions smaller than 1/8 inch by one inch. Thermite Weld Materials. All thermite process material shall be Cadweld heavy duty, or approved equal. The molds, materials and accessories used for any weld shall be specifically recommended by the manufacturer of the mold for the particular combination of wires, rods or surfaces. The powder cartridge or cartridges used shall be specifically recommended by the mold manufacturer for the particular weld. The thermite molds and powder shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Connectors. Special ground connectors shall be furnished for equipment connections where indicated on the plans. Tnese connectors shall be Burndy Type GFG. or approved equal; properly sized for use with the associated conductor. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. The Contractor shall adhere to the fol.lcwing procedures and furnish 311 incidental materials and tools required to complete the work. Conductors. All conductors in the ground grid shall be buried in earth and shall have at least 6 inches of earth cover. Where feasible, all conductors shall be run horizontally or vertically. Exposed fonductors near equipment shall be run parallel to or at right ang'.es to dominant surfaces. Conductors routed over concrete, steel or equipment surfaces shall be kept in close contact with those surfacer by using suitable fasteners. Any damaged conductors shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor as instructed by the Engineer. (DLMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 6-1 Ground Rods. The Contractor shall drive all ground rods to the depth and at the locations shown on the plans. Ground Mat. At the time the substation ground mat is complete, the Con- tractor shall measure and record the ground system resistance at two diagonally opposite corners of the substation. These values shall be tabulated, properly identified, and sent to the Engineer within ten days after the completion of the grid. Resistance Measurements. All ground resistance measurements shall be made with a three-terminal Nagger" ground tester which applies alter- nating current to the electrodes and which gives a reading in direct current ohms. Two ref^rence grounds shall be used and all tests shall be made in accordance it`. instructions in the James G. Biddle Co. Manual 25J, "Ground Resistance Testing". All teats shall be made under the supervision of the Engineer. Connections. All connections shall be made by the thermite process except where otherwise shown on the plans or specified. The instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the thermlte materials shall be followed in all details. All surfaces to be covered by the thermite welds shall be thoroughly cleaned. Paint, scale, and other deleterious substances shall be removed from surfaces of structural steel members by grinding. Powder and molds shall be kept dry and warm until used. All thermite connections shall successfully resist moderate hammer blows. Any connection which fails such test or which upon inspection indicates a porous or deformed weld shall be rtnade. When Burndy type ground connectors are to be embedded in the concrete, the connectors shall be carefully located and secured to the forms. The grounding cable shall be brazed to the connector after the connector bolts are tightened. All bolted connections 6ha11 be securely tightened. Conduit Grounding, All grounding bushings within all enclosures, includ- ing equipment enclosures, shall be tied together and connected internally to the enclosure grounding lug or grounding bus with bare copper conductor. Where conduit runs are terminated at tray, the grounding bushings shall be tied to the tray ground cable with bare copper conductor. No. S AWG conductor shall be used for grounding bushings 1-1/2 inches and smaller. Grounding conductors sized in accordance with NEC shall be used with all other grounding bushings. Tray Grounding. A bare grounding conductor shall be installed the entire length of cable trays where indicated on the plans. The conductor shall be tied to each tray section and the tray system tied to the station grounding grid as shown on the plans. • Equipment Grounding. All electrical equipment shall be grounded. Large equipment such as metal-clad or metal-enclosed switchgear will be OUTON, TEXAS - 3725 (z mcnICAL coNBTRUCTION - E-8A 6-2 furnished with a Fr-)unr1'_nr uus . Most other equipm, -n+ , i be furnished with grounding pads and/or grounding lugs. All ,?r-l,irl -onaections shall be cleaned and the E;rour,ding lugs furnished with th- v,juipment may oe used if acceptable. Motor frames sh.alI Lt- i,roundel using a f.roun,l aIled in the raceway system or %i (1Opf,er c:,rr_cti_~^ to tFlc r~^:arr;,,i, I,i,iiding steel or both, whichever 1s required b~~ tl.e plans. Mot-)r ir„mis not equipped with grounding facilities; shall he drilled and +apped fr,r making copper ground- ing connections. Durium bolts, flat washers, and ',)-k washers shall be used to secure the grc,jnding conductors to the m;t,.r frame. The conduit system is not considered to oe a grounding conductor except for sighting fixtures. No grounding conductor shall be smaller in size than No. 12 AWG unless it is a part of an approved cable assembly. ~I (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL OONSTRUV71ION - E-8A) 6-3 Section 7 LIGF! i'ING GENERAL. This section covers he furnishing and installing of lighting materials and equipment. LIGHTING MATERIALS. Lighting Transformers and Panels. All lighting transformers and panels shall be as specified in Section 3 of these specifications. Lighting Fixtures. The lighting fixtures shall be as specified in the lighting fixture schedules shown on the plans. Detailed Description of Lighting Cable. The following paragraphs describe cable that shall be used in lighting circuits. High Temperature: Cable designated UL Type AF shall be used for fixture wire and UL Type AVA shall be used for lighting circuits in extremely hot areas. Large Cable: Cable specified as Type D in Section 5 shall be used for lighting cir- cuits where sizes larger than No. 10 AWG are required by the plans. Small Cable: Cable rated 600 volts with 3/64 inch thick polyvinyl chloride insulation suitable for use at 75 C copper temperature and designated by UL as Type TRW shall be used for lighting circuits where sizes No. 10 and No. 12 AWG are required by the plans. Fixture Supports. All lighting fixture supports, hangers, clamps, and fasteners required to properly install and align fixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and details shown on the plans shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. Receptacles. All single receptacles shall be Sierra 126OX or approved equal. Clock outlets shall be Bryant No. 2828-5 or approved equal. Duplex receptacles shall be Sierra 146OX or approved equal. Switches. All switches shall be of the totally enclosed tumbler type and. shall be approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. for con- trol of incandescent and fluorescent (inductive) lights to the full rated capacity. (IENMN, TEXAS - 3725 (ELECTRICAL MISTRUCTION - E-8Ai 7-1 Switches shall be rated not less than 20 amperes 1201277 volts and shall be Sierra 5020X or approved equal. Terminals shall be of the side con- nected screw type. Single and double pole switches shall be indicating. The switch housing and operating lever shall be constructed. of phenolic compound; switches with porcelain bases are not acceptable. Where two or more switches are mounted together they shall be installed in a box over which only one switch plate shall be installed. Only one switch shall be installed in a single yoke. Device Plates. Plates for use on surface mounted devices on unfinished walls shall be aluminum. Plates for use on flush mounted devices installed in finished walls shall be stainless steel not less than 0.04 inch thick and provided with beveled edges. Plates for use with surface mounted single receptacles shall have snap-action, spring-lcaded covers of cast aluminum. Device plates shall be Sierra or approved equal. Lamps. The Contractor shall furnish all lamps and shall relamp the fix- tures wherever lamp breakage or burnouts occur during the construction period and until final acceptance of the Contractor's work. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES, The following procedures shall be adhered to in the installation of the lighting equipment. Fixtures. The Contractor shall make all preparations of the fixtures for mounting. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: all special drilling, assembling, disassembling, reassembling, and wiring. All fixtures shall be cleaned immediately prior to the end of the con- struction period. Location: The approximate fixture locations are shown on the plans. The Contractor shall coordinate these locations with other contractors working in the same area in order to prevt-nt interference between lighting fixtures and piping or other equipment. The Contractor shall relocate any fixture which, after installation, is found to interfere with other equipment or is located in such position as to prevent the practical ani intended use of the fixture. No fixture shall be located in an area which would block the accessway beneath a removable grating or slab, Alignment: Fixtures installed in rows shall be carefully aligned vertically and horizontally. Lighting fixtures and outlet boxes, mounted on building steel, shall be centered on the beam flanges or webs, except where devi- ations are required to avoid interference with piping or miscellaneous steel. Lighting Panels. All lighting panels shall be installed so that circuit breakers are not gore than six feet above the finished floor or grade. Panels shall be installed in accordance with the following paragraphs, which are excerpts taken from NEMA Publication 42-82: "Instructions for the Installation, Operation and Care of Panel Boards". (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (EIS CTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A~ 7-2 Cabinets: The cabinets shall be leveled and fastened to the mj~~rn+.fng surface, utilizing all of the mounting holes provided in th(• panr,l board cabinets. The mounting surfaces shall be perflctly.p',anc and even or otherwise adjusted to keep the back of the panel hrxirdir true and plumb. Panel Interior: F.ach cabinet shall be installed, conduits connected, and wires pulled before the panel interior is installed. Each panel interior shall be carefully inspected to see that all connection and mounting screws are tight. The panel board interior shall then be connected, making sure that the wires are tightly secured in the terminals provided and that unnecessary lengths of wire are eliminated. Wiring shall be neatly arranged in the gutters. A heavy cardboard shall be secured to the front of the panel board to protect the interior from dirt or damage until the permanent front is installed. Panel Board Fronts: Careful attention shall be given to properly aligning and adjusting each panel board front) both with the building and the panel board interior before tightening the front securing means. The directory shall be properly and neatly filled out to permit ready location of circuit loads controlled by the panel board. Rece tacles. The mounting distance above the finished floor shall be inches for all single receptacles unless otherwise shown on the plans. The mounting distance above the floor for all duplex receptacles shall be 8 inches in offices and other finished areas, and ?6 inches in all other areas. twitches. All switches shall be mounteri 48 inc ,~s above the fl~or unlesc otherwise shown on the plans. Lighting Conductors The lighting conductors ::mall be ir,aer.Old in accordance with the procedure specified in Section f.r power arl c-,n- troi circuits. In addition, the following paragraphs shall apply: At least 6 inches of free conductor shall be left at each outlet except where the conductor loops through an outlet without splice or connection. ' Fixture wire shall be used to connect all pendent incandescent lighting fixtures. The fixture wire shall be installed in the circuit between the lighting circuit outlet box and the fixture terminal. At the Contractor's option and subject to the approval of the Engineer, splices may be made with a patented compression type connector with its associated insulator. (DENTONo TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 7-3 Section 8 iNTERCOMNUNICATiON SYSTEM 6 SCOPE. This section covers the furnishing and inr,f,r,lIIng of a complete intercommunication system. The extent of the intercommunication system is shown (,n the plans and described herein. The equipment shall provide two (2) channels of communication through handset stations, handset station amplifiers, speak,:rs,and speaker ampli- fiers both inside and outside the plant building. One channel shall be a common-talking paging circuit and the other a common-talking party-line circuit. Voice paging shall be from any handset through all speakers unless it is necessary to mute an adjacent speaker to prevent acoustic coupling. Where it is necessary to mute a speaker, it shall be done automatically when the acoustically coupled handset is removed from its hang-up switch, and the selector switch is in the page position. When the paging channel is used for communication, all speakers, except those silenced adjacent to handsets in use shall carry all sides of the conversation. A switching arrangement at each handset station shall enable that hand- set to be switched from the paging circuit to the party-line circuit. The system shall be common-talking so that all stations may take part in any conversation. Conversations on the party-line shall take place over telephone-type recei-ters and transmitters. Speakers shall not carry party-line conversations, but the circuits shall be arranged so a second conversation can take place simultaneously over the paging cir- cuit when the party-line is in use. The speaker silencing circuits shall be so arranged that speakers adjacent to handset stations are not silenced to page calls when those handsets are in use in t~.e party-line cir-1-'t. A fruatching unit c_h311 be furnished to connect an existing ~,ute tyF- paging speaker amplifier to the new transistorizel p,3ging system tr) ~;il-w paging over the new system from existing, equip7,ent, ani over the '>xir'- ing equipment from the new system. The equipment furnished by the Contractor shall ins ude nandsets, speakers, amplifiers, and associated materials required for a complete and su^cess- ful operating plant intercommunication system. The equipment shall be the CAI-Tronics Corporation tran istorized com- munication systea Type GTC or approved equal. Intercommunication circuits shall be run in rigid conduit or cable trays with power, control and lighting circuits. ARRANGEMENT. The drawings show the approximate location of each speaker and handset. The equipment manufacturer shall review these drawings and recommend any changes he considers necessary for the complete coverage of the plant and the plant area. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 8-1 INTERCO,WNICATION MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. Handsets. All handsets shall be molded of tough plastic rrv,terial to provide maximum resistance to breakage. Each handset station cha]] have its own transistorized amplifier of sufficient capacity to drive op,2aker amplifiers and other handset stations. The instruments shall have retractable cords which shall extend to a standard length and retract to one foot of tightly -oiled wire. The retractable action shall result from a molded construction ather than the use of a spring or other mechanical means. Z.e'cor•d shall contain rubber insulated conductors with an overall neoprene jacket. The handset transmitter shall be a low impedance close talking dynamic type installed with a dust and breath moisture filter. A means of attenuation shall be provided to adjust the amount of power into each handset receiver. This shall be a simple adjustment made at the time of installation or maintenance and shall not be accessible to operating personnel. All handset stations shall be designed for a maximum of safety to the operators and shall be isolated from live circuits. Indoor standard handset stations for wall or column mounting shall _nclude the handset, handset amplifier, hookswitch, and channel selector switch. The channel selector switches shall be push-button or bat handle toggle type. The switches shall be two position with momentar;- contact in the "PAGE" position and spring return to the "PARTY LINE" position. All component parts shall be completely wired to barrier type terminal blocks and installed in an enameled steel enclosure arranged for direct connection to rigid metallic conduit. The desk-top handsets without paging speakers shall include all components as described above except the channel selector switch shall be counted in a modern desk telephone base. X11 wiring shall terminate in a neat, flexible, multiconductor cable eight feet in length suitable for connection to the remote handset amplifier. The flush mounted handset stations s?.a!i im,lude ty,e r.nds L, hookswitct and channel selector switch as described above, cx^nrt ho a ^_d in an attractive steel enclosure suitable f<,r flush moun*.;n::, ,,n! ',endset amplifier suitable for remote mounting. All airing shat rinate in r, neat, flexible, multiconductor cable eight feet in lengtn ,,jitable for connection to the remote handset amplifier. Weatherproof instruments for outdoor mounting shall bA similar to those described above, except that all equipment shall be completely assembled and wired within a rugged cast alloy watertight traffic control, or similar enclosure provided with a special handle type latch and with conduit hubs for direct connection to field conduit. Handsets for noisy locations shall be designed for close-talking and provide excellent discriminatior, against surrounding noise without the use of noise- proof booths. (DENTON, TEEAS - 37£5 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A)-2 Loudspeakers. The loudspeakers which are to be installed in the plant opera- ting area and the outdoor areas shall be of the re-entrant type with weather- proof projectors, shall have a dispersion angle of approximately 80 degrees and a maximum low cutoff frequency of 150 cps. The speakers shall be of rigid metallic construction, properly damped to prevent undue ringing and objectionable resonance peaks, and a minimum air column length equivalent to 3-1/2 feet. Driver units shall be of the permanent magnet type of twenty-five watt capac- ity. Frequency response shall be substantially flat from 90-6000 cps and voice coil impedance shall bF 16 ohms at 1000 cps. The sound pressura of the projector shall be approximately 90 db (reference level .0002 dynes per sq cm) at a distance of 30 feet on the center axis at 1000 cps in a free field input of one watt. The diaphragm shall be of nonmetallic material. Each projector shall be provided with complete mounting facilities and an enclosure which shall house the required speaker amplifier and associated equipment, completely wired to terminal strips within the enclosure. The amplifier enclosures for outdoor locations shall be of cast alloy weather- proof construction and those for indoor shall be enamele° steel with a gasketed cover to protect the equipment from dust and dam less. Provisions shall be made for the direct connection of conduit to these enclosures. The mounting facilities shall be such that the projector can be oriented easily over a wide vertical and horizontal range after the entire assembly has been mounted in its permanent location. The design shall be such that it can then be locked firmly in position. The speakers which require muting shall be muted by means of contacts on the handset station hookswitches and "PAGE-PARTY LINE" selector switches. All handset stations shall be wired so adjacent speakers can be muted by the addition of external wires. The switches shall be wired so the epeekers are muted only while the selector switches are in the "PAGE" position. The standard speakers shall be suitable for use in enclosed areas and for wall or column mounting. The weatherproof speakers shall be suitable for outdoor wall or column mounting and shall be designed to withstand severe weather conditions. The speaker unit for use in the control room shall be )f the Alnico V permanent magnet, cone type, 6 inches in diameter witr 8 watt output, 60-8500 cps frequency response, voice coil impedance of eight (8) ohms, and shall cave 360 degree diffusing baffle finished in sat.n aluminum. The diffusing baffle shall be flush mounting, Lowell Model No. STL48-A or approved equal. The baffle shall be complete with all mounting hardware and speaker protective enclosures. Amplifiers and Associated Electronic Equipment. Roth the handset station amplifiers and the speaker amplifiers shall consist, of sturdy compact units employing transistors and printed circuitry with replaceable components and self-aligning plug-in arrangement. (DEl4'!'ON, TE M - 3725 ) (ffi.SCTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 8-3 Tha handset stations shall provide an output suit for driving speaker amplifiers for page channels and other handsr.t straIJ,ins for party-line channels. i'ie electrical characteristics of each type handr;•,t, rtrition amplifier shall C.: identical although dimensions and associated crimprin,~nts may vary in accordance with application. The electrical spee]fictitlc,ns of each handset station amplifiers shall be as follows: Power supply: 105-125 volts a-c, 50-60 cycles, with 1/8 ampere fuse Power consumed: 6 watts Ambient -,emperature range: minus 30 C to plus 70 C Circuit: Class A Input: 10 ohms Gain: 60 db Output: transformer coupled, 33 ohms, 2.0 volts maximum Frequency response: 200 to 6000 cps Controls: gains and handset receiver volume concealed but accessible without removing amplifier from enclosure The speaker amplifiers shall provide an output suitable to directly drive cone or horn type loudspeakers. The front panels shall be fitted with gaskets to provide sealed covers for either indoor or weatherproof enclosures. The electrical specifications for the speaker amplifiers shall be as follows: Power supply: 105-125 volts a-c, 50-60 cycles, wi?h 112 ampere fuse Power consumption: zero signal 17.5 watts, maximum signal, 35 watts Ambient temperature range: minus 30 C to plus 70 C Circuit: push-pull, Class B Input: 10,000 ohm transformer coupled, 1.5 volts for maximum output Gain: 48 db output: 8 and 16 ohms impedance, transformer coupled Power output: 12 watts at 117 volts a-c Frequency response: 250 to 5000 cps (high frequency attenuation to • 3500 CPS) (DEN'.t)N, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MMTRICAL CONSMICTION - E-8A) 8-4 Volume control: concealed but accessible wit'r,%uf, r:mrvir,g amplifier from enclosure High frequency attenuation control: internal The Ca.`,ractor shall furnish one line balance asse^:hly consicting of an ad,jus*able loading network to provide optimum loarinw, of both page and party- line circuits. This equipment shall be completely ,:;:crlle9 and wired in a wall mounting hot-dip galvanized steel enclosure. The enclosure shall have provisions for direct connection of conduit. Manufacturer's Supervision. The Contractor shall s.ipply the necessary outline drawings, wiring diagrams, and complete instructions for installation and oper- ation of the equipment. When the installation has been completed, the Contractor shall furnish the services of a trained competent field engineer. This engineer shall be a representative of the equipment manufacturer ead shall visit the plant site and check the entire installation. He shall make any adjustments or changes necessary- for the proper operation of the equip- ment and shall also instruct the Owner's maintenance and operating personnel in the use and care of the system. EQ;JIPMENT AND MATERIAL INCLUDED. The intercommunication system shall consist of the following equipment: 1 - Line balance unit • 1 - Impedance matching unit for connection to existing paging system 1 - Lot of speakers and handsets, with amplifiers, as follows; Location Speaker Handset Basement El 6361-0" 8 - Standard 4 - Standard, columr: mounted Ground floor E1 647'-0" 8 - Standard 3 - Standard, 2 - Weatherproc° mounted 1 - Weatherproof, .-oiumn mounted operating floor E1 6581-0" 4 - Standard 2 - Standard, 1 - Weatherproof co1~~.TM, mounted 1 - 8" cone with 2 - Flush mounted Lowell baffle and 2 - Desk top without back box speaker in base 1 - Weatherproof, column mounted Tank floor E1 673'-0" 3 - Standard 3 - Standard, column mounted Substation 1 - Weatherproof 1 - Weatherproof, column mounted Cooling tower 1 - Weatherproof 1 - Weatherproof, column mounted (MMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 8-5 Section 9 %REEZEPROOFING GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installing of a freeze- proofing system to protect outdoor piping. MATERIAL. Cable. Heating cable shall be two-conductor, special alloy, 300 volt mineral insulated and copper sheathed. It shall be specially designed for heating service and shall have a resistance of 0.124 ohm per circuit foot. This cable shall be nickel-plated when installed on pipes which operate at temperatures above 600 F. Cold-section cable shall be standard two-conductor No. 14 AWG, 600 volt, mineral insulated and copper sheathed. These hescing cables shall be manufactured by General Cable Corporation. Splices. Splice and termination kits shall be compression type, specifically designed for the service intended, as manufactured by Burrdy Corporation and approved by the cable manufacturer. Fasteners. The heating cable fasteners used to attach the heating cable to the pipes or equipment shall be 3/8 inch stainless steel bands as manufactured by the "Band-It" Company of Denver, Colorado or approved equal. Junction Boxes. Junction boxes shall be of sheet aluminum 15 inches wide by 18 inches high and 8 inches deep. All of these boxes shall have raintight construction and shall be complete with two 12-circuit terminal blocks. These terminal blocks shall be States Company Type NT. Identification Tags. Tags for identifying cables, boxes or pipes shall be made from aluminum tape with adhesive backing and embossed with identifying numbers. This material and the embossing tool are available from Dymo Corporation, Berkeley, California. Control Panel. The control panel shall. consist of a PILV.A Type 1 enclosure approximately 18 inches wide, 30 inches high and 8 inches deep, having a hinged front cover and filtered ventilating louvers. The following equipment shall be mounted on the front cover: 5 - Indicating lights, 12 volt, with clear lenses, Westinghouse Cat. No. 072FB, or approved equal. 1 - Selector switch, Hand-Off-Auto, Westinghouse Cat. No. OT2M contact block, vat. No. OT2S6 operator and Cat. no. OTiR42 escutcheon, or engraved egLAl. 1 - Lot of engraved nameplates. (DEMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONS'TOMION - E- 8A) 9-1 The following equipment shall be mounted within the control panel: 5 - Wo-ind resistors, adjustable from one to 5 ohms, 200 watt, Ohmite Cat. No. 1356. 2 - Terminal block, 12 point, States Company Type NT. 1 - Lot of wiring as required to interconnect thn equipment mounted on the cover and inside the panel. Wire used shall be Type H az specified in Section 5. Provisions shall be included in the panel for mounting two future indicating lights and resistors. Thermostat. The thermostat used for controlling the freezeproofing system shall have contacts rested 10 amperes, 120 volts which are factory set to be closed on all temperatures below 37 F. This thermostat shall be suitable for mounting outdoors and shall be Fenwal Cat. No. 18000 or approved equal. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. Individual freezeproofing circuits shall emanate from the freezepro.)fing Junction boxes shown on the plans. These circuits shall consist of a cold section, made up of the standard !a cable, and a hot section, made up of the special heating cable. Circuit Lengths. The cold section of each Pircuit shall be long enough to reach from one of the freezeproofing Junction boxes to the piping being pro- tected. The hot section of each circuit leaving the Junction boxes may be less than, but shall not be greater than, the following for operation at 120 volts a-c. Pipe Siza, Inches Hot Section Length, Feet 112 and 3/4 160 1 145 1-1/4 through 3 130 4 through 6 114 Where two sizes of pipe are involved in a single prc.ective circuit the maximum hot-section length shall conform to the larger pipe size. Routing Exact routing of the freezeproofing cir::•uits shall be done in the field under the direction of the Enginear. Tne heating cable shall be run parallel with the pipes. At valves or other devices the cable shall be looped out and wrapped as shown on the plans to afford extra protection to the valve bonnet or device projection. At elbows the cable shall be attached to the outside radive of the elbow. Any exposed section of standard or heating cable shall be carefully installed to give a neat appearance with straight runs of cable. Wooden blocks and mallets shall be employed as straightening tools to avoid denting the cable sheath. (DEMN, TMM - 3725 (ELHCTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A 9-2 Splicing. Power to heating cable must be supplied tt,ro,igh standard safety MI cable. Splicing the MI heating cable to standard 141 cable shall be in accordance with the manufr.cturer's instructions. The splicing procedure shall be generally as follows: Strip approximately 2 inches of copper sheath from both the heating cable and standard cable. Slip a copper sleeve over the heating cable. Slip insulating sleeves over each conductor and a splice insulating sleeve over each of the standard MI :onductors. Using a compression tool and associated connectors splice and silver solder the conductors as required. Slip the splice insulating sleeve over the compression fittings. Check to see that all conductors and splices are insulated. Slip the copper sleeve over the splice. The sleeve must overlap the copper sheath of both the heating cable and the standard cable for at least 2 inches. Crimp each end of the sleeve in three places. All splices shall be exposed. End terminations shall be in a manner similar to that described above for splices and shall extend at least 10 inches outside the pipe insulation. Supports. Heating cable shall be attached to the piping with steel banding straps at intervals not greater than 2 feet along the full length of tl,e • heating cable run. A double fastener shall be used where the heating cable leaves the pipe. Exposed standard safety MI cable runs greater than two feet shall be supported and protected by structural steel members, by rigid conduit or by small steel channels. Where structural steel is used to support and protect the safety MI cable, small clips shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 3 feet to secure the cable to the inside of the structural steel flanges. Junction Boxes. Each Junction oox shall be located as shown on the plans and shall be installed so the terminal strips inside will be in a horizontal posi- tion. Boxes shall be secured to structural steel with 3/9 inch machine screws. The structural steel shall be drilled and tapped for the tocrews, and suitable holes shall be drilled into the Junction box. Where necessary, the Contractor shall furnish and install angle-iron or other steel supports welded to the structural steel for supporting the boxes. Terminations: The conductors of each cold section shall be terminated at adjacent terminals on a terminal strip within the associated ,unction box. Only one ccid section conductor shall be connected at a terminal. Three adjacent terminals at the bottom of one terminal strip shall be reserved for a single-phase, three-wire, 120/2+0 valt power supply. I (DMMlQ, IMS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - PL-8A) 9-3 ,Measurements. After installation, and before pipe insulation has been installed each seater circuit leaving the freeze protection ,}unction boxes shall be tested with a 500 volt megger. Any circ,.iit which fails to give a good megger reading shall be repaired or replaced. The Contractor shell list the following information on freezeproofing schedule forms which will be supplied by the Engineer; Circuit identification numbers and location of t,rrminals to which connected. Size and name of pipe protected by each heating cable. Measured resistance of each heating cable end temperature t.f pipe at the time heating cable resistance is measured. Measured lengths of hot and cold section for each heating cable. The completed forms shall be submitted to the Engineer and will be used by the Engineer as a basis for preparing connection diagrams which will be furnished to the Contractor. Identification. Each cabla shall be tagged a': each exposed section with aluminum tape embossed with the associated circuit number. Exposed sections longer than 30 feet shall be togged at both ends. The tape shall be attached by wrapping it around the cable and compressing the two ends together with adhesive. Piping Requiring Protection. Sections of the following pipes which are exposed to freezing temperatures shall be protected by heating cable: Superheater outlet pressure transmitter sensing Line from the drum enclosure to the superheater header. House service water from the drum enclosure to the building wall. Multitube control tubing from the drum enclosure to the inside of building (heating cable will be furnished as a part of the mul%itube)- Control air to CRV-6 and CRJ-25 from the building wall. Control air to SSV-1, SSV-2 and SSV-4 from building wall. Control air and sensing line to fan damper drive from the building wall. Control air to temperature transmitters 4LX-26, 4LX-28 and 4LX-29 from the building wall. (LENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (ELECTRICAL OONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 9-4 Cooling water to circulating water pump bearir:gs from 30 inch circulating crater piping. Pressure sensing piping from 30 inch circizlatirg writer piping to pressure gauges P-41 and P-$2. Desuperheater crater from dea,perhenter to thn b, llirg wall. Air tine to 'SSV-5, 3SSV-6, 33"V-7, 3ySV•-8 , 3,':-V-),and 3SSV-10 from building wall of Unit 3. Basis of B: d_. The Contractor shall use as the basis for his bid the follow- ing estimated total lengths of safety MI cable: Heating cable 600 feet Nickel-plated heating cable 50 feet Standard cold section ^:~le 500 feet (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A; 9-5 ijn 10 ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOI; Electrical graphic symbols are included in this re(,-?,ion to supplement the Plans for Electrical Construction. The symbrjlr, and device numbers shown on these sheets appear on the one-line and wiring diagrams included with the plans. The following tabulation lists the standard drawings included: Number Title E-502.01-1 Electrical Graphic Symbols Switching and Rotating Equipment E-502.01-2 Electrical Graphic Symbols Switching and Rotating Equipment E-502.01-3 Electrical Graphic Symbols Switching and Rotating Equipment E-502.02-1 Electrical Graphic Symbr is Static Devices E-502.03-1 Electrical Graphic 4r.bols Transformer Equipment E-502.03-2 Electrical Graphic Symbols Transformer Equipment E-502.04-1 Electrical Graphic Symbols ASA Device Numbers and Functions E-502.04-2 Electrical Graphic Symbols ASA Device Numbers and Functions E-502.04-3 Electrical Graphic Symbols ASA Device Numbers and Functions E-502.04-4 Electrical Graphic Symbols ASA Device Numbers and Functions E-502.04-5 Electrical Graphic Symbols ASA Device Numbers and Functions E-502.04-6 Electrical Graphic Symbols ASA Device Numbers and Functions E-502.05-1 Electrical Graphic Symbols Instruments and Meters (DEYMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-$A) 10-1 Number Title E-502.05-2 Electrical Graphic Symbol; Instruments and Meters - Plans E-502.06-1 Electrical Graphic Symbols Control Device^ E-502.06-2 Electrical Graphic Symbols Control Devices E-502.06-3 Electrical Graphic Symbols Control Devices E-502.06-4 Electrical Graphic Symbols Control Devices E-502.07-1 Electrical Graphic Symbols Communication De-,ice s E-502.08-1 Electrical Graphic Symbols Lighting E-502.08-2 Electrical Graphic Symbols Lighting E-502.09-1 Electrical Graphic Symbols Raceways (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - E-8A) 10-2 PLUG-IN COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER 1:4 70A MOTOR CONTROL CENTER - BREAKER TRIP CiMBINATION MOTOR STARTER - FUSE RATING AND NEMA STARTER SIZE INDICA- f-ATINf„ STARTER SIZE AND NEMA 'fPE 1 2 TED. 30 iNCLOSURE INDICATED. REPLACE ;WITCH AND FUSE SYMBOL WITH CIRCUIT b~[AKER SYMBOL WHERE REQUIRED. 1 25 MOTOR - HORSEPOWER AS INDICATED L 9 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER - MOLDED CASE. MOTOR STARTER OR CONTACTOR - T1 DISCONNECTING 'YPE. TRIP RATING 2 NEMA STARTER SIZE AND NEMA 50A 1 INDICATEC IN AMP,'RES u TfPE ENCLOSURE INDICATED. AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER - DRAWOUT TYPE. MANUAL MOTOR STARTER - STARTER 600A TRIP RATING INDICATED IN AMPERES. N SIZE AND NEMA TYPE ENCLOSURE L E E - ELECTRICALLY OPERATED INDICATED. al M - MANUALLY OPERATED 1 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER A GENERATOR - PHASE ROTATION NONDISCONNECTING TYPE C B AND FIELD WINDING INOICATEO. POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER MECHANICAL INTERLOCK ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS SWITCHING AND ROTATING EQUIPMENT BLACK & VEATCH E-502-01-IC CONSULTING ENGINEERS KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI i FUSE LGi', LF THROW SWITCH I I Df',~ONNFCTING DEVICE - PLUG DISCONNECT SWITCH p~ rr,i,pL14, rcpt CONTACT THERMAL DEVICE - (OPENS OVERLOAD FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTACT ON MOTOR STARTER) DISCONNECT SWITCH GO - GROU° OPERATED 50 WOUND ROTOR MOTOR - LB - LOAD BREAK HORSEPOWER INDICATED GO MO - MOTOR OPERATED D-C MOTOR OR GENERATOR - HORN GAP SWITCH COMMUTATOR AND FIELD • GD W14DING INDICATED KNIFE SWITCH r- N n . ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS SWITCHING AND ROTATING EQUIPMENT BLACK VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.01-2C KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI S-' SOLENOID VALVC =lj ISOLATING SWITCH M-' MOTOR OPERATED VALVE UNIT HEATER ® STARTER OR CONTACTOR ® POWER PANEL COMBINATION STARTER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER .LeE SHOWN CORRESPONDS TO MECHANICAL ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT LIST ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYABOLS SWITCHING AND ROTATING EQUIPMENT BLACK III VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502-01- 3D KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI PIPING MATERIALS. Piping shall be in accordance with the following requirements except where otherwise specified in the Pipe Line Listing or noted on the plans. Pipe. Steel and Wrought Iron Pipe: Unless otherwise specified, carbon steel , alloy sVee , wrought ironjand stainless steel pipe shall be ungalvanized seamless type with schedule numbers, sizes and dimensions conforming to ASA B36.10- Steel pipe shall conform to the ASTM standards designated in the Pipe Line Listing. Wrought iron pipe shall conform to ASTM A72, and shell be either seamless or welded seam type. Saran lined pipe shall have a lining not less than 1/8 inch thick. Where standard weight (std wt) pipe is specified, 10 inch and smaller pipe shall be Schedule 40 and 12 inch and larger pipe shall have 0.375 inch wall thickness. PVC Pipe: All PVC (polyvinyl chloride) pipe 6'-all conform to ASTM D1785. Type I PVC pipe shall be Grade I. Tubing. Except as otherwise specified, copper tubing 3/4 inch and smaller shall be fully annealed soft temper and shall conform to ASTM B68 or B75. All copper tubing one inch OD and larger and 3/4 and 112 inch copper tubing for use in short instrument drop runs only shall be ASTM B88 draws: temper, Type K. Copper tubing 3/4 ir.ch and smaller for instrument air service shall be shipped to the Sob s'_te dehydrated and sealed. Stainless steel tubing shall be a full annealed soft temper Type 304 or approved egaal, stainless steel material. Wall thickness for soft temper tubing 3/4 Inch and smaller shall be not less than the following for both stainless steel and copper materials: Size OD, inches Wall Thickness, inches 1/4 .030 3/8 049 :12 .065 5/8 .083 3/4 .109 Tubing Cable. Tubing cable shall be furnished and installed where in- dicatea on the plans. The cable shall consist of one or more tubes cabled end protected with insulating tape, PVC or neoprene sheaths,and galvanizes (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-32 steel interlocking armor, where .pecified. 'Pubes for tubing gable shall be as specified herein under "Tubing". Unless otherwlr;e notei on the plans, all tubes shall be 1/4 inch OD copper. Tubing, cable for indoor runs shall hive a PVC or nrrupr'tnf; ;!ec th and shall be Crescent Type CT, or approved equal. Tubing ca:Ale for )jt of.door exposed runs shall hiive nn interlocking galvanized steel armor plus a PVC or neoprene sheath, and an insulating tape beneatt, the armr.,r, and shall be Crescent 'T'ype CAT, or approved equal. The insulating tape shall be PVC except that an asbestns tape stall be used instead when a resistance heating element is included in the tubing cable. When shown on the plans, out-of-door tubing cable runs shall be protected from freezing by Inclusion or a resistance heater. The heater shall be a two conductor, sl.ecial alloy, 300 volt, mineral insulated and copper sheathed cable specially designed for heating service and have a resist- ance of 0.1?4 ohm per circuit foot. Ends of this cable shall be factory sealed and t.iis sea! maintained at all times until the cable is terminated under other specifications. Tubing cable for duct bank runs shall have a PVC or neoprene sheath covered by a galvanized steel interlocking armor and an outer PVC or neoprene sheath and shall b? Crescent Type CTAT, or approved equal. Special bushings shall be used where tubing cable passes through bulkheads or panels Bushings for this purpose shall be Crescent Type CWT, or approved equal. Fittings. All fittings shall be constructed from materials equivalent to the pips with which they are used. Fittings such as elbows, tees, crosses, reducers and caps shall be used for all char.,;es in piping direction, intersections of piping, piping size changes and -nd clovires, unless otherwise specifically noted on the plans or specified t.erein. Coupling fittings mall be used for joining straight lengths of piping 2 inches and smaller. Branch welds shall not be used except, where ;pecifically shown on the plans. Specially designed welding adapters, Bonney Weldolets or Sweepolets, or approved equal, may be used in lieu of reducing outlet tees shown on the plans where the pipe wall thickness does not exceed 3/4 inch. Mitered fittings shall be used only where shown on the plans. Segment angles for mitered fittings shall be 15 degrees. The radius for mitered fitting:; shall be equal to the diameter of the pipe. Except as otherwise specified, connections 2 inches and smaller shall be made with special reinforced welding adapters such as manufactured by the Bonney Forge & Tool Works or shall be special drilled and welded pads. (DENTON~ =S - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-33 All adapters or pals =.hall be of equivalent alloy to the piping material. These connections sY.all b of the socket welding type unless noted as "screwed" on the drawings. All pressure gauge, remote pressure, and flowmeter connection:, on the main steam and all other lines having temperature of 800 F srnd above shall be made with r,pecial thermal sleeve welding adapters of a type as shown on Figure 25, App-ndix i of ASA B31.1. Welding, alapter. drilled arni welded pads, and branch weld connect-ions r.hown on th? pl-inE shall to reinforcei to meet the requirements of Para- graph 639 of ASA B31 1. Safety valve nozzles shall be additionally rein- forced as req.,ired to resist thrust due to valve operation. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the plans, all fittings 2-112 inches and larger shall be of the butt welding type and all fittings 2 inches and smaller shall be of the socket welding type. Butt welding fittings shall conform to ASA B16.9 and shall be constricted in accordance with ASTM A234 or ASTM A403 from materials equivalent to the pipe materials with which the fittings will be used. The wall thick- nesses in the fittings snall be equal to the pipe with which the fittings are to be used. Socket welding fittirge shall conform to ASA B16.11 and shall be construct- ed from materials egi.ivalent to the materials witt which the fitting will be used. The metal thicknesses in the fittings shall be adequate to pro- vide actual bursting strengths equal to or greater than those of the pipe with which they are used. Following are the minimum pressure classes of socket welding fittings, or screwed fittings when specified, to be used with various pipe schedules; Pipe Schedule No Minimum Fitting Pressure Class 40 or less 2000 80 3000 120 3000 160 4000 Double xtra strong 6000 Caot carbon steel flanged fittings shall conform to ASTM A216, Grade WCB. Screwed brass and bronze pipe fittings shall conform to ASA B16.15 for fittings rater 125 pound and ASA B16 17 for fittings rated 250 pound steam working pressure. Flanged brass and bronze pipe fittings shall conform t.o the 150 pound or 300 pound ASA B16.24. Tubing fit;.inge shall be of the flareless "bite type unless otherwise specified. Brass tubing fittings shall be used with all copper tubing. Stainless steel tubing fittings shall be used with stainless steel tubing. (DENTON, TEXE,S - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-34 Flawless tubing fittings shall be Crawford "Swagol,)v.". Solder joint fittings suitable foc silver brazing r.hr,ll be used with drawn temper- ^^Fper t-bing and shall be wrought c,l,lf r, bronze or brass. Solder joint fittings for use with copper tubing, r,hr,lI e-,nform to ASA B16- . Class 125 pound flanged cast iron fit4,ings shall h- In :,ccordance with /,SA 51(--l rind 1,e c cn. crux,, .l r m maleriaic c,nF)rming to ASTM A126,Class A. PVC fittings shall be manufactured from PVC material of the same type as the pipe with which they are used. PVC fittings shall be of the solvent cemented type. All PVC fittings, including couplings, shall ,:eve socket ends with internal shoulders. Flanges. Unless otherwise specified herein or otherwise notf:d on the plans, all flanges shall be as follows; Flanges which mate with flanges on piping, valves and equipment shall be of sizes, drillings and facings which match the connecting flanges of the piping, valves and equipment. Flanges shall be of the welding neck type constructed from materials equivalent to the pipe with which they are used. Flange pressure classes shall be adequate to meet the design pres- sure and temperature specified for the piping with which they are used. Flange facings shall be of the raised face type eXcept flanges mating with flat faced cast iron or bronze flanges shall be flat faced. Chromium alloy steel and stainless steel flanges shall conform to ASA B16.5 and ASTM A18?. Carbon steel flanges shall conform to ASA B16.5 with materials conform- ing to ASTM A181 for pressures not exceeding 300 psi and temperatures not exceeding 750 F and to h'iTM A105 for pressures above 300 psi. Carbon steel flanges shall not be uLed for temperatures above 750 F. Brass and bron.o screwed ccrr~penion flanges shall conform to the 150 pound or 300 pc,.nd ASA 816.24. Flanges shall be plain faced and shall be drilled in c,)r.formance with ASA 125 pound or 250 pound standards. Flange Boltin.E. All flange bolting sham conform to the applicable provisions of ASA 816.1, B16.2, B16.24 and B16.5. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL OONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-35 Alloy steel Molting shill.l,e used for joining all steel flnnges having a design pre:.surt r:la s 150 psi or greater and shall ^-.nform to the followi nFr. Alloy steel t.o,ttrg ..-hsl1 ccrnsi~t of threndr~d !;tud, rind two mrts for e<jr:h stud. T!-~1n-r1inP r';tl l`r ;n A11C0:d911E With ASA Fill, ^_of,rse Viread series for ~oltirg les • than one inct, size and the ` t;,resl series for bolting onF inch and larger Thread class shall be Class 2A for bolts and : Iris:, 2B for nuts Nets shall be h:-svy, semifinished, hixagcna, tyle conforming to ASA B18 2 and constructer from material conforming to ASTM A1941 Grade 2H Material for bolt studs shall be AS`r'M A193, Grade B14 for piping design temperature 850 F and above, and Grade B7 for piping design temperature less than 850 F. Except as otherwise specified, carbon steel bolting shall be used for joining all other flanges and shall conform to the following: Carbon steel bolting for bolt sizes 1-3/4 inches end larger shall consist of threaded bolt studs and two nuts for each stud. Carbon steel bolting for bolt sizes smaller than 1-3/4 inches shall con- sist of either threaded bolt studs with two nuts for each stud or bolts with one nut for each bolt. Threading shall be in accordance with ASA B1.1, coarse thread series, Class ~A for bolts or studs and Class 2B for nuts. Nuts shall be heavy hexagonal conforming to ASA B18.2. Bolts shall be heavy hexagonal head or regular square head conforming to ASAB182 Materials for r:arbon steel bolting shall be in accordance with ASTTM A30+, urade B Gaskets. Asbestos gaskets shall be used with all flat faced flanges and spiral wound gaskets shall be used with all raised face flanges unless otherwise specified. In the Pipe Line Listing. All gaskets shall be suitable for the design pressures and temperatures as given in t.i_- Pips Line Listing. Asbestos gaskets shall be in accordance with ASA B16.21 and materials shall be suitable for a maxiarsa working pressure of 600 psi and a mayimum working temperature of 750 F Gaskets shall be dimensioned to suit the contact facing and shall be of the full faced type for flat faced flanges. Asbestos gaskets for raised face flanges shall extend to the inside bolt (DENTON; TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECRA111CAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-36 edge circle, Gaskets making contact with serrate: surfaces shall be not less than 3/32 inch thick and for plain surfaces,-.-it less than 1/16 inch thick, • Neoprene impregnated asbestos gaskets Shall be bs spe-~ified above for asbestos gaskets except the material shall be a synthetic rubber bonded asbestos type, Johns-Manville Style No. 76, or epproied equal. Spiral wound gaskets shall be constructed of a continuous stainless steel ribbon, wound into a spiral, with asbestos filler `cetween adjacent coils. The ribbon sha l-. be suitably crimped to provide flexibility and to inter- lock the adjacent coils. The gasket assembly shall re installed inside a carbon steel gauge ring, whose outside diameter si.all be such tt•at it will fit inside the flange bolts, properly positl)ning the gasket. The thickness of the gauge ring shall be such as to 11mit the compression of the gasket to the correct value. Gaskets shall have a compressed thick- ness of 0.125 inch X0.005 inch. Ring joint gaskets shall be octagonal in cress section and shall have di- mensions conforming to ASA B16.20. Gaskets shall be of a material suit- able for the service conditions encountered and shall be softer then the joining flange material. Rubber gasket materials shall be cloth inserted sheet rubber, Johns- Manville Style No. 109, or approved equal. Rubber gaskets shall be full faced and 116 inch thick unless otherwise specified in the Pipe Line Listing. Unions. All piping unions shall be of the ground 'oint type constructed from materials e,uivalent in alloy composition and strength to other fittings specified with which they are used. Union pressure classes and end connections shall be the same es the fittings used in the lines with the unions. Steel unions shall have hardened stainless steel seating surfaces on both faces. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-BA) 3-37 PIPING FA3JRICATICj1; general. Thn re~3uir~ment: specified he~~~n -lrply f, bn+.h shop and fia]d f.bri -jti-,n of pip,na. I T}17 Cr,1rr:: •t:~r• s ft&r c •eticn -lujpmnt r+rd m=thois if c~perati,)n shall have the approval of th- E:7Qlne'r. Partial data r?porta shall be furnishes for all piping, fabricated to con- form to Section I the Asir. No`_l-r and Frer~scre Vessel Code. Copies of records of h?at treating, str°ss r°li°ving and wilding oFereticns shall be furnished to the Engineer. Dreaings. Shcp drawings for th? shop fabricated piping shall be prepared. The shop drawings shai ic..iudn spool sheets and assembly drawings. The assembly drawings shal._ inlicate the location of and identify each fabri- cated s-~ctlon, shr,a center to center dimensions of piping connections and runs, and shall tie-in the ioc;ition of piping runs to column rows, floor elevations and ot!,-r reference points. TLe assembly drawings shall list the piping schedule and materlal that will be used in each piping system. Assembly drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified under G~zi,!ral Conditions. The Engineer's approval of the ssem- bly drawings shall be obtained before shop fabrication of the piping is started. Twelve co;i s of the assembly drawing:, and twelve copies of each spoo:_ sheet dra3 ing shall be subm)tt,~d to the Engineer after approval of the assembly drawings Spool sheet drawings will not b- checked or approved by the Engineer and the Contractor shsl, be totally responsible to see that the shop fabri- cated piping is fabricatea correctly and in a^cordanci with the plans and specifications. The Engineer's approval of assembly drawings will be for general -onform- ity with th- plans jns speciilcations and will neither guarantee a^ruracy of dzmrns:ons on the appro.-?d drawings nor guarantee accuracy of dimen- sions mar'rei on th-, approved drawings by the Engineer. Weldin . The inert-gas metal-arc process shall be used for the first welding pass on all butt weld pipe joints except ,Joints of the large circulating water pipe The shielded metal-arc process shall be used for subse';'3ent welding pass-E on joints Inert-arc first pass welded and for all other welding. Filler metals shall be compatible with, and shall be of equal or greater strength than, the base metals. The electrical current and voltage characteristics shall be in accordance with the filler metal manufac- turer's recommendations. (DENTON, IT AS - 3725 1 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-33 When im rt-gas metal-arc first pass welding is used, the base metals shall be accurately prepared in accordance with th- det311s shown on the plans or specify-d herein. The base metals shall b-: -:irefully Joined and the root sL,_11 be fused utilizing a virtually ronr!onsumir.g elc^trode shield?d by a continuous flow of helium or argor. vn Filler metal shall be added only as provid?d by consumable inserts ixe.-JA :,thar filler metal may be added A Joints in Schedule 40 carbon steel piping when a,,~proved by the Engine^r. The interior of the pipe beneath 1,h^ • ,c1d1r.z r,1 of ,))rots which are to be stress relieved shall be pure:-l with an inert gas an,. held at a pressure slightly above atmospheric during the time the inert-gas metal-arc welding is in progress. The interior of the pipe beneath the welding zones of other joints need not be purged providing the joining surfaces are coated with a suitable de-oxidizer naterial before welding. If welding operations are stopped before completion of a weld, the speci- fied preheat temperature shall be maintained until welding is resumed or, except as otherwise specified, the weld shall be immediately partially stress relieved as specified under "Stress Relieving". For all steels with chromium content 3 per cent or less, partial stress relieving or maintenance of preheat temperatures will not be required if 25 per cent of the welding groove or 3/8 inch thickness of weld (whichever is greater) has b- _n deposited and the weld is allowed to cool slowly under an asbestos wrap, All welds shall be at preheat temperature before welding is resumed. Upon completion of each welded ,joint, the welding operator shall mark, his regularly assigned identification number and the ist twc. numbers of the year in which the work was completed. Inspection plugs and temperature walls for thermocouples, thermometers or temperature elements having threaded connections shall be seal welded. This shall include all threaded temperature wells on the Owner-erected steam generator. All temperature walls having socket welded connections shall be strength welded. The quality of welding may be checked and tested by removal of 3 sr.ction of pipe containing the weld.. Such a section of pipe shall be removed at the request of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that all welding procedures, welders and welding operators have been qualified in accordance with applicable code requirements before the work is started. qualification tests shall be made in accordance with ASA B31.1 and where applicable the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The costs for all tests shall be assumed by the Contractor. The Engineer's approval of welding procedure shall be obtained before the work is started. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-39 Records of the welding procedures and welder-performance qualification tests for work done shall be maintained. Records Df the names of the welders who made each weld on the piping within the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall also brt maintained. Certi- fied copies of any or all of the above records shall be furnished to the Engineer or Owner upon request. Valid certificates issu^d by recognizes insurance :rjmjanl°s attesting the qualifications of welders or welding operators will be accepted in lieu of copies of welder-performance tost results and welder-examination records. Backin Rings. Backing rings shall not be used for joints inert-gas metal-arc first pass welded nor for joints of the large circulating water pipe. Consumable Inserts. Consumable inserts may be used, at the option of the Contractor, at pipe joints to be inert-gas metal-arc first pass welded. The inserts, if used, shall be constructed of a filler metal compatible with, and of equal or greater strength then, the base metals. Preheating. Welding zones shall be preheated before any welding is started to the temperature indicated below: Material Preheating Temperature, F Carbon steel, except as otherwise specified below, and wrought iron 70 minimum Carbon molybdenum alloy steel, carbon steel 70,000 psi or greater min tensile requirements, and carbon steel with carbon in excess of 0.30 per cent and thickness greater than one inch 300 to 400 Chromium alloy steel 112 per cent to and including 2 per cent chromium 375 to 600 Chromium alloy Feel greater than 2 per cent to and including 9 per cent chromium 450 to 700 Austenitic stainless steels, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Group P-8 No preheating required When dissimilar materials are to be joined by welding preheating shall be that specified herein for the material requiring the higher preheat temperature. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-40 Stress Relieving. Welding zones, bends, and hot rormed sections shall be fully stress relieved by heating to the temperatures indicated b,'-ow. The size and thickness of the main piping or header shall govern th;.> necessity for stress relieving. Mat'2rial Stress R,?1?r~ving Temperature, F Carbon steel and wrought iron less than V4 inch nominal wall and carbon molybdenum alloy steel less than 112 inch nominal wall and 0.25 per cent or less carbon No stress relieving required Carbon steel and wrought iron 3/4 inch and greater nominal wall 1100 to 1250 Carbon molybdenum alloy steel 112 inch and greater nominal wall or carbon in excess of 0.25 per cent 1200 to 1300 *Chromium alloy steel 1/2 per cent to and including 2 per cent chromium 1275 to 1350 *Chromium alloy steel greater than 2 per cent to and including 3 per cent chromium 1300 to 1400 Chromium alloy steel greater than 3 per cent to and including 9 per cent chromium 1300 to 1425 Austenitic stainless steels, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Group P-8 No stress relieving required *Stress relieving is not required for chromium alloy steel piping meeting all of the following requirements: Chromium content not greater than 3 per cent Nominal pipe sizes 3 inches and smaller Wall thickness less than 112 inch When dissimilar materials are joined by welding stress relieving shall be that specified herein for the materiel requiring the higher stress relieving temperature except if either material has 2 per cent or less chromium the stress relieving temperature shall not exceed 1400 F. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-BA) 3-41 Full or partial stress relieving operations shall br! i-Anrted immediately after completion of each weld for steels having a r:hr,,mfum content greater then 3 per cent. Stress relieving operations may t- 1~•Jayed for other materials provided that the welding zone is allowcri tro1.ool slowly under tin asbestos wrapping. For full stress relieving, the holding time at the t;;)--1f1ed stress re- lfr? ing ter p~rntures shall be one hour par inch of wall thickness, a minimum of one-half hour for carbon steels and one hr)ur for alloy steels. For partial stress relieving, the holding time shall be one-half hour minimum. Temperature for partial stress relieving shall be as specified above for full strews relieving except the temperature need not exceed 1200 F for any material. Wherever possible, the entire assembly shall be slowly heated to the specified temperature holding the temperature for the required length of time then allowing the assembly to cool. Where this procedure is impracti- cal local stress relieving may be employed. In these :axes a circumfer- ential band around the pipe shall be slowly heated and held to the tempera- tures specified. The heated circumferential band shall extend on each side of the weld a minimum distance equal to twice the pipe wall thickness. The rate of cooling after the holding period shall be as uniform as pos- sible and shall not exceed 500 F per hour while the metal temperature is above 600 F. Sections of pipe containing flow nozzles shall not be full furnace stress relieved. Heating may be by means of electric induction coils, electric resistance coils, or suitable gas burners. Oxyacetylene flame heating will not be permitted. In addition, where local stress relieving is employed, a com- plete record of the pipe temperatures throughout the stress relieving cycle shall be'made by means of a recording potentiometer. No stress relieving for seal welds or strength welds for temperature well installations will be required. End Preparation. The base metals for all butt welded pipe joints shall be prepared in accordance with the details shown on the plans or the sketches included with these specifications. All ends shall be machined to the dimensions shown by machining or flame cutting. Machining-or auto- matic machine flame cutting shall be used wherever possible. Hand flame cutting will be. approved only where the use of machining or automatic machine flame cutting is impractical. All slag and irregularities shall be removed from flame cut ends. Hand flame cut ends shall be ground smooth. Piping shipped to the job site shall have proper end preparation unless such piping has been specifically authorized by the Engineer for field cutting and end preparation. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-42 Pipe ends for socket welding or screwed connections shrill be reamed to the full inside diameter to remove all burrs and obstru-t,iors. Inspection Holes. If required for purging with inert-wlir luring the welding of the first pass, inspection holes shall be i,r,vi#r.d adjacent to joints which will be field welded. The insp~t ,n hcl _h•.11 r,- pr•ovir:-i with ^losure pluN, J:rrl ,hall be designed in accordance with details approved by the Engineer. Closure plugs shall be installed and seal welded in the field. Inspection and Stamping. All fabricated materials shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be afforded all reason- able facilities to satisfy him that the work is being performers in accordance with the requirements specified heresy. Inspection stamps and code symbol stamps, where required, together with other necessary information shall be applied to the piping in accordance with the governing codes. For alloy steel piping, information shall be stamped on steel bands at least one inch vide which shall be mechanically fastened to the piping. Steel stamping directly on alloy piping will not be permitted. Pipe Bendin . Pipe bending will be permitted only as shown cn the plans. All bending equipment and procedures shall be subject to the Engineer's approva-. All bends shall be smooth, without buckles, and truly circular. The allowable flattening, as determined by the difference between the minor and major axes, shall be not greater than 5 per cent of the nominal diameter. Field Bending: Cold bending shall be limited to seamless pipe in sizes one inch and smaller and when operating pressures or temperatures do not exceed 250 psi or 450 F. The minimum radius of cold bends shall not be less than 8 nominal pipe diameters. Hot bending shall be limited to seamless carbon steel pipe in sizes 4 inches and smaller. The minimum radius of hot bends small not be less than 5 nominal pipe diameters. All pipe to be bent shall be uniformly heated to a temperature between 1700 and 2000 F, using electric resistance heating or fuel fired burners. Oxyacetylene flame heating will not be permitted. Suitable provisions shall be made for maintaining a uniform wall thickness and cross sectional areas by sand filling, dies, or other means. (DEIMON, TVAAS - 3725 ) (MECHMCp:L CONSTRUCTIGS - M-8A) 3-43 Shop Bending: No cold bending will be permitted. All pipe to be sent shall bE sand filled and firmly tamped. The pipe shall be unifr.rnly heated to a tempera- ture from 1700 F to 2000 F but not exceeding 2000 F'. No bending shall be performers when the pipe temperature is less chan 14Y) F on carbon steel or less than 1650 F on alloy pipe. A minimum amount of wflter will be per- mitted to set the bend luring thre b^nding opcra",,n. Following the bend- ing operation the bend shall be allowed to cool slr,wly in still air to approximately 700 F before the sand is removed. A complete record of the pipe temperature during the heating operation shall be made by means of a recording potentiometer. Installation of Flow Nozzles and Orifices. Where shown on the plans, flow nozzles and flanges for orifices shall be installed in the piping. Holding ring type flow nozzles shall be installed and the inside of pipe bored in complete conformance with details and recommendations to be supplied by the flow nozzle manufacturer and the Engineer. Each section of piping containing a holding ring type flow nozzle shall indicate the direction of flow and the flow nozzle number stamped on a steel band securely attached to the pipe in accordance with the paragraph "Inspection and Stamping". Flanges for orifices shall be furnished complete with gaskets for instal- lation of the Owner's orifices as shown on the plans. Flanges shall be of the slip-on type with the pressure class and material in accordance with the material specifications shown. After installation of the flanges, weld metal shall be applied and the interior of the pip' machined as required to remove any irregularities. The interior of the pipe shall be completely smooth and of uniform inside diameter for at least three pipe diameters in each direction from the orifice location. The ends of the pipe shall be machined flush with the flange faces. Special welding adapters will be furnished by the Crrner where required for flowmeter pressure tap connections. Special welding adapters shall be shop installed on shop fabricated piping. Attachments. All lugs, ears and other attachments for support of piping to be stress relieved shall be shop welded on the slop fabricated pipe. Piping attachments f r support of other piping shall be field installed. The material for attachments shall be the same as the piping to which they are attached. Piping in vertical runs greater than 10 feet long and which will be in- qulated shall be provided with lugs and collars for support of insulation. The lugs shall be of the same material as the pipe and shall be shop (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-44 welded to all s':;op fabric'led pining. Ynree lugs on 1~r) degree radial spacing, shall be used at each s rltrt level. Collirs -rrill be furnished for inatallutlor, in the field, 1~e4ails of the sup,,ort and collars are shown nn the piping t:r,s . Cleenia and Paintin . T.,- exterior and interior arfr~c s of all piping shall be thoroughly cl-r.nQd of nll sand, mill acr,]~~, wreasc,s, oils, dirt and other foreign muterifil:;. Unless otherwise specified for ".,hot blast cleanlnv," ir, the ?ipe Line Listing, the interior curface:; of alt shop febrict:'.cd piping shall be cleaned with a power driven mechanical cleaner. T}c interior surfaces of shop fabricated piping specified for shot blast cler:ning 3hail be thoroughly blast cleaned using metal shot. After cleFsr.ing, interior surfaces of all piping shall be thoroughly air blown. The external surface of shop fabricated piping shall then be given one coat of primer. The primer paint shall be a ied lead or zinc chromate pigilent, rust inhibitive metal primer paint recommended by the paint manufacturer for application to metals prepared for painting by wire brushing. Flange faces shall not be painted but shall be given an application of an easily removable rust preventative compound. The identifying piece marks shown on the shop sketches shall be clearly marked on each end and on opposite sides of each fabricated section. Protection During Shipment. Open ends of all shop fabricated piping shall be closed with suitable metal caps securely attached to the piping to prevent their being dislodged during loading and unloading. All machined surfaces shall be coated with grease. All flange bolting. gaskets, backing rings and otner mis-el'.aneeus loose items shall be suitably packed in heavy wooden bores having waterproof linings to prevent entry of dirt and moisture. L( rostatic -Test- s. Shop nydrostatic testing al shop fabricated piping is not required. Field hydrostatic testing shall Ile done as si,ecifie,i under "PIPING EFECT[ON". a Fabricated Sections. qi,,e length of shop fabricated piping section, r.nall be the maximum allowable within the limitations of handling and shilping. The choice of field weld location3 and configurations of the sections shall be selected with consideration of the problems of field erection. Wherever possible, field welds shall he placed in convenient locations. TruiraE Threaded Connections, Threads of all brand connections shall be tr,e9 by use of a thread die after the coupling, pad, adapter or other threaded attachment has been welded to the main piping. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-4r Large Steel Pipe Joints. Butt welded Joints in steel pipe 24 inches and larger shall be carefully aligned before welding. The offset at any point between pipe outside surfaces shall not exceed 1/8 inch. _ I PVC Pipe Joints. Joints in PVC piping shall be of the solvent cemented type and shall be carefully made using methods recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Each joint in PVC piping shall be seal welded using a PVC filler rod and special heated air welding equipment designed for this purpose. Brazed Joints. Solder joint fittings shall be joined to pipe or tubing by brazing using a silver alloy brazing material having a melting tempera- ture not less than 1000 F. The joining surfaces of the fittings, pipe or tube shall be carefully cleaned of all foreign materials and oxides before ,joining. A soldering flux recommended by the brazing material manufacturer shall be used when making the ,joint. I (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-46 PIPING ERECTION. General. All piping materials avid piping called for in these specifica- tions and shown on the plans shall be erected as 5pocified herein. The plans show the dimensions of the more important lines. These dimen- sions are subject to change to accommodate the equlpur nt, valves and fittings actually furnished and the variations in equipment as actually installed. If the valves, fittings and other elements of the piping systems actually furnished differ in dimension from those shown, the lengths of pipe, filler pieces, or fittings shall be altered by the Con- tractor to compensate for these change. If for some unforeseen cir- cumstance, the piping as shown on the drawings should result in an interference, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make Such modifications or corrections as are required to install the piping free from all interferences. A field check of all connections to existing equipment and piping for location, size, flange drilling,and flange facing shall be made before ordering material or fabricating pipe for these connections. After piping has been in service, all piping and valve bonnet flanges shall be retightened and all hangers shall be checked and adjusted as required. Temporary Piping. All equipment, piping and valves that are of a tem- porary nature shall be installed in a safe and workmanlike manner. This shall include such lines as the temporary vents for steam blowing of the main steam lines prior to start-up, lines required for hydrostatic test, and all lines that are required for successful completion of the permanent piping systems. After completion of the permanent piping sys- tems and when the temporary piping is no longer necessary, the temporary piping shall be dismantled and removed from the ,jot, site. Miscellaneous Piping. All miscellaneous piping required for complete, safe and reliable operation of the plant shall be installed whether shown on the plans or not. Tt shall be the responsibility of the Con- tractor to install such lines complete, including necessary throttle valves, shutoff valves, drain valves, unions, supports, etc., in accordance with good engineering practice. They shall be installed in a neat, rectangular form so as not to block passageways, and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Care shall be taken in the installation of pipe runs where condensate drainage is required so that pipe runs will tend to pitch toward the point of drainage. Where shown on the plans, miscellaneous piping shall be routed within the boiler lagging. This work shall be coordinated with the boiler erection and shall be scheduled early enough in the construction period so that the piping can be installed and tested prior to the installation of boiler lagging. (DENTONs TEXAS - 3725 ) (I+ECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-$A) 3-47 All piping, including tubing, not located on the plans shall be in- stalled in accordance with the following requirements: Piping shall not be installed above, or within a horizontal dis- tance of 3 feet from, electrical equipment such as switchgear, switchboards, cuutrol panels, motor controls, contactors, communi- cation equipment, batteries, battery chargers, and motor generators, unless written approval of the Owner is obtained. Improperly lo- cated piping shall be removed and relocated. Valves shall be installed in such a manner that they can be operated from the main operating floors or platforms without the use of ladders or special operating devices. Piping shall be installed with 7'-6" minimum headroom over passage- ways and walkways- Piping, shall not be located on columns or beams on the south build- ing r4all. Routings shall be selected to avoid interference with planned and dimensioned locations for lighting fixtures, electrical trays, raceways, or conduit. The electrical plans shall be checked for such interferences before erecting the piping. Sketches of the proposed routing of all piping not located on the plans shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer's approval of all routings shall be obtained before the piping is erected. Instrument and Control Piping. Tubing shall be installed by workmen experienced in this work and in accordance with t1le piping plans and the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Special tools shall be used for bending and forming. Care shall be taken that connection threads are riot overstressed. Tubing shall be carefully handled so that flat spots, kinks and short bends will not be made. Flattened tubing shall be removed from the site immediately and replaced. All tubing or piping shall be thoroughly cleaned by blowing with compressed air after erection and before attaching equip- ment at either end. Tubing shall run absolutely straight and both horizontal and vertical runs of soft temper tubing shall be continuously supported in solid aluminum tubing supports. Lashing or taping to the building structure will not be permitted. Tubing supports shall be P-W Tube Raceway com- plete with fittings all as manufactured by P-W Industries, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa. Tubes shall be attached to the supports using stain- less steel yoke clamps and bolts or plastic sleeved J-bolts. Parallel runs of individual tubes shall be run in one plane and shall be uniform- ly spaced. Straight tubing runs shall be stretched before installation to assume straightness. Supports shall be neatly and rigidly attached to the building structure using screws, bolts, special clips, etc. These • requirements shall apply to all instrument and control piping, supply air piping, and capillary tubing. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-BA) 3-48 Fressure connections between pressure gauges, transmitters or controllers and main piping or equipment shall be made with th,2 pipe and fitting materials specified for the main piping or equipment supply piping in the Pipe Line Listing;except in outdoor locatIons ,precsure connection piping shall be stainless steal. Pressure connection piping from all steam lines shall be routed so that a loop seal not less than 12 inches deep will be fjrmed. Loop seals shall be located near the main piping except where this would result in an unsightly piping arrangement. Pressure connection piping between flowmeters and the second shutoff valve from the meter may be made with soft temper tubing in lieu of the pipe and fittings specified. Pressure connection piping between other instruments and the first shutoff valve from the instrument may be made with soft temper tubing in lieu of the pipe and fittings specif :d, provided the length of the tubing run is kept as Ehort as practicable and is protected by a panel enclosure or by another means as specified above. Pressure connectio❑ tubing in outdoor locations or for main piping having design pressures and temperatures greater than 600 psi or 750 F shall be stainless steel. All other pressure connection tub- ing shall be either stainless steel or copper. Openings for piping, tubing and tubing cable in the floor under con- trol panels and openings for the drum level instrument lines in the drum enclosure floor shall be sealed with micarta plates. The plates shall be split lengthwise and installed after piping and tubing have been routed. The plates shall be not less than 1/2 inch thick and shall fit closely to the outside surfaces of the piping and tubing which pass through the plates. Plates shall be calked and lagged to the top floor surface. Installation of Tubing Cables. Tubing cables shall be installed with both horizontal and vertical runs continuously supported. As shown on the plans, larger size tray for tubing cable support will be fur- nished and installed under the specifications for electrical construc- tion. All other tubing cable supports required shall be furnished and installed under these specifications and shall be solid aluminum P-W Tube Raceway complete with radius fittings all as manufactured by P-W Industries, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa. Tubing cable runs shall be continuous from termination to termination. Junction boxes shall be installed only where shown on the plans. Tubing cables shall be laid or pulled into supports so that neither the supports nor the cables are damaged. Tubing cables shall lie parallel and shall be secured to the larger trays by tying with heavy waxed cord. Tubing cable shall be attached to the supports furnished under these specifications using stainless steel yoke clamps and bolts or plastic • sleeved J-bolts. Provisions shall be made for temperature changes in accordance with the tubing cable manufacturer's recommendations. (DENTON~ TEXAS - 3725 ) (1+BCHANIm OoNSTRumo - M-8A) 3-49 Mud Tubing cable shall be pulled into duct banks and any cables pulled into the wrong duct or found to be too short to install as shown on the plans shall be removed and replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor. Tubing cables removed from one duct shall not be installed in another duct. without the permission of the Owner. The installation of tubing cable in d,icts by any method other than pulling directly from the reel will not be per:-fitted exc^pt where this method is :.mpracticable. In such case-: the method of installation shall be appr~jved by the Owner. Equipment and procedures used in pulling of tubing cable shall be similar to those used ic, pulling of electrical cables and shall be as specified herein. Immediately prior to the installation of the cables, duct in which cable is to be installed shall be thoroughly cleaned with suitable wire brushes and tightly fitted swabs of oily waste. Duct or tray entrances shall be carefully inspected and all rough surfaces or sharp edges shall be re- moved. Cable reels shall be set up at the point of feed in such a posi- tion that the cable will enter the duct or tray as straight as possible. When the installation is made in ducts having curves or bends, the pull- ing operation shall be so arranged that the cable is fed in at the end nearest the sharpest and longest curve. The outside of the reel shall be carefully inspected for protruding nails or other fastenings which might damage the cable Jacket. A L inch or larger flexible feeding tube, with a removable nozzle to fit ;he ducts, shall be used in pulling all cables in ducts. The feeding tube shall be long enough to extend from the duct entrance to the outside of the manhole and shall be so arranged that it will be impossible for the cable to drag across the edge of the manhole ring or any other sur- face. Feeding tubes used for pulling cables shall be completely free from grease. Only lubricants recommended by the manufacturer of the cable, anal approved by the Owner, shall be used in pulling cables. The rigging at the pulling end shall be secure and shall be so located that the pull is straight out. Neither the pulling line nor the cable shall drag or rub against the duct or tray during the pulling process. The pulling rig shall be installed in such a manner that the necessary cable slack will be provided without additional hitches. Ready made cable grips shall be used for pulling cables. On heavier pulls provision shall be made to prevent the cable grip from cutting into the outer coverings of the cable. A reliable nonfreezing type of swivel, or swivel connection, shall be inserted between the pulling rope and the cable eye or grip to prevent twisting under strain. After pulling, the area of the cable covered by the grip plus 6 inches shall be cut off and discarded. (DEMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-ESA) ;-50 Extreme caution shall be exercised during handling ar,r] at installation to prevent exceeding the recommended bending radius of thr~ cables. The pulling tension of any cable shall not exceee, tr.': maximum tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. Pulling of both the manual and power types shall have the rated capacity in tons clearly marked on the mechanism. Whenever the capacity of th,~ pulling mechanism exceeds the recommended pulling tension of th,-~ crib],: ag given by the cable manufacturer, a dynamometer shall be used to show the ,-ension of the cable and the indicator constantly watched. If any excessive strain develops, the pulling operation shall be stopped at once and the diffi- culty determined and corrected. A thorough visual Jnspection for flaws, breaks or abrasions in the cable sheath shall be made as the cable leaves the reel, and the pulling speed shall be slow enough to permit this inspection. Damage to the sheath or finish of the cable shall be sufficient cause for rejecting the cable. Cable damaged in any way during pulling shall be replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor. Thermal Expansion. All piping shall be installed so that excessive or destructive expansion forces will not exist either in the cold condition or under conditions of maximum temperature. Where shown on the drawings or otherwise approved, cold spring shall be used to take care of expansion of pipe lines. Where "cut short" (C.S.) is shown on the drawings it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to accomplish the cold spring of the piping system to the full extent of the cut short dimensions. To accomplish cold spring, piping pieces of a system may be erected by shifting, but not rotating, cut short pieces to join adjacent pieces so that cut short dimensions accumulate and one final "cold spring gap" remains. The location of the final cold spring gap is left to the discretion of the Contractor but proper consideration shall be given to the fact that the least cold pull will be required if the gap is near the centroid of the piping system, to the availability of suit- able structures for attachment of rigging, to the order in which piping pieces are available for erection, and to other erection procedures. Matchmarks shall be placed at four equally spaced points on each pipe end at the final cold spring gap. The pipe shall be pulled or placed in torsion until the two pipe ends come squarely together and the matchmarks coincide. The pipe ends shall be rigidly held and joining shall be com- plete before removal of any rigging or equipment used for making the pull. Where expansion joints are shown on the plans, anchors shall be installed as required to prevent damage from the forces generated by the fluid pres- sure of the line. Care must be taken in installing expansion joint anchorz to make certain that full play is allowed at all times from maxi- =-.m to minimum temperatures. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (mEcHANicAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-51 i Expansion bends shall be provided in all small hot lines if required whither indicated on the plans or not. Ljk_ Supports. Insofar as possible, pipe supports chr,ll b,s installed so ris to be vertical in the hot positions of the piping. Thin, shall be ;zccomplished by offsetting the structural attachment from thc^ pipe attach- ment when the piping is in the cold position. The support assemiolies shall not be used for the attachment of rigging to hoist the pipe into place. The piping shall be securely held in place by other means un'~il the pipe support is completely assembled and attached to the pipe and buildin, ~Lructures and the epring support set to take care of pipe sway. All rigging shall be removed in such a manner as to not impose a sudden load on the pipe support. Spring supports shall not be used during hydrostatic testing of piping systems unless they are pinned or blocked to act as rigid supports. All piping having such supports not pinned or blocked shall be held securely in place by other temporary means throughout the testing. After the piping has been completely installed, insulated, and filled with its normal operating medium, the springs shall be adjusted to the "C" or cold position. If necessary the spring support shall be readjusted to the "H" or hot position after the line has been placed in service at its normal maximum operating temperature condition. Welding of pipe supports to structural steel forming a part of the build- ing supporting structure shall only be accomplished by means of the electric metallic arc method, and the quality of welding shall at least be equi,,alent to that as provided by the specifications of the AmpiIcan Institute of Steel Construction. The structural beams shall not be heated more than necessary to attach the support; all welds shall run parallel to the axis of the span, and all welding shall be staggered with cooling allowed between subsequent deposits. Loa Vd beams shall be unloaded or properly shored prior to field welding. Drains, Drips, and_ Steam Traps. Traps shall be installed in accessible locations and as shown on the plans. Traps shall be installed on supports above the floor level if possible, and shall be complete with bypass, by- pass valves, test valves, strainers, unions, and check valves, as shown on the plans. Traps shall be installed so as to be readily accessible for repair and removal. Relief Valve Piping. The discharge piping from relief valves not shown on the plans to be routed o>>tside of the plant shall be installed in such a manner as to be safe to operating personnel. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, piping from relief valve drip pan ells, diszh" DP elbows, bellows, and above seat drains shall be routed to the nearest drain header. DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A 3-52 Pump and Equipment Crnnectior,s. When attaching pij,tnN to pump and equip- ment connections, special care shall be taken th;:+.~r.~rrsive stresses are not transmitted to and imposed upon such conr.~ ;},inns. In the case of flanged connections the piping ehf,li I,r, installed and sup- ported so 'ha', accurate matching of bolt holes are; norm contact over the entire flange area is obtained prior to the Ir,:.t.r,llation of any flange bolts. Bolts shall be uniformly and carefully t.wjjt.f•nod uniformly cr,mprr;.: the ,;askets ar,i minimlae flange stress. In the cas, of the welded nozzle connections special precaution shall be taken in allowing for shrinkage during welding v.' the line in order not to impose excessive stresses on the equipment. After start-up if the connecting piping is exertinv, excessive strains on the equipment, the piping shall be altered by adjusting the piping supports, cutting and rewelding ,joints, and removing sections of piping, all as necessary to eliminate the excessive strains. Installation of Globe Valves. All steel globe valves shall be installed wherever possible in such a manner that closing of the valve will re- lieve the pressure from the packing and permit repacking of the valve with the plant in normal operation. This shall be accomplished b-, in- stalling the valves on all branch lines from a pressure source with the pressure under the seat of the! valve. In the case of a bypass line or a line containing two or more globe valves connecting two pressure sources that cannot be taken out of service after the plan; is in normal operation, the valve at each end of the line shall be installed in such a manner that the connecting line between the valves may be taken out of service for repacking of bath valves when they are closed. • Exceptions to this will be no,;ed on the plans and for valves in which the manufacturer indicates the required direction of flow through the valve. Installation of Gate Valves. Placing excessive piping strains and bend- ing moments on gate valves, especially 150 pound large steel gate valves, shall be svoided. Excessive strains and bending moments can permanently distort valve seats and prevent the valves from closing tightly. Installation of Check Valves. Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed for verti- cal installation. Equipment Drain Lines. Equipment drain lines shall be piped within the finish floor slab to the sumps which will be provided in the finish floor slab. Cutting and Drilling of Structures. All necessary drilling, cutting, and patching of structures, required for proper installation of piping or bolts, shall be done but only as shown on the plans, as specified herein, or as approved by the Owner. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (1+E CHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-BA) 3-53 The major portion of holes required in floors, platforms, and roofs for piping will be located by the Engineer and provided under tie specifications for general construction. Any additional h~'_es re- quired in floors, platforms, and roofs for piping shall be Provided under these specifications. All wail openings required for piping shall be provided under these specifications unless othr-rwise noted on the plans. Holes cut in ster•L floor gratin; or plate shall l,e banded a,-.d rein- forced in accordance with the details st:own on the plans. Holes cut in aluminum floor grating or plate shall be banded and re- inforced same as specified above for steel floor grating or plate ex- cept bands shall be aluminum. Holes cut in concrete floors for installation of piping shall be com- plete with steel pipe sleeves which are 3-1/2 inches longer than the depth of the concrete and extend 3-112 inches above the floor line. All sleeves shall be machine cut. Holes cut in concrete walls, masonry walls, wall panel, and roofs shall be complete with sleeves, collars, panel edge closers, reinforcing, etc., in accordance with the details shown on the plans. All openings in concrete shall be made by core drilling, saws, or similar clean cutting equipment. Rainhoods and Flashing. Where pipes pasr; through holes cut in roofs or walls under these specifications, all collars, flashing, sheet metal boxes, rainhoods, etc., shall be provided in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Where pipes pass through holes cut in roofs or walls under the specifi- cations for general construction, only the collars and rainh;,ods which attach to the pipe shall be provided under these specifications. Other flashing at these holes will be provided under the specifications for general construction. Installation of Temperature Wells. Temperature wttls shall to instilled in the main steam line only after the piping has been cleaner as np:~ci- fied herein. All thermocouple wells and separable sockets for t:.ermom- eters and temperature elements having threaded separable sockets shall be seal welded into the lines after installation. This shall include all threaded temperature wells on the Owner-erected steam generator. Utmost caution shall be used to prevent distorting the threads and a welding rod material in accordance with the welding rod manufacturer's recommendations with consideration for the higher alloy content of the wells shall be used. Socket welding type sockets and wells shall be strength welded into the piping. (DEMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-54 Installation of Joint Unions. Unions shall be in:;talled in all piping that contains instruments and special items such rin m,~t2rs, level con- trollers, float switches, gauge glasses and trap:;, In ~rder that these items may be e=3sily removed from the line. Every hroca.1tion shall be taken in installing unions in order that the adIrAning seating; surfaces fit up sluaroly Without forcing. Damage to Machine Si;rf,.r s. Ste ir~l m^,suree be taken to avoid damage to machined 1urfaces such as flnng^ fa..-in?, or pipe en 1s which have been prepared for welding. Any damage to we]rling ends shall be re- paired prior to butting up for welding. If a flange facing is marred, scratched or damaged to su=h an extent that in the opinion of the Engi- neer the flange will be a cause for leakage, such flange shall be repaired or replaced. Cutting or Welding to Structural Steel. Holes shall not be cut in struc- tural steel. Wherever possible, clamps shall be us,.d for purposes of attaching rigging for erection. Lugs may be wE.lded to structural steel only with the consent of the Engineer. If lugs are attached, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all lugs and grind such surfaces smooth upon completion of the work. Miscellaneous Small Connections. All openings for vents, drains, instru- ments and other similar connections made after the piping system is erected shall be drilled. No burning of such openings will be permitted. Making Flange 3 Connections. The faces of all flanges and gaskets shall be wiped clean when making up flanged ,joints. The contact faces of all flanges shall meet squarely and particular care shall be exercised in pulling up flanged joints to prevent overstressing of flanges or flange bolting. The threads of all bolting shall be painted with a suitable thread lubri- cant before the joint is made. The lubricant shall be suitable for the operating temperatures involved. Cleaning of Pipe. The inside and outside surfaces of all pipe, tubing, valves and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt, sand, loose mill _.:ale or other foreign materials immediately after these materials are rem~,-red from storage and before they are arected. All linas shall be thoroughly blown or flushed before being placed in service. Shot blast cleaning is specified in the Pipe Line Listing for certain piping systems. Shop fabricated piping for these systems shall be shot blast cleaned in the shop and no field shot blast cleaning is required. Before being placed in service, all fuel gas piping, whether installed under these specifications or not, from the existing fuel gas metering, station to the boiler shall be thoroughly air blown as part of the work under these specifications. (DENTON, TFxAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-55 All cor,,I-nsate and b; ter feed water piping, incl~:ding water passages of the extraction heaters, and the interior of the sirpc tank shall be thoroughly water flushei prior tr> initial plant start-up. Blowing C=t Noin Stem Gioin . The main stc-im ] ino- rpoll be blown with steam after creation until all visible signs of rr,J I ] scale, s,or.d, rust and other foreip;n substances are t,lo•..rn free. Cover plrites ani internals from th, r.oin tear, at val:^s ::h~:11 1-~ removed ~!ni ulanking fixtures, temporary cover plates, temporary vent and drain piping, temporary valves to control the steam flow, temporary hangers and l;races as required to make the system safe during the blowing operation r;hall be installed. Small polishod test plates made of brass or mild ntnel shall be prepared and installed on the outlet of the blowing vents. These test plates will be inspected for p-tting after each blow to determine if the line is clean. After blowing, the steam strainer shall be removed, cleaned and installed, all temporary blanking fixtures, cover plates, vent and drain piping, valves, hangers and braces shall l,P removed and the valve internals and cover plates shall be reinstalled. Any structures discolored by the blowing operation shall be cleaned and returned to their original condition. Pressure Testin . After completion of piping erection, the piping sys- tems specified herein for pressure tests shall be tested to the test pressure as specified in the Pipe Line Listing. Where no test pressure aapears in the Pipe Line Listing no pressure test is required for that piping system unless otherwise specified herein. Except as otherwise specified ir, the Pipe Line Listing for "air test", all pressure testing shall be done hydrostatically with cold water. Lines to be air tested shall be given an application of "Leak-Tee", or approved equal, leak detection fluid. "Leak-Tec" is sold by American Gas and Chemicals, Inc., New York, IT. Y. All control t,lbing, including that installed in Owner- or Contractor- furnished p3nel3, shall be pressure tested for leaks, whether shown in the Pipe Linc L:stirrg or not, in conformance with !SA Tentative Pecnm- mended Practice RP-7.1. The leak tolerance shall be as spe2ifi,~3 in the same ISA RP-7.1 All leaks greater than specified shall be locetei and corrected. All hydrostatic tests shall conform to the Code for Pressure Piping, ASA B31.1, Paragraph 121(b). The specific test pressure shall be applied for a period of at least one hour. If leaks occur, they shall be re- paired and new tests made and repeated until the Engineer accepts the system as satisfactory. All expansion joint control rods and attachments shall be properly adjusted before application of test pressures. {DEMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-56 Turbine Lubricating Oil Piping. The interior of all. lubricating oil piping shall be carefully cleaned o. foreign materials by a method ap- proved by the turbine generator erection superviror and the Engineer. Use of the lute oil purifier, specified in Section 5, will be required during, flushing of the oil piping, and the Contractor shall schedule his work to r,csure that the purifier is in operation when required. Pipe Ends for "locket Welding or Screwed Connectionr. Pipe end!. fvr socket welding or screwed connections shall be reamed to the full in- side pipe diameter so as to remove all burrs and obstructions. Alterations and Cut-ins. All alterations and cut-ins to existing piping and equipment shall be made as shown on the pans and flow diagrams, as specified herein, and as required for proper installation of the new piping and equipment. Alterations and cut-ins shall be made on a time schedule subject to the Owner's approval. Unit 3 fuel gas and fuel oil piping modifications shall be performed after Unit 4 has been placed in commercial operation. This may require the ^.ontractor to return to the job site after the com- pletion of Unit 4 work. Whether noted on the plums or not, existing miscellaneous piping shall be rerouted as required to permit installation,without interferences, of new piping and equipment. Also, existing miscellaneous piping which interferes with walkways or presents an unsightly appearance after re- moval of the existing building wall shall be relocated as directed by the Engineer. All existing steel _,ity water piping in the plant serving Units 1, 2 • and 3 shall be removed. This piping shall be replaced with copper tubing as slecified in the Pipe Line Listing and as shown on the plans. Where so indicated on the plans or flow diagrams, existing city water valves may be ,-e-eaed. Existing demineralized water piping from the existing cation exchangers to the new degasifier shall be removed and replaced with new piping as specified in the Pipe Line Listing and as shown on the plans. Alterations to existing piping shall include any required revisions and additions to or replacement cf insulation and piping supports. Any piping materials and valves removed and not re-used shall be dis- posed of as directed by the Owner. (DENTON,- TEXAS - 3725 ) (M CHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 3-57 4 , ► 30 10 oll C 6 A BUTT-WELD END PIDr-T ,;T1G;~ Ii;ERT ARC, FIRS; P0, L~ Vk L NGN,INAL SG~ED. Ncm. O.D. m, ED I.D. TOLERANCE I THI;.'SE:. PIPE SIZE N3. I A B C ON C 3 150 3.5~J i 120 6.6' ~ 5. 1 ~ - 1~J I V 8 120 3. . ,7. - ^j Yt.'27 'G.010 I 9 Iu0 F. i 7. " -O.GCG 10 80 IC.75J L 1G IRO 10.7.0 'SO L J 12 IRO 12.753 10 .`SD 1.11; Iv.7R0 5 1.0 5.563 u.013 i EL~CY & VEATCH I D E NCO N, Tri: AAS CO';-,',LTING ENGIF.ERS tAUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENZIATING STATION DETt, I L A C. rte, ,.l i!,~1 37 1 /8" R u m .,c INTERNAL MACM14ING o n OF SCH.40 AND STD, - PIPl NOT REQUIRED o 0 f3UT7 -IrELD E1~D PnrP,;''hTlOE~ INERT ARC, FIRST ?;SS YIELD NOMINAL SCNED. NOM. O. D. NOH I.D. I'OM' WALL MACHINED I.D. TOLERANCE PIPE SIZE N0. A g THICKNESS C ON C - - - - t 1 2,t? 40 2.875 ( 2.464 C.203 80 2.875 I 2.373 0.276 2.351 a _ 160 2.375 J 2.125 - 0.375 2.17E 3 40 3_._5 C 0_ 0.216 80 3.500-- 2.303v.3CO 2.934 4 40 - 4.500 02 2G l 00..2237 57 - +O.OfO ED 4.50'5 3.d_ 3.813 -0,000 40 5.SE3-~~5 .G47 80 5.SC3 4.313 0.375 4.115 - - 1 6 40 6.625 6.065 0.210 i I 8 40 8.625 7.531 0.322 i I 10 40 10.750 IC.020 0.365 12 thru 24 Std. Yariea Ycrics 0.375 0 BLACK b VEATCH DE,'-:TO N, TEXAS CONSULTING ENGINEERS MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION DETA I L B y KANSAS C I TY, MI SSOUR I UNIT 4 60,000 KW Section k VALVES GENERAL. This section covers the installing of Owner-furnished valves and the furnishing and installing of all other vt:lve;; as shown on the plans and flow diagrams and as roquj red for succt~cu;riii operation of the plr:nt. A11 valves riot furnished by the Owner shall be furnished by the Contractor. The only valves which will be furnished by the Owner are those which are included with Owner-furnished equipment. These are described with the associated equipment in Section 2 and are shown with light lines on the flow diagrams. Valve pressure class, body material, end preparation, and other require- ments for general service valves in the various piping systems are given in the Pipe Line Listing included in Section 3. Valves specified for butt welding shall be furnished with ends prepared in accordance with the standard weld end details included in Section 3. Valves specified to have flanged, screwed or socket welding connections shall have ends prepared in accordance with applicable ASA standards. Steel flanges, unless specified otherwise on the plans, shall be raised face type, and cast iron flanges shall be the flat faced type. All valves shall be new and unused and shall be delivered to the job site in an undamaged condition. • Except as otherwise specified, all check valves shall be of the swing disc type. DRAWINGS. Shop drawings of all special service valves including extrac- tion check valves, butterfly valves, motor operated valves, relief valves, and control valves and of all general service valves having bypass valves, locking devices, or other special features shall be submitted to the Engi- neer for approval. Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the requirenent given in General Conditions. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHAIJICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-1 INSTRJCTION MANUALS. The Contractor shall furr,ilh twelve complete and final copies of instruction manuals for control valves and accessories and for electric valve motor operators. One copy rhall be sent to the Engineer and, upon approval thereof, the remaining eleven copies shall be delivered to the Owner. The instruction mariuuslr shall cover com- plete installation, operating, and maintenance in.3trictions, drawings and parts lists for each item furnished. These instruction manuals shall be bound in the same covers as the instruction manuals for Contractor-furnished equipment as specified in Section 5. A list of recommended spare parts with the price of each item and a schedule of recommended lubricants shall be included in the instruction manuals. The instruction manuals shall show all nameplate information, serial numbers, and shop order numbers for each item of equipment and component part thereof. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONVITUCTION - M-8A) 4-2 r MATERIALS. Valve body and trim materials shall be as specified in the Pipe Line Listing and as specified herein. Material Name Description Cast Iron 1.25 lb Class A3TM A126 Class A 250 lb Class ASTM A126 Class B Bronze ASTM B61 Brass ASTM B62 Forged Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A181 ASTM A216 Grade 1 or Grade WCB ASTM Al05 1-1/4% Chromium ASTM A.182 ASTM A217 Alloy Steel Grade F-11 Grade 'WC-6 2-1/4% Chromium AS'-! A182 ASTM A217 • Alloy Steel Grade F-22 Grade WC-9 5% Chromium ASTM A182 ASTM A217 ~i Alloy Steel Grade F-5 Grade C-5 I 136 Chromium ASTM A182 Alloy Steel Grade F-6 Stainless Steel Body AISI Type 316 except stainless steel body valves for botl%:r chemical feed service shall be Tyne 303 or 304 Saems, Discs, and AISI 7~,pe 410, Seat Facings 420 or ASTM A182 Grade F-6 Nickel Alloy (for Monel metal or seat facings) other alloy having not less than 60% nickel content (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-3 f GENERAL SERVICE GATE, GLOBE, ANGLE, AND CHECK VALVES. All general service valves shall be Crane, Edward, Powell, Yarway, Hnr-)ck, or approved equal. Steel Body Valves. Check valves 1-1/2 inches and r;rnaller shall be of the guided piston, lift type or the nonslam tilting dli;,: type. All check valves shall be of n design suitable for r,perntion in the horizontal or vertical piping runs as sho-m on tl.,- j,lrtrns. A11 steel body valves shall be constructed in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of ASA 816.5 and shall be d4~nlgned using stress values which do not exceed the maximum allowable stresses specified in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Class 600 and 1,500 pound steel body valves 2 inchen and smaller shall be constructed as follows: Bonnet joints for 600 pound valves shall be of the bolted flanged type. Bonnet joints for 1,500 pound valves shall be of the pressure seal type except valves 3/4 inch and smaller and check valves may have bolted type bonnet ,joints. Gate and globe valves shall have outside screw and yoke construction. All valves, except 600 pound gate valves, shall have seats of the integral type. Valve ends shall be socket welding unless otherwise specified in the Pipe Line Listing. 1,500 pound globe valves one inch and larger shall be of the "Y" patt:rn type designed for rod-through Meaning. Materials Discs - Stainless steel Stems - Stainless steel Seats - Stellite faced except 600 pound valves may have hardened stainless steel Steel body valves 2-112 inches and larger shall be constructed as follows: The face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions shall conform to ASA B16.10. Butt welding ends for steel body valves shall be prepared in accordance with the welding end details and connecting pipe thicknesses specified in Section 3. All valves in this category shall be provided with backseating con- struction. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL'-ONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-4 Class 150 and 300 Pound Bonnet joints shall be of the bolted flange t.yF,e },riving flat fared flange facings for 150 pound valves and male r,l,d female facings for 300 pound valves. Bolting for flanged bonnetri rind yokes shall be bolt studs conforming to ASTM A193, Grade b'(, with nuts conforming to ASTM A194, Class 2H. Gate ani ~;iobe valve3 small be of the outside rcrew and yoke construction. Body ends shall be butt welding unless otherwise specified In the Pipe Line Listing. Materials Stem - Stainless steel Disc - Cast steel equivalent to body material Seating surfaces - Stainless steel on stainless steel or stainless steel on nickel alloy Class 600, 900 and 1,500 Pound Bonnet Joints shall be of the pressure seal or breechlock type, except that in the 600 pound class globe valves smaller than 8 inches and all swing check valves :hall have either pressure seal, breechlock or bolted flange oonnet ,joints. Gate and globe valves shall have outside screw and yoke construction. Gate and globe valves 6 inches and larger shall have grease lubri- cated antifriction bearing yoke sleeves. Valve body ends shall be butt welding. Materials Stem - Stainless steel Disc - Same as body material Seating surfaces - Stellite faced (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-5 Valve port di%mo tern for gate valves shall be not 1es thin the following: Val,,e St ze 900 Pound 1;500 Po,uui 5 I+- S/b , {{.1 2" 9-1 lb' 10-3/~{t 10-1 p" 1611 12-1/4 11-3/4" Valved bypasses shall be provided on all valves equipped with electric motor operators except MOV-8. Each bypass shall consist of two globe type valves and connec-,ing piping to the main valve. The bypass valves shall be positioned back-to-back so that they may be repacked without shutting down the mein piping. Bypass valves and piping shall have pressure temperature ratings equal to or exceeding those of the main valve and shall be constructed in accordance with these specifications for 1,500 pound steel body valves 2 inches and smaller and of materials equivalent to the main valves. Pipe for bypasses and drains shall be seamless and shall be not lighter than Schedule 80. Bypasses shall be arranged to fit the piping installation and the loca- tions of the bypasses shall have the approval of the Engineer. Bypasses and drains shall be sized as follows: Main Valve Size Bypass and Drain Size 8 inch and smaller 3/4 inch 10 inch and 12 inch 1 inch 14 inch and larger 1-1/2 inch Castings for all 1,500 pound valves 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be radiographically inspected for defects. (DENTON, TEXAS - .3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-6 Brass and Bronze Body Valves. Brass and bronze 2 i::ches and smaller shell have union type bonnet joints. A11 gate arA Kiobe valves shall be of the inside screw rising stem construction. 150 pound gate valves -hall have integral or rervcwf, r, . seats. All other valves shall have renewable seats. Materials Discs - Stainless sto,e], except nickel alloy may be u,ed for gate valves Stem - Brass Renewable seats - Stainless steel, except nickel alloy may be used for gate valves Iron Bocce Valves. Iron body valves shall be "ibbm" (iron body bronze mounted). The face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of iron body 7alves shall meet the letest requirements of ASA B16.10. These valves shall have flanged type bonnet ,joints. Cate and globe valves shall be of the outside screw and yoke construction. Body seats shall be of the renewable type. Gate valves shall be of the wedge disc type. Materials Disc - Bronze or bronze faced cast iron Stem - Brass Seats - Bronze (DENTON. TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-7 LUBRICATED FLUG VALVES. Lubricated pluj valves shall be Rockwell or approved equal, with bolted flange type bonnets and plugs of the conical type. Ends shall be flanged unless otherwise spcc:lf:cd. Lubricated plug valves shall have short pattern bodies. Worm -cared handwhecls shall be provided for valves inches and larger. GvarinC shall be enclosed in a suitable housing. (,,%r~-wrench shall be pro- vided for each valve except those valves equipped wl',h handwheels. • All lubricant fittings and injectors required for i:.troducticn of plug lubricant shall be supplied with each valve. BALL VALVES. Ball valves for fuel gas service shall be Jamesbury Double-Seal" Type DZ "Fire-Safe" or approved equal. 'T'hese valves shall have full area ports, shall be provided with .rating wrenches, shall require no lubrication, and shall be constructed with Teflon seats and seals and chrome plated balls. Secondary metal seats shall be provided to prevent flow in the event of loss of the soft seats. Ball valves for acid service shall be Chemtrol valves with Type I FVC bodies, Teflon seats, Viton seals, and union type end connectors. BUPTERFLY VALVES. Butterfly valves 20 inches and smaller shall be Henry Pratt Model 2FII valves or approved equal) with steel bodies, bronze discs, 18-8 stainless steel sh°.fts, nylon bearings, and rubber seats. Each valve shall be complete with ).irm gear type reduction gearing and handwheel operator. The r_.iuction gears shall be totally enclosed and shall operate in a lubricant bath. POLYVD YL CHLORIDE (FVC) VALVES. All polyvinyl chloride valves, except ball valves, shall be constructed entirely from polyvinyl chloride or Teflon and shall be 125 pound Tube Turns Plastic plug valves with screwed ends. AIR CHECY VALVE. The check valve for installation in the air compressor discharge piping to the air receiver shall be a 150 pound, flanged, Pennsylvania Pump & Compressor Company "Airche!~" valve. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-8 BF IWIP CHECK VALVES. Boiler feed pimp discharge cheer, val-res shall be Atwood and Morrill 900 pound swing disc type valveo rith carbon steel bodies, stellite faced seating stirfaces, pressure :cal covers, butt weld body ends, and spring loaded air operated cloning cylinders. The valve manufacturer shall chec}; the valve size rind volume of flow through feed water chel,k valves to assure proper vrilve operation. MO:,aL!„"d C103K' VALVES. Az~tiliary -ooling water pump nn'l condensate pump discharge check valves shall be Chapman, Atwood and Morrill, or approved equal reverse current type check valves. SOLENOID VALVES. Solenoid valves shall be provided as specified in Section 5. INSTRM4ENT VALVES. A secondary instrument shutoff valve shall be installed at each connection on pressure gauges, pressure switches, transmitters, controllers, and other instrument and control devices. B)Kowdown valves for instrument primary piping shall be installed where required by the plans. (The secondary instrument shutoff valves are in addition to the primary isolating valves shown on the flow diagrams.) owner-furnished control and instrument equipment as described in Section 2 will be furnished complete with secondary instrument shutoff and blowdown valves. All other secondary instrument shutoff and blowdown valves required shall be furnished by the Contractor and shr?1 be 1/2 inch Edward 2952, or approved equal. SPECIAL FEATURES. Valves shall be provided with locking devices and other special features as shown on the plans. Locking devices shall allow the valve to be locked in either the open or closed position by use of a standard padlock. {DEI3`i'ON, TEXAS 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-9 l.'LECIRIC VALVE MOTOR OPERATORS. Electric valve motor operators sha11 be furnished for the valves as specified herein and as c;hown on the plans. Motor operating units shall be "Limitorque" and shall Le designed for operating the valves under the service conditions shown below: Valve Size, Pressure Differential Operating No. Location in. Class, it, ne Pre:;n, psi Time MOV-1 Main steam 10 1,500 Gate ],pAO 30 sec MOV-2 Main BF reju- 6 900 Gate 1'.,'(00 45 sec lator outlet MOV-3 Start-up BF 4 900 Gate 2)700 45 sec regulator outlet MOV-4 BF pump 4-1 6 900 Stop- 2,'(00 30 sec discharge check MOV-5 BF pump 4-2 6 900 Stop- 2)'(00 30 sec discharge check MOV-8 Cooling tower 150 Butter- 150 45 sec make-up fly Motor operating units shall be dust and weathertight suitable for outdoor installation in unprotected locations. Motors shall be bail bearing, totally enclosed, high starting torque, reversible, and suitable for 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle e-c current. Valve operating speeds shall be selected to open or close the valves in approximately the operating, times indicated above. All necessary contacts and interlocks shall be included within each motor operating unit for remote electrical control and for automatic stopping of the valve disc at the limit of its travel in both opening and closing operations. Double torque switches shell be provided for all motor operators for protection of the valve disc from, damage due to closing on foreign material in the valve seats and to provide tight backseatirg. Control circuits will operate on 120 volt a-c current. Reversing contactors shall not be furnished with the motor operating units. A handwheel and position indicator shall be provided for manual opera- tion of each valve. Provision shall be made for manna.' engagement of the handwheel at any time except when the motor is energized during which time the handwheel shall be automatically disengaged. • Motor operators shall be suitable for installation in any position with- out lubricant leakage or other operating difficulties. (Dr. TON.. TEW - 3725 ) {MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 4-10 EXTRACTION CHECK VALVES. Extraction check valves shjs]1 be fllrniched and installed as indicated on the plan3 and in accordanc,. with the following: Valve No. Location Size, In. Pressure Class ESV_1 Extraction to iieater 4-1 1.50 lb ESV-2 Extra,tion to iicater 4-2 i0 150 lb ESV-3 Extraction to heater 4-3 300 lb ESV-i+ Extraction to heater 4-4 6 300 lb Extraction check valves shall be Atwood and Morrill, ('ree flow, counter- balanced disc, swing check type. jkll valves shall be provided with a side mounted spring closing cylinder suitable for operation with 50-125 poi air pressure. The location of the side mounted cylinder caali be at the option of the Engineer. Valve discs shall be free to close at all times. Air operated extraction check :,Alves shA'_1 be furnished to operate in conjunction with oil operated air pilot valves furnished by the Own r. ESV-1 shall be of the "Iso-check" type and will function as a stop valve as well as a check valve. The handwheel operator shall be provided with a stem approximately 90 degrees from the valve seat. All valves shall have cast carbon steel bodies conforming to ASTM A216 Grade WCB and butt welding ends. Valve trim and seating surfaces shall be of stain- less steel. A one inch pipe tap drain connection shrill be provided in each valve body immediately downstream from the valve disc. Each valve shall be provided with a manual test valve for remote mounting. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) b-ll RELIEF VAL' ES. Relief vaIres designated Spec. No. M-8 in the Accessory Equipment Schedule includ-ad herein shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements given therein and as specified below. All relief valves *shnll be mrinuftctured by the Crosby Valve and Gage Company. All relief tialvez shall be of the direct spring-loaded, angle body type of a desion suitable for the service specified herein. All relief valves shall have inlet and outlet I,iping connections. Relief valves for steam, compressed air, or fuel gas service shall be of the "safety" type having a "pop" opening and closing action. These valves shall be provided with adjustments for blowdown range. Relief valves for water or oil shall be of the liquid relief type having a slow opening and closing action. All relief valves shall be arranged for field adjustment of the set ,)ressure. All relief valves shall be provided with lifting levers and enclosed springs. Packed type lifting levers shall be furnished where specified in the Accessory Equipment Schedule. Construction. Relief valves shall have bodies constructed from the materials specified in the Accessory Equipment Schedule. All relief valves shall have seats, discs and spindles constructed from stainless steel, having a chromium content not less than 12 per cent. 'T'ungsten alloy stainless steel or carbon steel springs shall be used. Capacity and Body Size. Relief valve body sizes shall not be smaller Shan the minimum sizes specified in the Accessory Equipment Schedule. Relief valve] shall have port and body flow areas adequate to pass the specified flow to atmosphere. Unless otherwise specified, pressure accumulation shall be not greater than 10 per cent of the set pressure for gas or vapor services and 25 per cent for liquid services. Capacity ratings shall he certified in accordance with Section 8 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Neneplates. Each relief valve shall be directly stamped or provided with a permanently attached metal nameplate indicating the specified va1•re number, manufacturer's name and model number, size, set pressure, and temperature. The rated flow and pressure accumulation shall be indicated for valves having a specified flow. (Dai'TON, -I (AS - 372; } (MDCHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) *As revised by Addendum 1 4-12 CONTROL VALVES. Control valves CRV-29, CRY-30, and CRV-34 shah be furnished as shown on the Control Valve Specification Sheets included herein. Other control valves shown on the Control Vnl•re Specification Sheets are not to be furnished under these specil'icntions and are included for information purposes only. All control val,iec furnished under these specifications shall be Fisher. Construction. Control valves shall have "straight-away" globe pattern todiec and top and bottom guided inner valves. Inner valves shall be of the type specified on the Control Valve Specification Sheets. The direc- tion of flow through single seated valves shall be "flow opening" unless otherwise specified. Valves which are too small for the top and bottom guiatng shall be provided with top cylinder guides designed for heavy duty service. I Plugs shall be of one piece construction either cast, forged, or machined from solid bar stock. Plugs shall be screwed and pinned to valve stems or shall be integral with the valve stems. When Teflon packing is used the lower valve stem which passes through the stuffing box shall be polished to at least 8 micro-inches rms. All valves shall be arranged so that the inner valveo may be removed from the valve bodies from the bonnet side. The design of all valve bodies shall conform to the requirements of the American Standards Association for dimensions, material thickness, and material specifications, in their respective pressure classes. Unless otherwise specified, all control valves shall have stainless steel stews, guide bushings, inner valves, seat rings, stem loci; pins, stuffing box parts, and other trim. Flow Ca acit~. The flow -rapacity of each valve zhal, be a7 cr,,..Nn :u the Control Valve Specification Sheets when operating `ith the inlet pressure, outlet pressure, and approximate valve travel spe:ific-l for ea-r. of valve operating; conrii t ion.: . Identification. Each valve shall be provided with a permanent :tx~je3 metal tag securely attached to the valve bearing the "Valve `fag" and "Service" as listed on the Control Valve Specification Sheets. Shop drawings submitted and all correspondence shall be identified by the "Valve Tag". (DMMN) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTFUCTIO14 - M-8A) 4-13 N W ~~~II O r W w H +111 Y rN ~ 1 y~ f • W _ O wj W_ y y g NS r ~ J x ■ II O a > > : I W s s_ ` u w p r yJC J J W J Y Y • j i• w ~ w ~ w w W # } . e ~Qp Y ; } ; 1 } ; J J J J J J J J S ■ ti V -~F Y V V V V V V . N +I O O Z maim w vi ~ y , J. r f A'' H H M N N N = N + JI _J W ~ f i ! s r ~ ~ ~ ~ W W W W ~ ~ ~ W W ~ ~ W W W W W` W W W W W H F f ti W W I W YH f H H H F Y- . f f I w r r . ~ a a . a r ~ . + a a a ` a . - Ra w w n w f f ■ f w w w w ~ ■ } M i ■ l 11 ■ ~ tt I ti • ~ W W W W W y/ ~ O W W W eJ WW • r O H ~ I e ■ W W { . r / J J J Y H ` 1~ I• . Y w • J W y J J 1 J J J ~ ~ ~ ~ G ~ Y1 Y W _ w I Y~ r r 8 r r ~ W ~ j ~ ri ` r w i •Wr ~ j~ s = s ~ ~ ; ICI 'll ~ SO w J ~ r~ r w ! ! w1 w e F I I O O O ~ ~ O ~ i ~ o i~ ; F` - M f~ C8 M . a4 f 3 i f i i i i f I S t S; i f~'= t. 2. t 2 t, N ~ N w J J r W W ~ r r Wj W C N l W I V Y r W j w ~ ~ W N W L I ~ ~ J t II w ~ W J ~ 8 I W T w N N I n ■ W r 4 V W rl _ W J 1 W r 0 y = 2w w w a ~ w ~ ~ 8C Wr S - z ~ - Zu r ~2 y w N W W i r r h w r I o u ~ : +III i V O y 1 W YI W W W w r ~ r - - a 3 s e a ■ y r O W r ~ r r W J g e 9 = y 7E F A ~ R w~ ~ R Y 3 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ! R S VALVE DESCRIPTION Flow Diagram FD-4 Number Requireo I Valve Tag CRV-26 Service F.W. TO DESUPERHEATER Fluid FEED MATER Sp Gr Viscosity ssu F VALVE DESIGN Design Low 1 Flaw Rate Inlet Pressure (FURNISHE." LINDER CONTRACT M-34) - - - ' Inlet Temperature Outlet Pressure ! Percent Travel Preferred - Predicted inner Valve Type Maximum Oifferential Pressure Maximum Temperature _ VALVE CONSTRUCTION Materials: ! Body Type Plug body Pressure Class Seat Ring body Mattrial Guide Posts Doily Ends Bushings Preferred Body size Stem Guide Location Packing Cooling Fins VALVE OPERATOR Accessories: Type Positioner Signal Range Limit SwitCh Valve Action: Pandjack Flow Stops Spring - - - Air LoCk Signal Increase . PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type Type Type Adjustaole Range Adjustable Range Adjustable Range Maximum Pressure Maximum Press. and Temp. Cage connections Mounting Pressure Class Signal Range Mounting Signal Range Reset or Rate Capillary Length Cooling Fins - - Pipt Connection Gauge Glasses Reset or Rata Reset or Rate REMARKS T BLACK i VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI I: L IN PROJECT .~~~~i~i!:I;•y~ L_C i4Ltlr J~:~,:~i'.l i:w i SIA~IO~t 3725 UIj11 4 1:0400 KW A CONTROL VALVE E ISSUED F I SPECIFICATION SHEET ~ OATE S REVISION OR ISSUE N0 . SHEET T BY i 1 VALVi DESCRIPTION Flow Diagram FO-4 Number Required I CRY-27 F.W. TO DESUPERHEATER valve rag Service Fluid FEED WATER Sp Gr visa.sity ssu F VALVE DESIGN Design Low Flow Rate inlet Pressure (FURNISHED UNDER CONTRACT M-34) - Inlet Temperature outlet Pressure Percent Travel Preferred Predicted - - Inner Valve Type Maximum Differential Pressure Maximum Temperature VALVE CONSTRUCTION Materials: Body Type Plug Body Pressure Class Seat Ring Body Material - Guide Posts ' Body Ends Bushings Preferred Body Site Stem Guide Location Packing _ Cooling Fins VALVE OPERATOR Accessories: Type Positioner Signal Range _ Limit Switch Valve Action: HandjaCk Flow Stops Spring Air Lock Signal Increase PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type Type Type Adjustable Range Adjustable Range AJjustable Range Maximum Pressure Maximum Press. an-1 Temp. Cage Connections Mounting Pressure Class Signal Range Mounting Signal Range Reset or Rate Capillary Length Coolirg Fins Pipe Connecticn Gauge Glasses Reset or Rate Reset or Rate REMARKS _ BLACK III VEAT~H, CONSULTINO ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI N %I PROJECT 3725 . 2-6-65 ISSUED FOR BID I CONTROL VALVE SHEET wTE AEVISIONOR ISSUE NO. BY SPECIFICATION SHEET 2 VALVE DESCRIPTION Flow Diagram FO-5 Numter Required I Valve Tag CRY-28 Service SEAL WATER TO CONDENSATE PUMPS Fluid CONDENSATE Sp Gr Viscosity ssu m F VALVE DESIGN Design Low Flow Rate Inlet Pressure (FURNISHED UNDER CONTRACT M-36) Inlet Temperature Outlet Pressure Percent Travel Preferred Predicted - Inner Valve Type Maximum Differential Pressure Maximum Temperature VALVE CONSTRUCTION Materials: Body Type Plug Body Pressure Class Seat Ring Body Material - - Guide Posts _ Body Ends _ Bushings Preferred Body Size Stem Guide Location _ Packing Cooling Fins VALVE OPERATOR Accessories: Type Positioner . Signal Range _ Limit Switch Valve Action: MandjacN Flow Stops Spring Air Lock Signal Increase PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type Type Type AdjustaDle Range Adjustaole Rjnye Adjustaole Range Maximum Pressure Maxirnum Press, and remp. Ca,e Cor.re_tions Mounting Pressure Class Signal Range MOUnting Signal Range Reset or Rate Capillary Lenyt,ti Cooling Fins Pipe Connection Gauge Glasses Reset or Rate Reset or Rate REMARKS _ BLACK i VEATCN, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - AAKSAS CITY, MISSOURI PROJECT t - - ; T . 3725 a~ 2-4.85 ISSUED FOR BID I CONTROL VALVE SKEET DATE REVISION OR ISSUE 00. BY SPECIFICATION SHEET 3 t~ VALVE DESCRIPTION Flo* Diagram FD-7 num~er keyuired I Service CONTROL AIR DRYER BYPASS Valve Tag CRY-29 Fluid AIR Sp Gr vi ,cu •.ity ssu F VALVE DESIGN Design LO* Flow Rate 175 SCFM Inlet Pressure 100 PSI inlet Temperature 100 F Outlet Pressure 75 PSI Percent Travel Preferred 90 Predicted Inner Valve Type SINGLE QUICK OPENING Maximum Differer,tral Pressure 125 PSI Maximum Tvr,perature 120 F VALVE CONSTRUCTION Materials: Body Type GLOBE Plug STAINLESS STEEL Body Pressure Class 150 LB sea; Ping STAINLESS STEEL Body Material CARBON STEEL Guide Posts STAINLESS STEEL Body Ends SCRO.. Bushings STAINLESS STEEL 1 Preferred Body Size I" Stem STAINLESS STEEL Guide location Packing Cooling Pins VALVE OPERATOR Sf Accessories: Type SELF CONTAINED Pc sitiorer Signal Range Llrr,it SwitCn Valve Action: MdridjaCx _ Flow Stop Spring Air Locx Signal Increase PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type Tyr,, AdjuStdole Range AJj„,t.,l.. h;n 9" .,,;ust.ole Parge Maximum Pressure M,xi,m,,;,, Pro and Men c. a_C crrr.:Ctidns Mpuntinj Pro Ss're Cl .55 Signal Range Mp~nti: j Siynal rvn,e _ Reset or Rate C gillery t.:r~tn Cociin. Firs Pipe ConnHc(icn Gauge Glasses Reset or Rate Reset or Rate REMARKS VALVE TO OPEN ON DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE OF 25 PSI TO BE ADJUSTABLE BETWEEN 20 -40 PSI DIFFERENTIAL. BLACK A VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI P ROJ EC 7 3725 . 2-8-65 ISSUED FOR BID I CONTROL VALVE SHEET T DATE REVISION OR ISSUE NO. BY SPECIFICATION SHEET VALVE DESCRIPTION Flow Diagram FD-7 NumLrr Requirec I valve Tag CRY-30 service SEAL AIR TO GEP; BUS DUCT Fluid AIR Sp Gr visr,usily SSU p F VALVE DESIGN Design Low Flow Rate 15 SCFM Inlet Pressure 100 PS) Inlet Temperature 100 F Outlet Pressure 3 INCHES WATER Percent Travel . Preferred 90 Preoictea Inner Valve Type Maximum Differer,ttal Pressure 150 PSI Maximum Temperature VALVE CONSTRUCTION Materials; Body Type GLOBE Plug Body Pressure class 150 I.S. seat Ring Boay Material IRON Guide Posts Body Ends _ SCREWED Busnings Preferred Body Size 3/4" Stem STAINLESS STEEL Guide Location Packing Cooling Fins NO VALVE OPERATOR Accessories: Type SELF CONTAINED Positicner Signal Range Limit Switch Valve Action: Henajack Flow OPENING Stops Spring CLOSING Air Lock Signal Increase PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type Tyke Trpe Adjustable Fang? AdjuSt~ole P~nge t:juStaGle .ang: Maximum Pressure H,i4im4m Press. ana Temp. Ccrnect+cns mounting Pressure c1.7;5 Signal Ran;F Mounting Signal RangS Reset or Rate cap;llary Ler,th Coo: iAg Fins Pipe Connection cake Glasses Reset or Rate Reset Or Rate REMARKS FISHER TYPE Y600 OR 722 STAINLESS STEEL TRIM 8UNA N DIAPHRAGM • BLACK A VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI PROJECT 3725 2-8-65 ISSUED FOR BID 1 CONTROL VALVE SHEET DATE REVISION OR ISSUE M0. BY SPECI f I CATI ON SHEET 5 t i VALVE DESCRIPTION Flow Diagram FD-9 kumoer Required I Valve Tag CRV-31 Service PILOT GAS Fluid NATURAL GAS Sp Gr Viscusity ssu ® F E VALVE DESIGN Design Low Flow Rate Inlet Pressore _ Inlet Temperature _ (FURNISHED UNDER CONTRACT M-34) outlet Pressure ' Percent Travel Preferred ' Predicted Inner Valve Type Maximum Differential Pressure Maximum Temperature VALVE CONSTRUCTION Materials: Body Type - Plug Body Pressure Class Seat Rang Body Material Guide Posts Body Ends Bushings Preferred Body size Stem Guide Location Packing _ Cooling Fins . VALVE OPERATOR Accessories: Type Positioner . Signal Range Limit Switch Valve Action: Nandjack Flow Stops Spring Air Lock signal increase PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type T, l:e Type Adjustaole Pange AJjustaale Range AJjusmle Pange Maximum Pressure H.ximum Press. and Temp. Cave Corrections Mounting Pressure Class Signal Pange Mounting Signal R-~n,e Reset or Rate Capillary Ltnjtn Cooling fins Pipe Connection Gauge Glasses Reset or Rate Reset or Rate REMARKS BLACK i VEATCH, CCNSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI c PROJECT t t... 3725 a 2-8-65 ISSUED FOR BID CONTROL VALVE SHEET DATE REVISION OR ISSUE N0. By SPECIFICATION SHEET 6 VALVE DESCRIPTION Flow Diagram FD-4 eumoer Required I valie Tag CRV-32 Service F.W. TO DESUPERNEATER Fluid FEED WATER Sp Gr Visr", its ssu B F VALVE DESIGN Design Low Flow Rate Inlet Pressure Inlet Temperature (FURNISHED UNDER CONTRACT M-34) - outlet Pressure - Percent Travel Preferred PredicteJ _ Inner Valve Type Maximum Differential Pressure Maximum Tar.peraturn . VALVE CONSTRUCTION Materials; Body Type Plug Body Pressure Class Seat Ring Body Material Guide Posts f Body Ends Bushings Preferred Body Size stam _ Guide Location Packing Cooling Fins _ YAM OPERATOR Accessories: Type Posi t ioner Signal Range Limit Switch Valve Action; ndndjack Flow stops spring Air Lock Signal Increase _ PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type - Type ; Type - Adjustaa;e Range Adjustatle Range :;justaole Range Maximum Pressure Maximum Press. and Temp. Ca,e Connections Mounting Pressure Class Signal Range Mounting Si;ral Range _ Reset or Rate Capillary Length Cooling Fins Pipe Connection Gauge Glasses Reset or Rate Reset Or Rate RcMARKS _ BLACK i VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI PROJECT y , 3725 SHEET l = 24-66 ISSUED FOR ID I CONTROL VALVE T' DATE REVISION OR ISSUE 160. BY SPECIFICATION SKEET 7 F VALVE DESCRIPTION Flow Diagram FD-10 kumoer Required I valva Tag CRY-33 Service COND. TO EXHAUST FOG NOZZLE CONDENSATE Fluid Sp Gr viScs.:ity ssu a F VALVE DESIGN Den Low Flow Rate Inlet Pressure (FURNISHEL' UNDER CONTRACT M-VO) Inlet Temperature Outlet Pressure Percent rravei Preferred Predicted Inner valve Ty,c Maximum Cifferertial pressure Maximum Temperature VALVE CONSTRUCTION materials-, Body Type _ Plug BoJy T ressure C1 as, Seat Ring Buoy Material Guide Posts Body Ends Bushings Preferred Body Size Stem Guide Lication Packing Cooling Fins _ VALVE OPERATOR Accessories: Type - Positioner Signal Range Limit Switch valve Action: HdndjaCk Flow Stops - Spring Air Lock Signal Increase PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER Type Type rpe Adjustaole Range Adjust.iole R:n,e -'justaple Range _ Maximum Pressure Maximum Press, and Terq. Ca,-e Corrections MOU'tinq Pressure Class Signal Range Mounting Sijnal Range _ Reset or Rate Capillary Lenytn Coolirg Fins Pipe Lcrr,ert,cn Gauge Glasses Reset or Rate Reset or Rate REMARKS - BLACK i VEATCH, CONSULTING ENRINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI ` 1 ` 1 is PROJECT t _ 3725 2-8.65 ISSUED FOR BID CONTROL VALVE SHEET I SPECIFICATION SKEET S DATE REVISION OR ISSUE NO. BY VALVE DESCRIPTION Flow Diajram FD-7 rvwrtJcr be;uired I valve Tag CRV-34 Service MINIMUM CONTROL AIR PRESSURE Fluid AIR 5H Gr visCUSity ssu ® F VALVE DESIGN Design law Flow Rate 100 SCFM Inlet Pressure 100 PSI Inlet Temperature 100 F Outlet Pressure 75 PSI Percent Trvel Preferred 90 Predicted Inner valve Type MdxlTwm Differential Pressure 125 MaAirlum Toraperature 120 F VALVE CONSTRUCTION materials: Body Type GLOBE Plu3 STAINLESS STEEL, "0" RING SEAL Body Pressure Class 150 LB sent Ring STAINLESS STEEL Body Material CARBON STEEL Guide Posts STAINLESS STEEL Body Enos _ S.W. Bushings ST4114LESS STEEL Preferred Hotly Size IN Stem STAINLESS STEEL Guide Location TOP AND DOTTOM Picking TEFLON, CHEVRON RING Cooling Fins NO VALVE OPERATOR ACCL.&iries: Type DIAPHRAGM Fositioner Signal Range Limit SAltCn Valve Action: n:nCjack Flow OPENING steps Spring CLOSING Air Lock signal Io~,ease PRESSURE CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER LEVEL CONTROLLER lype Type Type Adjustaole Range 50-90 A,~j,,,tr.r,lc R..r,,e ! Aojustaole P,snge Maximum Pressure y -iw wni Pass. c i y. Caje Conrections Mounting Pressure Class Signal Range Mou+, ti1. Si3r;l R;n~e Reset or Rate Copillary Lcn,tr Cool;rj Fins Pipe CGT,neut;0A Gauge Glasses Reset or Rata Reset or Rate REMARKS DIRECT OPERATED PRESSURE REGU,.ATOR BLACK i VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOM PROJECT 3725 y • 2-8-65 ISSUED FOR BIO I CONTROL VALVE s„EEr DATE REVISION OR ISSUE No. BV SPEC I F1 CATION SHEET 9 Section 5 MECHANICAL EQUIFMI:NT GENERAL. This section covors mechanical cquipm,:W, •.+Y,ich the Contractor shall furnish and install. ThP Contractor shall erect all mechanical equipment in accordance with all applicable requirements in Section 2, Equipment Lr(_ction. Any piping furni•.ied with mechanical equipment shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements in Section 3) Piping. All miscellaneous mechanical equipment such as spare parts and tools which is not to be installed by attachment to the building structure or piping shall be stored as directed by the Owner. DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall stlbmit shop drawings to the Engineer for approval for all mechanical equipment. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements given in General Conditions. IDENTIFICATION. The following equipment shall be shipped to the job s!te with a stamped metal tag, bearing the appropriate tag number, securely fastened to each item with No. 18 gauge rustproof steel wire. Tag numbers shall be as listed for each item in the Accessory Equipment Schedule or other listings included herein. Thermoieters Pressure gauges P o ssure switches Temperature switches Level switches Steam traps Pipe line strainers Expansion joints Gauge glasses Solenoid valves Other small items of equipment not specified herein by tag number shall be shipped with waterproof paper tags bearing appropriate terminology as described herein. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-1 All shipping boxes, crates, and other types of pa^_l:aging shall have on the outside a waterproof marking identifying by tag number or appropriate legend all items contained therein. ' INSTRUCTION MANUALS. The Contractor shall furnish twelve complete and final copies of instructions manuals for the equipment listed below. One copy shall be sent to the Engineer and, upon approval ther^of, the remaining eleven copies shall be delivered to the Owner. The instruction manuals shall cover complete installation, operating and maintenance instructions, drawings and parts lists for each item of equipment furnished. Each complete set of instruction manuals shall b? oound in a single Buchan Loose Leaf Records Company Type RL binder covered with a pyroxylin impregnated buckram cover. Instruction manuals shall have suitable index tabs for each item of equipment. The front covers shall be stamped with lettering indicating the Owner's name, unit number, name of power plant, location of power plant, names of equipment, and name and location of the Engineer. The backbones of the covers shall be stamped with lettering indicating the Owner's name, name of power plant, unit number, and names of equipment. A sample of the type of covers to be used and copy of the cover legends shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before the covers are stamped. A list of recommended spare parts with the price of each item and a schedule of recommended lubricants shall be included in the instruction manuals. The instruction manuals shall show all nameplate information and shop order numbers for each item of equipment and component part thereof. Instruction manuals shall be furnished for the following: Air compressor Forced air deganifier Lube oil purifier Boiler chemical feed pumps Polyphosphate pump Acid feed pump In addition, instruction manuals as specified i.. =,ection 4 for control valves and valva motor operators shc.ll be bound in the same covers as the instruction manuals for the aboie equipment. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-2 ELECTRICAL CONTACT2. All contacts for pressure switches, temperature switches, and level switches ehall be suitable ffr (,no ampere at 125 volts d-c or iC amperes at 3.20 volts a-c (no:ifmiuctive). END PREPARATION. Equipment having connections s;,,-H'.ed for butt welding shall have ends prepared in accordance with th„ fipS,rvF,riate standard butt weld end preparation details included in Firing. Flanged, screwed and sock,?t welding connections shrill be in accordance with the applicable ASA standards. SHOP PAINTING. Except as otherwise specified, all exposed iron and steel surfaces of all materials and equipment shall be given one coat of primer paint before shipment of the equipment to the job site. Before applica- tion of paint, all surfaces shall be free of rust, scale, lubricants, moisture, and other substances. Rust and scale shall be carefully removed by sandblasting, power sanding or power wire brushing. Lubri- cants shall be removed by suitable solvents. All castings and welded areas shall be ground, filled and smoothed before primer paint is applied. Primer paint shall be red lead or zinc chromate pigment, rust inhibitive metal primer paint recommended by the paint man,facturer for application to metals prepared for painting by wire brushing. Machined surfaces such as shafts, pins, bushings, shaft couplings and other similar parts whose operation would be impaired by painting shall not be painted. These surfaces Fhall be protected by application of an easily removably rust preventative compound. Noncorrosive metals such as aluminum, brass, bronze, or stainless steel shall not bi painted. All paint shall be applied in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. TOOLS. All special tools required for erecting, dismantling, or mainte- nance of the equipment shall be furnished with the equipment. i MOTORS. All motors shall be in accordance with the following require- ments and in accordance with any additional requirements specified with the driven equipment. The motors shall be suitable for across-the-line starting and shall conform in all respects to the latest applicable NEMA and ASA standards. The motors shall be Allis-Chalmers or approved equal. All rotors shall be shipped completely assembled and lubricated, ready for operation. Motor horsepower nameplate rating shall not be exzeeded when the equip- ment is operating within the limits of the design conditions specified. The motor loading shall not exceed the motor service factor ratitZ on start-up conditions or at the equipment maximum load point. The motor characteristics shall be suitable for starting the inertia loads o the driven equipment. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A 5-3 Ventilating openings in horizontal motor end bell riurfaces perpendicular to the axis of the motor shaft shall be construct-d as louvers. Ventilating openings into the rotating fans of vertical motors shall be ' guarded by labyrinths or screens. The following requirements shall apply to the mrA ors: Type - Squirrel -liFe induction Voltage rating - As specified with the drivers equipment Construction - As specified with the driven equipment Bearings - 011 lubricated sleeve bearings for all motor applications that permit their use, otherwise grease lubricated ball bearings sized for 25 years average life based on M13MA stands ds and normal design thrusts. Bearings shall have close fitting covers on both sides and a labyrinth clinger on the output shaft. All bearings shall be self-lubricated. Winding temperature by thermometer at rated conditions and assumed ambient - 100 C Assumed ambient - 40 C Insulation - Sealed Class B* for dripproof motors and Class B for all others, unless otherwise specified with the driven equipment Service factor - 1.15 for dripproof motors and a minimum of 1.00 for all others Torque characteristic - NEMA B (unless driven equ~pment requires other torque (Wk ) characteristics) * Insulation of random wound motors shall be of the encapsulated type. Winding shall be enclosed in an epoxy resin or silicone compound insulation material which completely encloses the windings and fills all slots and voids. Insulation of form wound motors shall be of vulcanized silicone epoxy resin or equivalent material which will form a void free sealed insulation system. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-4 Conduit boxes - Gasketed waterproof, corrosion- resistant, rust iron, one size larger than standard Motor leads - Waterproof' seal around leads between conduit tox and motor frame The location of the motor terminal boxes shall be at the option of the hn;ineer. (DENTON, TEAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A 5-5 AIR COMPRESSOR One Worthington 9-112 x 7 VBB ^ontrol air cjrr;,ressor of the single stage, heavy duty, double acting, writer cooled, Y-belt driven, vertical cylinder type shall be furnist~d and ilstallr:d. • The air compressor shall be complete with motor driver, coupllnv,, belts, sheaves, aftercooler, drain trap, controls, and ether accessarles as specified herein and as required for a completri- installation. The compressor shun deliver oil-free air. Tt.e ;Isto,, valve and cylin- der construction shall utilize materials which do not require oil lub- rication. Piston rings shall be Teflon. The compressor shall be con- structed with a distance piece between the cylinder and crosshead so thgt common portions of the piston rod will not contact the crankcase and cylinder stuffing boxes. A collar shall be provided on the piston rod to prevent oil from traveling along the rod. Design Conditions. The compressor shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following conditions. The performance '.ndicated be- low shall be guaranteed: Discharge pressure, psi 100 Capacity, free air delivery with inlet condition: 14.7 psis 60 F, minimum scfm 290 Cooling water temperature, F 105 Cooling water pressure, psi 40 Discharge air tenp,,rat.ure from aftercot er, maximum F 115 Maximum ,iistcn speed, fpm 600 Maximum motor speed, rpm 1,800 B--arings. Main crankshaft bearings shall be of the antifriction or sleeve type. Valves. Compressor cylinder valves shall be of the channel, feather, or plate type designed for maximum compression efficiency and long life. Valves shall be designed for oil-free nonlubricated operation and shall be suitable for this service without external lubrication. Lubrication. The compressor shall be provided with a force-feed positive lubrication system for the crank pins, crosshead bearings, and cross- head shoes. The system shall utilize a positive displacement pump. Piston Rod Packing. Piston rod packing for the compressors shall be of the nonlubricated type. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (M?CHANICAL OONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-6 Motor. The motor shall have dripproof constrjr:t!r,n and shall be suit- able for 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle service. Control Equipment. The compressor shall be provlrl,~d with "Transformatic" dual control. The selector switch shall have "Man,ial", "Off",and "Auto" positions. "Manuel" control shall provide continuous compressor operation with capacity control by opening or closing an inlet valve or suction line stop valve as required to maintain proper receiver pressure. When air uemand exceeds 50 per cent of the compressor capability "Auto" control shall provide continuous compressor operation the same as "Manual" control and when air demand is less than 50 per cent "Auto" control shall start and stop the compressor as required. Unloading may be ac- complished either by cylinder inlet valve control or by a suction line stop valve. The control system shall unload the compressor on stopping and while the compressor is coming up to speed on starting. The control shall have an adjustable control setting and an adjustable differential pressure setting. All control equipment, with the exception of the motor starter, shall be furnished for the compressor as required for a complete installation. Equipment to be furnished shall include all control switches, pressure switches, solenoid valves, time delay relays, relays and unloaders and other accessory equipment as required for independent control of the compressor. Two pressure switches shall be furnished so that separate pressure ranges are available for start-stop and load-unload operations. Pressure switches shall be provided with two single pole double throw contacts or one set of contacts and cne auxiliary relay. Safety control equipment shflll be provided for stopping the compressor on either low oil pressure or high air discharge temperature. Tempera- ture switches shall be as r,anufactured by United Electric Company. Safety devices shall have single pole double throw contacts. A specially constructed control cabinet with NEMA 1 enclosure and ap- propriate nameplate shall be furnished for housing control equipment to be mounted remote from the compressor. The following equipment shall be furnished, mounted and wired to terminal blocks in the control cabinet: One heavy duty selector switch for motor control All auxiliary relays, timing relays and all other equipment not required to be mounted on the compressor. A jacket cooling water solenoid valve shall be provided for automatic • control of the cooling water flow to the Compressor and auxiliary equipment. The solenoid valve shall be energized to open type. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (WCHANICAL OONSTRUCTION - M-SA) 5-7 Electrical control :-,ices shall be suitable for unj with nominal 120 volt, 60 cycle supply. It shall be the recponnibility of the Contractor to provide suitable equipment and to Yurnrantee satisfactory operation when the equipment is continuously criorvjzcd from 105 to 125 volts a-c, and with ambient temperature of '')r1 c. The drop-out voltage shall be not less than 75 volts for relays and 90 volts for contactors. Except for equipment specified herein to be remotely mounted, all control and accessory equipment with interconnecting, piping and wiring shall be furnished and installed before shipment. Wiring for control and accessory equipment to be remotely mounted shall be shop installed to terminal blocks mounted on the frame of the compressor. Intake Filter Silencer. The compressor shall be provided with a pipe supported, dry type intake filter silencer suitable for outdoor installation and having an outlet piping connection only. The filter shall be caphL le of retaining all particles having a diameter of 5 microns or greater The filter silencer dimensions shall not exceed 21-0" OD by 2'-6" high. Dual filter silencers with manifolding may be provided if necessary because of the size restriction. Aftercooler. The compressor shall be furnished with a water cooled shell and tube, pipe line type aftercooler for reducing the temperature of the compressor discharge air. The aftercooler shall have adequate surface area to limit the outlet air temperature to the temperature given under "Design Conditions". The aftercooler shall be provided with a moisture separator. An automatic condensate trap shall be provided for drainage of condensate from the aftercooler. The trap shall be A. 0. Smith Model 29BD221A. All aftercooler connections 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be ASA standard raised face flanged. The aftercooler shall be suitable for the cooling water pressure specified under "Design Conditions". Discharge Snubber. The compressor shall be provided with a discharge snubber for installation in the discharge piping oetween the compressor and the receiver. The snubber shall be designed to minimize noise and vibration from the compressor. Soleplate. The compressor shall be furnished with a steel soleplate as shown on Sketch M3725-102664-6 included herein. Soleplate thickness shall be suitable for the compressor reactions to be encountered. • The soleplate shall be set, grouted and bolted to the concrete base furnished under separate specifications. Compressor, motor, and motor baseplate shal?. be set and bolted to the soleplate by tapping or welding anchor bolts thereto. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-8 Motor Baseplate. The motor shall be furnished with n baseplate of cast iron or fabricated steel construction. The motr,r baseplate shall have provisions for adjustment of the motor pr,nltion and belt tension. Belts and Sheaves. All belts and compressor and motor sheaves required for the compressors shall be furnished. Belts and ehoiaves shall be of the h~avy duty "V" type. Guards. All exposed rotating shafts, couplings, flywheels, sheaves and belts shall be provided with heavy duty aluminum guards for the protection of operating personnel. Alternate Air Compressor. Each bidder shall show in the Proposal the price addition or deduction for furnishing an Allis-Chalmers multistage centrifugal type air compressor in lieu of the reciprocating type speci- fied for the base bid. This alternate air compressor shall be in ac- cordance with all applicable provisions given herein for the base bid equipment and all accessories required for an installation equal to that specified for the base bid equipment shall be provided. The installation shall be guaranteed to deliver oil free air. If re- quired, alternate bid equipment shall include dual filters for installa- tion in the discharge line from the compressor to remove oil. Each bidder's proposal shall include a complete description of the al- ternate equipment offered. (DEIMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (w CHANICa CONSTRUcnu - M-8A) 5-9 LOBE OIL PURIFIER. One oil centrifugal purifier, Delp wnl Uni-Matic Model No. 65-23, or approved equal, suitable for use in a t.,irnlrn generator lubricating oil system shall be furnished and install,-I. The unit shall be complete with all necessary intercrnrnr:r-t.ing piping and wiring, valves, strainers, flow indicators, pressure thermometers and other accessories required for successful operatis,r,. I!o oil. heating equipment shall be provided. Design Conditions. The oil purifier shall be suitable for operation, under th-e following conditions: Pumping capacity, gph, minimum 450 Purifying capacity, gph, minimum 375 Lubricating oil Inlet temperature, F 120 SAE number 10-20 Purifier Bowl. The bowl assembly shall be the disc type, made of corrosion resistant material. The bowl cover shall be hinged to the frame of the machine and shall lock in either the open or closed position. A check valve shall automatically shut off the oil when the bowl cover is raised. Pumps. The purifier shall be provided with built-in positive displacement feed and discharge pumps. Each pump shall be equipped with a pressure relief valve. Motor. The purifier shall be furnished with a flange-mounted, direct-drive motor, with all moving parts fully enclosed. The motor shall have dripproof construction and shall be suitable for 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle service. Baseplate. All purifier equipment shall be mounted on a single baseplate. The baseplate shall be provided with a drip lip and a tapped drain connection. Piping end Wiring. All piping ai.d electrical connections betveen various un`_ts of the complete purifier machine shall be made at the factory. pocket welding piping connections shall be used where practicable. DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-10 MISCELLANEOUS TANKS. Miscellaneous tanks shall be furnished and installed as shown on the drawings included herein rind in accordance with the fo:lowing requ'rements: No. Req'd Tank 1),_rign Conditions 1 Blowdown tank 4 150 psi, 500 F 1 Lube oil dump ;ank 4 Atmospheric 1 Niscellar;eous drain receiver 4 Atmospheric 1 Control air receiver 4 150 psi, 500 F Construction. Tanks shall be of all welded steel construction. Material thicknesses shown on the drawings are minimum acceptable thicknesses. Tanks shall have single welded butt points with complete penetration. All welds shall be continuous. All welds shall be ground smooth and al,. weld spatter shall be removed by grinding or brushing before application of paint. All flame cut edges shall be ground smooth. Tank components shall be carefully fitted to form joints which are free of voids. Voids at joints 'filled with weld metal will not be acceptable. All tank construction shall be in accordance with the applicable provi- sions of Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Code stamping and data reports shall be provided for tanks which have a finite design pressure and temperature listed above under "Design ConditionF.". Materials. Except as indicated otherwise on the tank drawings, all tank materials shall be carbon steel. Material shall be new and free from pits. Carbon steel for tanks to be ASME code stamped small be ASTM A285 Grade C Firebox, ASTM A212 Grade B, or approved equal, Carbon steel for all other tanks shall be ASTM A3E, ASTM A283 Grade A, or approved equal, The interior lined portions of the blowdown tank shall be constructed from stainless steel clad carbon steel plate. The stainless claddinw shall be an 18-8 stainless steel not less than 1/15 inch thick The cladding shall be on the interior tank surfaces, Appurtenances. Tanks shall be furnished complete with all supports, skirts, manholes, handnoles, liners, covers, gaskets, bolts, vents, overflows, interior and exterior piping, nozzles, piping connzctions and other appurtenances as specified herein and shown on the tank drawings. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-11 PipinE Connections. The end nozzles shall be butt welding, screwed, or socket welding type as indicate4, or, th^ drawings. Except as indicated otherwise on the tank drawini-s, 311 connections 2 irr.ec and smaller snail be Bonne; Flat Thredolets or .ckolets, all int~rnnl and external tank pipint- i;:chcs and snallr~-r .,.,nl l be (;ch,dul sock _ t Meld i n f i tti ntl: , and l,ipi ntl larj,;(?r tn•ir. i*.cnes shall bc, Jchedul 40 w:tl~ tutt weLiing fittings. Manholes and H_and_holes. All manhole and ham:holy Covers :hail be machin,-, faced and shall be fitted with temporary asbestos gaskets for use during shipment and erection. Permanent Flexitallic gaskets shall be furnished and shipped separately for all manhole and handh)](, covers. Testin . All tanks to be ASMF, code stamped shall be hydrostatically shop tested in accordance with the procedure required by the code. All other tars shall be tested for leaks by water filling. Cleaning and PaintineL. All tank interior and exterior surfaces shall be cleaned and shop prime painted as specified in this section under "SHOP PAINTING" except as follows: Interior surfaces of the lube oil dump tank shall be cleaned as specified under "SHOP PAINTING" and given cne shop coat of metal primer and one shop coat of Rust Ran No. 2;,7 finish paint. Thr primer paint shall be as recommended by the Standard Oil Company of New Jersey for use with Rust Ban No. 297. Protection During Shipment. All tank connections and openings shall be covered with tight fitting closures to prevent entry of dirt or moisture during shipment and storage. (DFbi'O?J, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANKCAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A 5-12 BOILER CHEMICAL ]FEED TANK, PUMPS., AND ACCESSORIES. The following boiler chemical feed equipment shall be furnished and installed. Chemical Feed Tank and Accessories. One chemical solution tank for bailer chemical feed shall be provided, designed and constructed for the following conditions: Number of' compartments 2 Capacity each compartment, net gallons 50 Outside dimensions Length 21-411 Width 2'-6" Height 3'-6" Material Type 304 stainless steel Construction Welded Finish, outside No. 2B The chemical solution tank shall be of all welded construction from 10 gauge Type 3C4 stainless steel and shall be divided by vertical full height partitions into the required number of ejually sized watertight compartments. The tank bottom shall be flat. Adequate stiffening members shall be provided and welded inside tha tank with no external top rim angle except on the back side of the tank. The tank shall be furnished with a welded cove: which shall include a hinged charging door over each compartment. The covers shall be drilled for bolting a mixer mounting bracket on each compartment and openings shall be provided for the mixer shafts. Internal supports shall be provided in each compartment for dissolving basketE specified hereinafter. One 2 inch screwed coupling shall be provided in the cover over each compartment for mounting level switch electrode holders. Connections shall be provided in each tank compartme:it for water fill, iverflow, drain, and pump suction. All piping connections shall be Type 304 stainless steel screwed couplings. All welds on the tank shall be continuous and shall be ground smooth.. Each compartment shall be individually tested for leakage by filling with water. After completion of fabrication and testing all exterior surfaces of the tank except the bottom shall be polished to a No. 2B standard finish. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-&A 5-13 URY OR ELECTROLYTIC RECTIFIER ;I,, IST OR 1 CAPAC_ I TOR Pf A( IpI+ LIGHTNING ARRESTER $AfT(Pf (LONG DASH IS POSITIVE T POLAPITY) GROUND ON EQUIPMENT HEATERS i POTHEAD - THREE CONDUCTOR AND HC HEATING CABLES SINGLE CONDUCTOR TYPE INDICATED MAGNETIC BLOWOUT COIL Q ti ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS STATIC DEVICES BLACK III VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.02-I8 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI Hz H1 A H, 13 7 Kv' P~WEP TRANSFQ-MEP. J0L'4GES, TPAt4SFOR4Lk 750 KJA SITE, TERMINAL MARKINGS , 714 6 K AN^ ANGULAR LlSPLACf- V Kt-2< MENT I%I)ICATFi AUTOTRANSFORMEP PHA',[ SHIFTER 3-600/5 POWER TRANSFORMER WITn LOAD- BUSHING-TYPE CURRENT TRANSFORMEP. TAPCHANGING EQUIFMEN! NUMBER OF TRANSFORMERS AND I RATID INDICATED STEP-VOLTAGE REGULATOR CAPACITANCE-BUSHING WITH ~CONNECT~) POTENTIAL DEVICE CONSTANT-CURRENT TRANSFORMER OR ADJUSTABLE CURRENT TRANSFORMER CONNECTED DELTA MUTUAL INDUCTOR Li CONTROL TRANSFORMER CURRENT TRANSFORMER CONNECTED WYE POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER CURRENT TPANSFORMER rye WITH POLARITY MARKING WITH POLARITY MARKIN; 3-TO/1 POTENTIAL, AUXILIARY OR LIGHTING ti TRANSFORMER. NUMBER OF TRANSFORMERS INDICATED WITH RATIO INDICATEO FOR BUSHING TYPE LINEAR COUPLER a POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS w ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS TRANSFORMER EQUIPMENT BLACK 81 VEATCH E-502.03- 18 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI LINEAR C"UPLER werE Tr AP ~I COUPLING CAPACITOR WITH P07FNTIAL H VICE O 9 s ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS TRANSFORMER EQUIPMENT BLACK VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.03-2B KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI THE FOLLOWING DEVICE NUMBERS WITH APPROPRIATE SUFFIX LETTERS (WHEN NECES- SARY) ARE USED TO IDENTIFY DEVICES AND THE FUNCTION THEY PERFORM. THESE NUMBERS HAVE BEEN ADOPTED BY THE AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION. THIS SYSTEM IS COMMONLY USED ON ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS, CONNECTION DIAGRAMS, SPECI- FICATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION BOOKLETS. DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION NUMBER NUMBER 1 MASTER ELEMENT is the initiating device, STARTING CIRCUIT BREAKER is a device such as a control switch, voltage relay, U whose pr rrrpal function is to connect a float switch, etc., which serves either mach[re tc its source of starting voltage. directly or through such permissive de- ANODE CIRCUIT BREAKER is one used in the vices as protective and time-delay relays anode r_rrr,,its of a power rectifier for to place an equipment in or out of the pr~r~z r purpose of interrupting the operation. rectifrr:r circuit if an arc back should 2 TIME-DELAY STARTING OR CLOSING RELAY is a occur. device that functions to give a desired p CONTROL POWER DISCONNECTING DEVICE Is a amount of time delay before or after any v discoorecting device, such as a knife point of operation in a switching se- swittn, circuit breaker, or pullout fuse quence or protective relay system, except block, used for the purpose of conrectirg as specifically provided by device funs- and discornectinq, respectively, the tions 48, 62, and 79. source cf control power to and from the 3 CHECKING OR INTERLOCKING RELAY is a relay control tus or equipment. v that operates in response to the posi- Note: !rrtrol power is considered to in- lion of a number of other devices, or to dude auxiliary power which sup- a number of predetermined conditions, rLies such apparatus as small an equipment to allow an operating se- motors and healers. quence to proceed, or to stop, or to pro- .r~~• a check of the REVERSING DEVICE is a device that is used position of these for tnc. t,rpose cf reversing a machine devices or of these conditions for any field cr for erforming any other re- purpose. versing f~,-coons. 4 MASTER CONTACTOR is a device, generally UNIT SEQUENCE SWITCH is a switch that is controlled by device No.t, or equivalent, u•ed :c ~ra.ge the sequence in which anJ the required permissive and pro- units -ay oe placed in and out cf ser+rce tective devices ghat serve to make and it multiple-unit equipments, break the necessary control circuits to place an equipment into operation under 1 1 (Reserved for future application.) the desired conditions and to take I. out of operation under other or aburmal t OVERSPEEO DEVICE is usually a direct- conditions. I connerte0 Speed switch which functions ti S STOPPING DEVICE Is a control device iced on machine overspeed. primarily to shut down an equipment frd SYNCHRONOUS-SPEED DEVICE is a device, hold it out of operation. (This tlevi.:e 13 such as a centrifugal-speed switch, a V may be manually or electrically actuated, ~ 511p-freq1jency relay, a voltage relay, but excludes the function of electrical j lockout on abnormal conditions, device device relay, or any i of U device that operates at approximately 86.) the synchronous speed of a machine. ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ASA DEVICE NUMBERS AND FUNCTIONS BLACK Ei VEATCH E-502.04-IB CONSULTING ENGINEERS KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI i DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION YUMBER NUMBER 4 UNDERSPEED DEVICE is a device that func- baIanclml r_onnectirns for a machine field, T tions wnen the speed of a machine falls or for rc-3vlr,ting equipment, In a multi- below a predetermined value. ple-unit Installation. 15 SPEED OR FREQUENCY MATCHING DEVICE is a 23 TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICE is a dev -e device that functions to match and hold L that functions to raise or to lower the the :peed or the frequency of a machine temperature of a machine or other appara- or of a system equal to, or apprcx,mately tus, cr of any medium, wnen its tempera- equal to, that of another machine, source, ture falls below, or rises above, a pre- or system, determined value. Note: An example is a thermostat which 16 (Reserved for future application.) switches on a space heater in a twitchgear assembly when the 17 SHUNTING OR DISCHARGE SWITCH Is a switch temperature falls to a desired that serves to open or to close a shunting value as distinguished from a de- circuit around any piece of apparatus (ex- vice that is used to provide auto- cept a resistor), such as a machine field, Ratio tenperature regulation be- a machine armature, a capacitor or a re- tween clc,e limits and would be actor. designateC as device function 90T. Note: This excludes devices which perform such shunting operations as may be 24 (Reserved for future application.) necessary in the process of start- Ing a machine by devices 6 or az, SYNCNRONIZIN6 OR SYIICNRONlCNECK DEVICE or their equivalent, and also ex- is a device that operates wnen two a-c cludes device function 73 which circuits are within the desired limits of serves for the switching of re- frequency, phase angle, or voltage, to sistors. permit or to cause the paralleling of 1 0 ACCELERATING OR DECELERATING DEVICE is a these two circuits. device that Is used to close or to cause 26 APPARATUS THERMAL DEVICE Is a device that the closing of circuits which are used to L functions when the temperature of the increase or to decrease the speed of a shunt field or the amortisseur w nding of machine. a machi.e, or that of a load limiting or 19 STARTING-TO-RUNNING TRANSITION CONTACTOR load shifting resistor or of a liquid or Is a ae%,Ice that operates to Initiate or other medium, exceeds a predetermined cause the automatic transfer of a machine value; or if the temperature of the pro- from the starttng to the running power tected apparatus, such as a power recti- connection. fier, or of any medium decreases below a predetermined value. 20 VALVE is one used in a vacuum, air, gas, oil or similar line when it Is electri- 27 UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY is a relay that func- cally operated or has electrtcal acces- Lions on a given value of undervoltage. sories such as auxiliary switches. 2 8 FLAKE DETECTOR is a device that monitors 21 DISTANCE RELAY is a relay that functions L the presence of the pilot or main flame when the circuit admittance, impedance, or in such apparatus as a gas turbine or in reactance Increases or decreases beyond a steam boiler. predetermined limits. 2 ISOLATING CONTACTOR is a device that Is 22 EQUALIZER CIRCUIT BREAKER is a breaker used ex,,ressly for disconnecting one cir- that serves to control or to make and cuit from another for the purposes of break the equalizer or the current- emergency operation, maintenance, or test, ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ASA DEVICE NUMBERS AND FUNCTIONS BLACK & VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.04-28 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION NUMBER OU14BER 30 ANNUNCIATOR RELAY is a nonautomat ical ly 3v O BEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICE is one that reset device that gives a number of sena- functinn% rm excessive bearing tempera- rate visual indications upon the func- lure, or rn other abnormal mechanical tinning of protective devices, and which cond1tPor,. a;;rr_iated with the bearing, r.iy also be arranged to perform a lockout such an undue wear, which may eventually funCtion. result in exressive bearing temperature SEPARATE EXCITATION DEVICE is a device or fa acre. that connects a circuit such as the shunt 39 MECHANICAL CONDITION MONITOR is a device field of a synchronous converter to a that functions upon the occurrence of an source of separate excitation during the abnormal mechanical condition (except starting sequence; or one that energizes that associated with bearings as covered the excitation and ignition circuits of a under device function )8), such as exces- power rectifier, slve vibration, eccentricity, expansion, 32 .11RECTIONAL POWN RELAY is one that func- shocks, tilting, or seal failure, tions on a desired value of power flow in A 0 FIELD RELAY Is a relay that functions on a given direction or upon reverse power 'f a given or abnormally low value or fail- resulting from arc back in the anode or ure of machine field current, or on an cathode circuits of a power rectifier. excessive value of the reactive component 33 POSITION SWITCH Is a switch that makes or of armature current in an a-c machine In- breaks contact when the main device or dicating abnormally low field excitation. piece of apparatus which has no device 4 1 FIELD CIRCUIT BREAKER is a device that function number, reaches a given position. functions to apply, or to remove, the 34 MASTER SEQUENCE DEVICE is a device such field excitation of a machine. as a motor-operated mulUrcintact switch, 42 RUNNING CIRCUIT BREAKER Is a device whose or equivalent, or a programming device, principal function Is to connect a ma- such as a computer, that establishes or chine to its source of running or operat- determines the operating sequence of the Ing voltage. Tnis function, may also be major devices In an equipment during used for a device, such as a contactor, starling and stopping or during other se- that is used in series with a circult quential switching operations, breaker or other fault protecting means, 3 5 BRUSH-OPERATING OR SLIP-P!NG SHORT-CIR- primarily for 'reduent opening and clos- ing of the circuit. CUITING DEVICE is a device for raising, lowering, or shifting the brushes of a 43 MANUAL TRANSFER OR SELECTOR DEVICE is a machine, or for short-circuiting Its slip manually operated device that transfers rings, or for engaging or disengaging the the contrci cir:uits so as to modify the contacts of a mechanical rectifier. plan of operation of the switching equlp- 3 6 POLARITY OR POLARIZING VOLTAGE DEVICE is ment or of some of the devices. V a device that operates, or permits the 44 UNIT SEQUENCE STARTING RELAY Is a relay operation of, another device on a prede- that functions to start the next avail- termined polarity only, or verifies the able unit in a multiple-unit equipment presence of a polarizing voltage in an on the failure or on the nonavallaoility equipment. of the normally preceding unit. 37 UNDERCURRENT OR UIDERPOMER RELAY is a re- 45 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION MONITOR Is a device r lay that functions when the current or that functions upon the occurrence of an power flow decreases below a predeter- abnormal atmospheric condition such as mined value. damaging fumes, explosive mixtures, smoke or fire. ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ASA DEVICE NUMBERS AND FUNCTIONS BLACK 3 VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.04-30 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION NUMBER NUMBER 46 REVERSE-PHASE OR PHASE-BALANCE CURRENT fu''ti., when the machine voltage has V RELAY is a relay that functions when the built 1." a given value. polyphase currents are of reverse-phase .equence, or when the p-olyphase currents 54 {ue'.,.,J1•,1 for future application.) are unbalanced or contain negative prise- (!J'•e ri, .i sequence cor,ponenls above a given amount. 47 PHASE-SEQUENCE VOLTAGE RELAY is relay 55 POWER FACTOR RELAY is a relay that oper- r that functions upon a predetermined value ate, wn:u th(, , power factor in an a-c cir- of polyphase voltage in the desired phase cuit rr•,e, +rbove or falls below a prede- termines value. sequence. 4 8 INCOMPLETE SEQUENCE RELAY s a relay that 56 FIELD APPLICATION RELAY is a relay that generally returns the equipment to the autrratn.n)1y controls the appllcatlonof normal, or off, position and locks it out the field excitatinn to an a-c motor at if the normal starting, or operating, or some predetermined point in the slip stopping sequence is not properly com- cycle. pleled within a predetermined time. If 57 SHORT-CIRCUITING OR GROUNDING DEVICE is the device is used for alarm purposes a primary circuit switching device that only, it should preferably be designated functions to short-circuit or to ground e as 4aA (alarm), circuit In response to automatic or man- 49 MACHINE OR TRANSFORMER THERMAL RELAY Is a ual means. relay that functions when the temperature 58 RECTIFICATION FAILURE RELAY is a device of a machine armature or other load car- that functions if one or more anodes of rying winding or element of a machine or a power rectifier fail to fire, or to the temperature of a power rectifier or detect an arc back, or on failure of a power transformer (including a power rec- diode to conduct or bl,x k properly. tifier transformer) exceeds a precieter- 59 OVERVOLTAGE RELAY is a ralay that func- mined value, lions on a given value of overvoltage. 50 INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT OR RATE-OF-RISE 60 VOLTAGE OR CURRENT BALANCE RELAY Is a RELAY is a relay that functions instan- relay that operates on a given dlffer- tanecusly on an excessive value of cur- ence in voltage, or cu+rent, input or rent, or on an excessive rate of current output of two circuits. rise, thus indicating a fault in the ap- paratus or circuit being protected. 61 (Reserved for future application.) 51 A-C TIME OVERCURRENT RELAY is a relay (Use ao c when 6D v is also present,) J with either a definite or inverse time characteristic that functions when the 6 q TIME-DELAY STOPPING, OR OPENING, RELAY current n an a-c circuit exceeds a pre- L Is a time-delay relay that serves In delerminod value. conjunction with the device that inil:- 5 2 A-C CIRCUIT BREAKER is a device that is ales the shutdown, stopDlnq, or openlnq used to close and interrupt an a-c power operation in an automatic sequence or circuit under normal conditions o- to protective relay system. Interrupt this circuit under fault or 6 LIQUID OR GAS PRESSURE OR VACUUM RELAY emergency conditions. is one that operates on given values of 53 EXCITER OR D-C GENERATOR RELAY is a relay liquid or gas pressure or on ,liven rates that forces the d-c machine field excila- of chan,e of these values tion to build up during starting or which ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ASA DEVICE NUMBERS AND FUNCTIONS BLACK & VEATCH E-502.O~I->~B CONSULTING ENGINEERS KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DEVICE DEFINITIDN AND FUNCTION DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION NUMBER, NUMBER r PERMISSIVF CONTROL DEVICE 6 A GROUND PRGTECTIVE RELAY 9 `F f_n I.r n fti lire „f ~r •r I '.7 '.I.. trInr , .1r, r 1: I- I .I :Fir' It' 1',r i •,ini • Idi.~ 1 n! r• r~ f I I ,f t ~I , I :r.. rr I ..i1 Ir., r.( ..r ,~Ir•. '.r ]rlyd7, I i. r or F'i frnj Ir (rF, y~.t,. ' .tr~r r t,I.I.1 .I. !'r'. 'I'~ r,L•: irr:, -.rrcult n reaw- r fr, ft r., try n Ir- ,r fr r rrm 1rr~ frF-f• f r frnlre cr RHEOSTAT P I ru,iiole rosy°.tarre it rice I r..Ise a •,trurturt. t 11 C„Qrf f' tl. 1, or l( Cfrci,l t, which IS I .i•,ri )f l pb Ir.I t r,', tU r iiurii7. ,f . •,1rlrI'fllr '.e'ated ,~r n37 r,tner FIeC- :e'•:ct's 1 Ir~un, cn n~FmFI'., ..n- 1rISt1 rr:', rrc.-;vcr a', aF•n!I ]r y, i :r~.,•.-1•] w r!Iny.r r.rrcclt. It ar Gr,,rtl;r, -rt rwltc^•>. %'l 3D: ! F,•I t'~ f levicf• r;nilieeted ~ ~ . Irr l'le PIJary cirrnlt of a c„r- 71 LIQUID OR GAS-LEVEL RELAY I r,ne tho' t f t p- ernftf••, ;I ;,.n va1Ue" of 1IquI J Ur 1.75 yen ntnsorrnrr, or In he tieer~nd- level r,r r,r f cr) rates Cf Chan a,- rIf fry neutral ref current transform- crs, connected Ir the power circuit IhC;F_ v-flue;, of a normally -:rounder] system, 7L D-C CIRCUIT BREAKER is a urciit t,reaaer 65 GOVERNO4 Is the assembly of fluid, elec- that I; u,e•; to close and interrupt p rt-r, lrica', or mechanical control equipment Dower Clrr_uIt under normal condltIr;ns r,f used for rejulatlnq the flow of water, to FnIerru'.t t'rrs a rcuFt under fa ll r,r emer 1e-,cv rviitur>. steam, er athnr medium tc; tr,c ,,r rme mover fnr such purposes as ,tartirholding 1 LOAD-RESISTOR CONTACTOR is a contact'rr, speed or load, or stopDing• that u',c: a ;bunt or insert 3 niter of 66 NOTCHING OR JOGGING DEVICE ia device Inr1 lI°Itlr;, ftinl, or Indlcatlrr; bat functions to allow only a f l ed re;r5t3rrP 1r r_wer r: rrr~Ilt. r,r tc ! SDCCI 'wlt.r °r•3ter rrr rc,It, or to nUn10er of opr;r,9tion5 of a given ae•+ICe. wrtr_n F ll:rt, Lr rcgen4ratrve, load re- or eIuiDire nt, c!r a uDer;Ifie,l pumper of r ;f a :.over rectifier or ~,tner •.iccesslva ~peratl?ris within a given limo, f each nthnr. It Is alsr. 3 1evlCr: trill rr.Irhrrn In 3r.; •;~f rlrrurt. tunctrr, to ener;rle a circuit ten C-,]I - 74 ALARM RELAY r a r,.Iiy rtnPr !ran II, (ally rr f~~r fraction, cf >rF~r.I Pied time irrr, :Iator. _C er Ut: Jr.frrrp rnlerva'', or that is use: trI rermlt Ir_ fl,f-ctl, 3,7, f".t Ir u:e7 t ceratn,r,r termlttent is cc l er at l crl rr i0J111 1 f 3 tr, ire rrnr,IIrin o, I v1','jIr ma rhIne at 1'_w FDeF'I tI unIr.;• 75 POSITION CHANGING MECHANISM I'. a mcrna- 6Z A-C DIRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT RELAY r , a r,,•r t f`r r•K r If ICe re13 tn3t funct i on; or a rle rre7 dalLi , ~f fr.. l' -,tier In I n F;,l 3-r rev err ent fIcwlrl7 In a t r e,J e t e rl- I n rt r'.F:.rtr f', ir, r erg'-p1B Shrftrr reni3 Jahle dlrer_tl;; crrr It rrPati,c ^rt to Hrl frr~m the C7n- B8 BLOCKING RELAY rs ~ relay that Initi3l•r~ l ncCted, I scorrecteI, tf,:t :iaslti Y Dllot sr :rat fcr blcckinl of trlpDrr7 cn 76 D-C OYERCURRFNT RELAY is I inlay that PKternal faults in a transmission line or funrtrons when tre c-,rrent in a d-c rir- in other ap;aratus under predetermined cult P0,eel s a .I -ven value, ConditiCrc. r cc-1parates with it'er 1z- 77 PULSE TRANSMITTER r', Iced to ;Pnerate and vICeS lC bt5C4 :rlC'pln7 Or l0 OCM re- I I 1, r3r5Rlt DU1',r'', .~4 Fr d teI1r _ r_rln7 Or cIosin, pn an out^Uf -SteD c onr:ltICn or on ,II(ut-wire c ircuit to the rerote FniIC3t- Cover swl Irl r rer F;IY Je•ICe. ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ASA DEVICE NUMBERS AND FUNCTIONS BLACK & VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.0-56 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION DEVICE DEFINITION AND FUNCTION NUMBER NUMBER 78 PHASE ANGLE MEASLRING OR OUT-OF-STEP PRO- a to currents of V TECTIYEREIAY i'. ! retry tn,t r,octi~,r,, ru• r~~ t~ .ut titres. at a r« 7at~_r° 7 ;.r ii, ri. rn 00 AUXILIARY MOTOR OR MOTOR GENERATOR ,s c-e r.,. w~~•r, lA: rrrnt,, r , .'rat.'. a:,rlrary ]u!t help ;r rarvt. e x c r lOrs, rot3t- 79 A-C RECLOSING kELAY r r,~trr tn,t - RQ ,r„ n c.Ir, 1r i rr,. ,i r ir,!, • i i i; ir, I r rrr ; VV LINE SWITCH rs ~ ±cn u,cd as a i rsccn- ,o,,t ref in a-c r.!rco,rl !ntcrrurtr-r, r'^! 11n„ d-!r(s.-r., pt er e.' ISOlat inQ 8 0 LIQUID OR GAS FLOW RELAY rs one tri,it :Wyly', i,o ar i-c i-c power circuit, r,r rte', or. ;!ven vilrj, or l!,lui,l r,r ,.j•, wrurrr, tr,r•, dravjre electrically operated linos or rn 7i, ~ ate:'. nF ~n.1n;r ui terse Ir rya 1.1rctr!ca1 =:ce55nrie5, such as an r,x! r.,r y rwr tcn, -a:net,c lock, etc. 81 FREQUENCY RELAY a relay that lunct,,n, 9 U REGULATING DEVICE 3 device that fure- on i predetermine,] vilie of frequency - J t+on, 11, rr;ulate a ):amity, or quant!- Pilher Up:Zer Zr over 9r On nGflnal iy Stein `,urh as Vclt3:e, current, power, freQuencV - or rate of chdnge of fre- speed, ffrr$irrcy, temperature, and load, quency. at a r.r.rtain vale cr oetween certain 8 2 D-C RECLOSING RELAY is a relay ttiat con- (generally close) limits for machines, L lrols the autw3t is closiri and recln;inq tie lyre,, or other .j.oaralus. of a d-c circuit interrupter, gererally 9 1 VOLTAGE DIRECTIONAL RELAY is a relay that in response to load a rcult condition;, i7 operate,, when the 1[3;r across an open AUTOMATIC SELECTIVE CONTROL OR TRANSFER circuit t,faaker ;r contactor exceeds a 8 q 8 J RELAY is a relay that (:,crates to select liven value in a ,!den direction. automatically octAeen certain sources or VOLTAGE AND POWER DIRECTIONAL RELAY is a conditions in an e7u!amenl, or pcrform•, relay trit permit; causes the connec- . a transfer oteralrt,r, :rutcx~aticallV, lion of two rirc~i:-, when the voltage Q A OPERATING MECHANISM is the compiete elec- differc,re cetwee^ ,'en exceeds a rsiven U84 iLue in , .,jetF.- c7 direction and lriaal mechanism or ~rrv:-mechanism, m- dL;9u;r ire;e c .rti cludrnq the nperatinrl th- to be discon- motor, ;olcrnoida, nee l~, t r ear* wren the power position switcnos, etc., ir,r a tap rh;lrri- flnwr„ cetv.(-en t'cr, gxcen!7', a given val- or, idur:ticrn reaulat(i or any slrnrlar ue Ir, t,,: Gt'iCil tc. ^ 'kCt10n. piece of apparatus whrrh cinerwi;e her nn device function nurnbcr. 9 3 FIELD CHANGING CONTACTOR a contactor 5 CARRIER OR PILOT-WIRE RECEIVER RELAY r that `!""'ease In 8 8 relay that is operated or re trained try a one st _ tr? :3 field excitation on a m,ch~•e, sigral use1 ,n c-nnect+owith carr,e;r- current or d-c pilot-wire fault dirert,nn- 94 TRIPPING OR TRIP-FREE RELAY is a relay at relaying, that furctirn,, tc : 3 circuit oreaker, 8U LOCKING-DUT RELAY isan electrically opc,r.nt- contactor, er ea.i re t, or to permit ~A ed, hand or e'ecirically reset, relay or ,mejite tr!Z;!r; If r,tr.r devices; or , device that functions to shut down or hold to pre.ent irred~ele reclosure of a cir- an equipment out of service, or both, uron cuit interrupter if rt should open auto- matlcally even its closlnci circuit the occurrence of abnormal conditions. is ma,nta!ned c1 8 7 DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTIVE RELAY is a v o- tective relay that functions on a per- centage of phase anr7le or Other quanti- ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ASA DEVICE NUMBERS AND FUNCTIONS BLACK Et VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.011-66 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI METHOD I - LETTER DESIGNATION A AMMETFR GD GROUND DETECTOR G TELEMETEP kll AMPERE-HOUR METER O INTEGRATING O TEMPERATUPE METE; CMA (CONTACT-MAKING UA MIC?OAMMETER S THERMAL CONVERTER OR BREAKING) CMC (CONTACT-MAKING TOTAL TIME CIOCK M0. MILLIAMMETER S OR BREAKING) CMY CONTACT-MAKING ONM OHMMETER G VARHOUR METER (OR BREAKING) VOLTMETER CRO CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOGRAPH PI POSITION INDICATOR O VOLTMETER O DEMAND METER O POWER-FACTOR METER YA YDLT-AMMETER DL DATA-LOG RD RECORDING DEMAND METER VAR YARMET£R OTR DEMAND-TOTALIZING RELAY REC RECORDING [ W I WATTMETER O FREQUENCY METER RF REACTIVE-FACTOR METER KM WATTHOUR METEP b 3 RECORDING O SYNCHROSCOPE 3O YOLiMEfERS. AEC SYMBOLS IN COMBINATION Y O AS REQUIRED METHOD I E- NUMBERS CORRELATED WITH SCHEDULE ASSOCIATED SCHEDULE COMPLETELY 6 IDENTIFIES DEVICE BY NUMBER NOTE; CIRCLE OR SQUARE IS USED AS REQUIRED TO SIMULATE INSTRUMENTS ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS INSTRUMENTS AND METERS BLACK 6 VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.05-IC KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI T6= TEMPERkTURE DETECTOR C-' "INDUCT'YITT CFIt pH-' ~k CEIL V IDENTIFICATION NUMBER WHERE SHOWN CORRESPONDS TO MECHANICAL ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT LIST. ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS INSTRUMENTS AND METERS - PLANS BLACK III VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.05-20 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI f'+J',H $L111,H - TWO CIRCUIT UNITS PUSH SUTTON - MOMENTARY tIRr.UfT 0110 ANS. ~~PIuATFD (MANE YA.IATICN: 14 0 G (lip ',K1A~! AU.Eti;FyEN1S AS ~EpDI=EUJ O 0 I'l',H H71PM - MAIN7AINE` f,~,NTA'!, P I I M _I!7fj4 - MOMEN7f r.I+CIJIT 010 R~ 0IiNIN~. I.DNiACT X~J ~ rl~rlllT 0 INLI( ATING LIGHT - COLOu IN:)ICATLD LIMIT SWITCH CONTACT - WITH SWITCH ILENTIFICATION NUMBER. TUS-14 LIS POSITION SHOWN FOR INACTIVATED (SPRINS-RESURNEO) POSITION. FLOW (AIR, GAS, WATER, ETC.) SWITCH CSNTAfT - WITH SWI%H T FS-5 FS-T IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. POSITION SHUW4 FOR NO FLOW. MOTION (CENTRIFUGAL) SWITCH CONTACT - WITH SWITCH M,'ll MS-13 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. POSITION SHU'W4 ~;;j NO MOTION. II`AIT SWITCH - MOTOR OPERATED VANE '.HEuAtLa MOV-21 MO"-21 DP - CONTACTS OPERATE ONLY WHEN VAL0 I, FULLY OPEN. - OIL T 0P rL CL - CONTACTS OPEPA'E ONLY WHEN YALoi FULLY CLOCED. POSITION SHOWN FDA YALYE IN ;DFN S,l INTERMEDIaTf PO;IT TIME CELAY RELAY CONTACTS T TDC TIME CELAY CLOSE AFT[;, COIL IS LNFRCIZED T00 TIME rlLAY OPEN AFTER COIL IS ENER,IZED T TOO TIME DELAY OPEN AFTER COIL IS DEENERGIZED TOC TIME DELAY CLOSE AFTER COIL IS DEENEPSIZED n TDI TDI CONTACTS HAYING NO TIME ',f LAY T' ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS CONTROL DEVICES BLACK & VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.08-IC KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI NORMALLY OPEN OR "a• CONTACT. POSITION SHOWN FOR ACTUATING T DEVICE IN CE-ENERGIZED OR UNOPERA7ED POSITION. NORMALLY CLOSED OR "b" CONTACT. POSITION SHOWN FUR ACTUATING CE'VICf IN fF-F N F~rIIf' CR UNOPERATED POSITION. BREAKER DRAW-OUT AUXILIARY CONTACT 52 52 POSITION SHOWN FOR BREAKER IN THE OPEN POSITION. l 1 BREAKER POSITION SNITCH CONTACT. T 52P5S 52PSS POSITION SHOWN FOR BREAKER IN RACKED-IN POSITION. i BREAKER STATIONARY 1 AUXILIARY CONTACT, " 52STA 52ST4 POSITION SHOWN FOR BREAKER IN THE OPEN POSITION. I I LEVEL (FLOAT) SWITCH CONTACT 1 WITH IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, TLS-12 LS-10 POSITION SHOWN FOR LOW LEVEL. 1 PRESSURE OR VACUUM SWITCH CONTACT WITH IDENTIFICATIDN NUMBER. T PS-4 PS-6 POSITION SHOWN FCR MINIMUM PRESSURE (ABSOLUTE). 1 TEMPERATURE SWITCH (THERMOSTAT) CONTACT WITH IDENTIFICATION T TS-6 TS--3 NUMBER. POSITION SHOWN FOR MINIMUM TEMPERATURE. O VIBRATION SWITCH CON'ACT n WITH IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. T VBS-B VBS-9 POSITION SHOWN FOR NO a VIBRATION. w Q ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS CONTROL DEVICES BLACK 6 VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.08-28 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI SWITCHBOARD TYPE CONTROL DEVICES METHOD I - LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS AMMETER SWITCH VR Vr)LIAr,E REGULATOR SWITCa LS CONTROL SWITOH I "s] VOLTMETER SWITCH Q GOVERNOR SWITCH I T ! TEMPERATURE SWITCH RH RHEOSTAT MOTOR SWITCH WV WATT-VAR SWITCH SS SYNCHRONIZING SWITCH VA VOLTAGE ADJUSTING RHEOSTAT TC TAP CHANGER SWITCH CO CUT-OFF SWITCH METHOD II - NUMBERS CORRELATED WITH SCHEDULE El ASSOCIATED SCHEDULE COMPLETELY IDENTIFIES DEVICE BY NUMBER b METHOD III - STANDARD ASA DEVICE NUMBERS a u3 TRANSFER DEVICE FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS PUPA BUTTON TYPE DEVICES CONTROL STATION - 3-POSITION TYPE NOTE: BASIC SYMBOLS ARE USED TOP INDICATING LIGHT IN COMBINATION AS REQUIRED CENTER PUSH BUTTON UNIT BOTTOM SELECTOR SWITCH ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS CONTROL DEVICES BLACK VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.08-3C KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 1 ::1 1 LS-' LEVEL SWITCH (FLOAT SWITCH) f5-' FLOW SWITCH PS-' PRESSURE SWITCH (VACUUM SWITCH) LIS-' LIMIT SWITCH TS-' TEMPERATURE SWITCH (THERM05TAT) • ELECTRIC TRANSMITTER OR CONTROLLER FIRST LINE TYPE TRANSMITTER CONTROLLER PRESSURE PT PC TEMPERATURE TT TC LEVEL LT LC FLOW FT FC SECOND L NE RECEIVING VALVE OR INSTRUMENT OPERATOR IDENTIFICATION IDENTIFICATION b i M *IDENTIFICATION NUMBER WHERE SHOWN CORRESPONDS TO MECHANICAL ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT LIST. • ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS CONTROL DEVICES BLACK & VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.06-4c KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI BELL HANDSET H-1 HORN W fINE ALAGM BELL i 6 BUZZER 1 V iREPHONE SPEAKER WITH REMOTE AMPLIFIER O TLLEPHONE OUTLET BOX S-8 I MICROPHONE AMPL AMPLIFIER MICROPHONE JACK SPEAKER WITH AMPLIFIER S•8 VC VOLUME CONTROL UNIT s N ti NOTE: NUMBELS COROLATE WITH SCHEDULES. i W or • ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS COMMUNICATION DEVICES BLACK A VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS =E-5WOg2.O7-1C KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET - WITH SU9- INCANDESCENT OR MERCURY VAPOR SCRIPTS X. Y A 1 OR AS REQUIRED FOR IIrHTINr, IIXTUFF - B3 IS FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION. SEE SPECIFICATIONS b3 YMbrL, GEF FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ®x OR NOTES FOR DETAILS. fJ NOTES PANEL CIRCUIT NUMBER 'IPJINC THIS FIxTUuE. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 3-WIRE GROUNDING TYFE AS DIRECTIONAL LIGHTING FIXTURE 7 i DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - WEATHERPROOF N M COMBINATION MERCLRY VAPOR AND ~WP 3-WIRE GROUNDING TYPE INCANDESCENT FIXiJR! 5 3 SINGLE RECEPTACLE 3-WIRE GROUNDING TYPE D2 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FI;TURE 6 CO CLOCK OUTLET LIGHTING PANEL O FLOOR OUTLET SINGLE POLE SWITCH N KEY OPERATED SWITCH 2 DOUBLE POLE SWITCH y p SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHT 3 THREE WAY SWITCH MC MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCH V I i M 4 FOUR WAY SWITCH WP WEATHERPROOF SWITCH 14 W t D AUTOMATIC DOOR SWITCH • I ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS LIGHTING BLACK b VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502.08-IC KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI CIRCUITING DESIGNATION - DENOTES CONDUIT AND NUMBER 12 WIRE TO LIGHTING PANEL )!Y rIRCUIT NUMBER 5• CODE: SNORT DASH - PHASE OR SWITY.H1(j (,ONDUCTDR )L4-5 LONG DASH - NEUTRAL CONDUCIbk ARC - GROUND CONDUCTOR CIRCUITING CDESIGNATION ONDUCTOR', - DENOTES 1' CONDUIT AND Y NUMBER 8 CONDUCTORS TO LIGHTIN'. PANfI 21T, 2L7-7,8.9 CIRCUITS 7, 8 AND 9. 1'C, 4-f8 CODE AS ABOVE. CIRCUITING DESIGNATION - DENOTES v■ CONDUIT, NUMBER 12 MIRE AND TWO NUMBER 18 TWISTED PAIRS TO SPEAKER NUMBER 9- CODE: CROSS-TWISTED PAIR S-9 SNORT DASH - PHASE OR SWITCHED CONDUCTOR S■ v C LONG DASH - NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR ARC (WHEN SHOWN) - GROUND CONDUCTOR CIRCUITING DESIGNATION - DENOTES " CONDUIT, ONE NUMBER 22 5-12 TWISILO PAIR AND ORE NUMBER 18 TW19TED PAIR TO 1-022TP SPEAKER NUMBER 12. 1-118TP CODE AS ABOVE. CIRCUITING DESIGNATION - CENOTES CIRCUIT IN CONDUIT TO HANDSET HY H-4 CONDUIT AND WIRE AS SPECIFIED. b O r ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS LIGHTING BLACK & VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E-502,08-21) KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI EXPOSED CONDUIT OR RACEWAY - - - - CONCEALED RACEWAY ■ CONCEALED CONDUIT WITH _ OF - - UNDFP FLOOR DUCT 7 PLUG;ED COUPLING AT iL004 LINE - CONCEALED CONDUIT CAPP:O UG - - UNDERGROUND CONOUIT. DUCT BANK ETC. -j CAPPED CONDUIT - - DB - - DIRECT BURIAL CABLE JB2 JUNCTICN BOx WITH MNj MANHOLE WITH IDENTIFING NUMBER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER CAST CONDUIT FITTING MK PF'4ANENT MARKER FOR Y ELECTRICAL DUCT BANK RUNS EALING FITTING CONDUIT TURNING DOWN CONDUIT CONTINUIN; FROM KEY ELEVATION THROUGH KEY ELEVATION CONDUIT TURNING UP FROM CONDUIT TERMINATING KEY ELEVATION AT EQUIPMENT CONDUIT SYMBOLS ARE EMPLOYED ON THE PLANS TO SHOW RACEWAY INVOLVED IN THE KEY ELEVATION. THE KEY ELEVATION INCLUDES THAT SPACE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF 1NE STRUCTURAL FLOOR OR SLAB BELOW Tel DESIGNATED AREA ELEVATION AND THE BOTTOM OF THE STRUCTURAL FLOOR. SLAB 09 ROOF ABOVE. THE KEY ELEVATION ALSO IICLUDES THE EARTH BELOW THE 3ASEMENT OR GROUND FLOOR SLAB AS NEEDED TO SHOW THE UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS. ELECTRICAL GRAPHIC SYMBOLS RACEWAYS BLACK VEATCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS E•-502.09-ID KAN'SA5 CITY, MISSOURI A detailed drawinE of the tank shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before fabrication. Two dissolving baskets fabricated of Type 301E stainless steel or monel shall be furnished with the tank. The baskets shall be framed with rods or angles, formed with 1/2 inch expanded metal or ccrl.en and lined with 20 mesh screen. Welded construction shall be used. Try edges of the expanded metal framei and screen liners 6hall be prro;ecte9 by molded edging plats weldod to the frame and screen liner. All. baskets shall be removable throuj7h the charging doors. Two level switches sha'. be furnished and installed on the feed tank. The switches shall be.Ugnetrol Model A-152-F flange mounted type each complete with Type 316 stainless steel cable, porcelain float, Type 316 stainless stee).float protective cage, dpdt contacts for 120 volt a-c, and NEMA Type I enclosure. The switches shall be set to provide pump cutoff at a level one inch above tl..;- top of the pump suction connection and pump restart at a level 6 inches above the cutoff level. Nameplates constructed of laminated phenolic plastic shall be furnished for identification of each compartment of the chemical feed tank. The nameplates shall have 3/105 inch high black letters and numerals on a white background and shall be attached to the front of the tanks using 1/8 inch studs and nuts. Nameplate legends shall be as follows: Boiler 4 Caustic, Phosphate Boiler 4 Hydrazine The nameplates shall be attached to the tank in the order listed from left to right when facing the tank. Two portable type electric motor direct driven mixers shall be furnished mounted on the tank covers. The mixers shall be Mixing Equipment Co."Lightnin" Model I1C-2 with 1/8 hp motors, 31-1/2 inch shafts and 3.1 inch single propellera,both of Type 304 stainless steel, and fired cup plates to allow the mixers to be bolted to the tank cover. Motors shall be totally enclosed, 1750 rpm, single phase, 120 volt a-c, 60 cycle and shall be furnished with a junction box mounted on the motor frame. Boiler Chemical Feed Pumps. Two heavy duty, simplex, positive displacement, diaphragm type metering pumps shall be provided as shown on the plans. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 } (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-14 The pump numbers end service shall be as follows; Pump No. Service 4-1 Caustic and phosphate to No. 4 boiler feed pump discharge 4-2 Hydrazine to No. 4 condensate pump discharge The pumps shall be identical except for stroke length changing equipment and shall be Lapp Pulsafeeders high pressure Model CP-2 with maximum discharge pressure of 2600 psi. The stroke length for pump No. 4-1 shall be manually adjustable while the pump is running. Pump No. 4-2 shall be equipped with an automatic pneumatic stroke length changing device, arranged for closed loop operation, to operate oy a 3 to 15 psi control air signal from a pH controller. The pumps shall be furnished in accordance with the following conditions: No. 4-1 No. 4-2 Liquid pumped Dilute solution of Dilute solution sodium hydroxide or of hydrazine sodium phosphate Suction pressure Flooded Flooded Discharge pressure 1750 175 Pump internal relief valve setting 2300 psi 250 psi Pump capacity 2.5 gph 2.5 gph Piston diameter 3/8 inch 2/8 inch Pumping head Type 304 T,pe 304 material Stainless steel s':ainless steel Diaphragm Manufacturer's Manufacturer's material choice choice Each pump shall be f`a rnished complete with motor, flexible coupling, coupling guard, and common baseplate. The motors shall be 1/2 hp, totally enclosed, 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase, capacitor start with special Class A insulation. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRX TIOX - M-8A; 5-15 Two suction strainers shall be furnished and installed in the pump suction lines. The strainers shall be "Y" type with carbon steel bodies and Type 304 stainless steel 20 mesh screens. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MSCRMICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-SA 5-16 CIRCULATING WATER POLYPHOSPHA`iTE FRED TANK, PUMP AND ACCESSORIES. The following equipment for feeding polyphosphate to the c'.rculating water for Unit 4 shall be furnished and installed. Polyphoshat~e Feed Tank and Accessories. One vertical cylindrical flat bottom tank 24 inches in diameter by 47 inches high of welded construction from 10 gauge Type 304 stainless steel shall be provided as shown on the plans. The tank shall be complete with 1/8 inch by 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch top and bottom rim angles, full bolted crsier with hinged charging door, mixer mounting bracket, and dissolving basket, all. fabri- cated of Type 304 stainless steel. Piping connections on the tank shall be Type 304 stainless steel screwed full couplings and shall be provided for water fill, overflow, drain, and pump suction. All welds shall be continuous and watertight. After completion of fabrication, welds shall be ground smooth and all exterior surfaces of the tank except the bottom shall be polished to a uniform No. 2B finish. A detailed drawing of the tank shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before fabrication. The dissolving basket shall be fabricated of Type 304 stainless steel and shall be framed with angles or rods, formed with 1/2 inch expanded metal or screen and lined with 8 mesh screen. Top edges of the expanded metal frames and screen liner shall be protected by molded edging plates welded to the frame and screen liner. The basket shall have a volume of not less than 1-1/2 cubic feet, shall be internally supported in the tank, and shall be removable through the charging door. One Mixing Equipment Co. "Lightnin" Model NC-2 portable type mixer shall be furnished with 1/8 hp direct connected motor, 31-1/2 inch shaft and 3.1 inch single propeller,both of Type 304 stainless steel, and clamp mounting bracket. The motor shall, be totally enclosed, 1750 rpm, single phase, 120 volt a-c, 60 cycle and shall be furnished with a junction box mounted on the motor frame. Polyphosphate Feed Pump and Accessories. One heavy duty simplex, diaphragm type, metering pump for feeding a solution of sodium poly- phosphate shall be provided. The pump shall be a Lapp Palsafeeder s+Rndard Model CP-1 equipped with an automatic pnE,z atic stroke length changer complete with ratio adjustment for open loop operation, to operate on a 3 to 27 psi control air signal from a flow transmitter. The pump shall be furnished in accordance with the following conditions: Liquid pumped 12 to 15 per cent sodium poly- phosphate solution at ambient temperature Suction pressure Flooded Discharge pressure 50 psi Pump internal relief valve setting 100 psi (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A~ 5-17 Pump capacity 2.8 gph Piston diameter 1/2 inch pumping head material Type 316 stainl.r= steel Diaphragm material Manufacturer's L,:Iection The pump shall be furnished complete with motor, flraible coupling, coupling guard, and common baseplate. The motor shrill be totally enclosed, 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase, capacitor start with special Class A insulation. One 112 inch back pressure valve shall be furnished and installed in the pump discharge line. The valve shall be of Type 316 stainless steel construction and shall be factory set for a back pressure of 25 psi. One 3/4 Inch "Y" type strainer of all Type 316 stainless steel construction with 20 mesh screen shall be furnished and installed in the pump suction line. (DENMNp TEXAS - 3725 ) ((MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION, - M-8A) 5-18 CIRCULATING WATER ACID FEED TANK, ELMP~ AND ACCESSORIES. The following equipment for feeding commercial grade 66 degree Baum sulfuric acid to the circulating water for Unit 4 shall be furnished and installed. • Acid Feed Tank. One vertical, cy)indrical, flat bottom tank completely fabricated of white polyethylene shall be provided. The tank shall have a capacity of 150 gallons and shall be Series 11000, 31 inches ID by 48 inches high, as manufactured by The American Agile Company, Cleveland, Chio. The tank shall be complete with cover. Acid Feed Pump and Accessories. One heavy duty, simplex, diaphragm type, metering pump for feeding 66 degree Baune' sulfuric acid shall be provided. The pump shall be a Lapp Pulsafeeder, standard Model CP-1 equipped with an automatic pneumatic stroke length changer, arranged for closed loop operation, to operate on a 3 to 15 psi control air signal from a pH controller. The pump shall be furnished in accordance with the following conditions: Liquid pumped Commercial grade 66 degree Baume sulfuric acid at ambient temperatui,. Suction pressure Flooded Discharge pressure 50 psi Pump internal relief ' valve setting 100 psi Pump capacity Approximately 6.5 gph . riston diameter 3/4 inch Pumping head material Carpenter 20 stainless steel Diaphragm material Kel-F or Teflon The pmmp shall be furnished complete with motor, flexible coupling, coupling guard, and common baseplate. The motor shall be 1/3 hp, totally enclosed, 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase, capacitor start, with special Class A insulation. One 1/2 inch back pressure valve shall be furnished and installed in the pump discharge line. The valve shell be of Carpenter 20 stainless steel construction with Teflon seals or diaphragms. The valve shall be set for a back pressure of 25 psi. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A~ 5-19 SAMPLE TABLE. One sample table as specified herein arid as shown on the plans shall be furnished and installed. The sample table, shall be of welded construction lesigned to contain the sampling cooling coils, conductivity and pH cells and accessories, recorders, recorder-controllers, oxygen analyzer, and other equipment as ahown on the plans and as described in Section 2 under "CONTROL AND 1NSTFUMENT mulpmwr All equipment shall be mounted in the sample table and piped and wired to terminal connections in the shop before shipment to tt,e job site. The longitudinal stainless steel sink in the front of the sample table shall be fabricated from a continuous plate without intermediate welds. Sink drain connections shall be stainless steel couplings. The sample table structure shall be enclosed with carbon and stainless steel plates as shown and with metal thickness as specified on the plans. Stainless steel plate shall be Type 302 or 304. All openings shall be provided in the carbon and stainless steel plates for instruments and piping connections. Openings shall be machine cut with edges ground smooth. Welded joints r:•, the front of the sample table shal_ De ground smooth and polished to match the appearance of adjacent plate surfaces. :zborstory type bib faucets shall be furnished for each sample system. Fa%.aets shall b., tin lined and chrome plated. A laminated phenolic nameplate engraved with the name of the appropriate • sample system shall be furnished for each faucet and shall be mounted on the vertical panel face. Nameplate legends shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All piping for the sample table shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the applicable provisions given in Section 3 of these specifications. BOTTIZ RACK. A suitable rack for mounting the flue gas analyzer hydrogen ott e-s shall be furnished and installed as shown un the plans. ACID TROUGH. A lead lined redwood trough as shown on the plans shall be =rnished and installed for acid distribution at the cooling tower. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3T25 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-6AJ 5-20 FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT. Fire protection equipment shall be fur- nished and installed as specified herein and as ehown on the plans. Hose Cabinets. Three surface mounting cabinets shall be provided. Cabinets shall be General No. 403-A with full glcsc Style A doors or approved equal. Hose Racks. Three pin type racks shall be proviced and installed in the cabinets. Hose racks shall be Underwriters' approved, steel construction, each with a capacity of 75 feet of lined hose. }lose. Three 75 foot lengths of 1-1/2 inch lined Underwriters' approved hose shall be furnished and installed at the hose racks. Hose Valves. Each length of hose shall be proviced with a 1-112 inch, Underwriters' approved, chromium plated brass valve suitable for in- stallation inside the hose cabinets. Nozzles. Each length of hose shall be provided with a 1-1/42 inch nozzle of the 30 degree fog type with ball type shutof: valves. Nozzles shall be chrome plated. SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS. Sight flow indicators shall be furnished and installed where shown on the flow diagrams. Sight flow indicators shall be of the flapper type, Eugene Ernst Products Company Model No. EEP 100-S, and designed for 200 psi and 200 F maximum operating conditions. Bodies shall be bronze wish screwed piping con- nections of a size equal to the size of the pipe in which the sight flow indicator is to be installed. FUEL OIL STRAINER. One duplex basket type, Schutte and Koerting or approved equal, 4 inch strainer suitable for use with No. 2 fuel oil shall be furnished and installed. The strainer shall have a cast iron body suitable for 125 psi service and stainless steel baskets with 1/32 inch perforations. End connections shall be ASA 125 pound flanged. All drain openings shall be plugged. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3'25 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-21 FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE. Flexible metal hose shall be F'lexonics Rex-Weld R 1, or approved equal, seamless corrugated bronze hose with single braid outer covering. Hose shall be 3/4 inch size with union female ends and suitable for 125 psi service. Flexible metal hose shall be provided in the following locations and in accordance with the following requirements: Hoses shall be provided in relief valve discharge piping where shown on the plans and flow diagrams. Each hose shall have a minimum length of one foot. Six hoses for aspirating and scavenging air shall be provided at the burner front. Each hose shall have a length of 6 feet. Hoses shall be provided at boiler observation doors where shown on the plans and flow diagrams. Each hose shall have a length of 30 inches. QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS. Quick disconnect couplings shall be Hansen quick connective couplings, with integral check valves, as manufactured by the Hansen Manufacturing Company, or approved equal. Thirty-six quick disconnect couplings shall be provided at the 3/4 inch screwed aspirating and scavenging air connections on the boiler at the burner front. Six quick disconnect couplings shall be provided at the air hose bibbs at the burner front. BLOWDOWN TANK VENT SILENCERS. 1'wo silencers shall be furnished and installed. one in the vent from Blowdown Tank 4 and one in the existing vent from Blowdown Tank 3. The blowdown tank vent silencers shall be AMF Maxim BR30. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-22 GAUGE PANELS. Twelve gauge panels shall be providtd for the mounting of certain pressure gauges and remote thermometers. Prnssure gauges and thermometers are identified on the flow diagrams anti in the Accessory Equipment Schedule with the panel on which they are to be mounted. A typical gauge panel detail is shown on the plans. Gauge panels shall be constructed of aluminum and carbon steel plate in accordance with the detail shown on the plans. After fabrication, exterior aluminum surfaces shall be mechanically grained to remove all surface defects and to obtain a satin finish. After finishing, aluminum shall be anodized. All interior and exterior steel surfaces shall be cleaned and prime painted as specified in this section under "SHOP PAINTING". Phenolic nameplates shall be provided on the panel faces for each item to be mounted on the panels. Nameplates shall be approximately 3 inc.es wide and one inch high with legends worded as approved by the Engineer. Nameplates shall have white faces and black letters and numerals. A list of legends shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before engraving is started. The legend list shall show the words in the positions as they would appear on the nameplates. Gauge panels 9 and 12 shall be insulated on the interior surfaces with one inch thick 7 pounds per cubic foot Gustin-Bacon Insulation Board, or approved equal, secured in place with suitable adhesive. The panel shall be provided with a suitable strip heater and thermostat capable of maintaining 50 F in the panel with an ambient temperature of -5 F. r (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTFUCTION - M-8A 5-23 IN"THUMENT ENCLOSURES. Instrument enclosures shall be provided in accordance with the details shown on the plans and eo,ch enclosure shall be complete with hinged door, grilled openings, insu]ntion, strip heater, light, and other appurtenances. The enclosures shall be constructed of aluminum pllitr: with carbon steel reinforcing and supports. Aluminum shall be finishc-: and anodized and steel prime painted as specified herein for gauge prifnr.lr. Doors shall be fitted weathertight, door handles shall lie chromium plated, and all bolts, washers, and similar items shall be cadmium plated. Each enclosure shall be• provided with two grilled openings for ventila- tion during hot weather and a slide gate shall be supplied on the interior side of e.ch opening to close off the opening during cold weather. Each enclotrure shall be insulated on its interior surfaces with one inch thick 7 pounds per cubic foot Gustin-Bacon Insulation Board, or approved equal, secured in place with suitable adhesive and adhesively united clips. Each enclosure shall be provided with a suitable -trip heater and thermostat, interior light and switch, and 120 volt a-c outlet all wired to a single terminal strip. The strip heater shall be capable of main- taining 50 F in the enclosure with an ambient temperature of -5 F and a wind velocity of 20 miles per hour. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-MA 5-24 EQUIPMENT 114 THE ACCESSORY EQUIPMETIT SCHEDULES. Accessory equipment designated Spec. M- in the Accessory Equipment Schedule sheets _n- eluded herein sha1L be furnished and installed in accordance with the requirements given therein and as specified telow. Accessory equipment designated other than Spec. 14-8 in the Accessory Equipment Schedule sheets is not to be furnished under these specifications. I Gauge Glasses. Gauge glasses shall be Jerguson or approved equal, and shall be suitable for the mraximum pressures and temperatures given in the Accessory Equipment Schedule. Except where bolted flange type is specified, gauge glasses shall be of the tubular type with 5/8 inch OD red backed pyrex tubes with clear plastic gauge protectors. Bolted flange type gauge glasses shall .itllize flat reflex pyrex glass contained with- in a bolted steel frame and cover and shall be complete with illuminators. Gauge glasses shall be complete with 600 pound steel shutoff valves and drain valves. Shutoff valves shall have built-in ball check valves to prevent loss of water if the gauge glass is broken. Visibility lengths shall be the maximum possible within the limitations of the center to center of valve dimensions given. 1!nLs• Traps shalt be Armstrong 300 Series as specified in the Accessory Equipment Schedule, except TR-6 shall be as specified herein under "AIR COMPRESSOR" Trap piping, strainers. and valving shall be provided as specified else- where herein. Traps with integral strainers or internal check valves will not be acceptable. Pressure Gauges. Pressure gauges shall be Ashcroft of the types speci- fied in the Accessory Equipment Schedule and shall have white faces with black numerals. Bourdon tubes shall be Grade A phosphor bronze unless designated in the Accessory Equipment Schedule to be stainless steel. Mounting flanges for Type 1377 gauges shall have three equally spaced 1/4 inch diameter holes in lieu of studs and these gauges shall have chromium plated face rings. Accessories shall be furnished far pressure gauges where designated with an "X" in the Accessory Equipment Schedule and in accordance with the following: Pulsation dampeners shall be Ashcroft 1/2-7002 needle valves. These are in addition to the instrument valves specified in Section 4. D.aphragm seals shall be Ashcroft Type 100ES. Diaphragm seals shall be mounted directly on the gauges and filled with a suit- able liquid before; shipment. (DEMON, TEXAS - 3"725 ) (MECHANICAL CONS'T'RUCTION - M-8A) 5-25 All gauge pointers shall be provided with a means for easy adjustment and all gauges shall be provided with throttle screws. Type 1377 gauges shall be flush mounted on gauge panels specified else- where herein. Other gauges shall be mounted directly on the pipe lines. Identification nameplates shall be furnished attached directly to the faces of direct mounted pressure gauges. Identification nameplates shall be approximately 1-5/8 inches wide and 3/4 inch high with black face and white letters. Legends shall be worded generally as shown in the Accessory Equipment Schedule. Thermorw.ters. Thermometers shall be of the dial type with white faces and black numerals. Thermometers for panel mounting shall be American 4-1/2-647ORM mercury type and shall have chromium plated mounting rings and stainless steel armored capillary. All other thermometers shall be American "Every Angle" 5-6042AH bimetal type. Each thermometer shall be complete with a Type 304 stainless steel separable socket suitable for the maximum pressure and temperature given. If thermometers are to bl~ installed in small lines having insufficient diameter to receive the full stem length of `;ie separable socket, then the Cuntractor shall provide tees and Laps in the piping to accommodate such thermometers. Tees shall be used in lieu of elbows at changes in pipe direction and shall not be placed in straight runs of piping. Tees shall be located so that thermometer sockets extend into the pipe in the direction of flow. Identification nameplates shall be furnished attached di.rectl•: to the faces of direct mounted thermometers. Identification namepl shall be approximately 1-5/8 inches wide and 3/4 inch high with black face and white letters. Legends shall be worded generally as shown in the Acces- sory Equipment Schedule. Expansion Joints Expansion ,joints shall be Flerohics, or approved equal, constructed of 18-8 stainless steel and designed so that the flexible members do not carry the load. Stainless steel liners an9 shrouds shall be provided where specified. The expansion movements specified represent the distances through khich the joint may be required to act in either direction from the joint neutral position. Each expansion point shall be provided with an adequate number of corrugations to allow the specified movements with- out excessive stresses in the expansion elements and without excessive reaction forces. Axial movements mean movements in a direction parallel to the axis of the connecting piping. Trans movements mr;an movements in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the connecting piping. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL OONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-26 Expansion joints for relief valve discharges and the power control valve vent shall each b~F provided with a reducing plate ring and drain connection as shown on the sketch included herein. Expansion joints shall be provided with suitable retainers to limit the expansion during, shipment and installation. Strainers. Condensate pump suction strainers shall be provided as de- tailed on the plans. "Y" type strainers shall be Leslie, Sar:o, Armstrong, or approved equal. "Y" type strainer baskets shall have 0.04; inch perforations and strainer blowoff connections shall be plugged unless otherwise shown on the plans. The fuel oil strainer shall be provided as specified elsewhere in this Section 5- Pressure, Temperature, and Level Switches. Pressure, temperature, and level switches shall be in accordance with the requirements given in the Accessory Equipment Schedule and shall be of the manufacturers and models shown. Solenoid Valves. Solenoid valves shall be in accordance with the require- ments given in the Accessory Equipment Schedule and shall be of the manu- facturers and models shown. . UEMN, TEXAS - 3725 ) (W CFIANICAL OONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 5-2T FORCED AIR DEGASIFIER. The degasifier now installed an part of the demineralization system shall be removed as specifies! in Section 2 and a new forced air degasifier shall be furnished and innt,alled as specified herein and as shown on the plans. The new degasifier shall be designed to produce an ei'fluent containing not more than 5 ppm of carbo., dioxide when operating ut. a flow rate of o0 gpm, at a water temperature of 40 to g0 F, on decutionized water cou',ainin~; up Lo 60 Fpm carbon dioxide. The degasifier shall be rubber lined steel with not less than 3/16 inch thick lining. The outside diameter shall be 30 inches. A suitable flashing ring shall be welded to the degasifier shell before it is rubber lined. The degasifier shall be arranged for support by the existing 18 inch diameter shell skirt now supporting the existing degasifier all as shown on the plans. The degasifier shall be furnished with a suitable screened vent fabricated of al=inum or Type 316 stainless steel. Pipirg connections on the degasifier shall be of the flanged nozzle type with `.he rubber lining extending through the nozzle and over the full face of the flanges. The inlet water connection shall be 2-1/2 inch or larger as required to permit connection to 2-1/2 inch internal piping; the outlet connection shall be 3 inch. The internal inlet piping and distributor shall be 2-1/2 inch, Schedule 80, Type II PVC. The degasifier packing shall be one inch ceramic raschig rings suitable for the intended service. Raschig rings from the existing degasifier may be used, if desired, provided proper care is exercised in handling, and all broken rings are discarded. All required packing supports and air inlet shields shall be provided in the degasifier. A flanged handhole shall be provided in the degasifier shell above the packing support plate. An electric motor driven blower of adequate capacity complete with connecting Type 316 stainless steel air duct shall be furnished mounted on the degasifier. The degasi'_'ier blower motor shaL1 be of adequate horsepower, totally enclosed, capacitor start, 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase a-c. One 2-1/2 inch flanged Type 316 stainless steel, Cla Val No. 100 Hytrol valve fitted with a 120 volt a-c Skinner 3 way solenoid pilot valve shall be provided for automatic stop or start of flow to the degasifier by existing control equipment. The work under these specifications shall include all modifications to the opening where the degasifier passes through the building roof as required for a suitable installation. Construction at the opening shall be at least equal to the construction before removal of the existing degasifier. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-MA - 5-28 I - SIB, Z '4-7/8' NGLES 0?. 41-5' B.C. FD.+ 1 ~ ASCI:G' dCLTS .i ~ FLUICED AND DISHED 14' SCA. 40 B.W. A.S.A.E. MckD3 /CC.,;1 FCR VENT 1/2" HIM. TdICKAESS O.O / -,1;;' FLUCM - - j ;."ERl" Ala / Co~E3 ti;ELDED STEEL GUTI;;G f r:~ GARY TYPE S,';W-150-2 i i 112' T:; I"^' WEAa PLATE ,'ASSL.,S go Z-;. LG FCR LGl_:F; 61AiYS AnG GLC.,:: - 'I' I 'J- - N. ANT r' ;'f," %ICK ?LZZ O W ~ ilk - i 21 3 80 x 24" !i EQOALLY S?ACEG RdCi~LIY I_ I BLACX i VEATCH, CONSULTING E;;CIX; ERS - KA;ISAS CITY, MISSOURI P30JFCT ry . Sr.EE 4 401, DOWA TUK Y 1H~1-3725 2-3-65 S!~ 0 OR O I IVZ'vilT-~ DATE REVISION OR ISSUE NO. BY 777 w ! fti„ ~ j ~ T_t1.1 f QiL --6 C 1v.5 Oit:.R51. I` 3„ z S„ Y I b"'l i I I 6 C iC.S FIELD WELD J SECTION 3 PLV1 a la/_~II I1 -7n ; V -20J 2f 3„ .i Z/ l„ ' 2/ C,I 11-0" F+14 OIL I CON. FOR 1:,L:T :iT CJLUmN FC" Y 1 rC" P ALL Y;P,TICAL N nrt S.. C..:{. FO2 3.5 n i 1 ^ . u .I , f'i... CU, 5 1..: C-i J Y ' .J 1/2n j \ IZ L O:TS 1 ZZ" "T: • BLACK E YEATCN, MiSULT11IO E4GI1,EERS CITY, IdISSCLRI 1 _ PROJECT V///44 "V 3t'EET 725 2•e-E.;;:=~JE6 FOR BID « 5 0 1 L of , 4 M- DA I 102C64-2 TE REVISION OR ISSUE 60. Br tq 41 1 1" sc'~ ca..a Fa3 sl.FETY 7!0-` 3Jc" 5.1.'. Cla:':1 FJR D1SvED A. S.N. E. ;i:A;3 - S/C" AIM. TliICKI(ESS [Z0 L; 1:'LET r.. I ~ 1 y _1 1 V.r "vfv l::'.1. •.._rl IriICMIZ~S ~ 1.r1aq Y4h1Y Q 47 i , YS ~ ` I i 1".ZC:1 GJ PIPE 41:3 S.'.d. FITT I;::a BLACK b VEATCH, ~G'• CULTI1tG E;;Ci cERS - X ':CA3 CITY, MISSOURI ~i PROJECT J i I -.;'....I.. ~ _...r.r,. `'1',;ii.J:~ x'25 d l C0NT A3L 1%. Q725 A I R RECEIVER u 1026644 DATE REVISIOX OR (ME k0. 8Y - _ F. x !/I 21-10" B.C. ;E EOTT ~LTS i 1 ~ ~ Ire rvti Cl:.:,0 EX:. ','STE< -LE CuA 2'-6" C.D. 6" SCM 44 d.1Y. CC1i11 FOR PELT- FL:45.0 d O!S'{i:D AS.:E HEt.DS F } 31a" MIN. T0C';;ESS 2" S.W. CC4r. FOR OVERFLC~f S.W. STOP P. FOR 7U" i:E S Y,lS2 Sc1L FOZ :A Si ELL ~ TeICO ESS ) OLE , ~ i I ~ is L^ 1 ci 1 .'T •,1 J FOR OR IY 1. y £ f , . BLACK d VEATCH, COtiSJLTI G E'ICI,ZERS - KAIISAS CITY, MISSOURI ' PnJJtCT 4 11 _ " . . . . . . . J.. 372 Db+E PEVISION OR lm-'r K0. 8Y F I i I,C~~,_. 511E I • i 1/2° ' I 1 ~ExP;t151 C~ v~1NT I r li FLR DRAIN 0 3/2• THICK RE:UCr.S _I PLATE RIBS c, CF s~~Err :a~ :l::IA;:E PIPE I BLACK 8 VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGI SEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI PnOJECT S7~a ti 511EET 1 ~ 4 LC, PRESSURE cX?:`;;I0 JO(,;T X-3725- 2-5-65 is%ED FOR CIO I 102664-5 DATE REVtSIOn OR ISSUE NO. BY r...p qy...... ..r• Twr,.,,y.. - ...-wow. a~` ~6 - I" SOLTS WITH IGoz 1`i I S 3/4" YE7JECT104 F~CL' TOP OF an~ \ CJ'oC'ETE ZASE °rl V tiiI I (EY CTFE?S) 3 4 SCRD e6I I CC.44, 1 J (PLUGGED) { SOLE PLOT CONCRETE er5E er" O- OTHERS SECTION L3 mix. 'ti- se i SOIE PLATE If CC:TE~~~ L _ SASE E y in~ { - _s - 4• OTRERS - ti - SECT 10!1 3 N, 0 SCALE 3" = I"-0" BLACK A VEATCH, COASUL718G ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI t_' x PROJECT IL ELEC1,1IC G Lr tii 1 N "~i~;,.f1;G S~r.TIOtt 3725 :~o,,oj xyl . ~ SMEET d A I R C0,•1PRESSOR SOLE PLATE 1;.8725 6. 1 2-R-E5 ISSUED f0t BID I DETAIL (I M64-6 OAtf REVISION OR ISSUE 10. Br M r 3 I II w w ~ ~ w w w w i w n n~ w n n w. r • ~ u u u • m r u m r u u u r ~ W W W W W W W W ~i W W W W W t W J J • W J J J J J J J J J J J J J O 0 ~i J G 1 4 0 ~ G W 0 ~ O Y [f W 8 Y n ~ W W O- = i W W W W ~ W W W W W W r / •af ~ r r~ v v r a r r • r v r i ~ t J I I ' M = (,7 111 ~ ~ i V4 w VI / W ~ U r w W / r _ i - Y r !e#: it R R R R 2 R R R R R 6 R R R R R R e r ~ y Y I C ! ! C [ C ! t ! ! C C C ! W Y`C~ ' - = 11 r 3 y W_ ~ ~ yy r J V 9 r _ z 0 V ■4ria ~ ~v~_ r r r r r r r r r ~ r + r r r r a R O 1-' G a` 8 R p• Y Q Q ~ p F` « N 1~ « « Zj Fj N N N ry N N I Z `w O _ W en d n Z • r r r r r r u > > > > Z s_ r r r Y Y ~ V u OO{ all e « w r r • w ~ f o 8 8 8 f +f ~ W W W W W I ~ W Le) W = y CL. m u ~ _ W Y1 • > Y V O w y ~ W w V r t Q ~ W ■ r ■ ■ W +11 ~ i Y • J I s e ■ V ~ 7 ~ ~ w i u YI <F r W G 4~ a s a a! II z OY Y --1-+--I Q~ o• _ 0 8 V V{~ _M _ w ~ w i Y 0 S 1 r ■ I ~ Y t • r ~ j 11 ~ . i ~ c . e e a » » i a ' s e aaM 1rra~ J ~ ~ r Y ~ e e e - N K V Y V ■ O e s ro ~ ~ a ~ ~ a G e A 3 'I y4 1 3 3 3_ _3 a• wI j 'lb] a a N W ~J7 3 17 1.- _ j ~ ~ n n a ~ r 'i III ~ ~ • G ^ O • ' N h M M M M M ! W ~ V H 1 V 1! ~ b 'b M! Yt ~ rE ~ u y' ~ wry e ~ r r r ^ wl • u ^ M .l 11 W r a II ~ ~ ` r e II ~I ~I Vf I I N g w ~F M i~ ~ I I F ~ w ~ r Q Y e e r r w I J I' I j W r ~ 0 V to ry I w r J O J y _ Y A r we w A A H A " M M w w ~a r a _a V Y M M r w ul Y Y FI Y " " M A Y " w M 1'1 Y e •111 M11 -r -M •e •YY .A ~~n •n -N -h •r .e .r +1 .w z. y m 'a' s 's •i 'r s p C 's ! s -9 :1 :1 I Q I y~Y~ ~YY i ~ ~ i ' I I I ~ i I S R e P i wl I14 ` ` - • i 1 1 e r ' n 1 f 1~ ~ e i 12 i rl • a ~ ~ ~!r Jai a yy o d■q~ ~9q 5~ ~ '~g •~t w L" u R ~ d a I ~ w I ~ Ih ~ . ~ ~ W M.t = • • ~ •r w r { W V w r fll I+~Tj ~'gjJy J ~ I + 7 1 ' i ~ W • o rH f w w . 7 • o w w I n C031 d • ~I i N Y r N 9 V s . n ■ + 1 < W ■W I ; s u N I ~ 1 - a fn v . I + I V r r r / W I y F - . I 1 H w i O y w V V ~ W W V ~ . 0 w w r s.l w r w w r r w N a. r1 V w I a S r O u u : M n n Y n r r r / r M n r .t M w I • 3 u Jey y {9/ y 4y 9y 9 39 y y g3 - V ~ ~ ~ II M X V~ M ~ •t X ~ w X X /1 Y~ M M y w r f `M T +111 ~1• N• ~n ~M -YI .•IM -N NY ur -w M M M -F -N -F -In ~F -F e e r 1.7 -r -r 'r -r -r i1 IV -0 r r w s s s s s s s s,!8 be8 s s s= se= s.. 5r~~~Q4Q•4 C o$ ei of e= ei of e8 sR oR o e8 eR s~ e ei of ei oX sX w w•1 8 A x x! R1 C n ri ~ 3 $ K~ 8 8 R 8 aA i i $ 1 R 3 i it E I I , { II 1 If 1 i F 1 ~ ' ! O Y j 1~ 1 1 1 a a S•, s a 5 e b so -r a q e y~ A` A i I ! I W ~ J i W S V II ~ I a H ~ I II M ~ 7 a3 W ~ a v I I j I r ~cc CC CL V + f W W I W r W e ■ I 1I1 I ► t i s I I f I + I ~ ~`S • I ~ s j I a T1 u y I I ~ I I~ II ~i J ~ II G I'; I f I I 1 I ' I I I, I~ I I I I ~ , I ~ I ~I I I, f R1 A I ey , i I I i ~ I•f r r i a w " s r Y I r r ~r I I I' ~ i • u wC ~ ~ ~ I I EE I - I I I r ~ I t I I V I II s i pr , I r l f I 'i i I I I I~ I I I I. y 1 ~ - i ~ I ~ ~ I Ili I i' y I 1 l i " 11 II I W • I I . I J I ~ I I I I I 'I ~ ~I ~ pp `fh I! I • I ~ I W I I I~ I G 1 I Ii 1 I I I ~ I II I 4 a E r e 4{{ = W w II II I II~ I I w I Wr ~ W it I I I I { ° I I f Y W W I' I ~ ~ I I I I ~ ~ I 1 w Y I s OC w p . y ~ + N r f W r R~ 3 w Pit w d W dry( W • F y S ~ I I I I ~ i oQ~ S I i I I I ~ I J O F ~ N N N K ~ ~ K H M K ~ W I N N I' ~ ~ " s x ."i ~ I I I W r F' : I s W Y a ~ r O i I ~ r „ s + w I V D 1t ~ S • o ~ ~ ! x r . r r r r ~ r r r r r r r r r r r ~ ~ w n w n N N ry w n H N N M N n H I r r r r r u• y S• N r • r w f r r w w r r r • r e . f rr f r J e FY• N V J • ~ ~ w n w » w » » N r r r r O r ♦ r r r F1 I ~ r r .l r r r r r 0 V . • I 1 I ~ p w rrr N Nr N r r N Y. Hl ~N alI .r~ ~ M M N N N N N *I *I of OR *I cl *I N- Im, a a f i . • W f f 71 . : = i f ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ S ~Y s . r I ~ I uN N N r 1 ~ 1 u r I a~ >tt I I W~ li I W i a I I ~ w W N • i- - W ■ I I i II 1 I - i ~ o v I f ~ W W w O ■ r I ~ W ! 1 u V w 1ryr. I ~i r ~ I W Y I I I 1 ~ i i i. W • { ' I i III II a F ~ I I I I i li I' I J YI r r rl ~ ~r I u W yl • . I r I ! ~ nr r II I I O Y I I . r = ~ J V . I . Y Y. III i ~ i • r J n 3 j;- I r I r r 'I' r N 'rj I/ r r n~+ 1 r r r • r 'r N 1 r r N '1 r ~ r n w ~ ~ r A r ~ + • r r + ~ r r + + + `n I w J .y.rr yy~r r•~~ rr~~ M rr NN yM~ r1 .yI ~M1 r~ r+~ ~ ` ~ •1 M M M w ~ N M „ M ~ M w » N M Y 6 S IL" S S r E ~ r v r r r r r r ~ w ~ I I I r • h . J I I .Irk ~.rI~I 0 g ~ ` I ~ ~ ~ ~pp ~ 9 RR ~ y~ ~ ~g 9 Si S Y S ~ 51 RI $ SI 9 9. ~ 1 SZ ~ ~ .9 ° r°+ s ~ v y y W I ' Y OI :J ! J O p • O Y ' a J J J J J W W W W W W W Y W A H F r NN N w" Nw wN r . I I w upppo_ w w~JIw; w■ yO~ iu0 ■~I/ ~ys1_yw~ ~1~ I I "Wit • A 3■W .`.W~.[WI .W ■ A+IIr Al A NI w1 r lT I•J ICJ ~J ~J I• ~ wi M1 w4 1 _ .t_ rt r-- J I~ II r ~ I I~ I W V y I i = a s I oppc ac n N W • y a " ~t ? u . whl+ w i W I ■ r " J M V 09 ■ 09 r sets n w w w t r w r - - - w w w w n v H ~ N h~3 !11 !xj .2 51t .1 r W Y i R R R R S R R R R R R 2Y W 'J 0 ~ r - ~ ~ • wr r E .II tin ~ n w -is ' N ~ ~ W W r i r ~t o s' 3 ~ C C o e e o 0 7 I. 1• YI VI - - - - ra_ o. .I . 0 0 0 0 a a a a a ti a • w `~yJ f . . J ~ ■ N ~ H ti W W i Y ~ - M ■ • ■ J - • 4yI I y y . w ■ i i / ; ~ ~ II III r ~ 9 • O O « O O 4 O Y Y w ■ T ~ • . e OV OY w N ~ . I J C t t $ 3 3 3 X ~ ~ 1'Z o w 1 W W Y V 1+ } TT TT ; * 7 T . S A t s i ; o n A r ! t W W Y W W W Y W Y Y W W jig V r r t r t j W N J ~sa W .aj r w 6 i i r h ' yy > T N t! M Y y ~i S ~ ~ x w i w ~ .Z = y ■ F= ~ C W y~ J J w w ~ ~ w L y j ■ w L M J w y V > w y LI 7 J a Y an- f; L w ~ ~ u~w ~Tw t ~ > - s . GG - y yf X01 y~~ w~ R R R g F ~ I^ ~ w yamy(~ ~ _ s 1 i ■ a 110 r r s s ~ ~ # # ~ ~~1~ ~ ~ ; 5_ 5 5 ~ 5 ■ E r a f g 9 s s c e e e e a j f~ t ;L k C t k k t t L~~:~ L C a I i I I I I I I i III j l I( ; I l I f ~ ~ i I k i; , L ' ~ I I f 1 ~ I I ' li I J • ~ I I { I~ , I ; e ~ r I II I. _ I J ~ u Iry~ ji 16 6 N I II lid I ~ ~ ~ I I ' f'~ ~ ~ BIZ ~ Y J r ~r - W I v I I y~ R 'Y d o c~ f E : N III I Y I ~ ~ o ~ I ~ b b d d d y ~ ~ n Q 6 _ V _ _ Y ■ 7 ~ I ~ i • ~ t W • w S ya I I x~ O N I i + ` I I I I ~ . W r le . z ~ 5 E+ E E E~ E 5 z~ ~ I' w ~ VV ~r r ~ wr v • 0 • i I I I I I I I , u W W r _r I V y S o ► RY RY RY RY ICY ~Y RY RY xY gY xY RY RY RY .°IY RY RY RY RY RY RY Rif ~ RY Y 9 „ = " + ~ . r ~ r r r r h r H. r r r r ti r r r- r r r r~ a 'S e e e e e e e P e S S S e t e F e e e ga► f V V ~ IQ Y Y fi ~ it it ii ii it iE 9 9 9 it Y g Y 11 ii if fE YR t~ ~ ~ Y I I I , Y I~ ~ I I I , I I I I ~ I II ~ I I I ~ r I I I V I ~ I I ~ II J I I I I ~ ; ~ I f9 j I ~ 1 I r ► 1 ~ ~ I a Z; Wn in i r W ~ 7J7 n 1 O W _ S r r r r r ~ r ~ W ^ W ~ Ln y • ♦ YI r ✓i •1 If Il Y w 0 4' a a A d W N - - - - N ^ K W 401 ~ M r r r r / ■ r / r r W d d b d b b b d b b b 1 u U U Y V V U_ V Y V Y V ~ ~ i < i i r ~ 4 < i < < v i n r ~ n r w r w n n w ■ p 11 yy11 p 1 c f N hl~ N N1• N N~ 1'n•1= NN NN ~Y - ! e- - e- e- 01 0l el dl r pY J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 C -C ^ N ~ S 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 " X< o 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 z~ w w w w w w w w w w U r Z w i 1 1 1 1 ~ 1 1 1 1 I 1 V - ~ /W~ W Y W / n ~ r • J 1 1 J ► x8 RY RY RY StY 1tY !C: R: R: £Y RY RY eY R: RY !Y RY : 7 M M~ M f F• 1• F• F f h N 1- f H Y N H F I- V u a e e e e e a 5 g P S e~ 5 e 5 e S e O w n w w w w w w w w w r i a• Y O - ry V 3 YY Y Y i ~ Y Y S Y 9 a SI ii a Y i Y R it • L S 1, a~a~3 a o u e - _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ w V V y G - w1 V ■ J ~ N 111 ! 9 R S 9 S 5) a Q 9 0 ~E t F i { I ~ I I ~ I i~ I~ 1 I II II ~ I~ I I { i 11n~I I i 1 yI}y11~ i ~1~ ~ I I~ F S 9 3~ g g . 'i a d 11 IJ ~ I I ' ~ I I I I f !I ~a~ ~ r r r ~ f . I I I f I I' l i ! I' I I I ' [ w n I' II 'f I. II ~ ~ I f ff a s ~ I~ I~ I' ! r II i~ ~ ail ~ I W C I' I I I I I Y ~ I I ~ ~ 1r r~ I r I ~ 2 + ~ ! Y VV f+ I N I I ~ r w ~ N W tI ~II ~E Xi I ~X I ■ r • ~ r { I ~ .H N rr ~ ~ L j w t r I I I I I ~ ~ ii o~ I~ I b I ~ I ~ J ~ B w ~ I II I all W s ~ F W ~ 1 r + I Y s i ~L' ~ ~ ~ L { II I ~ i • • N i k ' I ' a ' I'~ i I ~ ~ I I ~ 1~ 1 I I I I .1 Y x I~, I I ai W ~ +1► .111 I 1 j I ~ . Q r H r' I ~ + ~ I j ~ ~I ■ 2 . i i~ I I t i ~ ~ I f + I ' I ai' ~ R' I, 1 1 If , ~p r • • N n H_ ■ i_ R ~ I ~I r ~ . w !I I C V V y ftY ~Y ~Y R: ~Y !Y R: R: RY RY sY ell RY gY pYR Y g R « as s I E I I i s a EJ _ _ r l I: U ~J - f IRYYY a I h l l ~ I ~I ~ _ I I ~1 I I I . ~ ~ I r r I { V V ar I f r I~ w ~I I~ I I I I I ~ + I I r f • ~ 1 r - w t r t r } s Mill 1110 11111 d6 Q I , N I J W W S • i _ N N W r S I e r- U Cr K ~ ~ ~ ~ s A E I. i t ~ W H P - « N r W 7 r r r r r r r II I d d ~ ~ ~ d d d d d e I ^ u u r r r u u w r >j W r 19 O O_ ~ _ « Yl • Y ~n _ =z Ni 1Ni ~O IV! do. j.? u = 3 ~ Ni -h hh IV= h hh i O Y v - p- i as ~ ~ qQQ4 M~ I r I- I ~ I I a N « a Q ~ I I I I I ~ I I I . ~ W V W ~ x' t C ~ u -2 ' LL Z Y y ]y Y I I I I I I ~ W s i i iW ~ i i yi ■ • i V. p O O p h Y. h P " Ya i > > ~ > f > s a > s ► I s = r O M o- £Y 2:1 95i R< RSF R: RY R: RsF RY (R: . « 4 O - - - - - - - - r P P E P C e 2 `e f e i e V R y Y 9 S S Y Y S Y S ~"J_ Y: z e u 'j - r 'J' - 'i •i i 3 J J .i d ! 1 J J J J J i J Y OF y ` H y s ' ' ■ F F` Y V v V i Y V ~ u ~ ~ u V r V ~ f„ S S d id R S S S Y 9 ~E $ r i s a L ~ 8 S S S° S W ^ r r ~ r ~ L O p Ik r ■ a[ a W r$ ~ r G ! ~ L ► i I J I j - 11 l I II i e # # # # # # # 3 t 1 9 • ` I 1 N I 1 v I I! I ~ n ~ e I~I ~ Jr I II ' II i _ u I ~ ~ lIi III ply I 'J • I ~ f I I I~I y~ ,yYy r ~`I J I ^ Z i j W N I 1 I I r - Q • ~ p ~ _ 7 7 I~ I I II r f I I I I ~ I w W~ ~ I I I C. f W l ^ ~Q Z I~ » ~ r i j I I i ~ ~ r N~ W ~ I N r v V I V I~ IIr ~I +f I f W t ~ III I I ~ 1 W I I _ r u f ss to f I O • u b p I I ~ M V Jy^ I V I I 1 ~r I I' I N J » f. = x~ i I V F U I I • p :'Y- + ' III II I ~ r' I • I I O I I I . I V W J r • i ~ ~ ~ III ! 1 ~ ~ J Q • a V v n I r (I ~ I N r l 1 1 I I I Il I 1 1 1 ■ . ^ V I n 1 I f I ■ J 1 I I I 1 ~ WY ~ I - V I U ^ .E • so ^0 • rso°» V M I r H N I H J ~ 1 ~I r r . a I a=aa- • I I ~ • Q Y • f I V • ~ I ■ J N ^ I~ 1 • ii W V ~ I ^ ~JI l I ■ r y » r 9 ~ II I I f I~ ~ ~ I I r p « 1 , I Yl i V ~ ~ ~ 1J Ir~ Iy V J f~JJ.rI ~ N C~ F}}tT" ~ I. III III _ W » 1 ~ 1 W jj t ~ R I i I II. l ~ I I, ~ Z ~ • ~ I ' J ~ ! W I ,•,1 III I ~ • I ~ ) I I + ~ I I, i I; j II ~ ~ I~ e, I I I i W t N I I W I 1 N = p • _ ~e .s r f I ~ C p n W -'Y a a IS 'r a q ~ K N ~ r4 ~j N W e n ~ ly,~a >]i4 ~ ~ ` Qp►~~r ~ ~ g~~~ ~ I I I V I I I` I I ~ i t ~ w it II i I e { I I I' I I I ~ w N~ a `F V I NN- ~ ~l I I~ W I V V f • ~r A ~ ~I A A A it A I I I ~ W 2 e W 1 I = I ,j tt n a :a q A s d 3 ! O N N N M h M I p ~ J L L W ~ i r l • 1 a ~ r ~ ~ lia 1 ~ I I W r ` y j1I •W ~ f f f ! f t r r r I I 31 v 54 1 V o e o' o' R h A a R n .3 9 ~ P. Y9R : V 1V 7! W ~ I ~xYYY ti 64 0; V ; O• J d .~11 I M + I » . O O O Y f. ~ g ~ n R_ 8~ R Y .1 ~ n~~ y 3 ~ R !I C -Y t C F tr ~r C Y Y S S J J 1 W Wy J ♦1 y1 S • W W +I1I yW1 J J • ° J J y W J J J J I l W W I,i IJi I J i I. • J f y W W F I_ W W W W W W . •I ~ J J J J yi yi < y yf~ 1>y y>~ y> y y J J yW Q Q~ J J J J JJ J t h • O ° W W 1 J O O 1 M 1. • ~ J ~ O . ~ ~ : ~ yWl s~ M f • V U • f • • W IY J Ni° ` S 1 y 3 M nl F F Y O J a K 3 `s 9 S : "a 8 ~ 3 ~ ~ e~ f 3 I All J J I as s s • s I J • y 997 ! I _ _ 3 7 a H mi w H J w = ~f s W ! W o L u 01 O 011 z • + L• W W . 1 1 T w J ~ w w N i OH r Qx N n f.l y W w j I W CJ ~ r I < ~ W l _r I 1 ~ . ■oQ ¢ R: !Y R_Y RY RY as at RY ICY RY III RY 8Y RY RY aY NY RY RY !!Y ;Y gY 11 ~ 1 1 1 ~ ~ a W r s 1wy ~ ~ r 1 . r r r r 1 r V t O ° ~ ~ 1 M Y r r M r r r 1 V = 17y~~ u J r W ° Z 1 1 1 1 ' O p r 1 . ~ v f • ° $ 1 r K r M r a rt r' r r r r 1 7f 1 r 1 r r M r r r r u • ~ 1 1 . 1 I r f w w o ° V f ~ 1 L w w w1 w i i a a d a A A A 4 i n s r r r ■ ~ r s s s ~ s 8 8 8 $ 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 t 8$ 8 r 8 8 8 8 8 6$ 8 8 s ~ BFI ° Y Syt _ ~ J 3 0 4p T I L;, v i t a a s s s s ~i w r • 1 ~ S 11. YI Y1 w ~1 ~ ~ ~ ~i l IS i wa N " if ~ ~ tiw ~ ~ W iw sr ~ ~ J u V Y .a ° YY YY YY W • wi ^r i a N W YS U Yi :3 w H J ~ ~ W > ■ ~ O Q ~ 7 O ~ n~ o M ~ W W w J 7 > p ~ C N ■ ~ p w N it • • u L ~ ~ u ~ r t Y r ■ J } f > f f s f ► f 61 4 Rx Lx xx ;x !.x ;v :x RY uF ■w N S i K '6 5 y F x 1 e o "1 1 . ~ Z ~ ~ J D F ■ O `j • 1 > 0 > ~ 1 1 > i v J 4 1 " d 1 V O 1 N N N • u I I V V ~ w M 1 1 f 1 1 " O M y . t ■ J r r t 0 " I w i N ' N M . e ■ V V e Y s a a " I 6 I = ~ 11 I~ i= u~ A M ,x a • W ~ J u ~n a N W 0 T M = ` r 1I~ O NR y • n ~ n 9 u ~ ~ w . • : N H W t • W 8 . W w . F • J ~ w R1i Y e Y L ~ e a I V O . ~ r O Y O J t o ° s o . o n x i • V n • O O f O V r O n • V f Y ^ • n I ~ M ~ N O Y ~ W r 9 W Y I1 w W n n i F E i sty - I- s; s~ a s a a ~ w r r w w •ti ~i .r ~ ~ GAUGE PANEL ITEM NO. NO. LEdEND REMARKS P-5 EXTR TO HP NTR 4-2 P-6 EXTR TO LP HTR 4-I - - - -7 HTR DRAIN PUMP DISCH P-12 FW TO HP HTR 4-2 P-16 FW FROM LP HTR 4-1 P-17 COND TO LP HTR 4-1 I P-3 EXTR TO HP HTR 4-4 P-4 _ EXTR TO HP HTR 4-3 P-9 FIN TO BOILER 2 P-10 FW TO NP NTR 4-4 P-11 Flit TO NP NTR 4-3 P-26 CW FROM CONDENSER P-28 CW TO CONCENSER P-28 CW FROM CONDENSER T-30 CW TO CONDENSER a - P-27 CW FRO;{ CONDENSER _ P-29 CW TO -ONDENSER T-29 CW FROM CONDENSER T-31 } CW TO CONDENSER 4 Ij P-I MAIN STEAM P-18 CONDENSER VACUUM P-19 COND. PUMP 4-1 DISCH 6 P-20 COND. PUMP 4-2 DISCH P-25 AUX. WATER SUPPLY ACCESSORY E¢U I PMEt;T SCHEDULE GpU_GE P~EL IYSTR'"+ENTS BLACK & VEATCH i~U i C AA ~ PnOJ:CT 3726 SHEET CONSULTING ENGINEERS MUNICIPAL ELEC"iRIC G:NERATiNG STATION f KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI UNIT 4 60,000 KW I G:UCE ITEM PANEL NO. LEGEND REMARKS NO. P-21 AUX WATER PUMP 4-1 SUCTION P-22 AUX WATER PUMP 4-2 SUCTION P-23 _AUX WATER PUMP 4-1 DISCH _ 6 P-24 AUX WATER PU14P 4-2 DISCH P-33 BURNER 4-2 PRESS _ P-34 BURNER 4-4 PRESS P-35 BURNER 4-6 PRESS T P-36 BURNER 4-1 PRESS P-37 BURNER 4-3 PRESS P-36 BURNER 4-5 PRESS P-43 FUEL OIL SUPPLY _P-51 FUEL GAS BURNER HEADER P-54 FUEL OIL RETURN I P-30 FUEL GAS SUP?LY P-31 FUEL GAS BURNER HEADER IIiSOLATED WITli STRIP HEATERS P-32 PILOT GAS PRESSURE 9 P-52 FUEL GAS BURNER HEADER • I _P-44 . FUEL OIL SUPPLY P-45 FUEL OIL RETURN 10 ACCESSORY E~UIPbIENT SCHEDULE GAUGE PANEL INSTRUMENTS BLACK & VEATCH Li E 5) PROJECT 3725 SHEET CONSULTING ENGINEERS MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GEi,:ERATING STATION 41 q KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI UNIT 4 60,000 KW 2 GAUGE PANEL 180 LEGEND REMARKS NO. P-47 CONTROL AIR SUPPLY P-48 CONTROL AIR RECEIVER P- 63 SERVICE AIR PRESSURE P-41 _ _ _ CW PUMP _ 4-1 - DISCH _ INSULATED WITH STRIP BEATERS _P-42 CM PUMP 4-2 D!SCH ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE GAUGE PANEL INSTRUMEHS ,y BLACK & VEATCH L N,. -f XAS PROJECT 3726 IN EIT CONSULTING ENGINEERS MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION d KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI UNIT 4 60,000,.W section 6 }SEAT INSULATION GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and Instal]Ing of heat insulation materials and aluminum Jackets for piping, and equipment. This includes insulation applied to "hot" lines for reduction of heat loss and reduction of surface temperature, antinoise insulation, antisweat insula- tion, and antifreeze insulation. The Pipe Line Listing included in these specifications indicates tre major piping systems to be insulated. Tne auxiliary equipment listing in this section indicates the major items of equipment to be insulated. The letter designations used in the listing refer to the insulation class as defined herein. All miscellaneous piping and equipment having an actual operating tempera- ture greater than 150 F shall be insulated even though not individually ligte,i in the Pipe Line Listing or the auxiliary equipment listing in- cluoed herein. Insulation materials for such miscellaneous piping and equipment shall be suitable for the actual operating temperatures and shall, wherever possible, be of the same insulation class as insulated main piping and equipment operating under similar temperatures. Antifreeze insulation shall be furnished and installed as specified here- in under "Freeze Protection". INSULATIONI MATERIALS, All insulation materials, except antinoise insula- tion and antisweat insulation, shall be calcium silicate in accordance with ASTM 0344 or c345, and ahall be Johns-Manville Thermobestos,or approved equal All insulating cement- f«r 114e with calcium silicate ins,ilation shall be in accordance with L61M ;lyti. Antisweat insulations, alas, r,, e1-.all be flexible foamed plastic Insula- tion, Gustin-Peccn Ultra Foam, or approved equal. Antinoise insulation, Class I, shall be Gustin-Bacon Snap-On, or approved equal, glass fiber insulation with factory applied vapor barrier ,jacket, Piping insulation shall be In sectional or segmental forms and equipment insulation shall be in rigid black form unless otherwise specified herein. kDENTON, TEXAS - 3725 } 6-1 (MECHANICAL CONSMCTION - M-8A) INSULATION CLASSES. The letter designations shown in the Pipe Line List- ing and the insulated auxiliary equipment listing herein refer to the following insulation classes and corresponding thicknesses: t Operating Insuletlon Thickness Class Temperature Pipe Size Inner Layer Outer Layer Total A 801 F to 1-1/2" & Smaller 2" None 2" 1000 F 2" - 3" 2„ 1-112" 3-1/2" 4 it - 8Tl 2 ,l 2 it 411 10" w Larger 3" 2" 5" B 501 F to 1-1/2" & Smaller 2" None 2" 800 F 2" - 4" 1-1/2" 1" 2-1/2" 5" - 10" 1-1/2" 1-112" 3" 12" & Larger 2" 2" k" C 301 F to 2" & Smaller 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 500 F 2-1/2" - 10" 2" 2" 12" & Larger 2-1/2" 2-1/2" D 150 F to 2" & Smaller 1" or Std 1" or Std 300 F 2-1/2" - lo" 1-1/2" 1-1/2'' 12" & Larger 2" 2" E 501 F to Equipment 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3t' 800 F F 301 F to Equipment 2" 2" 500 F G 150 F to Fquipment 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 300 F H Antiswent All Sizes 1/2" 1/2" I Antinolen All Sizes 2" 2" (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MWRANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 6-2 PIPING INSULATION. Piping insulation Classes A through D shall be applied with tight seams end joints using wire loops on 6 inch centers. Wire loops shall be thoroughly embedded into the outer insulation surface and all cracks, voids, and depressions shall be fi)led with insulating cement suitable for the piping temperature. The si- -es shall be smooth and uni- form before application of outer coverings. Double thickness insulation shall be applied with the longitudinal and circumferential joints of the two layers staggered. Each layer shall be Separately wired as described above and all cracks, voids and depressions shall be filled in the first layer before application of the outer layer. Ends of pipe insulation shall be stopped a sufficient distance from flanges to permit bolt removal clearance. All wire for attachment of insulation shall be Type 302, dead-soft stain- less steel in the followinrr gauges: Piping ~Aze " & Smaller " to 18" 20" & Larger Inner layer of double thickness insulation or single layer insulation 18 ga 18 ga 16 ge Outer layer of double thickness insulation 18 ga 16 ga 14 ga Antisweet insulation, Class H, shall be attached using Armstrong No. 520 adhesive. All Joints shall be sealed with Armstrong No. 520 adhesive. Antinoise insulation, Class shall be applied with metal bands on centers not exceeding 2 feet. Vapor barrier jacket longitudinal seams and end joint strip everlaps shall be continuously cemented using an asphaltic cement to provide a tight vaporproof enclosure. Elbows and Bends. insulation on bends stall be cut into sections suffi- ciently short to form a reasonably smooth exterior. After the insulation is in place, it shall be smoothly coated with insulating cement. Welding elbows may be insulated as described above or may be insulated by means of specially molded insulating enclosures, Flanges. Flanges shall be insulated by means of a series of blocks of insulating material fastened to the flange by wire loops. Blocks of in- sulation shall be long enough to overlap the adjacent pipe insulation at least 2 inches. Insulating cement shall be applied to obtain a smooth finish. As an alternate, Eectional pipe insulation of proper diameter may be used. Flange coverings shall be sufficiently think to be equal in all respects to that of the piping. All flanges shall be left uncovered until the pipe and equipment, have been in service a minimum of 10 days and until all flange bolts have been retightened. (UEN'i'ON, TEXAS - 3725 6-3 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) Expansion Joints. Expansion joints shall be provided in the insula- tion as required to allow for thermal expansion movements without causing cracks or tears in the insulation. Valves and Specialties. All valve bodies, fittingn, drip pockets, sepa- rators, strainers, and special equipment shall be insu"fated in the manner and thickness as herein specified for the line in which they are located, except that plastic cement may be used in place of blocks in such places where the proper curvature can be better obtained. Plastic materials shall be equal in quality to the insulation specified. Trap bodies and unions in trap piping shall be left uncovered. Insula- tion shall be tapered to a neat finish at these points so that the traps may be removed without damage to the insulation. Voids Under Jackets. Insulation shall completely fill all spaces under aluminum Jackets so that there are no voids under the ,packets. Insu ting cement shall be used, where required, to fill such voids. Special Supports. The Contractor shall furnish and install all neces- sary collars, lugs or special supports for prevention of insulation slippage in vertical ivns of piping. Supports shall be installed in all vertical runs grey+.er than 10 feet long and between insulation expansion joints when trey occur in vertical runs. Support collars shall be as detailed on the piping plans. Lugs shall be welded to piping as described herein under Section 3, Piping. Freeze Protection. All outdoor above ground water lines, steam lines, drain lines, control air lines, and sealing air lines subject to freez- ing will be freeze protected wi'.h electric heating cable furnished and installed under the electrical construction specifications. Piping to be freeze pretecte' includes piping installed with the Owner-erected steam generator ana primary and secondary instrument lines except Nrna_• -1-r;lt line,,. All freeze protected piping, including piping with "none" designated under "Insulation Class" in the Pipe Line Listing, shall be insulated under these speciticatic•_. All piping to be freeze protected and not otherwise specified herein for insulation shall be insulated with Class D insulation. Insulation for freeze protected piping shall be notched to permit the in- sulation to fit snugly with perfectly tight seams over the piping and the heating cable laid against the bare pipe. Lines to be freeze protected shall include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: II Superheater outlet pressure transmitter sensing line from the drum enclosure to the superheater header. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - WWI 6.4 House service water from the drum enclosure to the building wall. Desuperheating water from the desuperheater to the building wall. • Multitibe control tubing from the drum enclosure to inside of building (heating cable will be furnished as a part of the multitube). Control air to CRV-6 and CRV-25 from the building wall. Control air to SSV-1, SSV-2 and SSV-4 from building wall. Control air and sensing line to fan damper drives from the building wall. Control air to temperature transmitters 4LX-28, 4LX-29 and 4LX-26 from building wall. Cooling water to circulating water pump bearings from 30 inch circulating water piping. Pressure sensing piping from 30 inch circulating water piping to pressure gauges P-41 and P-42. Air lines to 3SSV-5, 3SSV-61 3SSV-7, 3S5V-8, 3SSV-9, and 3SSV-10 from Unit 3 building wall. (DENTONo TEXAS - 3725 ) (A£CHAI im OONSTRUCTIOIi - M-8A) 6-5 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT INSULATION. Following is a listing of the main items of auxiliary equipment to be insulated and the clew of insulation to be used: No. of Capacity or Temperature Class of Units Equipment Approx Size Maximum, F Insulation 1 LP heater No. 4-1 32" OD x 201-0" 200 G 1 LP heater No. 4-2 39" OD x 201-0" 442 F 1 HP heater No. 4-3 34" OD x 201-0" 568 E 1 HP heater No. 4-4 37" OD x 201-0" 700 E 1 Surge and aux cool- ing water tank 10'-0" OD x 48'-0" 200 G 1 Blowdown tank 41-0" OD x 9' ;i" 250 G 1 Miscellaneous drain receiver 2'-6" OD x 5'-6" 200 G 1 set All exposed piping Piping furnished with the insulation Owner-furnished with class and erected steam to suit generator actual operating temperature 1 set All exposed piping Piping furnished with the insulation turbine generator with class to suit actual operating, temperature I (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 6-6 Equipment insulation shall be applied with interruptions to permit access doors, inspection doors, flanges and other special Ppatures to be opened or removed for inspection or maintenance without din,turbing the insulation. boxouts around code stamping symbols and nameplates nhnll be provided. ' Block insulation for cylindrical equipment shall be held in place by use of 3/4 inch x .020 inch stainless steel straps or bands passing completely around the equipment. Bands shall be placed in locations and in adequate numbers to securely hold the insulation in place without sagging. The distance between bands shall not exceed 9 inches. Stainless steel Nelson studs shall be used in place of bands where the use of bands is impractical. Block insulation for equipment with large flat surfaces and for the ends of the surge and auxiliary cooling water tank shall be held in place with insulation lugs spaced on not greater than 18 inch centers both ways. Insulation lugs shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. Insulation lugs shall be stainless steel Nelson studs in lengths suitable for the insulation thickness. Block insulation of specified thickness shall be securely wired in place over the entire surface by means of 14 gauge, Type 302, dead-soft stainless steel wire threaded through the lugs both ways and pulled tight. 4 I (DENTON TEXAS - 72 (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 6-7 JACKETS. All piping and auxiliary equipment insulation shall be completely covered with aluminum Jackets so that there is no exposed insulatior. Material. Aluminum jacket material shall be ASTM B?O) Alclad 3004, or approved equal. All aluminum jacket material shall be smool.h sheet plain finished except,at the option of the Engineer,aluminum sheet for large flat surfaces shall be stucco or other embossed pattern. Minimum thickness shall be .020 inch for jackets used on piping having in- sulated outside diameters 12.75 inches and smaller. Minimum thickness shall be .024 inch fo: ,jackets used on equipment and on piping having in- sulated outside diameters larger than 12.75 inches. Aluminum sheets shall be machine rolled and formed to accurately fit in- sulation curvatures. Moisture Barrier. Aluminum jackets for out-of-doors installation shall be provided with an asphalt and Kraft paper moisture barrier. The mois- ture barrier shall be attached to the inside surfaces of the jacketing or shall be cemented to the insulation before application of aluminum ,jackets. Screws. Screws shall be used for attaching aluminum ,jackets. Screws shall be 1/2 inch or 3/4 inch (as required) self-tapping type made from stainless steel. Screws in out-of-doors jackets shall be provided with neoprene washers. Screws shall be used in such locations and numbers as required to produce tight joints without "bellying". The spacing of screws shall be as uni- form as practicable and on centers not exceeding 6 inches, except where piping insulated outside diameters are smaller than 9 inches, ,pacing shall be on centers not exceeding 4 inches. Joints. Wherever possible all joints shall be lapped a minimum of 2 inches and so placed that they are obscured from normal points of vision. Joints in out-of-doors locations shall be placed so as to shed water. Longitudinal Joint outer laps shall have a 3/S inch turnback edge. Butt joints in aluminum ,jackets, such as at piping tees, shall be made using a rolled seam or brazed ,joint. Openings in out-of-doors jackets for piping connections, supports, or access shall be suitably flashed and weatherproofed. Joints or openings in out-of-doors jackets which cannot to effectively sealed from entry of moisture by flashings or laps shall be weatherproofed by application of an aluminum pigmented sealer Benjamin Foster No. 30-45, or approved equal. (D'NTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 6-8 Elbows and Bends- Piping elb.)ws with insulated outside diameters smaller than 13 inches shall be jacketed with Aluminels as manufac- tured by the Preformed Metal Products Company or approved equal. Samples of the elbow jackets offered shall be submitted by each bidder with his proposal. Piping elbows with insulated outside diameters 13 inches and larger shall be jacketed with mitered segment .024 inch thick aluminum elbow jackets constructed with beaded interlocking edge ,Joints. Mitered segment widths shall be standardized to give the work a uniform appear- ance and shall not be more than 4 inches wide at the widest point. Segments shall be lapped on the inside curve of the elbow. Laps shall be not less than 2 inches wide and three sheet metal screws shall be used in each lap. Beaded edges on one end of each segment shall be coped to provide a smooth edge line at the laps. All insulated long radius bends shall be Jacketed using spiral wrapped aluminum strips or individual mitered segment gores cut to fit the in- sulation shapes applied in either instance over a continuous freshly applied coating of aluminum pigmented mastic, Benjamin Foster No. 60-65 or approved equal. Jacketing strips shall be attached using screws as herein specified. End Covers. Exposed ends of piping insulation shall be provided with flat covers attached by a rolled scam or by brazing, Dished Heads. Jacketing for dished heads shall have special preformed smooth spun or bumped shapes, or shall have lapped gores which accurate- ly fit the insulation curvatures. Jacket Doors. Hinged cr sliding doors designed for convenient opening • shall be provided in equipment jackets at all nameplates, code stamp- ings, and nonpro,jecting connections and access openings. Galvanic Corrosion. To prevent galvanic corrosion, care shall be used to prevent, permanent c.n,sect of aluminum Jacketing with copper, copper tilloys, tin, lead, nickel. cr nickel alloys including conel metal. Where it is necessary tc, attach the Jacketing to carbon steel or low alley steels, the steel Shall first be prime painted, with zinc chromate, and painted with alumir.,im paint. The use of lead base paints for this purpose shall be avoided. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (W CHANICAL ODNSTRUCTION - M-8A) 6-9 EXTRACTION PIPING LAGGING. All exposed surfaces of the extraction steam piping, below the turbine exhaust flange, within the condenser shall be provided with an 18 gauge Type 304 stainless steel leF.gi,g. No insulation a materials shall be applied to these surfaces. The piping to be lagged consists of two 14 inch lines joined within the condenser shell to form the 16 inch extraction line to Heater No. 4-1. The lagging shall be spaced approximately one inch from the piping sur- faces using stainless steel clips or Nelson studs welded to th? surfaces to be lagged. Clips on the piping shall be located on 45 degree radial spacing with 3'-0" intervals along the axis of the pipe. The lagging shall be plug welded to the stainless steel clips. Where the lagging terminates, a diaphragm type seal shall be provided to prevent entry of steam. A 3/4 inch drain hole shall be provided in the lowest part of the lagging of each run of piping. Slip joints in the lagging shall be provided at the expansion joints in the extraction piping. bagging covering elbows shall be mitered. PROTECTION FROM INSULATION MATERIALS. All equipment and structures shall be adequately protected from damage from insulation materials. After installation, all aluminum jackets for outdoor piping and equipment shall be protected with American Sisalkraft Corp. PYRO-KURE 610, or approved equal, sheeting applied so as to completely cover the aluminum dockets and suitably secured. Aluminum jackets for indoor piping and equipment shall not be installed unti, all other construction work is substantially complete so as to avoid damage to the ,Jacketing. After compl-t.:on of the work, all equipment and structures shall to clean_a, itr-alred, and restored to their oriP.inal state. Any aluminum ,Jacketing whtcY.'c~-nzscorroded, discolored, or otherwise damaged shall be repaired by repl+2FmPnt of jacketing or other means approved t,/ Che Owner. {DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 6-10 Section 7 PIPING SUPPORTS • GENERAL. This section covers the designing, furnishing, and installing of all piping supports required for all piping erected under these speci- fications, including piping furnished with equipment. Except as other- wise specified herein, the Contractor shall furnish bnd install all piping supports and shall be responsible for all piping support design required in addition to that indicated herein as being provided by the Engineer or by equipment manufacturers. The term "piping supports" includes all assemblies such as hangers (in- cluding required spring hangers), floorstands, anchors, guides, brackets, sway braces, vibration dampers, and miscellaneou2 steel required to sup- port the piping from the building structure. j I Support components shall be manufactured by Grinnell Company, Bergen- Patterson Pipesupport Corporation, or approved equal. Hanger Schedule sheets and Hanger Detail sheets will be furnished by `he Engineer bound under separate cover. Hanger Schedule sheets will lib.. a portion of the required piping supports together with design information for these supports. These listed supports will be indicated on the plans with their identifying "H" number. All piping supports, whether listed in the Hanger Schedule or not, shall be designed and furnished in accordance with the Hanger Detail sheets unless otherwise specified h.-rein. The Contractor shall furnish and install all supports required for plptng furnished with the turbine generator, except the major components for turbine stop valve supports will be furnished with the turbine generator. Supports for turbine generator piping shall be designed and furnished in accordance with a bill of material to be provided by the turbine generator manufacturer. Certain requirements for erection of piping supports are specified in Section 3 of these specifications. CODE REQUIREMENTS. All piping support design, construction, materials, and installation shall be in accordance with the latest applicable provi- sions of the Code for Pressure Piping, ASA B31.1, unless otherwise speci- fied herein. SHOP FABRICATION. All piping supports for 2-1/2 inch and larger pipe and all supports utilizing springs shall be completely shop fabricated. Other piping supports may be shop or field fabricated. i I (DENTGN) TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 7-1 l Hanger rods 3/4 inch diameter or smaller may be field fabricated as to length, threading and welded eyes, at the option of thft %ontractor, if done equal to the quality of shop fabrication. + ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. The Contractor shall prepare details of all piping support assemblies for piping 2-1/2 inches and larger. Details shall be segregated and identified according to piping system and number, same as in the Hanger Schedule. Detail drawings of piping supports for main steam and boiler feed pump suction and discharge piping shall be prepared and submitted to the Engi- neer for approval in accordance with the procedures specified under General Conditions. Details of other piping supports for piping 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be prepared in a "Bill of Material" tabular form using the Engineer's hanger type designations. Supplementary drawings shall be prepared if needed to describe the assembly. Twelve copies of these details shall be submitted to the Engineer for reference only and shall be sent so as to be received by the Engineer at least 7 days prior to the start of fabri- cation. The Engineer will not check these details. When not already located by the Engineer, location information for each support for piping 2-1/2 inches and larger and for all sprang supports, guides, and anchors shall accompany the support details for each piping system. Details of piping supports for piping 2 inches and smaller shall not be submitted to the Engineer for approval, but the criteria for selection of these pipe support assemblies shall be generally described for the Engineer's approval. The description shall consist of type of pipe attachment, structure attachment, rods, turnbuckles, clevices, eye nuts, and other materials which the Contractor proposes to use in selection of components for these supports. HANGER SCHEDULE. The following defines the entries made under the various columns on the Hanger Schedule sheets. Hanger Number. This column lists each support by number corresponding to the number marked on the piping plans. The number preceding "H" identifies the piping support by piping system; the number after "H" identifies the piping support within that particular piping system. Sheet Number. This column lists the sheet of the piping plans upon which the pipe support location is indicated. Pipe Size. This column lists the nominal size of the supported pipe, in inches, at the point of support. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 7-2 Insulation. This column lists the thickness of pipe insulation, in inches, at the point of support. Total Load. The "Total Load" column lists the design piping load for the support. The load may be shown either as a sing]" listing or+is a double listing. Single Listing for Silid Supports: The load listed for these supports is the maximum design load applicable and includes not only the piping weight but also loads from hydrostatic tests, pipe expansion or cold spring, and other external leads. Single Listing for Spring Supports: The load listed for this type support includes only the load imposed in normal operation and does not include hydrostatic test loads. Supports utilizing constant support springs and which are on gas, air, or steam piping shall be capable of carrying hydrostatic test loads proportionally greater than the load listed. Constant support springs shall be locked for hydrostatic test conditions. { Double Listing; Whether solid or spring support, the first (top) load listed is when the piping is in the hot, operating condition. Springs and high temperature parts shall be designed for this load. The second (bottom) load listed is when the piping is in the shutdown cold condition and is under hydro- static test. Constant support springs shall be locked for the hydro- static test unless noted otherwise. All supports shall be designed for the maximum stresses imposed by either load, taking into account tempera- ture of the components and support sway. Vertical Movement. The column under this heading lists, in inches, the actual vertical pipe movement, if any. The direction of movement is noted either "Up" or "Down" (Dn) in accordance with the pipe movement from the cold spring, cold position ("C") to the hot, operating position Hanger T e. Reference is made by letter designations to indicate a combination of hanger components as shown on the Hanger Details or reference is made to a Hanger Detail showing a complete piping support. Letter designations indicate respectively the structure attachment, middle, and pipe attachment components of the hanger assembly. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to select hanger equipment of the type indicated which satisfies both the design and physical condi- tions required in each hanger installation. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 7-3 Hanger Length (HL). This column lists the length of the support between the supporting structure and the centerline of the pipe, as illustrated in the Hanger Detail drawings. The nominal dimensions of beams are used in the specified hanger length. Pipe supports shall have adjustment to allow for the difference between actual and nominal beam depth, or this difference shall be added to or subtracted from the given hanger length in sizing support components. Also the hanger length given is for piping in the cold, erected condi- tion before cold springing, if any. Supports shall be provided that will hold the pipe at the erected position and will accommodate the cold spring movement. Structure Attachment and Pipe Attachment. These list various dimensional and sizing data pertinent to the fabrication of the support. The meaning of each subcolumn is illustrated in the Hanger Detail section correspond- ing to the Hanger Tyr Special Information. Information concerning s particular hanger whit]. requires special consideration is indicated in the "Special Information" column. Abbreviations. Abbreviations used in the schedule are defined as follows; "VS" shall mean a variable support type spring assembly "CS" shall mean a constant support type spring assembly "TB" shall mean a turnbuckle "HL" designates the hanger length as shown in the Hanger Details HANGER DETAILS. The Hanger Details show the features and general arrange- ment of the piping supports. Items which are to be furnished as part of the piping support assembly are shown to be a relatively bold line. Items other than the piping, sup- port assembly are shown by relatively lightweight lines; typically, such items will be the building structure (beams, flooring), equipment, and the piping. DESIGN REQUIRIMENTS. In the design of piping supports, consideration shall be liven to all factors such as thermal expansion, weight, support reactions, and expansion joint reactions. Supports shall not induce excessive strain in the piping, connected equipment, or building struc- ture. Piping supports with or without springs shall be capable of carrying additional load due to hydrostatic test or chemical cleanout, if any, in accordance with the Code for Pressure Piping, ASA B31.1. (DEN-MY1, TEXAS - 3725 (PECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 7-4 I I~ Pipe deflection between supports shall be limited to 1/8 inch maximum. The combined bending and shear stress resulting from any source except thermal expansion shall be 2000 psi maximum. Horizontal piping support spacing shall not exceed the following: Pipe Size Support Spacing Pipe Size Support Spacing Inches Feet Inches feet 1/- 8 3 16 3/4 9 4 18 1 10 6 20 1-1/4 11 8 23 1-1/2 12 10 25 2 13 12 29 2-1/2 lw 14 & Larger 30 Soft temper tubing and tubing cable shall be continuously supported as npecifivd in Section 3, Piping. Support shall be located where possible on building steel beams or eclutma of 8 inch size or larger, near concentrated piping loads (such as valves, strainers, traps, and expansion joints), and near changes in direction of piping. Steel strips and plates will be provided, under the specification for general construction, on the underside of the operating floor in the turbine area and on the turbine foundation for piping support attachment. Supports shall not be attached to building structural angles, diagonal bracing, or truss members. Sup- ports shall be located and arranged so as not to interfere with or obstruct other piping, raceways, lighting, walkways, stairways, head- room, and equipment operation and maintenance spaces. In the installation of piping supports, rigid connections betweei the independert turbine foundation and the main building structrre will not be pe-rmttted. The net supporting effect at operating condition shall not induce forces or moments on the piping system terminals. Under conditions other than operating the supporting effect shall not induce excessive forces or moments on the piping, equipment or supports. (DENTON) TEXAS - 3725 } MECHANICAL ODNSTRUCPION - M-8A) 7-5 Supports shall be of fireproof construction; no combustible material shall be used. The temperature in a support shall not exceed 200 F where it attaches to the building structure. Suitable protection shall be provided where personnel might normally come into (!(mast with support A temperatures exceeding 130 F. APPEARANCE. Piping supports shall be constructed and installed to provide a neat and attractive appearance. Hangers and stands shall be attached to piping and building structure sn that they are vertical in the normal operating position. Adjacent supports shall be of the same type and com- ponent assembly insofar as practicable. Corresponding parts of adjacent hangers shall be set at the same elevation. The use of trapeze type sup- ports shall be avoided where possible. Two or more supports attached to the same part of the building structure shall be lined up rather than staggered. MATERIALS. Each piping support component shall be suitable for service at the operating temperature of the component. Operating temperatures of the various piping systems are given in the Pipe Line Listing included in these specifications. Chromium alloy steel of one per cent minimum chromium shall be furnished where metal temperature of the component part exceeds 750 F. Pipe Attachments. Pipe attachments shall be of the same material as the pipe and shall extend sufficiently outside the insulation, if any, to permit free installation and operation of other support components. Pipe attachments shall be rigid relative to the piping and insulation. Pipe clamps shall be of types similar to Grinnell Company Figures 212, 2169 2240 246, and 295. No other types will be permitted. Alloy steel pipe clamps shall be hot forged and stress relieved after forging. Insulation saddles) securely attached by welding or bolted clamps, shall be used where required to prevent damage ',:o insulation. Stn)cyere Attachments. Str»cture attachment components shall be fastened by welling or bolting. Beam flange attachments shall be limited to the types ehown in the Hanger Details but use of Types A41 A5, and A6 shall be avoided if possible. Ceiling and wall masonry attachments Ehall be used only when the attach- ment to building 34..sel or added miscellaneous steel is impractical. Anchorage devices shall have a minimum safety factor of 5. Special attention shall be given rigid floorstands such as base elbows so that excessive forces and stresses are not induced in piping, equip- ment, or building structure. (D£NPON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 7-6 Rods. Hanger rods shall be constructed of solid round steel bars not less than 112 inch in diameter. The maximum allowable stress in s rod shall be 9000 psi at the thread root or 12,000 psi in nonthreaded rods of carbon steel such as AS:M A1r7, Grade 1025. Piph, strap, chain, or ' other similar materials shall not be used in place or rods. Eye rods shall have welded closed eyes or shall be forced. Thy cross sectional area and strength of the weld must be equal Lo or greater than the cross sectional area and strength of the rod. The eye part, shall not be bent from threaded rod. Where piping moves significantly, swivel connections shall be provided at both ends of rods. Such swivel connections shall minimize rod bend- ing effects and shall allow, without binding, up to 5 degrees sway in all directions from the operating position. Special arrangements, such as rockers, shall be provided if required to keep stress within the speci- fied limits. Sway is to be expected in hangers on piping systems operat- ing at 300 F or more. Forged steel turnbuckles shall be provided in support assemblies unless the arrangement otherwise provides a means of vertical adjustment under load. Support Springs. Spring assemblies shall be enclosed and shall have a load and position indicator scale. Counterweight supports ehall not be used. All springs shall be stamped with "H" at the hot (operating) posi- tion and "C" at the cold (ambient) position at the load indicator. Spring assemblies shall incorporate an adjustable coupling for the rod to permit load adjustment. Spring assemblies shall be suitable for use both indoors and outdoors. Springs shall allow a minimum of plus or minus 10 per cent field adjust- ment from the original hot position load. Variation of support effect of variable springs between the cold and hot position shall not exceed 15 per cent. Constant support spring assemblies shall be provided with a means to lock the spring and when so locked shall be suitable for carrying the hydro- static test load. Also, these springs shall provide a total travel range at least 3/4 inch greater than the actual travel. The spring supporting effort shall not vary more than plus or minus 4 per cent from the spring design load. Spring housings shall have nameplates with permanently stamped markings showing their corresponding hanger number. Sliding and Bearing Surfaces. These surfaces shall be made of noncorro- sive materials or shall be enclosed or otherwise protected, but shall not rely on coatings such as paint, galvanizing, or grease for corrosion pro- tection. Excessive friction shall be prevented by preassembly lubrica- tion, roller or ball bearings, or lubricant impregnated metal. Where (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSMCTION - M-8A) 7-T periodic lubrication is required, means shall be provided for subsequent lubrication without disassembly after initial installation of the support assembly. Bolting. Bolting larger than 3/4 inch in diameter shall consist of studs and nuts. Bolting 3/4 inch in diameter and smaller shall consist of either studs and nuts or bolts and nuts. Threaded ~.nds of studs or bolts shall not extend more than one diameter beyond the face of the nuts. Nuts for each stud ^hall be installed equidistant from the ends of the stud. Middle portions of studs and shank portions of bolts shall not be threaded. Bolt heads and nuts stall be hexagonal type conforming to ASA B18.2. Square bolt heads or nuts will not be acceptable. Pins with washers and cotter pin retainers may be used in lieu of bolts where no axial load is to be carried, such a& with Hanger Type Al. GRINDING. All flame cut edges of support components shall be equal to ground smooth. SNUBBERS AND SWAY BRACING. All necessary corrective snubbers, sway bracing, or anchors shall be furnished and installed for piping syst.~,ms in which pulsating deflections occur after start-up of the new plant. ADJUSTMENT. After start-up of a piping system, all supports shall be che.;kwi for proper operation and any adjustments required shall be made. Spring load indicators shall be at their hot position point. Threaded members shall be fully engaged and locked. Supports shall not be uninten- tionally constrained. MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL. Miscellaneous structural steel required for attachment of piping supports to the building structure shall conform to ASTM A36. Miscellaneous steel shall be attached to building steel by means of clip angles bolted with high-strength steel bolts conforming to ASTM A325 or by welding to the web of the building beams. PAINTING. All exposed components of shop fabricated piping sur,-*rts shall be shop painted before shipment to the job site with one coat of metal primer suitable for the maximum temperature of that component. Bearing surfaces and nameplates shall not be painted but shall be coated with an easily removable rust preventive. All surfaces shall be cleaned and pickled or sandblasted before the prime coat of paint is applied. (DENTON, TEXAS - 3725 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) 7-8 1NSWATED PIPING SUPPORTS. Two layers of 1/8 inch asbestos cloth or other suitable material shall be furnished and installed between all piping 2 inches and smaller to be freeze protected and the supports for such piping so there is no metal to metal contact. This is to prevent conduction of heat away from the pipe through the supports. Lines re- quiring freeze protection shall include all outdoor above-ground water lines, steam lines, drain lines, sealing air lines, and control air lines. IDENTIFICATION. Each shop fabricated piping support assembly shall be shipped bundled and tagged with an identifying number. The appropriate "H" numbers shall be used for those hangers so designated. I (DENTON,9 TEXAS • 3T25 ) (MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION - M-8A) T-9